XU Magazine - Issue 11

Page 1

The independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users

ISSUE

11

magazine

COVER STORY The Data Renaissance: How Bookkeeping Powers the Xero Ecosystem

ISSN 2054-7226

11

9 772054 722009

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 1

Have you subscribed for FREE? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com


30+ Integrations

ALL-IN-ONE PROJECT MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE Powerful Job Mobile app

2 / Issue 11

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

workflowmax.com/xero

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 3


30+ Integrations

ALL-IN-ONE PROJECT MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE Powerful Job Mobile app

2 / Issue 11

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

workflowmax.com/xero

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 3


Welcome to issue 11... magazine The independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users

6 / Helping 1 million Xero Subscribers

24 / How cloud POS systems can improve business

8 / Xero partners with Capital One

26 / Gender diversity in the workplace: 5 benefits for small businesses

10 / COVER STORY - The Data Renaissance: How Bookkeeping Powers the Xero Ecosystem

58 / The overlooked credit control black hole costing businesses billions

78 / How a video game designer (and accountant) created AccountKit

60 / Confusion everywhere! How we wind up running down the rabbit hole

80 / Phrase of the day - Purchase to Pay

64 / Communities of passion and purpose: bookkeepers unite globally

Issue 11

82 / The vertical power of a Xero system 84 / TUTORIAL - Dryrun cash flow tutorial: Comparing your Actuals to your Forecast 88 / Connecting apps with Xero to perform accounting magic

CEO: David Hassall (Co-Founder) Managing Editor: Wesley Cornell (Co-Founder) Strategic Partnerships: Alex Newson Staff Writer: Bethany Cox

T: +44 (0)116 298 60 80 E: hello@xumagazine.com W: www.xumagazine.com

4 / Issue 11

114 / Why the right till system could be your clients’ (and your!) best friend

120 / A best practice guide to employee management 122 / Keeping up with your digital customers 14 / Xero and Equifax team up to help empower SMEs

30 / COMPARED - CRM App comparison

16 / INTERVIEW - Q&A with Alex Campbell, MD, Xero Asia

32 / TUTORIAL - How to enjoy perfect payroll with Deputy

‘Xero’ is a trademark of Xero Limited (New Zealand). XU Magazine is collaboratively produced by an independent group of Xero users and is not affiliated in any way with Xero. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. © XU Magazine Ltd 2014-2017. All rights reserved. No part of this magazine may be used or reproduced without the written permission of the publisher. XU Magazine is published by XU Magazine Ltd (08811842), registered in England and Wales. Registered office: 12 Jordan Street, Liverpool, L1 0BP, United Kingdom. All information contained in this magazine is for information only and is, as far as we are aware, correct at the time of going to press. XU Magazine cannot accept any responsibility for errors or inaccuracies in such information. If you submit unsolicited material to us, you automatically grant XU Magazine a licence to publish your submission in whole or in part in all/any editions of the magazine, including in any physical or digital format, throughout the world. Any material you submit is sent at your risk and, although every care is taken, neither XU Magazine nor its employees, agents or subcontractors shall be liable for loss or damage. The views expressed in XU Magazine are not necessarily the views of XU Magazine Ltd, its editors or its contributors.

112 / Tax time is done... but are you ready for Audit time?

116 / Plumber on a mission: How this tradie spends more time on his passion and less in his business

Editorial/News Submissions: If you have any editorial content (news, comment, tutorials etc.) that you would like us to consider for inclusion in the next edition of XU Magazine, please email us at editorial@xumagazine.com Advertising: advertising@xumagazine.com

Expo

34 / Blast off with EntryRocket: revolutionising the Xero and Shopify integration 38 / Making payroll processing a breeze!

66 / Letting Go: 5 signs it’s time for a systems upgrade 68 / How to Manage All a Client’s Wealth in the Cloud 70 / TUTORIAL - How TradeGecko’s inventory and order management system integrates with Xero 72 / INTERVIEW - Q&A with Guy Pearson, CEO, Practice Ignition

40 / SME managing projects, materials and stock? Cloud technology can boost your profitability

20 / Automatic for the People

124 / NEW XERO CONNECTED APPS - New to the Xero App Marketplace

92 / TUTORIAL - Running a till account on Xero

128 / NEW RELEASES - Updates and new releases: from the Xero App Marketplace

94 / TUTORIAL - How to Set Up Accruals for Time in Lieu / RDOs in Xero 100 / 3 habits share investors should break today 102 / This POS software Xero link helps indie retailer win online sales 104 / TradeGecko, the cloud-based inventory management system to power up your business

42 / Growth Mindset and SaaS Tools help accountants Fill a HighValue, High-Touch Role 44 / Should we be scared of the new EU GDPR?

90 / How the right technology can help your company stay fraud-free

106 / Planning a marketing campaign for your accountancy firm 76 / Xero place for Cloud Integrators - think again!

132 / 5 Awesome Ways a Dashboard Helps Kick Your Financial Goals 134 / TUTORIAL - How to: Set up a seamless expense management and approval solution 136 / What’s needed to take the first step to becoming an Advisoryled practice? 138 / APP/SERVICE DIRECTORY over 500 apps! 146 / ...AND FINALLY - Announcing the XU App!

109 / INTERVIEW - Q&A with Laura Venables, Accounting Business

48 / 7 Smarts Steps: To give your small business a technology edge

What CFOs wonder about

50 / EVENT REPORT - Even bigger, even better: Accountex! 52 / CASE STUDY - ApprovalMax Complements Xero for a Legacy ERP Replacement

TOP WONDERS: 1 OF 6

Check out approvalmax.com

How to organise multi-step approvals for Bills and Purchase Orders

56 / BITE 2017

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 5


Welcome to issue 11... magazine The independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users

6 / Helping 1 million Xero Subscribers

24 / How cloud POS systems can improve business

8 / Xero partners with Capital One

26 / Gender diversity in the workplace: 5 benefits for small businesses

10 / COVER STORY - The Data Renaissance: How Bookkeeping Powers the Xero Ecosystem

58 / The overlooked credit control black hole costing businesses billions

78 / How a video game designer (and accountant) created AccountKit

60 / Confusion everywhere! How we wind up running down the rabbit hole

80 / Phrase of the day - Purchase to Pay

64 / Communities of passion and purpose: bookkeepers unite globally

Issue 11

82 / The vertical power of a Xero system 84 / TUTORIAL - Dryrun cash flow tutorial: Comparing your Actuals to your Forecast 88 / Connecting apps with Xero to perform accounting magic

CEO: David Hassall (Co-Founder) Managing Editor: Wesley Cornell (Co-Founder) Strategic Partnerships: Alex Newson Staff Writer: Bethany Cox

T: +44 (0)116 298 60 80 E: hello@xumagazine.com W: www.xumagazine.com

4 / Issue 11

114 / Why the right till system could be your clients’ (and your!) best friend

120 / A best practice guide to employee management 122 / Keeping up with your digital customers 14 / Xero and Equifax team up to help empower SMEs

30 / COMPARED - CRM App comparison

16 / INTERVIEW - Q&A with Alex Campbell, MD, Xero Asia

32 / TUTORIAL - How to enjoy perfect payroll with Deputy

‘Xero’ is a trademark of Xero Limited (New Zealand). XU Magazine is collaboratively produced by an independent group of Xero users and is not affiliated in any way with Xero. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. © XU Magazine Ltd 2014-2017. All rights reserved. No part of this magazine may be used or reproduced without the written permission of the publisher. XU Magazine is published by XU Magazine Ltd (08811842), registered in England and Wales. Registered office: 12 Jordan Street, Liverpool, L1 0BP, United Kingdom. All information contained in this magazine is for information only and is, as far as we are aware, correct at the time of going to press. XU Magazine cannot accept any responsibility for errors or inaccuracies in such information. If you submit unsolicited material to us, you automatically grant XU Magazine a licence to publish your submission in whole or in part in all/any editions of the magazine, including in any physical or digital format, throughout the world. Any material you submit is sent at your risk and, although every care is taken, neither XU Magazine nor its employees, agents or subcontractors shall be liable for loss or damage. The views expressed in XU Magazine are not necessarily the views of XU Magazine Ltd, its editors or its contributors.

112 / Tax time is done... but are you ready for Audit time?

116 / Plumber on a mission: How this tradie spends more time on his passion and less in his business

Editorial/News Submissions: If you have any editorial content (news, comment, tutorials etc.) that you would like us to consider for inclusion in the next edition of XU Magazine, please email us at editorial@xumagazine.com Advertising: advertising@xumagazine.com

Expo

34 / Blast off with EntryRocket: revolutionising the Xero and Shopify integration 38 / Making payroll processing a breeze!

66 / Letting Go: 5 signs it’s time for a systems upgrade 68 / How to Manage All a Client’s Wealth in the Cloud 70 / TUTORIAL - How TradeGecko’s inventory and order management system integrates with Xero 72 / INTERVIEW - Q&A with Guy Pearson, CEO, Practice Ignition

40 / SME managing projects, materials and stock? Cloud technology can boost your profitability

20 / Automatic for the People

124 / NEW XERO CONNECTED APPS - New to the Xero App Marketplace

92 / TUTORIAL - Running a till account on Xero

128 / NEW RELEASES - Updates and new releases: from the Xero App Marketplace

94 / TUTORIAL - How to Set Up Accruals for Time in Lieu / RDOs in Xero 100 / 3 habits share investors should break today 102 / This POS software Xero link helps indie retailer win online sales 104 / TradeGecko, the cloud-based inventory management system to power up your business

42 / Growth Mindset and SaaS Tools help accountants Fill a HighValue, High-Touch Role 44 / Should we be scared of the new EU GDPR?

90 / How the right technology can help your company stay fraud-free

106 / Planning a marketing campaign for your accountancy firm 76 / Xero place for Cloud Integrators - think again!

132 / 5 Awesome Ways a Dashboard Helps Kick Your Financial Goals 134 / TUTORIAL - How to: Set up a seamless expense management and approval solution 136 / What’s needed to take the first step to becoming an Advisoryled practice? 138 / APP/SERVICE DIRECTORY over 500 apps! 146 / ...AND FINALLY - Announcing the XU App!

109 / INTERVIEW - Q&A with Laura Venables, Accounting Business

48 / 7 Smarts Steps: To give your small business a technology edge

What CFOs wonder about

50 / EVENT REPORT - Even bigger, even better: Accountex! 52 / CASE STUDY - ApprovalMax Complements Xero for a Legacy ERP Replacement

TOP WONDERS: 1 OF 6

Check out approvalmax.com

How to organise multi-step approvals for Bills and Purchase Orders

56 / BITE 2017

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 5


1,000,000 Helping 1 million Xero Subscribers Just four years ago, Nigel Piper joined Xero as general manager at Xero in Customer Success. At the time, a team of 50 people worked in customer experience across three locations, assisting Xero’s 115,000 customers. Now almost 400 employees work across 6 global offices, managed by Nigel, to serve the now 1,000,000 and more community of Xero subscribers.

N

igel is not daunted by these numbers though. In fact, he says the delight in working for Xero is a rare one: that the support team honestly love getting customer cases and helping the users to get the most possible from Xero to help their business. “Because Xero was born in the age of the internet, we support our customers online. It’s a completely different way to what was the norm ten years ago, when everything was done over the phone with dozens of different 0800 numbers, routing by pressing one or two, and customer often waiting on hold — or even worse, being answered offshore.”

“That was a truly awful experience, and I think because of it, lots of support organisations I used to work for would enjoy it when people didn’t contact them. If no one got in touch, that was a good thing.” “Whereas nowadays and at Xero, we’ve got so many fantastic resources and content at our fingertips (videos, webinars, help centre, Xero U, etc.) that we can usually help out a customer really quickly. Mostly people are quite quite happy to look for the information they need for themselves. In fact, they get irritated if they can’t find it! It’s only when they get stuck or something

sometimes surprised to learn that while Xero offers an online accounting solution, we are not an accounting company where every employee understands the ins and outs of accounting and bookkeeping.” “But to make sure we’re meeting our customers’ needs, we employ degree-level accountants in customer service. In fact, many of them have worked in accounting practices. As we’ve scaled to a million customers, Xero has grown too from an online accounting software provider to a true small business platform. We’re about much more than just accounting. In customer service, we help people with their bank feeds, payroll, billing, fixed assets, report templates, and so much more. Xero is such a complex organisation now that we need experts to truly support our customers in all of our areas that Xero operates.”

Changing it up Increasingly, Xero customer service are considering how they can incorporate technological advancements into their daily work in order to streamline the process for Xero employees and for customers. The team had more and more of a need to be working proactively rather than just in response to requests and problems. The answer to this is anticipating customer needs, like noticing and acting upon upcoming events for them, or knowing what they may require help with based on past enquiries. This is where machine learning comes in. Nigel says, “We want to use machine learning capabilities in our customer experience processes to assess cases as they come in, then correlate a case with what’s on that customer’s calendar (like

a GST deadline or payroll). Then we can prioritise an inquiry if we know a resolution is needed ASAP. Currently we can automatically suggest which customer experience expert the case would be best handled by. Maybe it’s our report templates expert, fixed asset guru, or even a legend on the team who lives and breathes our subscription transfer requests.” “The old way of doing it was opening a case and getting a person to read through it, identify someone in CX who can handle the inquiry, and sending it on to them, not knowing they already have a number cases they need to work on.” “Can you imagine, if we keep trying to do things the old way, as Xero grows past one million customers and more? That’d be nuts.”

goes wrong that they get in touch.” Old hands on hand Xero is so made in such a way that is is simple to navigate and use that customer enquiries tend to decrease after the first “firsts”, as Nigel calls them. Firsts like setting up a bank feed, sending an invoice, setting up a pay run. But even so, the nature of the service Xero offers means when customers do get in touch, the Customer Service teams must be prepared to answer comprehensive and complex questions about Xero. Nigel comments, “People are

What CFOs wonder about

MORE PAYMENT OPTIONS

Fast invoices, faster payment. PayPal helps get Xero invoices paid faster. Integrate PayPal in just a few minutes to start accepting online payments. Customers pay straight from their invoice, using their preferred payment method in just a few clicks. Find out more at www.paypal.com/au/xero

TOP WONDERS: 2 OF 6

Check out approvalmax.com

6 / Issue 11

How to set amount-based authorisation levels for Bills and Purchase Orders

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

SAVE TIME

SAFETY & SECURITY PayPal is provided by PayPal Australia Pty Ltd AFSL 304962. Information provided is general only and does not take into account your objectives, financial situation or needs. Consider the Combined FSG and PDS at paypal.com.au before using PayPal.

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 7


1,000,000 Helping 1 million Xero Subscribers Just four years ago, Nigel Piper joined Xero as general manager at Xero in Customer Success. At the time, a team of 50 people worked in customer experience across three locations, assisting Xero’s 115,000 customers. Now almost 400 employees work across 6 global offices, managed by Nigel, to serve the now 1,000,000 and more community of Xero subscribers.

N

igel is not daunted by these numbers though. In fact, he says the delight in working for Xero is a rare one: that the support team honestly love getting customer cases and helping the users to get the most possible from Xero to help their business. “Because Xero was born in the age of the internet, we support our customers online. It’s a completely different way to what was the norm ten years ago, when everything was done over the phone with dozens of different 0800 numbers, routing by pressing one or two, and customer often waiting on hold — or even worse, being answered offshore.”

“That was a truly awful experience, and I think because of it, lots of support organisations I used to work for would enjoy it when people didn’t contact them. If no one got in touch, that was a good thing.” “Whereas nowadays and at Xero, we’ve got so many fantastic resources and content at our fingertips (videos, webinars, help centre, Xero U, etc.) that we can usually help out a customer really quickly. Mostly people are quite quite happy to look for the information they need for themselves. In fact, they get irritated if they can’t find it! It’s only when they get stuck or something

sometimes surprised to learn that while Xero offers an online accounting solution, we are not an accounting company where every employee understands the ins and outs of accounting and bookkeeping.” “But to make sure we’re meeting our customers’ needs, we employ degree-level accountants in customer service. In fact, many of them have worked in accounting practices. As we’ve scaled to a million customers, Xero has grown too from an online accounting software provider to a true small business platform. We’re about much more than just accounting. In customer service, we help people with their bank feeds, payroll, billing, fixed assets, report templates, and so much more. Xero is such a complex organisation now that we need experts to truly support our customers in all of our areas that Xero operates.”

Changing it up Increasingly, Xero customer service are considering how they can incorporate technological advancements into their daily work in order to streamline the process for Xero employees and for customers. The team had more and more of a need to be working proactively rather than just in response to requests and problems. The answer to this is anticipating customer needs, like noticing and acting upon upcoming events for them, or knowing what they may require help with based on past enquiries. This is where machine learning comes in. Nigel says, “We want to use machine learning capabilities in our customer experience processes to assess cases as they come in, then correlate a case with what’s on that customer’s calendar (like

a GST deadline or payroll). Then we can prioritise an inquiry if we know a resolution is needed ASAP. Currently we can automatically suggest which customer experience expert the case would be best handled by. Maybe it’s our report templates expert, fixed asset guru, or even a legend on the team who lives and breathes our subscription transfer requests.” “The old way of doing it was opening a case and getting a person to read through it, identify someone in CX who can handle the inquiry, and sending it on to them, not knowing they already have a number cases they need to work on.” “Can you imagine, if we keep trying to do things the old way, as Xero grows past one million customers and more? That’d be nuts.”

goes wrong that they get in touch.” Old hands on hand Xero is so made in such a way that is is simple to navigate and use that customer enquiries tend to decrease after the first “firsts”, as Nigel calls them. Firsts like setting up a bank feed, sending an invoice, setting up a pay run. But even so, the nature of the service Xero offers means when customers do get in touch, the Customer Service teams must be prepared to answer comprehensive and complex questions about Xero. Nigel comments, “People are

What CFOs wonder about

MORE PAYMENT OPTIONS

Fast invoices, faster payment. PayPal helps get Xero invoices paid faster. Integrate PayPal in just a few minutes to start accepting online payments. Customers pay straight from their invoice, using their preferred payment method in just a few clicks. Find out more at www.paypal.com/au/xero

TOP WONDERS: 2 OF 6

Check out approvalmax.com

6 / Issue 11

How to set amount-based authorisation levels for Bills and Purchase Orders

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

SAVE TIME

SAFETY & SECURITY PayPal is provided by PayPal Australia Pty Ltd AFSL 304962. Information provided is general only and does not take into account your objectives, financial situation or needs. Consider the Combined FSG and PDS at paypal.com.au before using PayPal.

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 7


Xero partners with Capital One Capital One, a top 10 US bank, has an innovative use of technology and data to give a new and simpler banking experience to customers. They share with Xero the vision of creating a new financial web, and so a natural partnership is formed. The two are teaming up with the aim of giving small businesses greater control over their financial data.

T

he financial web is based around data exchange and incorporates sharing this financial data through a network or organisations. Small businesses will connect to creative solutions that will help their company thrive. Small businesses can integrate securely with Capital One’s new application programming interface (API), connecting their Capital One financial data with Xero. This offers them a cost-effective, scalable and smart connection to the financial services they need and gives them an on-demand and simplified view of their business’s financial state through direct bank feeds, credit card data and bank reconciliation processes, enabling them to make increasingly informed financial decisions to directly benefit their business. Small businesses get more financial control In order to connect Xero and Capital One, a login is not required. Instead, the new Capital One API uses Open Authorisation (OAuth) to give token-based authentication to Xero to access businesses’ account information. The partnership with strengthen

data sharing for small business customers and give them more control over the financial data shared with Capital One. The Vice President of Enterprise Digital Products and Data Connections at Capital One, Becky, shares how security of data is increased: “As technology brings new waves of financial tools into the market, we believe that it’s important for all consumers and small businesses to have the ability to safely, securely and transparently share their transaction data with third parties that they trust.” “Through the direct data-sharing API partnership with Xero, our mutual small business customers will benefit from much greater security. They can also have access to accurate and stable data, and control and transparency over how and when they choose to share their Capital One financial data.” The power of a global financial web Xero already integrates not only with big banks globally but with leading small business banks also, to serve small businesses and improve their access to important financial services. Xero also has

Job + project + stock management

partnerships with over 100 other financial institutions around the world, and global payments integrations with PayPal and Stripe. Small businesses are starting to see productivity and growth boosted, particularly relating to assessing capital, due to the data-driven nature of the financial web where accounting and baking systems are connected. Forward-thinking finance and tech companies know that there is huge opportunity in catering for small businesses and are moving towards connecting them with innovative solutions and technology. Xero has seen how integrating with banks around the world has been extremely valuable to over 1 million Xero subscribers. The financial web makes it possible for banks and customers to securely exchange information whilst giving greater confidence in financial data. Xero is the leader in small business cloud accounting in Australia, New Zealand and the UK. In unlocking and unleashing the power of the financial web, it can completely turn around and spur on the way that small businesses work.

POWERFUL SOFTWARE DELIGHTFULLY SIMPLE

Tidy helps streamline construction:

I was at a builder’s conference sitting in a tech workshop and the guy was saying if you're still using spreadsheets you've got a problem. I gave up spreadsheets two years ago when I got this sorted with TidyBuild. I know exactly where a job is at, at any point in time. We're flat out at the moment, so it helps us decide which jobs we want because we know from TidyBuild those jobs with a better margin. With the ever changing technology I know both TidyBuild and Xero will allow our business to adapt and we wont need to worry about purchasing or buying into other programs.

Kelly Larsen, Director at Adan Larsen Builders

Users of

JOB MANAGEMENT

STOCK MANAGEMENT

CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT

INVENTORY AND PROJECT MANAGEMENT

34

8 / Issue 11

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Try free

tidyinternational.com/xu

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 9


Xero partners with Capital One Capital One, a top 10 US bank, has an innovative use of technology and data to give a new and simpler banking experience to customers. They share with Xero the vision of creating a new financial web, and so a natural partnership is formed. The two are teaming up with the aim of giving small businesses greater control over their financial data.

T

he financial web is based around data exchange and incorporates sharing this financial data through a network or organisations. Small businesses will connect to creative solutions that will help their company thrive. Small businesses can integrate securely with Capital One’s new application programming interface (API), connecting their Capital One financial data with Xero. This offers them a cost-effective, scalable and smart connection to the financial services they need and gives them an on-demand and simplified view of their business’s financial state through direct bank feeds, credit card data and bank reconciliation processes, enabling them to make increasingly informed financial decisions to directly benefit their business. Small businesses get more financial control In order to connect Xero and Capital One, a login is not required. Instead, the new Capital One API uses Open Authorisation (OAuth) to give token-based authentication to Xero to access businesses’ account information. The partnership with strengthen

data sharing for small business customers and give them more control over the financial data shared with Capital One. The Vice President of Enterprise Digital Products and Data Connections at Capital One, Becky, shares how security of data is increased: “As technology brings new waves of financial tools into the market, we believe that it’s important for all consumers and small businesses to have the ability to safely, securely and transparently share their transaction data with third parties that they trust.” “Through the direct data-sharing API partnership with Xero, our mutual small business customers will benefit from much greater security. They can also have access to accurate and stable data, and control and transparency over how and when they choose to share their Capital One financial data.” The power of a global financial web Xero already integrates not only with big banks globally but with leading small business banks also, to serve small businesses and improve their access to important financial services. Xero also has

Job + project + stock management

partnerships with over 100 other financial institutions around the world, and global payments integrations with PayPal and Stripe. Small businesses are starting to see productivity and growth boosted, particularly relating to assessing capital, due to the data-driven nature of the financial web where accounting and baking systems are connected. Forward-thinking finance and tech companies know that there is huge opportunity in catering for small businesses and are moving towards connecting them with innovative solutions and technology. Xero has seen how integrating with banks around the world has been extremely valuable to over 1 million Xero subscribers. The financial web makes it possible for banks and customers to securely exchange information whilst giving greater confidence in financial data. Xero is the leader in small business cloud accounting in Australia, New Zealand and the UK. In unlocking and unleashing the power of the financial web, it can completely turn around and spur on the way that small businesses work.

POWERFUL SOFTWARE DELIGHTFULLY SIMPLE

Tidy helps streamline construction:

I was at a builder’s conference sitting in a tech workshop and the guy was saying if you're still using spreadsheets you've got a problem. I gave up spreadsheets two years ago when I got this sorted with TidyBuild. I know exactly where a job is at, at any point in time. We're flat out at the moment, so it helps us decide which jobs we want because we know from TidyBuild those jobs with a better margin. With the ever changing technology I know both TidyBuild and Xero will allow our business to adapt and we wont need to worry about purchasing or buying into other programs.

Kelly Larsen, Director at Adan Larsen Builders

Users of

JOB MANAGEMENT

STOCK MANAGEMENT

CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT

INVENTORY AND PROJECT MANAGEMENT

34

8 / Issue 11

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Try free

tidyinternational.com/xu

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 9


Cover Story

Cover Story

The Data Renaissance: How Bookkeeping Powers the Xero Ecosystem

@ReceiptBank

Alexis Prenn, CEO, Receipt Bank Alexis founded Receipt Bank with Michael Wood in London 6 years ago. The company has grown to have offices in London, Sydney, Paris and Washington DC. Receipt Bank has become an essential partner for many thousands of bookkeepers and accountants worldwide seeking to improve their productivity, profitability and client experience.

Big data, small businesses and why there’s never been a better time to offer real-time bookkeeping services... T

he Xero ecosystem was launched in 2011 with just five inaugural integration partners. Fast-forward to 2017, and there are now well over 500 apps in this ever-growing community – with no signs of this growth slowing. This rapid ascent owes much to the free flow of information, open APIs and the ease of integration into the Xero platform, but the real driver for many app developers is finding new ways to use the financial data in Xero to help start-ups and SMEs prosper and thrive.

starts with good bookkeeping. The advent of a new generation of smart, automated bookkeeping tools, like Receipt Bank, mean there’s never been a better time to evolve your bookkeeping services beyond the basics.

couldn’t get funding at APRs below 8 per cent, compared to 52 per cent in 2015. And at higher interest rates, it becomes increasingly difficult for small start-ups and new enterprises to pay back loans and still turn a profit.

Big data for small businesses

The Xero ecosystem has responded far more nimbly to these issues. Alternative financiers such as Issue 10 cover stars, Satago, offer entrepreneurs flexible solutions for peace of mind. Other partners, such as iwoca, are using the Xero API to make lending simpler, using data from Xero to approve loans within minutes instead of days. And forecasting tools, like Float or Futrli, give teams the tools to look ahead and maintain a healthy cashflow.

their remit and add more value than ever before.

to the 2016 Working Capital Outlook Survey, carried out by C2FO, 54 per cent of SMEs say cash flow is their biggest obstacle to business growth. ‘Cash is king’ is a well-worn and chronically overused cliche, but many businesses still struggle to get a handle on their finances.

For too long, SMEs had a raw deal when it came to most financial services. The outdated processes and significant fees of most large financial service providers made their services too inflexible, too slow or too expensive for From forecasting to financing, many small businesses. invoices to investing, And this problems still having the numbers 54 per cent of SMEs exists in many of the in order now gives say cash flow is their large high street banks. accountants and biggest obstacle to bookkeepers the business growth. Take cash flow. According chance to broaden

Far from eliminating the accountant, these new avenues will shape and define the role of trusted advisor in the years to come, and will lead to stronger, more profitable relationships. But to do this effectively requires a rock-solid data foundation and, as any accountant worth their salt will tell you, good business information 10 / Issue 11

Despite the obvious need for access to finance, entrepreneurs find it incredibly difficult to raise capital. The same survey from C2FO in 2016 reported that 58 per cent of SMEs

What do these solutions all have in common? The answer is simple – they rely on accurate, up-to-date, on-demand business data. And, luckily for aspirational accountants, the tools to create a watertight bookkeeping process are quickly and easily accessible for even the smallest practice. Today’s data: tomorrow’s decisions As with many industries, one of the key drivers of change has been the development of mobile technology

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

and smartphones. For bookkeeping, it means clients can finally submit expenses and paper receipts in realtime, straight from their phone.

review the end data. Your superfast automated data can then be published straight to Xero or exported as a CSV document.

Receipt Bank’s software tracks the time average between the issue date of an invoice and the date that it’s submitted – and that’s an incredibly important driver. Tracking that metric helps you push your clients to submit their items promptly. And it’s only by speeding up submissions, and delivering realtime data, that you can make sure clients have a clear view of their current working capital.

Overnight, you switch from chasing and entering data to helping your clients review, analyse and understand their business information. This opens up a world of new opportunities. The future of accountants and bookkeepers

A modern, efficient bookkeeping system isn’t just about making compliance easier, though it definitely Our research shows that The average delay does that. It’s also the average delay between receiving about transforming between receiving and submitting the inherent value and submitting paper paper receipts and that your business receipts and invoices invoices is 20 days. clients see in good is 20 days – that’s quality bookkeeping and nearly a three-week wait real-time numbers – and before transactions can also appreciating how software be reconciled and real-time and technology make this whole numbers achieved. However, when process effortless for you, as the items are being submitted using accountant. a mobile app, the delay drops by 75%. According to a 2014 survey of SMEs, more than 92 per cent of small That’s the difference between businesses would prefer to work your client seeing the position of with their accountant on a real-time their business health as it stood basis. By taking a smart approach nearly a month ago, and seeing to automated bookkeeping, their position this week. If action is needed to deal with an urgent cash- your firm can quickly give clients meaningful data that makes a real flow problem, you can act more promptly and offer genuinely useful difference to their bottom line. and directive advice. Research by CPA Ireland has found that firms that go the extra mile for With the Receipt Bank mobile clients are rewarded. In their survey app, clients snap a picture of their of SMEs, they found that only receipt with their phone, and this 51 per cent of their accountants is sent straight to their accountant. They can then just throw the receipt offered Business Advisory services. However, among the firms that away (cutting down on paperwork and filing). Similarly, digital invoices offered Business Advisory, the can be quickly and easily forwarded uptake rate was 90 per cent – underlining that when you help to the accountant by email. This is clients delve deeper into their already a huge leap in efficiency, financial management, that there’s but Receipt Bank takes it further. an equally positive impact on client numbers and longer-term customer Once the image of the receipt is submitted, we use optical character relationships.. recognition (OCR) technology to This doesn’t mean that all automatically extract all the key accountants are going to turn information from the scan. That into advisory firms overnight. means there’s no need for data As we mentioned before, the entry of the supplier name, date, beauty of the Xero ecosystem tax rate, taxable amount or total is that there are more ways amount paid – all you need to do is Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 11


Cover Story

Cover Story

The Data Renaissance: How Bookkeeping Powers the Xero Ecosystem

@ReceiptBank

Alexis Prenn, CEO, Receipt Bank Alexis founded Receipt Bank with Michael Wood in London 6 years ago. The company has grown to have offices in London, Sydney, Paris and Washington DC. Receipt Bank has become an essential partner for many thousands of bookkeepers and accountants worldwide seeking to improve their productivity, profitability and client experience.

Big data, small businesses and why there’s never been a better time to offer real-time bookkeeping services... T

he Xero ecosystem was launched in 2011 with just five inaugural integration partners. Fast-forward to 2017, and there are now well over 500 apps in this ever-growing community – with no signs of this growth slowing. This rapid ascent owes much to the free flow of information, open APIs and the ease of integration into the Xero platform, but the real driver for many app developers is finding new ways to use the financial data in Xero to help start-ups and SMEs prosper and thrive.

starts with good bookkeeping. The advent of a new generation of smart, automated bookkeeping tools, like Receipt Bank, mean there’s never been a better time to evolve your bookkeeping services beyond the basics.

couldn’t get funding at APRs below 8 per cent, compared to 52 per cent in 2015. And at higher interest rates, it becomes increasingly difficult for small start-ups and new enterprises to pay back loans and still turn a profit.

Big data for small businesses

The Xero ecosystem has responded far more nimbly to these issues. Alternative financiers such as Issue 10 cover stars, Satago, offer entrepreneurs flexible solutions for peace of mind. Other partners, such as iwoca, are using the Xero API to make lending simpler, using data from Xero to approve loans within minutes instead of days. And forecasting tools, like Float or Futrli, give teams the tools to look ahead and maintain a healthy cashflow.

their remit and add more value than ever before.

to the 2016 Working Capital Outlook Survey, carried out by C2FO, 54 per cent of SMEs say cash flow is their biggest obstacle to business growth. ‘Cash is king’ is a well-worn and chronically overused cliche, but many businesses still struggle to get a handle on their finances.

For too long, SMEs had a raw deal when it came to most financial services. The outdated processes and significant fees of most large financial service providers made their services too inflexible, too slow or too expensive for From forecasting to financing, many small businesses. invoices to investing, And this problems still having the numbers 54 per cent of SMEs exists in many of the in order now gives say cash flow is their large high street banks. accountants and biggest obstacle to bookkeepers the business growth. Take cash flow. According chance to broaden

Far from eliminating the accountant, these new avenues will shape and define the role of trusted advisor in the years to come, and will lead to stronger, more profitable relationships. But to do this effectively requires a rock-solid data foundation and, as any accountant worth their salt will tell you, good business information 10 / Issue 11

Despite the obvious need for access to finance, entrepreneurs find it incredibly difficult to raise capital. The same survey from C2FO in 2016 reported that 58 per cent of SMEs

What do these solutions all have in common? The answer is simple – they rely on accurate, up-to-date, on-demand business data. And, luckily for aspirational accountants, the tools to create a watertight bookkeeping process are quickly and easily accessible for even the smallest practice. Today’s data: tomorrow’s decisions As with many industries, one of the key drivers of change has been the development of mobile technology

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

and smartphones. For bookkeeping, it means clients can finally submit expenses and paper receipts in realtime, straight from their phone.

review the end data. Your superfast automated data can then be published straight to Xero or exported as a CSV document.

Receipt Bank’s software tracks the time average between the issue date of an invoice and the date that it’s submitted – and that’s an incredibly important driver. Tracking that metric helps you push your clients to submit their items promptly. And it’s only by speeding up submissions, and delivering realtime data, that you can make sure clients have a clear view of their current working capital.

Overnight, you switch from chasing and entering data to helping your clients review, analyse and understand their business information. This opens up a world of new opportunities. The future of accountants and bookkeepers

A modern, efficient bookkeeping system isn’t just about making compliance easier, though it definitely Our research shows that The average delay does that. It’s also the average delay between receiving about transforming between receiving and submitting the inherent value and submitting paper paper receipts and that your business receipts and invoices invoices is 20 days. clients see in good is 20 days – that’s quality bookkeeping and nearly a three-week wait real-time numbers – and before transactions can also appreciating how software be reconciled and real-time and technology make this whole numbers achieved. However, when process effortless for you, as the items are being submitted using accountant. a mobile app, the delay drops by 75%. According to a 2014 survey of SMEs, more than 92 per cent of small That’s the difference between businesses would prefer to work your client seeing the position of with their accountant on a real-time their business health as it stood basis. By taking a smart approach nearly a month ago, and seeing to automated bookkeeping, their position this week. If action is needed to deal with an urgent cash- your firm can quickly give clients meaningful data that makes a real flow problem, you can act more promptly and offer genuinely useful difference to their bottom line. and directive advice. Research by CPA Ireland has found that firms that go the extra mile for With the Receipt Bank mobile clients are rewarded. In their survey app, clients snap a picture of their of SMEs, they found that only receipt with their phone, and this 51 per cent of their accountants is sent straight to their accountant. They can then just throw the receipt offered Business Advisory services. However, among the firms that away (cutting down on paperwork and filing). Similarly, digital invoices offered Business Advisory, the can be quickly and easily forwarded uptake rate was 90 per cent – underlining that when you help to the accountant by email. This is clients delve deeper into their already a huge leap in efficiency, financial management, that there’s but Receipt Bank takes it further. an equally positive impact on client numbers and longer-term customer Once the image of the receipt is submitted, we use optical character relationships.. recognition (OCR) technology to This doesn’t mean that all automatically extract all the key accountants are going to turn information from the scan. That into advisory firms overnight. means there’s no need for data As we mentioned before, the entry of the supplier name, date, beauty of the Xero ecosystem tax rate, taxable amount or total is that there are more ways amount paid – all you need to do is Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 11


Cover Story than ever for accountants and bookkeepers to help their clients. Recent developments in AI and Machine Learning will increase what was previously possible with technology, freeing up more time and providing powerful new tools.

experienced, friendly and trusted business advisor is what your clients pay for – and it’s this deeply human consultative element of being an accountant that helps your clients run better businesses and, as a result, live better lives.

There’s never been a better time to offer bookkeeping. And Receipt Bank Extract makes it easier than ever.

Far from disappearing, that role of The future of accounting is waiting trusted advisor is becoming ever to be written. It’s down to you, your more important. There are myriad practice team and the profession Receipt Bank Extract lets you automate all the directions in which the role of the at large to decide what the next accountant will diverge in future chapter will look – but the aspects oflikebookkeeping. decades, but one thing is for sure: potential for innovation, evolution with the right data supporting you, and change is undeniable. Extract the documents from your clients there’s no limit to where you can go. A brightExtract future for bookkeeping the data from the documents

time consuming

Technology has already changed That means chasing clients for items and no more data how accountants work,no and more will continue practices effortless bookkeeping. All with simple fixed-fee entry.to affect Justworking profitable, as AI and advances in software pricing as many clients and documents as you need. tools continuefor to evolve. An algorithm may end up completing your bank reconciliation tasks, but none of this will diminish the inherent value you provide to your clients. Your position as an

Our Xero Add-On Solutions help ambitious businesses who want to take control of their small business by removing the guess work and enabling them to make better decisions.

Find out more at receipt-bank.com/extract

Receipt Bank Extract One Price. Unlimited clients, unlimited submissions, unlimited potential. www.receipt-bank.com/extract

Unlock the full potential of your business with the best of today’s cloud technologies.

For a free consultation and discussion about your accounting software and systems, contact Ocius Digital today.

Australia Office Accounting Business Expo shines a spotlight on the people, products, companies, trends and business models that are redefining the world of business. Join us and be a part of the largest national event for accountants in practice, commercial accountants, professional bookkeepers and SMSF professionals.

United Kingdom Office

United States Office

17/31 Queen St Melbourne VIC 3000, Australia

Unit 1-2 Mays Farm, Lower Wick Street, Selmeston, East Sussex, BN26 6TS

329 Interlocken Parkway, Broomfield, CO

+61 (03) 9008 5950

+44 (0)1323 700 222

+1 (720) 400 8815

Get your invite at AccountingBusiness.com.au

12 / Issue 11

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine www.ociusdigital.com

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Issue 11 / 13


Cover Story than ever for accountants and bookkeepers to help their clients. Recent developments in AI and Machine Learning will increase what was previously possible with technology, freeing up more time and providing powerful new tools.

experienced, friendly and trusted business advisor is what your clients pay for – and it’s this deeply human consultative element of being an accountant that helps your clients run better businesses and, as a result, live better lives.

There’s never been a better time to offer bookkeeping. And Receipt Bank Extract makes it easier than ever.

Far from disappearing, that role of The future of accounting is waiting trusted advisor is becoming ever to be written. It’s down to you, your more important. There are myriad practice team and the profession Receipt Bank Extract lets you automate all the directions in which the role of the at large to decide what the next accountant will diverge in future chapter will look – but the aspects oflikebookkeeping. decades, but one thing is for sure: potential for innovation, evolution with the right data supporting you, and change is undeniable. Extract the documents from your clients there’s no limit to where you can go. A brightExtract future for bookkeeping the data from the documents

time consuming

Technology has already changed That means chasing clients for items and no more data how accountants work,no and more will continue practices effortless bookkeeping. All with simple fixed-fee entry.to affect Justworking profitable, as AI and advances in software pricing as many clients and documents as you need. tools continuefor to evolve. An algorithm may end up completing your bank reconciliation tasks, but none of this will diminish the inherent value you provide to your clients. Your position as an

Our Xero Add-On Solutions help ambitious businesses who want to take control of their small business by removing the guess work and enabling them to make better decisions.

Find out more at receipt-bank.com/extract

Receipt Bank Extract One Price. Unlimited clients, unlimited submissions, unlimited potential. www.receipt-bank.com/extract

Unlock the full potential of your business with the best of today’s cloud technologies.

For a free consultation and discussion about your accounting software and systems, contact Ocius Digital today.

Australia Office Accounting Business Expo shines a spotlight on the people, products, companies, trends and business models that are redefining the world of business. Join us and be a part of the largest national event for accountants in practice, commercial accountants, professional bookkeepers and SMSF professionals.

United Kingdom Office

United States Office

17/31 Queen St Melbourne VIC 3000, Australia

Unit 1-2 Mays Farm, Lower Wick Street, Selmeston, East Sussex, BN26 6TS

329 Interlocken Parkway, Broomfield, CO

+61 (03) 9008 5950

+44 (0)1323 700 222

+1 (720) 400 8815

Get your invite at AccountingBusiness.com.au

12 / Issue 11

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine www.ociusdigital.com

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Issue 11 / 13


Xero and Equifax team up to help empower SMEs Cash flow often seems like a never-ending problem for small and medium businesses, who have been found to pay 1.5 times faster on average, than larger businesses. However, there are tools available to help small businesses manage their risk, and maintain a cash flowpositive business. Justin Eley, Senior Product Manager of Commercial Solutions at Equifax, explains...

S

mall businesses are an integral part of the Australian economy. In fact, according to the most recent Parliamentary figures, small businesses account for more than 97 per cent of all businesses operating in Australia. Cash flow has always been an issue for small and medium businesses (SMEs), who are faced with the harsh reality of paying invoices quickly, while larger businesses’ repayment rates are significantly slower – 1.5 times on average. Large businesses are used to having access to a full suite of tools offering insightful data on a new customer, such as credit history, risk profile and director information, but many SMEs don’t currently have the same resources at their fingertips.

14 / Issue 11

provider of credit information and analysis in Australia and New Zealand, to give SMEs access to a feature called Live Contacts. Available within the Xero platform, Live Contacts provides customers with a traffic-light indicator of the credit risk of businesses they may be dealing with, or considering doing business with. This indicator helps determine the credit health of a business and its capacity to pay its debts. Understanding a customer’s risk profile allows small business owners to adjust their payment terms based on a case-by-case basis – negotiating tighter payment terms with a riskier customer, for example.

However, this is a problem that is easily solved, due to an innovative new offering from Xero and Equifax.

Further to this, the Live Contacts functionality makes adding a new contact in the Business Directory easy. A user simply starts typing, and the business information auto-fills for them to select from, cutting down time on data entry and avoiding errors.

Gaining visibility of your suppliers and customers

Delving deeper into your customer’s credit history

Cloud-based accounting software provider, Xero, has partnered with Equifax, the global information solutions company and leading

The credit risk indicator from Xero and Equifax helps SMEs understand the companies they do business with.

@EquifaxAU

Justin Eley, Senior Product Manager, Equifax Justin joined Equifax (previously Veda) in 2012 and has over 10 years of product management experience. He has led the innovation and development of a number of market leading products in various industries, including the range of Trading History reports from Equifax. Justin currently manages the commercial risk account management portfolio, and is continually working to assist customers in making the best, well informed credit decisions.

If a small business owner thinks they need to find out more about a particular customer or supplier, they can purchase a SwiftCheck credit report from Equifax simply by clicking through from inside the Live Contacts platform. This report provides a full company credit check with details including directors’ credit histories, company payment history and credit rating (in Australia), and Trade Payment Rating (in New Zealand). Shifting attitudes to bring positive change Having access to a company’s credit risk information before starting a working relationship is vital to running and maintaining a cash flow-positive business. The recent release of the Australian Small Business and Family Enterprise Ombudsman’s ‘Issues Paper: Payment Times and Practices’, has sparked renewed discussion of the detrimental effects of larger businesses’ late payments to SMEs.

for small suppliers that provide up to $1 million in merchandise – benefiting more than 1,000 small suppliers. Despite this recent development, the reality is that many large businesses still tend to pay small businesses late, putting SMEs under considerable strain. Taking control of business risk management Small business owners are expected to take on any number of roles in a single day, including areas they may not have specialist knowledge in – like credit management. SMEs should not have to rely on gut feel to protect their businesses. The Live Contacts feature helps to assist small business owners with risk mitigation, and empowers them to make smart, well-informed decisions through credit insights.

On the back of this, several large businesses, including Coles and Woolworths, have shown their support of SMEs by introducing a new 14-day payment time policy

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 15


Xero and Equifax team up to help empower SMEs Cash flow often seems like a never-ending problem for small and medium businesses, who have been found to pay 1.5 times faster on average, than larger businesses. However, there are tools available to help small businesses manage their risk, and maintain a cash flowpositive business. Justin Eley, Senior Product Manager of Commercial Solutions at Equifax, explains...

S

mall businesses are an integral part of the Australian economy. In fact, according to the most recent Parliamentary figures, small businesses account for more than 97 per cent of all businesses operating in Australia. Cash flow has always been an issue for small and medium businesses (SMEs), who are faced with the harsh reality of paying invoices quickly, while larger businesses’ repayment rates are significantly slower – 1.5 times on average. Large businesses are used to having access to a full suite of tools offering insightful data on a new customer, such as credit history, risk profile and director information, but many SMEs don’t currently have the same resources at their fingertips.

14 / Issue 11

provider of credit information and analysis in Australia and New Zealand, to give SMEs access to a feature called Live Contacts. Available within the Xero platform, Live Contacts provides customers with a traffic-light indicator of the credit risk of businesses they may be dealing with, or considering doing business with. This indicator helps determine the credit health of a business and its capacity to pay its debts. Understanding a customer’s risk profile allows small business owners to adjust their payment terms based on a case-by-case basis – negotiating tighter payment terms with a riskier customer, for example.

However, this is a problem that is easily solved, due to an innovative new offering from Xero and Equifax.

Further to this, the Live Contacts functionality makes adding a new contact in the Business Directory easy. A user simply starts typing, and the business information auto-fills for them to select from, cutting down time on data entry and avoiding errors.

Gaining visibility of your suppliers and customers

Delving deeper into your customer’s credit history

Cloud-based accounting software provider, Xero, has partnered with Equifax, the global information solutions company and leading

The credit risk indicator from Xero and Equifax helps SMEs understand the companies they do business with.

@EquifaxAU

Justin Eley, Senior Product Manager, Equifax Justin joined Equifax (previously Veda) in 2012 and has over 10 years of product management experience. He has led the innovation and development of a number of market leading products in various industries, including the range of Trading History reports from Equifax. Justin currently manages the commercial risk account management portfolio, and is continually working to assist customers in making the best, well informed credit decisions.

If a small business owner thinks they need to find out more about a particular customer or supplier, they can purchase a SwiftCheck credit report from Equifax simply by clicking through from inside the Live Contacts platform. This report provides a full company credit check with details including directors’ credit histories, company payment history and credit rating (in Australia), and Trade Payment Rating (in New Zealand). Shifting attitudes to bring positive change Having access to a company’s credit risk information before starting a working relationship is vital to running and maintaining a cash flow-positive business. The recent release of the Australian Small Business and Family Enterprise Ombudsman’s ‘Issues Paper: Payment Times and Practices’, has sparked renewed discussion of the detrimental effects of larger businesses’ late payments to SMEs.

for small suppliers that provide up to $1 million in merchandise – benefiting more than 1,000 small suppliers. Despite this recent development, the reality is that many large businesses still tend to pay small businesses late, putting SMEs under considerable strain. Taking control of business risk management Small business owners are expected to take on any number of roles in a single day, including areas they may not have specialist knowledge in – like credit management. SMEs should not have to rely on gut feel to protect their businesses. The Live Contacts feature helps to assist small business owners with risk mitigation, and empowers them to make smart, well-informed decisions through credit insights.

On the back of this, several large businesses, including Coles and Woolworths, have shown their support of SMEs by introducing a new 14-day payment time policy

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 15


Interview

Interview

XU:

You’re quite new to your role as Managing Director of Xero Asia. Can you tell us a little bit about your story before that?

AC:

I started the early days of my career in software development and technology consulting, building web applications and e-commerce stores for big companies in Australia. That’s when I sparked to the opportunities that the web can unlock and how it can fundamentally change established business models. From there I moved into corporate strategy at a global advertising and marketing group advising their agencies on how they could adapt to the technological change that was reshaping their industry. When the opportunity came up to move to Singapore and set up the advertising group’s business in Asia from scratch, I was on the next flight.

XU:

What do you consider to be your biggest achievement before working for Xero?

AC:

Q&A Alex Campbell MD, Xero Asia

16 / Issue 10 11

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Building what is today one of Asia’s leading digital agency networks, which came about through four years of work joining together a series of successful acquisitions in Singapore, Malaysia, Indonesia, Thailand and Vietnam.

XU:

So how did you come to work for Xero in

2016?

AC:

I’d been following the Xero story for a long time and had always admired how Rod and the team had scaled the business globally while still keeping an amazing culture and a beautiful product. A lot of companies lose their way on these things when they grow that fast around the world but Xero stayed true to what matters the most. The importance of the problem that Xero was solving for small businesses came into focus as my last company acquired businesses

all over South East Asia. We found that these businesses had disparate and antique finance systems which made day-to-day financial management a real challenge. As we moved these companies to Xero we saw a huge difference in their ability to see what was going on in their business and make the right decisions about how to grow and invest. I’d kept in touch with Xero along the way and I heard that they were looking to set up in Asia. I had always wanted to come back to the tech world and I knew this was a once in a lifetime opportunity. Before I knew it I was talking to Rod and I jumped at the chance to join the team.

XU:

What does a typical day at work look like

for you?

AC:

It’s a cliche but there’s no such thing as a typical day in a business like Xero that’s been doubling in size every 18 months. I balance my time between spending time with my team on the tough problems of the day, recruiting great new people on to the team, meeting with our small business customers and accounting/bookkeeping partners, and working closely with our strategic partners - especially the major banks in Asia.

XU:

What did you find were the biggest challenges when moving to Singapore?

AC:

Singapore is one of the easiest countries in the world to move to so setting up life and work here was pretty straightforward. I’ve been here five years and it’s home for me now. What was challenging was the steep learning curve of building businesses in places like Indonesia and Thailand that have fundamentally different approaches and ways of working. Pretty quickly though I fell in love with these unique and wonderful places and gained a real sense of appreciation for the nuances of navigating business and life in Bangkok and Jakarta.

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

XU:

So tell us about the differences between working in Asia and Australia? Is there anything that Xero in Asia has that the rest of the world doesn’t?

AC:

Asia is a huge and diverse region which covers more than half of the world’s population, so it’s hugely different to working in Australia. Living and working in Singapore means working across different countries, cultures and ways of doing business that you would never experience in Australia. What’s different for Xero in Asia compared to our major markets is the pace of change in the underlying economies we’re operating in. Across Asia, millions of small businesses will leapfrog from operating largely in cash with basic offline record keeping to being fully set up on the cloud with electronic payments. The scale and pace at which this transition is happening is incredible and Xero is in a great position to play a big role in this.

XU:

What’s exciting you at the moment about the Asian financial market?

AC:

One of the things I learned working with small businesses all over South East Asia was how long the payment cycles are and how much cash was tied up in working capital. A lot of small businesses seemed to be more in the business of financing their customers than providing actual services. We have an incredibly exciting opportunity with Xero to help to solve this problem by automating invoicing and enabling real-time payments, which will free up cash across whole economies and create opportunities for growth and investment in those businesses.

XU:

Will you be at XeroCon South this year? How do you think combining Australia, New Zealand and Asia for XeroCon helps Xero users in Asia?

AC:

Xerocon South 2016 was my first Xerocon

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 17


Interview

Interview

XU:

You’re quite new to your role as Managing Director of Xero Asia. Can you tell us a little bit about your story before that?

AC:

I started the early days of my career in software development and technology consulting, building web applications and e-commerce stores for big companies in Australia. That’s when I sparked to the opportunities that the web can unlock and how it can fundamentally change established business models. From there I moved into corporate strategy at a global advertising and marketing group advising their agencies on how they could adapt to the technological change that was reshaping their industry. When the opportunity came up to move to Singapore and set up the advertising group’s business in Asia from scratch, I was on the next flight.

XU:

What do you consider to be your biggest achievement before working for Xero?

AC:

Q&A Alex Campbell MD, Xero Asia

16 / Issue 10 11

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Building what is today one of Asia’s leading digital agency networks, which came about through four years of work joining together a series of successful acquisitions in Singapore, Malaysia, Indonesia, Thailand and Vietnam.

XU:

So how did you come to work for Xero in

2016?

AC:

I’d been following the Xero story for a long time and had always admired how Rod and the team had scaled the business globally while still keeping an amazing culture and a beautiful product. A lot of companies lose their way on these things when they grow that fast around the world but Xero stayed true to what matters the most. The importance of the problem that Xero was solving for small businesses came into focus as my last company acquired businesses

all over South East Asia. We found that these businesses had disparate and antique finance systems which made day-to-day financial management a real challenge. As we moved these companies to Xero we saw a huge difference in their ability to see what was going on in their business and make the right decisions about how to grow and invest. I’d kept in touch with Xero along the way and I heard that they were looking to set up in Asia. I had always wanted to come back to the tech world and I knew this was a once in a lifetime opportunity. Before I knew it I was talking to Rod and I jumped at the chance to join the team.

XU:

What does a typical day at work look like

for you?

AC:

It’s a cliche but there’s no such thing as a typical day in a business like Xero that’s been doubling in size every 18 months. I balance my time between spending time with my team on the tough problems of the day, recruiting great new people on to the team, meeting with our small business customers and accounting/bookkeeping partners, and working closely with our strategic partners - especially the major banks in Asia.

XU:

What did you find were the biggest challenges when moving to Singapore?

AC:

Singapore is one of the easiest countries in the world to move to so setting up life and work here was pretty straightforward. I’ve been here five years and it’s home for me now. What was challenging was the steep learning curve of building businesses in places like Indonesia and Thailand that have fundamentally different approaches and ways of working. Pretty quickly though I fell in love with these unique and wonderful places and gained a real sense of appreciation for the nuances of navigating business and life in Bangkok and Jakarta.

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

XU:

So tell us about the differences between working in Asia and Australia? Is there anything that Xero in Asia has that the rest of the world doesn’t?

AC:

Asia is a huge and diverse region which covers more than half of the world’s population, so it’s hugely different to working in Australia. Living and working in Singapore means working across different countries, cultures and ways of doing business that you would never experience in Australia. What’s different for Xero in Asia compared to our major markets is the pace of change in the underlying economies we’re operating in. Across Asia, millions of small businesses will leapfrog from operating largely in cash with basic offline record keeping to being fully set up on the cloud with electronic payments. The scale and pace at which this transition is happening is incredible and Xero is in a great position to play a big role in this.

XU:

What’s exciting you at the moment about the Asian financial market?

AC:

One of the things I learned working with small businesses all over South East Asia was how long the payment cycles are and how much cash was tied up in working capital. A lot of small businesses seemed to be more in the business of financing their customers than providing actual services. We have an incredibly exciting opportunity with Xero to help to solve this problem by automating invoicing and enabling real-time payments, which will free up cash across whole economies and create opportunities for growth and investment in those businesses.

XU:

Will you be at XeroCon South this year? How do you think combining Australia, New Zealand and Asia for XeroCon helps Xero users in Asia?

AC:

Xerocon South 2016 was my first Xerocon

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 17


Interview and we had more than 40 of our partners from Asia attending for the first time, from Singapore, Hong Kong, Philippines, Indonesia, Papua New Guinea and a number of other countries around the region. We’re looking to triple or more that number in 2017 as we believe Xerocon South gives our Asia partners a unique opportunity to see what’s come before in markets where Xero has been established for longer like Australia and New Zealand. From speaking with our partners who came last year I know they learned a lot and were inspired by what’s possible.

XU:

Are there any personal or business goals you have set during your time at Xero so far?

AC:

My goal is for Xero to power a wholesale transformation of the way Asia’s small businesses connect to their banks, other businesses and suppliers, and fundamentally grow their businesses. My goal is also to build a team at Xero who do the best work of their careers.

XU: AC:

Who is your main role model and why?

Warren Buffett is a big role model for me - not so much for his success as an investor but for his extraordinarily long career of doing business with great integrity and decency. Steve Jobs saw that if you could brilliantly fuse design with technology you could reshape entire industries and the way people live their lives. Elon Musk for incredible courage in putting it all on the line, again and again, never afraid to take on the world’s biggest problems and some

of the world’s toughest technology challenges.

XU:

What are you favourite things to do in your spare time? Are there any interesting hobbies?

AC:

My favourite hobby is walking the streets of fascinating cities and capturing what I see in photos, especially in Asia. Apart from that I do Muay Thai (Thai kickboxing) and yoga and read as much as I can to keep track of what’s going on in the world.

XU:

If we’re sat here again in 12 months time celebrating your role over the past year, what did you achieve?

AC:

Our Asia key markets of Singapore and Hong Kong are at a tipping point in cloud adoption and the next year is going to be a pivotal time for the uptake of technology for small businesses and accounting here. Success for me in 12 months will be that Xero has played a major role in this shift to the cloud and we’ll be able to measure that pretty easily in our customer growth and the accounting and bookkeeping partners we’re signing up.

Beyond that what’s really exciting for me are the opportunities that machine learning is starting to unlock in making Xero even simpler and easier to use for small businesses. We’ve recently released a great example of this (see: xero. com/blog/2017/03/teachingrobot-accounting) for a pilot group of customers where Xero uses machine learning to suggest automatically the right account to code invoices to (it turns out machines can do some things like this better than humans, and the machine’s still literally learning). This is only the beginning of enormous potential in the future to use machine learning and artificial intelligence to free up more and more time for small business owners to do what they do best running their businesses!

XU:

What’s the most exciting thing you’ve got coming up in the near future?

AC:

We’ve just wrapped up two amazing Xero roadshows in Singapore and Hong Kong, with 800+ attendees and two major bank partnership announcements - so there’s lots of exciting stuff up ahead for us in Asia.

Turn to page 52 18 / Issue 11

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 19


Interview and we had more than 40 of our partners from Asia attending for the first time, from Singapore, Hong Kong, Philippines, Indonesia, Papua New Guinea and a number of other countries around the region. We’re looking to triple or more that number in 2017 as we believe Xerocon South gives our Asia partners a unique opportunity to see what’s come before in markets where Xero has been established for longer like Australia and New Zealand. From speaking with our partners who came last year I know they learned a lot and were inspired by what’s possible.

XU:

Are there any personal or business goals you have set during your time at Xero so far?

AC:

My goal is for Xero to power a wholesale transformation of the way Asia’s small businesses connect to their banks, other businesses and suppliers, and fundamentally grow their businesses. My goal is also to build a team at Xero who do the best work of their careers.

XU: AC:

Who is your main role model and why?

Warren Buffett is a big role model for me - not so much for his success as an investor but for his extraordinarily long career of doing business with great integrity and decency. Steve Jobs saw that if you could brilliantly fuse design with technology you could reshape entire industries and the way people live their lives. Elon Musk for incredible courage in putting it all on the line, again and again, never afraid to take on the world’s biggest problems and some

of the world’s toughest technology challenges.

XU:

What are you favourite things to do in your spare time? Are there any interesting hobbies?

AC:

My favourite hobby is walking the streets of fascinating cities and capturing what I see in photos, especially in Asia. Apart from that I do Muay Thai (Thai kickboxing) and yoga and read as much as I can to keep track of what’s going on in the world.

XU:

If we’re sat here again in 12 months time celebrating your role over the past year, what did you achieve?

AC:

Our Asia key markets of Singapore and Hong Kong are at a tipping point in cloud adoption and the next year is going to be a pivotal time for the uptake of technology for small businesses and accounting here. Success for me in 12 months will be that Xero has played a major role in this shift to the cloud and we’ll be able to measure that pretty easily in our customer growth and the accounting and bookkeeping partners we’re signing up.

Beyond that what’s really exciting for me are the opportunities that machine learning is starting to unlock in making Xero even simpler and easier to use for small businesses. We’ve recently released a great example of this (see: xero. com/blog/2017/03/teachingrobot-accounting) for a pilot group of customers where Xero uses machine learning to suggest automatically the right account to code invoices to (it turns out machines can do some things like this better than humans, and the machine’s still literally learning). This is only the beginning of enormous potential in the future to use machine learning and artificial intelligence to free up more and more time for small business owners to do what they do best running their businesses!

XU:

What’s the most exciting thing you’ve got coming up in the near future?

AC:

We’ve just wrapped up two amazing Xero roadshows in Singapore and Hong Kong, with 800+ attendees and two major bank partnership announcements - so there’s lots of exciting stuff up ahead for us in Asia.

Turn to page 52 18 / Issue 11

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 19


Automatic for the People

Gary Turner, Co-Founder and Managing Director, Xero UK

Automation, Machine Learning and AI are the topics of the moment. Barely a month passes without yet another Dead Pool prediction of the occupations and professions that will be the first to fall under the wheels of automation.

Gary Turner (@garyturner) is co-founder and managing director at Xero UK, and also oversees Xero’s business interests across Europe, Middle East & Africa. Under Gary’s leadership, Xero UK has scaled from a three person startup with annual revenues of £50,000 in 2009 to what will surpass £30m during 2017.

I

t’s not very long ago that regular people were expected to become IT literate in readiness for the dawning age of computing, mostly because operating a computer thirty or so years ago even for the most basic of tasks was not for the faint hearted.

savvy users to quickly search for and then fix transactions that had been previously entered incorrectly by an unwitting client.

While new and serviceable forms of interface will continue to emerge and mature and will no doubt move us further up the technology accessibility curve, it’s also beginning to feel like we may be entering the diminishing returns phase of conventional software interface design thinking.

Find & Recode was so powerful because instead of leaving users to look for and then manually correct errant postings, a simple new query builder would instead return a matching list of transactions posted by a given user between a given date range; optionally matching certain other user-defined parameters. The Recode element of the feature would then enable the simple removal or correction of the errors, literally with a couple of mouse clicks.

In 2015 Xero quietly enabled a new service for users of its accounting app called Find & Recode. A powerful enhancement that enabled

Bookkeepers who had been long accustomed to grinding out what might easily amount to several hours of painstaking remedial

@Xero

bookkeeping on behalf of a client could now accomplish the same task in a matter of minutes. Find & Recode was a game changing feature. Interestingly though, Find & Recode also shone a light for the first time on something that had been impossible to measure before, and that was despite Xero’s lauded, award-winning interface design, users of the accounting software appeared to be habitually making large numbers of bookkeeping errors. In fact, a staggering three million transactions are retrospectively corrected with Find & Recode in Xero every month. Digging deeper into Find & Recode’s telemetry revealed that some quite fundamentally basic errors were being made on a regular basis. Many users were either confused about what to choose or possibly just content to just select the very first account code from the list. In doing so, users were leaving behind them a trail of basic bookkeeping errors for someone else to hopefully later spot, and then correct. Accounting is hard for small businesses The conclusion here is significant; even in an incredibly popular and contemporary product like Xero, sometimes no amount of interface design genius is able to compensate for the fact that accounting remains hard for many small businesses.

20 / Issue 11

Sharing the

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

We’re sharing the love at Xerocon – for a very good cause. Visit the Class stand at Xerocon 2017 in Melbourne for your free heart stress ball. For every heart we give away we’ll donate $2 to the Heart Foundation. What’s not to love?

Award winning software for SMSF and non-SMSF investment portfolios. Find out more. Visit www.class.com.au/xerocon

Level 3, 228 Pitt Street, Sydney NSW 2000 Copyright © 2017. Class Super Pty Ltd. ABN 46 121 158 503 AFSL 31 3512

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 21


Automatic for the People

Gary Turner, Co-Founder and Managing Director, Xero UK

Automation, Machine Learning and AI are the topics of the moment. Barely a month passes without yet another Dead Pool prediction of the occupations and professions that will be the first to fall under the wheels of automation.

Gary Turner (@garyturner) is co-founder and managing director at Xero UK, and also oversees Xero’s business interests across Europe, Middle East & Africa. Under Gary’s leadership, Xero UK has scaled from a three person startup with annual revenues of £50,000 in 2009 to what will surpass £30m during 2017.

I

t’s not very long ago that regular people were expected to become IT literate in readiness for the dawning age of computing, mostly because operating a computer thirty or so years ago even for the most basic of tasks was not for the faint hearted.

savvy users to quickly search for and then fix transactions that had been previously entered incorrectly by an unwitting client.

While new and serviceable forms of interface will continue to emerge and mature and will no doubt move us further up the technology accessibility curve, it’s also beginning to feel like we may be entering the diminishing returns phase of conventional software interface design thinking.

Find & Recode was so powerful because instead of leaving users to look for and then manually correct errant postings, a simple new query builder would instead return a matching list of transactions posted by a given user between a given date range; optionally matching certain other user-defined parameters. The Recode element of the feature would then enable the simple removal or correction of the errors, literally with a couple of mouse clicks.

In 2015 Xero quietly enabled a new service for users of its accounting app called Find & Recode. A powerful enhancement that enabled

Bookkeepers who had been long accustomed to grinding out what might easily amount to several hours of painstaking remedial

@Xero

bookkeeping on behalf of a client could now accomplish the same task in a matter of minutes. Find & Recode was a game changing feature. Interestingly though, Find & Recode also shone a light for the first time on something that had been impossible to measure before, and that was despite Xero’s lauded, award-winning interface design, users of the accounting software appeared to be habitually making large numbers of bookkeeping errors. In fact, a staggering three million transactions are retrospectively corrected with Find & Recode in Xero every month. Digging deeper into Find & Recode’s telemetry revealed that some quite fundamentally basic errors were being made on a regular basis. Many users were either confused about what to choose or possibly just content to just select the very first account code from the list. In doing so, users were leaving behind them a trail of basic bookkeeping errors for someone else to hopefully later spot, and then correct. Accounting is hard for small businesses The conclusion here is significant; even in an incredibly popular and contemporary product like Xero, sometimes no amount of interface design genius is able to compensate for the fact that accounting remains hard for many small businesses.

20 / Issue 11

Sharing the

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

We’re sharing the love at Xerocon – for a very good cause. Visit the Class stand at Xerocon 2017 in Melbourne for your free heart stress ball. For every heart we give away we’ll donate $2 to the Heart Foundation. What’s not to love?

Award winning software for SMSF and non-SMSF investment portfolios. Find out more. Visit www.class.com.au/xerocon

Level 3, 228 Pitt Street, Sydney NSW 2000 Copyright © 2017. Class Super Pty Ltd. ABN 46 121 158 503 AFSL 31 3512

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 21


The UK’s

leading payments provider1

Trusted by over 300,000 small businesses

And so, if we are indeed nearing the diminishing returns phase of software interface design, it increasingly looks like a fallacy to think that we’ll see universal adoption of accounting software by every business unless we come up with a different approach. The UK’s tax authority, Her Majesty’s Revenue & Customs, recently embarked upon one of the most ambitious tax digitisation projects in the world. In simple terms, its Making Tax Digital strategy aims to compel every one of the UK’s five and a half million businesses to carry out their bookkeeping using software rather than the odds and ends of paper and spreadsheets anecdotally favoured by more than three million sole traders and micro entities in Britain. To justify its mandate and the shift to digital record-keeping, HMRC cites an £8 billion tax gap which it asserts is the result of either wilful or ignorantly shabby bookkeeping practices. Sound familiar? If the usability hypothesis is correct 22 / Issue 11

and we’re now squeezing the last blobs of improvement from the human interface design toothpaste tube, then it’s looking increasingly likely that the only way we, HMRC and the accounting software industry, can deliver universal adoption of good bookkeeping practices will be to change the fundamental nature and experience of accounting software. And further, if initiatives like Making Tax Digital fail to deliver and merely result in the compulsion of millions of SMBs to begin using traditionally articulated accounting software - no matter how simplified and accessible software vendors can make their tools - it doesn’t follow that increased accuracy will indeed result, if at all. Every keynote speaker and industry expert has exhorted moving away from basic compliance service provision and onto higher value added services. After decades of this, the accounting industry could still end up picking up the tab from an explosion in remedial bookkeeping work that Making Tax Digital could generate.

4th Industrial Revolution, or a return to the Dark Ages of compliance accounting? If a return to the Dark Ages of compliance accounting is to be averted, then the application of automation and machine learning feels like a good place to start. We recently commenced a pilot with a small test group of Xero users whom we invited to trial new machine learning services in Xero which will attempt to learn and then do a better job of coding transactions to the chart of accounts than a human can. We’ll publish our findings in due course, and while it is early, we also believe it could be an important first step towards reshaping the relationship that exists between the accounting profession and the business community it serves. And rather than bring about its extinction, this next generation automation in accounting could turn out to be the profession’s saviour.

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Worldpay, helping your business grow

For more information, please contact your local representative

Christa Price tel: +44 (0)7771 389417 June 2016 Nilson Report 2 For Business Gateway / eCommerce Support, UK lines are open 8am-8pm Mon-Friday and 9am-5pm on Saturdays. Weekday evening calls are answered by San Francisco / Singapore.

1

© Worldpay 2016. All rights reserved. This document and its content are proprietary to Worldpay and may not be reproduced, published or resold. The information is provided on an “AS IS” basis for information purposes only and Worldpay makes no warranties of any kind including in relation to the content or sustainability. Terms and Conditions apply to all our services. Worldpay (UK) Limited (Company No. 07316500 / FCA No. 530923), Worldpay Limited (Company No. 03424752 / FCA No. 504504), Worldpay AP Limited (Company No. 5593466 / FCA No. 502597). Registered Office: The Walbrook Building, 25 Walbrook, London EC4N 8AF and authorised by the Financial Conduct Authority under the Payment Service 2009Go forto thesubscriptions.xumagazine.com provision of payment services. Worldpay (UK) LimitedFollow is authorised regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority Have youRegulations subscribed? us onand Twitter: @xumagazine Issue 11 / for23 consumer credit activities. Worldpay, the logo and any associated brand names are all trade marks of the Worldpay group of companies.


The UK’s

leading payments provider1

Trusted by over 300,000 small businesses

And so, if we are indeed nearing the diminishing returns phase of software interface design, it increasingly looks like a fallacy to think that we’ll see universal adoption of accounting software by every business unless we come up with a different approach. The UK’s tax authority, Her Majesty’s Revenue & Customs, recently embarked upon one of the most ambitious tax digitisation projects in the world. In simple terms, its Making Tax Digital strategy aims to compel every one of the UK’s five and a half million businesses to carry out their bookkeeping using software rather than the odds and ends of paper and spreadsheets anecdotally favoured by more than three million sole traders and micro entities in Britain. To justify its mandate and the shift to digital record-keeping, HMRC cites an £8 billion tax gap which it asserts is the result of either wilful or ignorantly shabby bookkeeping practices. Sound familiar? If the usability hypothesis is correct 22 / Issue 11

and we’re now squeezing the last blobs of improvement from the human interface design toothpaste tube, then it’s looking increasingly likely that the only way we, HMRC and the accounting software industry, can deliver universal adoption of good bookkeeping practices will be to change the fundamental nature and experience of accounting software. And further, if initiatives like Making Tax Digital fail to deliver and merely result in the compulsion of millions of SMBs to begin using traditionally articulated accounting software - no matter how simplified and accessible software vendors can make their tools - it doesn’t follow that increased accuracy will indeed result, if at all. Every keynote speaker and industry expert has exhorted moving away from basic compliance service provision and onto higher value added services. After decades of this, the accounting industry could still end up picking up the tab from an explosion in remedial bookkeeping work that Making Tax Digital could generate.

4th Industrial Revolution, or a return to the Dark Ages of compliance accounting? If a return to the Dark Ages of compliance accounting is to be averted, then the application of automation and machine learning feels like a good place to start. We recently commenced a pilot with a small test group of Xero users whom we invited to trial new machine learning services in Xero which will attempt to learn and then do a better job of coding transactions to the chart of accounts than a human can. We’ll publish our findings in due course, and while it is early, we also believe it could be an important first step towards reshaping the relationship that exists between the accounting profession and the business community it serves. And rather than bring about its extinction, this next generation automation in accounting could turn out to be the profession’s saviour.

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Worldpay, helping your business grow

For more information, please contact your local representative

Christa Price tel: +44 (0)7771 389417 June 2016 Nilson Report 2 For Business Gateway / eCommerce Support, UK lines are open 8am-8pm Mon-Friday and 9am-5pm on Saturdays. Weekday evening calls are answered by San Francisco / Singapore.

1

© Worldpay 2016. All rights reserved. This document and its content are proprietary to Worldpay and may not be reproduced, published or resold. The information is provided on an “AS IS” basis for information purposes only and Worldpay makes no warranties of any kind including in relation to the content or sustainability. Terms and Conditions apply to all our services. Worldpay (UK) Limited (Company No. 07316500 / FCA No. 530923), Worldpay Limited (Company No. 03424752 / FCA No. 504504), Worldpay AP Limited (Company No. 5593466 / FCA No. 502597). Registered Office: The Walbrook Building, 25 Walbrook, London EC4N 8AF and authorised by the Financial Conduct Authority under the Payment Service 2009Go forto thesubscriptions.xumagazine.com provision of payment services. Worldpay (UK) LimitedFollow is authorised regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority Have youRegulations subscribed? us onand Twitter: @xumagazine Issue 11 / for23 consumer credit activities. Worldpay, the logo and any associated brand names are all trade marks of the Worldpay group of companies.


How cloud POS systems can improve your business

@CarbonGroupAcc

Matt Rutter, Xero Cloud Integrator, Carbon Business Group Matt looks after the Business Systems division at Carbon. As a dedicated cloud integrator, he specialises in providing efficiency solutions to businesses with the aim of reducing administration workload and automating the data entry process. When not at the office, he can be found dirtbike riding or scuba diving.

With the enhancements being made in the financial technology industry, cloud applications are becoming more popular amongst small businesses. Xero’s marketplace provides a large range of Apps that integrate with their cloud-based accounting software, enabling for a more streamlined process for business owners.

L

et’s discuss cloud point of sale (POS) systems...

We’ll use the retail and hospitality industry as an example. In basic terms, a point of sale is the store or restaurant’s register system used to take orders, send orders to the

kitchen and bar, track and process inventory orders and stock counts as well as recording customer payments. A cloud POS system simply means that this application is online. Moving away from traditional

native point of sale systems brings a whole host of benefits to retail and hospitality businesses. The most obvious benefit of any cloud application is that data can be accessed from any device, in any location, at any time. No longer does the business owner or

manager need to be in the office to check on sales or stock levels. Taking your point of sale system to the cloud allows business owners to enjoy a range of other benefits: Lower initial investment Traditional point of sale systems have to be purchased outright and physically installed onto each computer or device within the store or restaurant. This can be a massive upfront cost for many businesses, often out of reach for small startup cafés or pop-up shops. The limitations here are the multiple licenses that need to be purchased, new software that must be paid for when updates become available, and the need to be physically at the device to access the information. With the rise in availability of cloud POS systems, small business owners can enjoy the benefits of cloud systems without forking out tens of thousands on hardware and set-up. A monthly fee with no lock-in contract is much more appealing for business owners, in the same way a Xero subscription works. There’s also the added bonus of free updates included in the monthly subscription, resulting in one easy to manage payment. Take control of your inventory For businesses that rely on stock

such as retail and hospitality, it’s crucial to be aware of your most popular items, the profit margins on each, and your current stock levels. With a cloud-based POS system, you have 24/7 access to your stock levels and the data is in real-time. This makes ordering simple and easy, and eliminates the risk of running out of your most popular items. The application can be fully customised to represent the store or restaurant. For example, we’ve installed Kounta, a POS system specific for hospitality, into some of Perth’s restaurants and cafés. We’ve customised the screen to show the layout of the restaurant, which helps when it comes to placing orders and knowing the status of a table; have they just ordered? Are they onto their mains? Has the bill been printed? Integrate this with Xero, and you have the day’s’ takings fed directly into your accounting software at the touch of a button. Ergonomical design You have a client who is about to open a funky new bar in Perth’s CBD, serving fancy cocktails and modern tapas. Traditional POS systems are typically bulky and not very pleasing to the eye, which could ruin the ambience of the

place. A cloud-based POS system can be installed onto an iPad or Android tablet, which looks much more appealing on the counter top. Since they are compact, they can be taken to the table to take orders. Clients love the look of these systems! Integrations The great thing about cloud POS systems is the potential to integrate with multiple add-on software. Link to Tyro to complete purchases via electronic payment, which removes the need for manual entry and therefore eliminates risk of error. Connect with your online accounting software such as Xero, or online rostering application such as Deputy. With the affordability of cloud POS software, retail and hospitality businesses have no excuse to staying left behind with traditional systems. A good system will ensure you are in control of your business, and are ahead of your competitors. Carbon Business Systems recommend Vend and Kounta as great options for the retail and hospitality industries. Contact our cloud integrators today to see how you can benefit from taking your point of sale system to the cloud.

Reconcile stock trades and dividends to Xero, plus track performance and taxable income Learn more on page x 100 24 / Issue 11

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

sharesight.com/pro

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 25


How cloud POS systems can improve your business

@CarbonGroupAcc

Matt Rutter, Xero Cloud Integrator, Carbon Business Group Matt looks after the Business Systems division at Carbon. As a dedicated cloud integrator, he specialises in providing efficiency solutions to businesses with the aim of reducing administration workload and automating the data entry process. When not at the office, he can be found dirtbike riding or scuba diving.

With the enhancements being made in the financial technology industry, cloud applications are becoming more popular amongst small businesses. Xero’s marketplace provides a large range of Apps that integrate with their cloud-based accounting software, enabling for a more streamlined process for business owners.

L

et’s discuss cloud point of sale (POS) systems...

We’ll use the retail and hospitality industry as an example. In basic terms, a point of sale is the store or restaurant’s register system used to take orders, send orders to the

kitchen and bar, track and process inventory orders and stock counts as well as recording customer payments. A cloud POS system simply means that this application is online. Moving away from traditional

native point of sale systems brings a whole host of benefits to retail and hospitality businesses. The most obvious benefit of any cloud application is that data can be accessed from any device, in any location, at any time. No longer does the business owner or

manager need to be in the office to check on sales or stock levels. Taking your point of sale system to the cloud allows business owners to enjoy a range of other benefits: Lower initial investment Traditional point of sale systems have to be purchased outright and physically installed onto each computer or device within the store or restaurant. This can be a massive upfront cost for many businesses, often out of reach for small startup cafés or pop-up shops. The limitations here are the multiple licenses that need to be purchased, new software that must be paid for when updates become available, and the need to be physically at the device to access the information. With the rise in availability of cloud POS systems, small business owners can enjoy the benefits of cloud systems without forking out tens of thousands on hardware and set-up. A monthly fee with no lock-in contract is much more appealing for business owners, in the same way a Xero subscription works. There’s also the added bonus of free updates included in the monthly subscription, resulting in one easy to manage payment. Take control of your inventory For businesses that rely on stock

such as retail and hospitality, it’s crucial to be aware of your most popular items, the profit margins on each, and your current stock levels. With a cloud-based POS system, you have 24/7 access to your stock levels and the data is in real-time. This makes ordering simple and easy, and eliminates the risk of running out of your most popular items. The application can be fully customised to represent the store or restaurant. For example, we’ve installed Kounta, a POS system specific for hospitality, into some of Perth’s restaurants and cafés. We’ve customised the screen to show the layout of the restaurant, which helps when it comes to placing orders and knowing the status of a table; have they just ordered? Are they onto their mains? Has the bill been printed? Integrate this with Xero, and you have the day’s’ takings fed directly into your accounting software at the touch of a button. Ergonomical design You have a client who is about to open a funky new bar in Perth’s CBD, serving fancy cocktails and modern tapas. Traditional POS systems are typically bulky and not very pleasing to the eye, which could ruin the ambience of the

place. A cloud-based POS system can be installed onto an iPad or Android tablet, which looks much more appealing on the counter top. Since they are compact, they can be taken to the table to take orders. Clients love the look of these systems! Integrations The great thing about cloud POS systems is the potential to integrate with multiple add-on software. Link to Tyro to complete purchases via electronic payment, which removes the need for manual entry and therefore eliminates risk of error. Connect with your online accounting software such as Xero, or online rostering application such as Deputy. With the affordability of cloud POS software, retail and hospitality businesses have no excuse to staying left behind with traditional systems. A good system will ensure you are in control of your business, and are ahead of your competitors. Carbon Business Systems recommend Vend and Kounta as great options for the retail and hospitality industries. Contact our cloud integrators today to see how you can benefit from taking your point of sale system to the cloud.

Reconcile stock trades and dividends to Xero, plus track performance and taxable income Learn more on page x 100 24 / Issue 11

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

sharesight.com/pro

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 25


@WorkflowMax

Caitlin Sisley, Marketing Content Writer, WorkflowMax

Gender diversity in the workplace: 5 benefits for small businesses

Caitlin has over six years of experience in the digital content world and has worked on social media campaigns, SEO blogs, press releases and creative copy for a large number of New Zealand businesses. With a Master’s Degree in Human Rights, she is not only passionate about business but also corporate responsibility, ethics and humanitarian issues.

ender pay inequity, discrimination, and the under-representation of women are still pervasive problems in the corporate world. Although the media has shed light on systemic inequities in high profile cases like Uber and Google, there has been less discussion about the importance of gender diversity in small business. If we’re going to create a more equitable world for women, what level of responsibility lies with entrepreneurs and small business owners? 26 / Issue 11

It’s a controversial topic, not least because small businesses face unique challenges when it comes to implementing gender diversity initiatives. With a lack of resources, funds and experience it can be difficult to devote energy to these complex issues, especially without a dedicated HR department. But small to medium sized enterprises account for over 50% of global employment, and in emerging markets they create 4 out of 5 new jobs. Logically, it’s crucial that SMEs take initiatives to

1 - Gender diversity encourages innovation One of the biggest challenges of small business management is that it requires constant innovation. You must be willing to try new approaches on a daily basis. Problem-solving, adaptability and creativity are the lifeblood of your small business.

Gender diversity in business has been a hot topic in 2017, with tech giants Google and Uber embroiled in scandal. While big corporations have found themselves in the spotlight, small businesses have largely flown under the radar. Yet small to medium sized enterprises account for over 50% of global employment. What level of responsibility do SMEs bear when it comes to gender diversity? And are there any tangible benefits for small business? In this article Caitlin Sisley outlines the many ways gender diversity initiatives can benefit SMEs directly...

G

wait to build a diverse workforce, the harder it gets. For this reason, it’s important for small businesses to encourage diversity while they’re still flexible enough to do so. By striving for diverse and inclusive recruitment in the early stages of business you’ll have a better chance of success; and can reap the benefits of diversity as your company grows. Here are five real advantages that small businesses stand to gain from cultivating diverse workforces and fostering inclusive, equitable environments.

But for this level of innovation you need a variety of minds to draw on. Your team members are shaped by their gender, culture, age, sexuality and personal experiences, and these factors influence how they see the world and tackle problems. It’s natural that a diverse workforce breeds greater creativity, while more homogenous environments risk a ‘group-think’ mentality. At WorkflowMax our marketing

promote gender diversity, inclusive workplaces and pay parity if we’re to see meaningful progress on a global scale. The benefits of adopting diversity policies early Earlier this year, the revelations of sexual harassment at Uber proved how deeply ingrained misogynistic attitudes can be in the workplace. Once a particular group dominates, it’s hard to reverse the trend, and this leads to difficulty attracting and retaining women. The longer you

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

team is small but highly diverse, and I have no doubt this has contributed to our success. Our different backgrounds and experiences have helped shape us into a dynamic creative force.

2 - Gender diversity can increase profitability In 2016, a study by the Peterson Institute for International Economics found that companies with women in leadership roles tend to be more profitable. The results were based on a global survey of 21,980 publicly traded firms across 91 countries - the largest study of its kind. They found that companies with at least 30 percent women in senior “C-Suite” positions were 15 percent more profitable than firms with no women executives.

either way it hurts your bottom line. By making an effort to attract a diverse range of candidates, you bring more qualified people into the running for all your positions. Drawing on this greater pool of talent gives you a better shot at finding the best human capital, while giving your business a competitive edge over firms who are restricted by bias.

Not only does diverse recruitment widen the number of candidates available to you, it will also make your company more attractive to job-seekers. A recent study by Universum which polled approximately 36,000 university The researchers attributed this students in the UK, found that 80% significant result to two potential believe it’s important causes. Firstly, the presence for employers to of women adds to the create diverse and diversity of skill sets within a leadership “A diverse workforce inclusive workplaces. Job-seekers are group. Secondly, is better equipped always more likely discrimination against to serve a diverse to gravitate towards women naturally customer base.” companies that reflect reduces the talent their values. pool a firm can draw on - so those who do not 5 - Gender diversity helps discriminate during recruitment economic growth have a natural advantage when it comes to finding the best In April this year, allegations candidates. of systemic pay disparities at Google hit media headlines. An 3 - Gender diversity helps investigation by the US Department represent your customer base of Labor found “systemic compensation disparities” against Diversity of all kinds will make your women not only at leadership team more adept at understanding levels, but throughout the and meeting the needs of people entire Google workforce. Even in from varying walks of life. It can multinational corporations women help to build brand credibility are often paid less for doing the and trust with a wider audience. same job - and while Google is a A diverse workforce is better high profile example, the problem equipped to serve a diverse isn’t isolated to the tech industry. customer base. This is particularly important when it comes to gender representation, as women drive over 70% of consumer purchasing worldwide and are key economic decision makers. If you don’t want to miss out on this consumer demographic, it makes sense that women should be reflected in your workforce. 4 - Gender diversity gives you a competitive edge Recruitment discrimination can be conscious or unconscious, but

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Worldwide the gender pay gap is estimated at 59% (the worst it’s been since the 1998 financial crisis). According to the World Economic Forum, women’s average global income sits at $10,778 compared to the average global men’s income of $19,873. Women are underrepresented at senior levels of business in almost every industry. The 2016 Grant Thornton survey of 5,520 businesses in 36 economies found that women only held 24% of senior Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 27


@WorkflowMax

Caitlin Sisley, Marketing Content Writer, WorkflowMax

Gender diversity in the workplace: 5 benefits for small businesses

Caitlin has over six years of experience in the digital content world and has worked on social media campaigns, SEO blogs, press releases and creative copy for a large number of New Zealand businesses. With a Master’s Degree in Human Rights, she is not only passionate about business but also corporate responsibility, ethics and humanitarian issues.

ender pay inequity, discrimination, and the under-representation of women are still pervasive problems in the corporate world. Although the media has shed light on systemic inequities in high profile cases like Uber and Google, there has been less discussion about the importance of gender diversity in small business. If we’re going to create a more equitable world for women, what level of responsibility lies with entrepreneurs and small business owners? 26 / Issue 11

It’s a controversial topic, not least because small businesses face unique challenges when it comes to implementing gender diversity initiatives. With a lack of resources, funds and experience it can be difficult to devote energy to these complex issues, especially without a dedicated HR department. But small to medium sized enterprises account for over 50% of global employment, and in emerging markets they create 4 out of 5 new jobs. Logically, it’s crucial that SMEs take initiatives to

1 - Gender diversity encourages innovation One of the biggest challenges of small business management is that it requires constant innovation. You must be willing to try new approaches on a daily basis. Problem-solving, adaptability and creativity are the lifeblood of your small business.

Gender diversity in business has been a hot topic in 2017, with tech giants Google and Uber embroiled in scandal. While big corporations have found themselves in the spotlight, small businesses have largely flown under the radar. Yet small to medium sized enterprises account for over 50% of global employment. What level of responsibility do SMEs bear when it comes to gender diversity? And are there any tangible benefits for small business? In this article Caitlin Sisley outlines the many ways gender diversity initiatives can benefit SMEs directly...

G

wait to build a diverse workforce, the harder it gets. For this reason, it’s important for small businesses to encourage diversity while they’re still flexible enough to do so. By striving for diverse and inclusive recruitment in the early stages of business you’ll have a better chance of success; and can reap the benefits of diversity as your company grows. Here are five real advantages that small businesses stand to gain from cultivating diverse workforces and fostering inclusive, equitable environments.

But for this level of innovation you need a variety of minds to draw on. Your team members are shaped by their gender, culture, age, sexuality and personal experiences, and these factors influence how they see the world and tackle problems. It’s natural that a diverse workforce breeds greater creativity, while more homogenous environments risk a ‘group-think’ mentality. At WorkflowMax our marketing

promote gender diversity, inclusive workplaces and pay parity if we’re to see meaningful progress on a global scale. The benefits of adopting diversity policies early Earlier this year, the revelations of sexual harassment at Uber proved how deeply ingrained misogynistic attitudes can be in the workplace. Once a particular group dominates, it’s hard to reverse the trend, and this leads to difficulty attracting and retaining women. The longer you

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

team is small but highly diverse, and I have no doubt this has contributed to our success. Our different backgrounds and experiences have helped shape us into a dynamic creative force.

2 - Gender diversity can increase profitability In 2016, a study by the Peterson Institute for International Economics found that companies with women in leadership roles tend to be more profitable. The results were based on a global survey of 21,980 publicly traded firms across 91 countries - the largest study of its kind. They found that companies with at least 30 percent women in senior “C-Suite” positions were 15 percent more profitable than firms with no women executives.

either way it hurts your bottom line. By making an effort to attract a diverse range of candidates, you bring more qualified people into the running for all your positions. Drawing on this greater pool of talent gives you a better shot at finding the best human capital, while giving your business a competitive edge over firms who are restricted by bias.

Not only does diverse recruitment widen the number of candidates available to you, it will also make your company more attractive to job-seekers. A recent study by Universum which polled approximately 36,000 university The researchers attributed this students in the UK, found that 80% significant result to two potential believe it’s important causes. Firstly, the presence for employers to of women adds to the create diverse and diversity of skill sets within a leadership “A diverse workforce inclusive workplaces. Job-seekers are group. Secondly, is better equipped always more likely discrimination against to serve a diverse to gravitate towards women naturally customer base.” companies that reflect reduces the talent their values. pool a firm can draw on - so those who do not 5 - Gender diversity helps discriminate during recruitment economic growth have a natural advantage when it comes to finding the best In April this year, allegations candidates. of systemic pay disparities at Google hit media headlines. An 3 - Gender diversity helps investigation by the US Department represent your customer base of Labor found “systemic compensation disparities” against Diversity of all kinds will make your women not only at leadership team more adept at understanding levels, but throughout the and meeting the needs of people entire Google workforce. Even in from varying walks of life. It can multinational corporations women help to build brand credibility are often paid less for doing the and trust with a wider audience. same job - and while Google is a A diverse workforce is better high profile example, the problem equipped to serve a diverse isn’t isolated to the tech industry. customer base. This is particularly important when it comes to gender representation, as women drive over 70% of consumer purchasing worldwide and are key economic decision makers. If you don’t want to miss out on this consumer demographic, it makes sense that women should be reflected in your workforce. 4 - Gender diversity gives you a competitive edge Recruitment discrimination can be conscious or unconscious, but

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Worldwide the gender pay gap is estimated at 59% (the worst it’s been since the 1998 financial crisis). According to the World Economic Forum, women’s average global income sits at $10,778 compared to the average global men’s income of $19,873. Women are underrepresented at senior levels of business in almost every industry. The 2016 Grant Thornton survey of 5,520 businesses in 36 economies found that women only held 24% of senior Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 27


management positions, severely limiting the earning potential of women. A third of businesses had no women in leadership positions. This divide is not only unfair; it’s also detrimental to our economic growth. By addressing gender inequality and capitalising on the vast amounts of unused human capital, we can create stronger and healthier economies in which small businesses can prosper. The McKinsey Global Institute estimates that advancing women’s equality could add US$12 trillion to the world’s yearly gross domestic product within a single decade. Recruiting and promoting more women in business is one of the most effective ways to achieve this. In conclusion... These are just some of the benefits that gender diversity initiatives can bring to SMEs. Gender

diversity in recruitment helps small businesses to achieve true meritocracy, by drawing from a greater talent pool and finding the best candidates. It can help you to connect with a wider customer base and outperform less progressive competitors, while cultivating innovation in your workforce and creating better companies.

priority • Strengthening the number of women leaders across the business • Supporting ‘women in tech’ events and initiatives globally

With a multitude of free tools and resources available online, there’s never been a better time to incorporate gender diversity initiatives into your strategic business plan. Xero’s Diversity and Inclusion Action Plan for 2017 includes: • A global approach to flexible working • Diversity and inclusion training for Xero staff (including unconscious bias training) • Incorporating diversity and inclusion as a strategic business

Need to broaden your perspective?

Forecast your cash flow, budget & sales in the cloud Extended 60-day free trial for XU readers! dryrun.com/xu

28 / Issue 11

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 29


management positions, severely limiting the earning potential of women. A third of businesses had no women in leadership positions. This divide is not only unfair; it’s also detrimental to our economic growth. By addressing gender inequality and capitalising on the vast amounts of unused human capital, we can create stronger and healthier economies in which small businesses can prosper. The McKinsey Global Institute estimates that advancing women’s equality could add US$12 trillion to the world’s yearly gross domestic product within a single decade. Recruiting and promoting more women in business is one of the most effective ways to achieve this. In conclusion... These are just some of the benefits that gender diversity initiatives can bring to SMEs. Gender

diversity in recruitment helps small businesses to achieve true meritocracy, by drawing from a greater talent pool and finding the best candidates. It can help you to connect with a wider customer base and outperform less progressive competitors, while cultivating innovation in your workforce and creating better companies.

priority • Strengthening the number of women leaders across the business • Supporting ‘women in tech’ events and initiatives globally

With a multitude of free tools and resources available online, there’s never been a better time to incorporate gender diversity initiatives into your strategic business plan. Xero’s Diversity and Inclusion Action Plan for 2017 includes: • A global approach to flexible working • Diversity and inclusion training for Xero staff (including unconscious bias training) • Incorporating diversity and inclusion as a strategic business

Need to broaden your perspective?

Forecast your cash flow, budget & sales in the cloud Extended 60-day free trial for XU readers! dryrun.com/xu

28 / Issue 11

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 29


Apps Compared

Apps Compared

For more information, please visit:

Compared:

Insightly - www.insightly.com Accelo - www.accelo.com Capsule - www.capsulecrm.com Exsalerate - www.exsalerate.com

CRM App comparison Insightly

Accelo

Capsule

Exsalerate

Contact Management

Insightly

Accelo

Capsule

Exsalerate

Quoting & Invoicing

Record notes, schedule meetings & calls

ü

ü

ü

ü

Create quotes and invoices

ü

ü

-

-

Custom fields, lists & categories

ü

ü

ü

ü

Sync invoices owing from accounting system

ü

ü

ü

-

Detailed privacy and permissions

ü

ü

-

ü

Receive payments

-

ü

-

-

Stripe integration

-

ü

-

-

PayPal integration

-

ü

-

-

ü

ü

ü

ü

-

-

-

-

ü

ü

(via Zapier)

-

-

-

-

ü

Mailchimp

Task Management

-

ü

ü

-

Create and assign tasks

ü

ü

ü

ü

Accounting Integrations

Task Boards

ü

ü

ü

ü

Xero

Email notification with Task Reminders

ü

ü

ü

ü

MYOB

Drag & Drop allocation of tasks to calender

Sales Pipeline & Lead Management

QuickBooks Online

Dashboard View

ü

ü

ü

ü

Other Integrations

Track opportunities, pipeline and conversions

ü

ü

ü

ü

WorkflowMax

ü

ü

ü

ü

Track time with Timer

-

ü

-

-

Google Apps

ü

ü

ü

-

Log time

-

ü

-

-

Exchange & Outlook

ü

ü

ü

-

Timesheets pre-loaded with client activity

-

ü

-

-

Zapier

ü

ü

ü

-

-

ü

-

-

Time Management

Project Management

JIRA

ü

ü

ü

-

Track project budgets and expenses

-

ü

-

-

Document storage

ü

ü

ü

ü

Project planning with Gantt chart

-

ü

-

-

Email campaigns

ü

ü

-

-

ü

ü

ü

-

Client portal

-

ü

-

-

-

ü

ü

-

Create recurring & pre-paid service contracts

-

ü

-

-

ü

ü

ü

-

ü

ü

-

Track issues and tickets

-

Mobile App

Monitor deadlines & resolutions

-

ü

ü

-

iOS

ü

ü

ü

ü

Track tasks & assign staff

-

ü

ü

-

Android

ü

ü

ü

ü

Track projects and milestones

Project templates Unlimited project types, processes & fields

Helpdesk & Issues Management

Customisable business processes

This information was true and correct at the time of publishing. Releases happen all the time. Please contact the App for the latest release information.

30 / Issue 11

Other Features

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Compiled by Jeri Murphy, Co-Founder of WhichAddOn.com

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 31


Apps Compared

Apps Compared

For more information, please visit:

Compared:

Insightly - www.insightly.com Accelo - www.accelo.com Capsule - www.capsulecrm.com Exsalerate - www.exsalerate.com

CRM App comparison Insightly

Accelo

Capsule

Exsalerate

Contact Management

Insightly

Accelo

Capsule

Exsalerate

Quoting & Invoicing

Record notes, schedule meetings & calls

ü

ü

ü

ü

Create quotes and invoices

ü

ü

-

-

Custom fields, lists & categories

ü

ü

ü

ü

Sync invoices owing from accounting system

ü

ü

ü

-

Detailed privacy and permissions

ü

ü

-

ü

Receive payments

-

ü

-

-

Stripe integration

-

ü

-

-

PayPal integration

-

ü

-

-

ü

ü

ü

ü

-

-

-

-

ü

ü

(via Zapier)

-

-

-

-

ü

Mailchimp

Task Management

-

ü

ü

-

Create and assign tasks

ü

ü

ü

ü

Accounting Integrations

Task Boards

ü

ü

ü

ü

Xero

Email notification with Task Reminders

ü

ü

ü

ü

MYOB

Drag & Drop allocation of tasks to calender

Sales Pipeline & Lead Management

QuickBooks Online

Dashboard View

ü

ü

ü

ü

Other Integrations

Track opportunities, pipeline and conversions

ü

ü

ü

ü

WorkflowMax

ü

ü

ü

ü

Track time with Timer

-

ü

-

-

Google Apps

ü

ü

ü

-

Log time

-

ü

-

-

Exchange & Outlook

ü

ü

ü

-

Timesheets pre-loaded with client activity

-

ü

-

-

Zapier

ü

ü

ü

-

-

ü

-

-

Time Management

Project Management

JIRA

ü

ü

ü

-

Track project budgets and expenses

-

ü

-

-

Document storage

ü

ü

ü

ü

Project planning with Gantt chart

-

ü

-

-

Email campaigns

ü

ü

-

-

ü

ü

ü

-

Client portal

-

ü

-

-

-

ü

ü

-

Create recurring & pre-paid service contracts

-

ü

-

-

ü

ü

ü

-

ü

ü

-

Track issues and tickets

-

Mobile App

Monitor deadlines & resolutions

-

ü

ü

-

iOS

ü

ü

ü

ü

Track tasks & assign staff

-

ü

ü

-

Android

ü

ü

ü

ü

Track projects and milestones

Project templates Unlimited project types, processes & fields

Helpdesk & Issues Management

Customisable business processes

This information was true and correct at the time of publishing. Releases happen all the time. Please contact the App for the latest release information.

30 / Issue 11

Other Features

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Compiled by Jeri Murphy, Co-Founder of WhichAddOn.com

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 31


Tutorial

Tutorial

S

tep One: Integrate your Deputy and Xero accounts

Integrating your Xero and Deputy accounts really is as easy as the click of a button. Whether you have set up your employee details in Xero or Deputy, once integrated, everything will be perfectly synced between the two platforms - any changes you make to employee details in Deputy will automatically be adjusted in Xero and vice-versa from hereon in. This also includes leave, so you can easily track time off requests, sick leave, paid time off and unpaid leave balances as soon as you integrate your accounts.

@deputyapp

Kristin Harris, General Manager, Deputy Kristin has been with Deputy since 2008 and is part of the company’s founding team. During this time, Kristin has been involved in nearly all areas of the business developing a firm understanding of all the facets of Deputy and has a keen eye on future global growth for the business. Growing up with a strong work ethic has equipped Kristin with a determined attitude and a firm belief that success is a direct result of hard work and a positive attitude.

with POS data and live weather feeds helps you create the perfect roster every time. Once you have finalised your schedules for the week ahead, your employees will automatically have a copy sent to their smart devices for confirmation.

can offer an open shift to either selected employees or your entire workforce with one tap – the last minute ring around can now be a thing of the past.

Step Four: Capture time and attendance

Deputy’s cloud-based and intuitive timekeeping provides you with detailed, dated and accurate records of the exact hours worked by all your employees. Once you have approved the digital timesheets, you can export all your timesheets to Xero with just one click.

Employees can clock on through the app on their phone or via a kiosk on site, so you will always have real time data of who is on shift at any given moment. If you need to fill a shift at the last minute, you

Xero + Deputy More than just saving you hours through increasing your payroll efficiency, integrating your Xero and Deputy accounts will guarantee that your business meets its legal obligation in paying your employees accurately, on time, every single time, as well as keeping you legally compliant on all your record keeping obligations for timesheets and payroll. For more help on how to get set up with Deputy and Xero, go to www.deputy.com/xero

Step Five: Export timesheets to Xero

OUR CLIENTS SAY... “The integration between Deputy and Xero is second to none, paying our employees used to take days and now it’s done in just minutes, best of all we’ve seen profit growth coming directly from better payroll management.” Giro Maurici, San Churro

Step 4

Connect Deputy and Xero to create intelligent schedules, capture when and where your people work, effortlessly get your payroll right and stay compliant with the regulations in your jurisdiction.

With the peace of mind in knowing that your timesheets and pay slips will be perfectly reconciled, it’s time to run your payroll and use all the extra time you have saved yourself to get back to doing the things you love most about your business.

Step 2

How to enjoy the perfect payroll with Deputy

Step Six: Run your payroll

Step Two: Set your employee pay rates

“With the Xero integration, timesheets from Deputy are directly imported into our Xero payroll system so we won’t have to worry about staff getting paid incorrectly. Deputy ensures greater accuracy in determining pays and has helped establish a great platform of trust and efficiency with our staff.” Declan Lee, Messina

We can now do all the award calculations for your payroll within Deputy, which can then be pushed through to Xero, any rates that you create in Deputy that don’t exist in Xero we will create for you on the fly as we export. You will be able to export a mix of standard pay rates and custom pay rates.

Features such as our fatigue management tool, tracking of new and qualified employees and our intelligent integration capabilities 32 / Issue 11

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Step 5

Step Three: Create your optimised roster

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 33


Tutorial

Tutorial

S

tep One: Integrate your Deputy and Xero accounts

Integrating your Xero and Deputy accounts really is as easy as the click of a button. Whether you have set up your employee details in Xero or Deputy, once integrated, everything will be perfectly synced between the two platforms - any changes you make to employee details in Deputy will automatically be adjusted in Xero and vice-versa from hereon in. This also includes leave, so you can easily track time off requests, sick leave, paid time off and unpaid leave balances as soon as you integrate your accounts.

@deputyapp

Kristin Harris, General Manager, Deputy Kristin has been with Deputy since 2008 and is part of the company’s founding team. During this time, Kristin has been involved in nearly all areas of the business developing a firm understanding of all the facets of Deputy and has a keen eye on future global growth for the business. Growing up with a strong work ethic has equipped Kristin with a determined attitude and a firm belief that success is a direct result of hard work and a positive attitude.

with POS data and live weather feeds helps you create the perfect roster every time. Once you have finalised your schedules for the week ahead, your employees will automatically have a copy sent to their smart devices for confirmation.

can offer an open shift to either selected employees or your entire workforce with one tap – the last minute ring around can now be a thing of the past.

Step Four: Capture time and attendance

Deputy’s cloud-based and intuitive timekeeping provides you with detailed, dated and accurate records of the exact hours worked by all your employees. Once you have approved the digital timesheets, you can export all your timesheets to Xero with just one click.

Employees can clock on through the app on their phone or via a kiosk on site, so you will always have real time data of who is on shift at any given moment. If you need to fill a shift at the last minute, you

Xero + Deputy More than just saving you hours through increasing your payroll efficiency, integrating your Xero and Deputy accounts will guarantee that your business meets its legal obligation in paying your employees accurately, on time, every single time, as well as keeping you legally compliant on all your record keeping obligations for timesheets and payroll. For more help on how to get set up with Deputy and Xero, go to www.deputy.com/xero

Step Five: Export timesheets to Xero

OUR CLIENTS SAY... “The integration between Deputy and Xero is second to none, paying our employees used to take days and now it’s done in just minutes, best of all we’ve seen profit growth coming directly from better payroll management.” Giro Maurici, San Churro

Step 4

Connect Deputy and Xero to create intelligent schedules, capture when and where your people work, effortlessly get your payroll right and stay compliant with the regulations in your jurisdiction.

With the peace of mind in knowing that your timesheets and pay slips will be perfectly reconciled, it’s time to run your payroll and use all the extra time you have saved yourself to get back to doing the things you love most about your business.

Step 2

How to enjoy the perfect payroll with Deputy

Step Six: Run your payroll

Step Two: Set your employee pay rates

“With the Xero integration, timesheets from Deputy are directly imported into our Xero payroll system so we won’t have to worry about staff getting paid incorrectly. Deputy ensures greater accuracy in determining pays and has helped establish a great platform of trust and efficiency with our staff.” Declan Lee, Messina

We can now do all the award calculations for your payroll within Deputy, which can then be pushed through to Xero, any rates that you create in Deputy that don’t exist in Xero we will create for you on the fly as we export. You will be able to export a mix of standard pay rates and custom pay rates.

Features such as our fatigue management tool, tracking of new and qualified employees and our intelligent integration capabilities 32 / Issue 11

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Step 5

Step Three: Create your optimised roster

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 33


Blast off with EntryRocket:

revolutionising the Xero and Shopify integration

@entryrocket

Caitlin Sisley, Freelance Content Writer, on behalf of EntryRocket Caitlin Sisley is a London-based freelance content writer, who recently moved to the UK from Auckland, New Zealand. She specialises in writing about small business ethics, B2B marketing and cloud-based technology.

In 2014 two brothers launched Tayroc; an independent brand of beautiful, high quality wristwatches for fashion-conscious consumers. In just a few years they experienced rapid international growth - but this created unforeseen challenges. Tayroc’s accountant Klaudia found herself struggling with the integration between Shopify and Xero. Data errors needed to be fixed manually, wasting hours of valuable time. She urgently needed a better way of integrating these two essential systems. Luckily she stumbled upon EntryRocket, who devised an innovative solution to her problems...

T

consumers. And they wanted to sell them at an accessible price.

The challenge of integrating Xero and Shopify

Over the last 500 years the humble wristwatch has evolved into a definitive fashion item; a bold expression of personality, culture and style. But it’s also an expensive investment - you pay for the brand name as much as quality.

To realise this dream they established Tayroc Limited, an independent and self-funded brand of high-end watches. In just three years, Tayroc’s unique timepieces have developed a cultlike following, earning thousands of loyal customers around the world.

In just a few years, Tayroc were making large volumes of sales, not just in the UK but from new customers around the globe. To meet this demand they began using the popular e-commerce app Shopify. They established three online stores trading in multiple currencies.

That’s why in 2014, two brothers set out to revolutionise the luxury wristwatch market. They had a dream of creating stylish, high quality watches for discerning

I spoke to Klaudia Poganyova, Accountant at Tayroc Limited, to discover how their business has coped with such rapid growth on an international scale.

he modern wristwatch is more than just a way of telling time. It’s a statement.

To manage the accounting side of their business they chose Xero, the award winning cloud-based accounting platform.

Both pieces of software proved essential for running their business, but Klaudia soon ran into challenges with the integration between Shopify and Xero. “All the orders we make in Shopify have to be exported with a unique account code, VAT charge and most importantly exported with a payment to the invoice - then sent to the specific bank accounts in Xero for reconciliation.” Transferring these invoices from Shopify to Xero was a cumbersome process, and far too much work to do manually. As an initial solution, Klaudia tried using the free integration between Xero and Shopify. But this created new problems. “With the default integration we could only choose one account code, and it would often export to Xero with the wrong VAT charges. This meant we had to open clearing accounts in Xero and manually sort everything out.”

34 / Issue 11

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

With a high volume of sales and the use of several payment gateways, it was difficult to reconcile payments with the correct data and VAT charges. Multiple errors occurred which needed to be fixed by hand - a painstaking and unsustainable process. The difficult integration between Xero and Shopify often created more than half a day’s extra work. As Tayroc’s international sales continued to skyrocket, Klaudia knew they had to find a better solution.

(formerly known as CSV2Cloud) is a company who specialise in creating custom integrations to send data between any system and Xero. Klaudia was attracted to the impressive claims on EntryRocket’s website. It said they would build a small piece of software (called a document parser) to automate the flow of data from her business system into Xero.

EntryRocket’s bespoke integration

EntryRocket promised they could “create custom rules on the fly”, and the integration would be adapted to meet Tayroc’s exact needs - not the other way around.

Klaudia realised that Tayroc needed to streamline the transition of data between Shopify and Xero, and the only way to achieve this would be a custom integration. If she couldn’t find one they would be doomed to continue wasting hours of precious business time.

Feeling intrigued and hopeful, Klaudia fired off an email to EntryRocket and explained Tayroc’s predicament. She also gave EntryRocket a complete (and ambitious) wish-list of what they wanted in a Shopify and Xero integration.

She scoured the internet and found several possibilities, but one in particular stood out. EntryRocket

Co-founder Vlad Golusin replied to her within 24 hours. To Klaudia’s amazement, he offered to design

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 35


Blast off with EntryRocket:

revolutionising the Xero and Shopify integration

@entryrocket

Caitlin Sisley, Freelance Content Writer, on behalf of EntryRocket Caitlin Sisley is a London-based freelance content writer, who recently moved to the UK from Auckland, New Zealand. She specialises in writing about small business ethics, B2B marketing and cloud-based technology.

In 2014 two brothers launched Tayroc; an independent brand of beautiful, high quality wristwatches for fashion-conscious consumers. In just a few years they experienced rapid international growth - but this created unforeseen challenges. Tayroc’s accountant Klaudia found herself struggling with the integration between Shopify and Xero. Data errors needed to be fixed manually, wasting hours of valuable time. She urgently needed a better way of integrating these two essential systems. Luckily she stumbled upon EntryRocket, who devised an innovative solution to her problems...

T

consumers. And they wanted to sell them at an accessible price.

The challenge of integrating Xero and Shopify

Over the last 500 years the humble wristwatch has evolved into a definitive fashion item; a bold expression of personality, culture and style. But it’s also an expensive investment - you pay for the brand name as much as quality.

To realise this dream they established Tayroc Limited, an independent and self-funded brand of high-end watches. In just three years, Tayroc’s unique timepieces have developed a cultlike following, earning thousands of loyal customers around the world.

In just a few years, Tayroc were making large volumes of sales, not just in the UK but from new customers around the globe. To meet this demand they began using the popular e-commerce app Shopify. They established three online stores trading in multiple currencies.

That’s why in 2014, two brothers set out to revolutionise the luxury wristwatch market. They had a dream of creating stylish, high quality watches for discerning

I spoke to Klaudia Poganyova, Accountant at Tayroc Limited, to discover how their business has coped with such rapid growth on an international scale.

he modern wristwatch is more than just a way of telling time. It’s a statement.

To manage the accounting side of their business they chose Xero, the award winning cloud-based accounting platform.

Both pieces of software proved essential for running their business, but Klaudia soon ran into challenges with the integration between Shopify and Xero. “All the orders we make in Shopify have to be exported with a unique account code, VAT charge and most importantly exported with a payment to the invoice - then sent to the specific bank accounts in Xero for reconciliation.” Transferring these invoices from Shopify to Xero was a cumbersome process, and far too much work to do manually. As an initial solution, Klaudia tried using the free integration between Xero and Shopify. But this created new problems. “With the default integration we could only choose one account code, and it would often export to Xero with the wrong VAT charges. This meant we had to open clearing accounts in Xero and manually sort everything out.”

34 / Issue 11

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

With a high volume of sales and the use of several payment gateways, it was difficult to reconcile payments with the correct data and VAT charges. Multiple errors occurred which needed to be fixed by hand - a painstaking and unsustainable process. The difficult integration between Xero and Shopify often created more than half a day’s extra work. As Tayroc’s international sales continued to skyrocket, Klaudia knew they had to find a better solution.

(formerly known as CSV2Cloud) is a company who specialise in creating custom integrations to send data between any system and Xero. Klaudia was attracted to the impressive claims on EntryRocket’s website. It said they would build a small piece of software (called a document parser) to automate the flow of data from her business system into Xero.

EntryRocket’s bespoke integration

EntryRocket promised they could “create custom rules on the fly”, and the integration would be adapted to meet Tayroc’s exact needs - not the other way around.

Klaudia realised that Tayroc needed to streamline the transition of data between Shopify and Xero, and the only way to achieve this would be a custom integration. If she couldn’t find one they would be doomed to continue wasting hours of precious business time.

Feeling intrigued and hopeful, Klaudia fired off an email to EntryRocket and explained Tayroc’s predicament. She also gave EntryRocket a complete (and ambitious) wish-list of what they wanted in a Shopify and Xero integration.

She scoured the internet and found several possibilities, but one in particular stood out. EntryRocket

Co-founder Vlad Golusin replied to her within 24 hours. To Klaudia’s amazement, he offered to design

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 35


Ways GoCardless for Xero can support your business growth.

a custom integration which would tick off every single one of Tayroc’s requirements. Klaudia emailed Vlad a few samples of Tayroc’s data exports and Shopify orders. It only took a week for EntryRocket to build two unique parsers for Tayroc, giving them a custom integration between Shopify and Xero. The benefits of EntryRocket The benefits Klaudia and her employers at Tayroc gained from EntryRocket were dramatic. Only a week after reaching out to EntryRocket, Klaudia had a completely bespoke integration between Shopify and Xero. This streamlined the flow of data between the two systems - and eliminated the need for her to manually fix mistakes. She was able to complete half a day’s work in 10 minutes, thanks to the outstanding level of automation provided by EntryRocket’s custom integration. The whole process

now happens behind the scenes - automagically - with barely any human intervention required. Klaudia firmly believes that EntryRocket was the perfect choice for their growing company. It’s saved precious hours each day, and freed up the staff at Tayroc to concentrate on what they do best - creating and selling beautiful, contemporary watches that push the boundaries of design.

Shopify users who can benefit from this innovative service. EntryRocket can build a custom integration between any system and Xero, as long as you can export data as a computer readable file. They’ll create a seamless automated workflow, tailored to your exact business requirements. How much time could you save with EntryRocket?

She strongly recommends EntryRocket to anyone who uses Xero and Shopify. But it’s not only

Sign up to the GoCardless for Xero app to reduce costs and admin so you can focus on your business:

Improve your cashflow Make sure you get paid on time, every time. Automate your payment collections by Direct Debit. Reduce your admin No more chasing late payments or having awkward conversations about money.

The GoCardless for Xero app is an awesome combination. It saves us loads of time each month – no more tedious reconciliation! Simpler for our customers, reduces admin and helps us get paid faster! Jonathan Hutchings,

Polite persistence pays in getting your invoices paid. Xero has helpful in-built invoice reminder functionality you should use for this. When you’ve outgrown it, there’s Chaser.

Automatic reconciliation The GoCardless for Xero app automatically reconciles your invoices increasing business efficiency. Simple to set up It’s quick to set up an account online and customers can authorise payments securely in minutes. Low transparent pricing Just 1% per transaction capped at £2 (min 20p). No set up fees or hidden costs.

We highly recommend using The GoCardless for Xero app to take control of your payments. It takes just minutes to set up, improves cashflow and reduces admin with the automatic reconciliation.

Peter Czapp, Co-Founder,

XERO APP PARTNER OF THE YEAR 2016

36 / Issue 11

Get your 14 day free trial at www.chaser.io/outgrown

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

SignHaveup gocardless.com/xero younow: subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 37


Ways GoCardless for Xero can support your business growth.

a custom integration which would tick off every single one of Tayroc’s requirements. Klaudia emailed Vlad a few samples of Tayroc’s data exports and Shopify orders. It only took a week for EntryRocket to build two unique parsers for Tayroc, giving them a custom integration between Shopify and Xero. The benefits of EntryRocket The benefits Klaudia and her employers at Tayroc gained from EntryRocket were dramatic. Only a week after reaching out to EntryRocket, Klaudia had a completely bespoke integration between Shopify and Xero. This streamlined the flow of data between the two systems - and eliminated the need for her to manually fix mistakes. She was able to complete half a day’s work in 10 minutes, thanks to the outstanding level of automation provided by EntryRocket’s custom integration. The whole process

now happens behind the scenes - automagically - with barely any human intervention required. Klaudia firmly believes that EntryRocket was the perfect choice for their growing company. It’s saved precious hours each day, and freed up the staff at Tayroc to concentrate on what they do best - creating and selling beautiful, contemporary watches that push the boundaries of design.

Shopify users who can benefit from this innovative service. EntryRocket can build a custom integration between any system and Xero, as long as you can export data as a computer readable file. They’ll create a seamless automated workflow, tailored to your exact business requirements. How much time could you save with EntryRocket?

She strongly recommends EntryRocket to anyone who uses Xero and Shopify. But it’s not only

Sign up to the GoCardless for Xero app to reduce costs and admin so you can focus on your business:

Improve your cashflow Make sure you get paid on time, every time. Automate your payment collections by Direct Debit. Reduce your admin No more chasing late payments or having awkward conversations about money.

The GoCardless for Xero app is an awesome combination. It saves us loads of time each month – no more tedious reconciliation! Simpler for our customers, reduces admin and helps us get paid faster! Jonathan Hutchings,

Polite persistence pays in getting your invoices paid. Xero has helpful in-built invoice reminder functionality you should use for this. When you’ve outgrown it, there’s Chaser.

Automatic reconciliation The GoCardless for Xero app automatically reconciles your invoices increasing business efficiency. Simple to set up It’s quick to set up an account online and customers can authorise payments securely in minutes. Low transparent pricing Just 1% per transaction capped at £2 (min 20p). No set up fees or hidden costs.

We highly recommend using The GoCardless for Xero app to take control of your payments. It takes just minutes to set up, improves cashflow and reduces admin with the automatic reconciliation.

Peter Czapp, Co-Founder,

XERO APP PARTNER OF THE YEAR 2016

36 / Issue 11

Get your 14 day free trial at www.chaser.io/outgrown

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

SignHaveup gocardless.com/xero younow: subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 37


Making payroll processing a breeze! Payroll is not the most ‘sexy’ part of running a business with employees, but in most cases for businesses the total value can be the largest expense item on the profit and loss. Being trusted and knowledgeable advisors to your clients, it is best practice to be aware of payroll add-on App partners and where CloudPayroll best fits in the ecosystem...

T

he way your clients manage their payroll can have a huge impact on their employees’ morale. Ensuring the process is not only correct but runs smoothly and the records are easily accessible can help significantly in enhancing the experience for both your client and their employees. Time recording for casual and part time staff can require a lot of data entry and possible errors in calculations. Being your clients’ business advisor and reviewing their business processes at least a couple of times a year, then recommending improvements, can only be beneficial to you both. An online time recording system would reduce manual work and possible errors. If employees are able to enter total hours, start and finish time against a job or task, that when submitted the manager will approve prior to being accepted and included in the particular pay period, this will reduce errors and time. tradegecko_xerouser_pointer_ad.pdf

4

Software should improve

4/7/17

efficiencies and reduce administration time to process payroll. Some clients, like all people, may dislike or avoid change. From our experience at least twenty percent of the people are against change. If you are able to, make it easy to change and work alongside your clients with a controlled transition from their existing payroll.

and Australia enjoy an easy way of processing their payroll and love the ability of not only emailing but personally talking to our friendly, knowledgeable helpdesk team, in times of needing payroll assistance.

iPayroll. Tracking codes can be applied as well.

@CloudPayroll

Joanna Cruickshank, General Manager, CloudPayroll Joanna started at CloudPayroll in March 2013 when the Sydney office opened. She is a qualified Accountant who has worked in various industries, ran her own small business for nearly five years before starting to work at CloudPayroll. She loves solving tricky payroll scenario’s and how this would be processed in CloudPayroll. Her passion is helping businesses continually improve their payroll processes.

Then log in to your Xero account and enable. Intregration is now seamless with CloudPayroll/

There may be a perception that the person running the payroll feels changing to a more streamlined, technologically-advanced software will eliminate or reduce their position within the company. We have found that their clients categorically favour working with an easy to use interface that eliminates the previous frustrations hence improving their role and efficiencies. Integration with Xero is an easy process with CloudPayroll/iPayroll and is part of the implementation process. You enable your log in Cloudpayroll/iPayroll to Xero 13:50 account, by clicking enable, finish.

Before clients changed to CloudPayroll or iPayroll, their clients were generally using their old payroll system out of habit! Smaller businesses are too busy to look around for something better and often a medium to larger business has many decision makers making it easier to leave the status quo. That is where Accountants and Bookkeepers have a role in influencing their clients to look at improvements to make their clients’ lives easier. Trust and support are paramount to payroll. So often we hear “I wished I knew this payroll was around before” and “this is so much easier than what I was previously using”.

Single touch payroll is coming which is a government initiative to streamline business reporting obligations. When your client pays their employees, the payroll information will be sent to the ATO from their payroll solution. Payroll checklist - do you have clients who: • are processing their payroll manually or on excel spreadsheet? • are not up to date with superannuation contributions to funds? • are using Xero and require more

Born in the cloud, privately owned with 16 years of experience, all of our 5000+ clients in New Zealand

38 / Issue 11

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

All of the above are great reasons to look at an add-on App partner like CloudPayroll or iPayroll. All that is required by you is make the introduction, be their trusted advisor and CloudPayroll or iPayroll, will do the rest.

Your Complete Payroll Solution Premier Cloud Services Since 2001 • All sizes of businesses • 50+ reports, helpdesk support, feature rich • Partner programme for Accountants & Bookkeepers

Free trial and no obligation demo

New Zealand

Powerful inventory and order management that syncs seamlessly with Xero  tradegecko.com

reports and easier interface? • are using Xero and have more than 100 employees? • are using other accounting systems and have a manual leave management system? • are using a bureau service, frustrated with errors, waiting for reports and paying high fees? • will not move to Xero because of the Xero payroll? • are calling you and expecting you to be a payroll expert? • are always a lot of work for you to get payroll information to lodge the BAS and IAS?

Australia

www.ipayroll.co.nz | sales@ipayroll.co.nz

WELLINGTON

|

AUCKLAND

|

www.cloudpayroll.com.au | sales@cloudpayroll.com.au

HAMILTON

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

|

CHRISTCHURCH

|

SYDNEY

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

|

MELBOURNE

Issue 11 / 39


Making payroll processing a breeze! Payroll is not the most ‘sexy’ part of running a business with employees, but in most cases for businesses the total value can be the largest expense item on the profit and loss. Being trusted and knowledgeable advisors to your clients, it is best practice to be aware of payroll add-on App partners and where CloudPayroll best fits in the ecosystem...

T

he way your clients manage their payroll can have a huge impact on their employees’ morale. Ensuring the process is not only correct but runs smoothly and the records are easily accessible can help significantly in enhancing the experience for both your client and their employees. Time recording for casual and part time staff can require a lot of data entry and possible errors in calculations. Being your clients’ business advisor and reviewing their business processes at least a couple of times a year, then recommending improvements, can only be beneficial to you both. An online time recording system would reduce manual work and possible errors. If employees are able to enter total hours, start and finish time against a job or task, that when submitted the manager will approve prior to being accepted and included in the particular pay period, this will reduce errors and time. tradegecko_xerouser_pointer_ad.pdf

4

Software should improve

4/7/17

efficiencies and reduce administration time to process payroll. Some clients, like all people, may dislike or avoid change. From our experience at least twenty percent of the people are against change. If you are able to, make it easy to change and work alongside your clients with a controlled transition from their existing payroll.

and Australia enjoy an easy way of processing their payroll and love the ability of not only emailing but personally talking to our friendly, knowledgeable helpdesk team, in times of needing payroll assistance.

iPayroll. Tracking codes can be applied as well.

@CloudPayroll

Joanna Cruickshank, General Manager, CloudPayroll Joanna started at CloudPayroll in March 2013 when the Sydney office opened. She is a qualified Accountant who has worked in various industries, ran her own small business for nearly five years before starting to work at CloudPayroll. She loves solving tricky payroll scenario’s and how this would be processed in CloudPayroll. Her passion is helping businesses continually improve their payroll processes.

Then log in to your Xero account and enable. Intregration is now seamless with CloudPayroll/

There may be a perception that the person running the payroll feels changing to a more streamlined, technologically-advanced software will eliminate or reduce their position within the company. We have found that their clients categorically favour working with an easy to use interface that eliminates the previous frustrations hence improving their role and efficiencies. Integration with Xero is an easy process with CloudPayroll/iPayroll and is part of the implementation process. You enable your log in Cloudpayroll/iPayroll to Xero 13:50 account, by clicking enable, finish.

Before clients changed to CloudPayroll or iPayroll, their clients were generally using their old payroll system out of habit! Smaller businesses are too busy to look around for something better and often a medium to larger business has many decision makers making it easier to leave the status quo. That is where Accountants and Bookkeepers have a role in influencing their clients to look at improvements to make their clients’ lives easier. Trust and support are paramount to payroll. So often we hear “I wished I knew this payroll was around before” and “this is so much easier than what I was previously using”.

Single touch payroll is coming which is a government initiative to streamline business reporting obligations. When your client pays their employees, the payroll information will be sent to the ATO from their payroll solution. Payroll checklist - do you have clients who: • are processing their payroll manually or on excel spreadsheet? • are not up to date with superannuation contributions to funds? • are using Xero and require more

Born in the cloud, privately owned with 16 years of experience, all of our 5000+ clients in New Zealand

38 / Issue 11

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

All of the above are great reasons to look at an add-on App partner like CloudPayroll or iPayroll. All that is required by you is make the introduction, be their trusted advisor and CloudPayroll or iPayroll, will do the rest.

Your Complete Payroll Solution Premier Cloud Services Since 2001 • All sizes of businesses • 50+ reports, helpdesk support, feature rich • Partner programme for Accountants & Bookkeepers

Free trial and no obligation demo

New Zealand

Powerful inventory and order management that syncs seamlessly with Xero  tradegecko.com

reports and easier interface? • are using Xero and have more than 100 employees? • are using other accounting systems and have a manual leave management system? • are using a bureau service, frustrated with errors, waiting for reports and paying high fees? • will not move to Xero because of the Xero payroll? • are calling you and expecting you to be a payroll expert? • are always a lot of work for you to get payroll information to lodge the BAS and IAS?

Australia

www.ipayroll.co.nz | sales@ipayroll.co.nz

WELLINGTON

|

AUCKLAND

|

www.cloudpayroll.com.au | sales@cloudpayroll.com.au

HAMILTON

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

|

CHRISTCHURCH

|

SYDNEY

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

|

MELBOURNE

Issue 11 / 39


SME managing projects, materials and stock?

Cloud technology can boost your profitability

“Since we introduced Tidy, our costs have become more stable. There’s not so much of the spurious spending as we’d seen previously.” @I_am_word_struck

Michelle Nicol, Writer, Wordstruck writing and training Michelle is a copywriter, trainer and brand storyteller who helps businesses tell their story through words that attract attention. A former BBC journalist, she loves nosing out a great story and sharing her writing expertise through training and workshops.

When it comes to winning and managing profitable work, small and medium enterprises have the same challenges as the largest enterprises. Quoting, pricing, costing and managing time and money on projects and products in the construction, technology and industrial environment is often detailed and complex...

T

hree SMEs and two business consulting professionals share their insights into how they solve these challenges: Adan Larsen Builders, New Zealand Adan Larsen Builders are an awardwinning construction company in New Zealand. Keeping track of each build and managing the materials required for each project helps ensure they remain profitable. Adan Larsen Builders use TidyBuild to enter invoices for supplies and labour as they occur, rather than adding up costs at the end of a build. This removes the need for back costing, the old “too late” method of determining profitability prior to cloud technology. Real time project and financial data now helps Director Kelly Larsen drive the direction of the business: “It gives us focus. We’re flat out at the moment, so it helps us decide which jobs we want because we know from TidyBuild those jobs with a better margin.” Kelly says that many others in this 40 / Issue 11

industry are still relying on old technology: “I was at a builder’s conference sitting in a tech workshop and the guy was saying if you’re still using spreadsheets you’ve got a problem. I gave up spreadsheets two years ago when I got this sorted with TidyBuild. I know exactly where a job is at, at any point in time.” Using TidyBuild together with Xero to keep track of materials and costs for their home construction business, helps Adan Larsen Builders stay ahead of the game, Kelly explains: “They were also saying there’s not one app that will do everything. I was thinking, ‘I know TidyBuild communicates with Xero nicely because that was the problem a lot of them were having.’” Profabrication Services Ltd (PFS Ltd), Wales Profabrication Services Ltd (PFS Ltd) is an engineering, welding and fabrication business that grew out of Rio Tinto’s decision to close their aluminium smelting plant in Holyhead, North Wales. After introducing Xero to manage their

Consulting advises small and medium sized enterprises on processes and software that will help them manage their work efficiently and profitably.

finances, PFS added TidyEnterprise in 2016 to help manage projects and costs. Managing Director, Martin Davies says it helps him focus on profitable projects: “I can print out a monthly report to show the productivity of my company, which breaks down into my fixed price, time and materials and my overhead type working. It shows me graphically, with clear data, where I’m being productive and where I’m not being productive.” TidyEnterprise helps PFS Ltd manage quotations, materials, stock and pricing for fixed-price projects, helping the business to save costs. “We run each job as a project in TidyEnterprise - any materials, equipment or items that we need for that project have to be raised through a purchase order through Tidy,” says Martin. “Before, people were ordering materials with no enquiries about cost. We’d have stuff turning up, and be getting invoices thinking, ‘did you realise how much it was going to be?’”

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Autoline, New Zealand Autoline are New Zealand’s leading conveyor specialists, providing automation, productivity and materials handling solutions direct to the food, plastics and industrial sector. They use TidyEnterprise to manage project costs. Managing Director Matthew Fisher explains: “TidyEnterprise is an integrated system in our company. It enables us to have transparency on the costs for any project. We can easily assess the hours and components that make up a project. We use TidyEnterprise to create every invoice and purchase and this is sent seamlessly into Xero.” Being able to integrate Tidy’s cloudbased software with other tools has been a real benefit to Autoline, says Matthew: “We have recently purchased another company and it has been simple to integrate this new entity into our system.” “TidyEnterprise is an essential part of the day to day management in our company. We would be lost without the level of transparency that it provides.” Principality Consulting, UK

“There are two scenarios in the businesses I speak to,” he explains. “In the first they need help to create order out of chaos – they’re not managing well using spreadsheets and paper-based systems. In the second, they have some electronic systems and software in place, but they’re looking for the next step up, to integrate different systems. Tidy can help in both of those scenarios, especially where you integrate it with Xero.” David recommended Tidy’s cloudbased software to Welsh-based manufacturing and engineering company PFS Ltd. David explains: “They’re already seeing a number of improvements. They can see what projects are making a profit, and what projects are not. They’re starting to make business decisions about projects they know they shouldn’t be doing because they won’t make money.” 5E Management Services, Australia Edward Fyvie, SME business consultant and lean manufacturing expert of 5E Management Services, is based in Sydney, Australia where he advises companies on systems and software that will help them run more efficiently. He recently helped implement TidyWork for a client company that engineers and manufactures large customised pressure vessels and heat exchangers for primary resource and infrastructure industries. They were looking to streamline and standardise their work to reduce waste and improve profitability.

Edward says not all job costing and project management software can deal with the specific needs of manufacturing and engineering industries: “Similar software that says it does job costing is usually designed for professional practices and service businesses. It’s fine for billing hours and simple jobs, but it just doesn’t cut it for manufacturing and industry.” “TidyWork allows a great deal of flexibility. You can invoice clients in lots of different ways, not just based on time and materials. In these kind of manufacturing and engineering industries you need to be able to allow for milestone payments, for example a 20% payment when the first batch of materials arrive. With TidyWork that’s simple. With other systems, it takes a great deal of work around.” Edward also says that using Tidy’s cloud-based system offers SMEs significant cost savings: “Tidy + Xero is around 20% of the cost of a mid-tier server-based system that can properly do project and job costing, so my clients are making savings in terms of software, not to mention the further savings in hardware to run that kind of system.”

David Lloyd Williams of Principality

What CFOs wonder about TOP WONDERS: 3 OF 6

Check out approvalmax.com

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

How to keep Bill and Purchase Order Approvers out of Xero Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 41


SME managing projects, materials and stock?

Cloud technology can boost your profitability

“Since we introduced Tidy, our costs have become more stable. There’s not so much of the spurious spending as we’d seen previously.” @I_am_word_struck

Michelle Nicol, Writer, Wordstruck writing and training Michelle is a copywriter, trainer and brand storyteller who helps businesses tell their story through words that attract attention. A former BBC journalist, she loves nosing out a great story and sharing her writing expertise through training and workshops.

When it comes to winning and managing profitable work, small and medium enterprises have the same challenges as the largest enterprises. Quoting, pricing, costing and managing time and money on projects and products in the construction, technology and industrial environment is often detailed and complex...

T

hree SMEs and two business consulting professionals share their insights into how they solve these challenges: Adan Larsen Builders, New Zealand Adan Larsen Builders are an awardwinning construction company in New Zealand. Keeping track of each build and managing the materials required for each project helps ensure they remain profitable. Adan Larsen Builders use TidyBuild to enter invoices for supplies and labour as they occur, rather than adding up costs at the end of a build. This removes the need for back costing, the old “too late” method of determining profitability prior to cloud technology. Real time project and financial data now helps Director Kelly Larsen drive the direction of the business: “It gives us focus. We’re flat out at the moment, so it helps us decide which jobs we want because we know from TidyBuild those jobs with a better margin.” Kelly says that many others in this 40 / Issue 11

industry are still relying on old technology: “I was at a builder’s conference sitting in a tech workshop and the guy was saying if you’re still using spreadsheets you’ve got a problem. I gave up spreadsheets two years ago when I got this sorted with TidyBuild. I know exactly where a job is at, at any point in time.” Using TidyBuild together with Xero to keep track of materials and costs for their home construction business, helps Adan Larsen Builders stay ahead of the game, Kelly explains: “They were also saying there’s not one app that will do everything. I was thinking, ‘I know TidyBuild communicates with Xero nicely because that was the problem a lot of them were having.’” Profabrication Services Ltd (PFS Ltd), Wales Profabrication Services Ltd (PFS Ltd) is an engineering, welding and fabrication business that grew out of Rio Tinto’s decision to close their aluminium smelting plant in Holyhead, North Wales. After introducing Xero to manage their

Consulting advises small and medium sized enterprises on processes and software that will help them manage their work efficiently and profitably.

finances, PFS added TidyEnterprise in 2016 to help manage projects and costs. Managing Director, Martin Davies says it helps him focus on profitable projects: “I can print out a monthly report to show the productivity of my company, which breaks down into my fixed price, time and materials and my overhead type working. It shows me graphically, with clear data, where I’m being productive and where I’m not being productive.” TidyEnterprise helps PFS Ltd manage quotations, materials, stock and pricing for fixed-price projects, helping the business to save costs. “We run each job as a project in TidyEnterprise - any materials, equipment or items that we need for that project have to be raised through a purchase order through Tidy,” says Martin. “Before, people were ordering materials with no enquiries about cost. We’d have stuff turning up, and be getting invoices thinking, ‘did you realise how much it was going to be?’”

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Autoline, New Zealand Autoline are New Zealand’s leading conveyor specialists, providing automation, productivity and materials handling solutions direct to the food, plastics and industrial sector. They use TidyEnterprise to manage project costs. Managing Director Matthew Fisher explains: “TidyEnterprise is an integrated system in our company. It enables us to have transparency on the costs for any project. We can easily assess the hours and components that make up a project. We use TidyEnterprise to create every invoice and purchase and this is sent seamlessly into Xero.” Being able to integrate Tidy’s cloudbased software with other tools has been a real benefit to Autoline, says Matthew: “We have recently purchased another company and it has been simple to integrate this new entity into our system.” “TidyEnterprise is an essential part of the day to day management in our company. We would be lost without the level of transparency that it provides.” Principality Consulting, UK

“There are two scenarios in the businesses I speak to,” he explains. “In the first they need help to create order out of chaos – they’re not managing well using spreadsheets and paper-based systems. In the second, they have some electronic systems and software in place, but they’re looking for the next step up, to integrate different systems. Tidy can help in both of those scenarios, especially where you integrate it with Xero.” David recommended Tidy’s cloudbased software to Welsh-based manufacturing and engineering company PFS Ltd. David explains: “They’re already seeing a number of improvements. They can see what projects are making a profit, and what projects are not. They’re starting to make business decisions about projects they know they shouldn’t be doing because they won’t make money.” 5E Management Services, Australia Edward Fyvie, SME business consultant and lean manufacturing expert of 5E Management Services, is based in Sydney, Australia where he advises companies on systems and software that will help them run more efficiently. He recently helped implement TidyWork for a client company that engineers and manufactures large customised pressure vessels and heat exchangers for primary resource and infrastructure industries. They were looking to streamline and standardise their work to reduce waste and improve profitability.

Edward says not all job costing and project management software can deal with the specific needs of manufacturing and engineering industries: “Similar software that says it does job costing is usually designed for professional practices and service businesses. It’s fine for billing hours and simple jobs, but it just doesn’t cut it for manufacturing and industry.” “TidyWork allows a great deal of flexibility. You can invoice clients in lots of different ways, not just based on time and materials. In these kind of manufacturing and engineering industries you need to be able to allow for milestone payments, for example a 20% payment when the first batch of materials arrive. With TidyWork that’s simple. With other systems, it takes a great deal of work around.” Edward also says that using Tidy’s cloud-based system offers SMEs significant cost savings: “Tidy + Xero is around 20% of the cost of a mid-tier server-based system that can properly do project and job costing, so my clients are making savings in terms of software, not to mention the further savings in hardware to run that kind of system.”

David Lloyd Williams of Principality

What CFOs wonder about TOP WONDERS: 3 OF 6

Check out approvalmax.com

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

How to keep Bill and Purchase Order Approvers out of Xero Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 41


Growth Mindset and SaaS Tools Help Accountants Fill a High-Value, High-Touch Role

@mydryrun

Barb Easter, Manager of Customer Engagement, Dryrun Involved in business development and growth for the past decade, Barb’s experience includes successes across various industries in customer engagement, marketing, and entrepreneurship. Today, Barb helps Dryrun users reduce their financial hurdles and grow their business.

In my role with Dryrun, a scenario-based forecasting tool that integrates with Xero, I spend much of my time talking to business owners how cash flow reveals the story of their business…even if the numbers don’t ‘add up’...

T

here are some interesting trends that I want to share with you to illustrate business owners’ experiences – it’ll pave the way to sharing 6 tactics providing additional value to your clients. Why Are Business Owners Consulting Dryrun Instead of Their Accountant? My daily meetings with customers throughout the world don’t focus on Dryrun’s software, but on each business owner’s unique business problem or blind spot. They’re avidly searching for indepth advice about how to get paid faster, timing cash inflows and outflows, having cash on hand for inventory purchases or growth…the list is almost endless. Why aren’t they seeking your input? We see these businesses struggling to understand critical financial issues but seldom communicating with their financial advisors. Even with more frequent conversations, the focus is not on strategy to manage upcoming 42 / Issue 11

decisions. Another key observation: Your clients are looking for a business solution and due to the mass adoption of cloud tools, it’s more actionable for them to sign up for a SaaS tool rather than open a conversation with their accountant. How Can I Miss? Powerful Accounting With an Arsenal of Cloud Tools Some accountants look at the cloud-tool industry as a Goliath and give in, content to see their customers once a year for a post-mortem. “Less billable hours is simply the reality of today’s economy,” they think to themselves. Other accountants look at this Goliath and take aim, thinking, “The cloud tool industry is so big and so ripe with opportunities for my clients to grow while in my practice that even in these lean time, if I take aim, there’s no way I can miss helping them succeed by bringing value to them.”

The difference in the two examples is the consideration of what high-value tasks you can perform with your clients that fall within the scope and practice of the accountant’s role. How You Re-Engage Your Clients Spells the Future of Your Practice Ian Stanley-Maddocks, CPA and Partner at Maddocks Mallett reiterates, “It used to be that AR and AP would fall behind due to the amount of data entry required. That really doesn’t hold up as an excuse anymore…If you’re a small business, and you’re not using cloud-based software, then you’re just making your life hard”. Every time a client chooses a piece of software that would allow them to disengage with you, it’s critical that you seek to re-engage them by showing them a unique aspect of accountancy that cannot be fulfilled by a computer program, but by you as the communicator, the problem-solver, the strategist; their trusted accountant. Not sure how to get started? Here are some

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

great strategies to spotlight your strategic muscle. 1. Build Better Relationships Successful relationships mean emphasizing collaboration and communication with clients and team members. Cloud accounting software and integrations allow this to happen efficiently and securely. 2. Look Ahead Look forward to shape the future of your clients’ business with your accounting knowledge instead of backward. One visit per year provides one closeended opportunity to perform a post-mortem mop-up of their fiscal year but by bringing challenging issues to light and then making a plan to fix or exceed their benchmarks, your client gains the confidence and goal-setting mentality to work toward a healthier business. 3. Reduce Their Business Expenses Negotiate to perform cost allocation across projects, departments or business processes, then report findings. It will be necessary at the outset to explain that accessing these

data streams and building a report does have an upfront cost in billable hours, but will net savings in processes. Cost allocation will also save your clients time and improve their confidence that they’ve been presented with accurate data from which to make decisions. 4. Be Their Cash Flow Partner to Increase Their Returns The world seems to be divided into two groups of people - those for whom creating a business budget that is effective and robust is a dead bore, and those for whom budget creation and maintenance is a joy (me! and probably you!). Don’t close your practice and sign on with a small business as payroll, but helping your clients understand the difference between process-based and deliverables-based relationships will help sell your value and ultimately grow your billable hours. 5. Probe for Business Problems to Provide Increased Value

giving you a pathway to add additional value and helping you to stay actively tuned in to your clients. Clients who adopt your revised year-round growth mindset will be poised to identify and act on opportunities as they come up, and will strategize around project timelines, capacity issues, and unavoidable holdups. Net growth and profit far outweighs the cost of a few more hours of strategy. 6. Grow with Them Having a direct relationship with your client as you become involved in their growth positions you as a trusted thought-leader and strategist who is well acquainted with their unique business. This has the benefit of ensuring that as your customer grows, they won’t outgrow you and your services. Take note of the strategies you’ll adopt to increase your strategic thought-leadership (and billables) this year by leveraging cloud tools such as Xero and its integrated add-ons.

Maintaining an active and regular relationship is a great way to probe for business problems

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 43


Growth Mindset and SaaS Tools Help Accountants Fill a High-Value, High-Touch Role

@mydryrun

Barb Easter, Manager of Customer Engagement, Dryrun Involved in business development and growth for the past decade, Barb’s experience includes successes across various industries in customer engagement, marketing, and entrepreneurship. Today, Barb helps Dryrun users reduce their financial hurdles and grow their business.

In my role with Dryrun, a scenario-based forecasting tool that integrates with Xero, I spend much of my time talking to business owners how cash flow reveals the story of their business…even if the numbers don’t ‘add up’...

T

here are some interesting trends that I want to share with you to illustrate business owners’ experiences – it’ll pave the way to sharing 6 tactics providing additional value to your clients. Why Are Business Owners Consulting Dryrun Instead of Their Accountant? My daily meetings with customers throughout the world don’t focus on Dryrun’s software, but on each business owner’s unique business problem or blind spot. They’re avidly searching for indepth advice about how to get paid faster, timing cash inflows and outflows, having cash on hand for inventory purchases or growth…the list is almost endless. Why aren’t they seeking your input? We see these businesses struggling to understand critical financial issues but seldom communicating with their financial advisors. Even with more frequent conversations, the focus is not on strategy to manage upcoming 42 / Issue 11

decisions. Another key observation: Your clients are looking for a business solution and due to the mass adoption of cloud tools, it’s more actionable for them to sign up for a SaaS tool rather than open a conversation with their accountant. How Can I Miss? Powerful Accounting With an Arsenal of Cloud Tools Some accountants look at the cloud-tool industry as a Goliath and give in, content to see their customers once a year for a post-mortem. “Less billable hours is simply the reality of today’s economy,” they think to themselves. Other accountants look at this Goliath and take aim, thinking, “The cloud tool industry is so big and so ripe with opportunities for my clients to grow while in my practice that even in these lean time, if I take aim, there’s no way I can miss helping them succeed by bringing value to them.”

The difference in the two examples is the consideration of what high-value tasks you can perform with your clients that fall within the scope and practice of the accountant’s role. How You Re-Engage Your Clients Spells the Future of Your Practice Ian Stanley-Maddocks, CPA and Partner at Maddocks Mallett reiterates, “It used to be that AR and AP would fall behind due to the amount of data entry required. That really doesn’t hold up as an excuse anymore…If you’re a small business, and you’re not using cloud-based software, then you’re just making your life hard”. Every time a client chooses a piece of software that would allow them to disengage with you, it’s critical that you seek to re-engage them by showing them a unique aspect of accountancy that cannot be fulfilled by a computer program, but by you as the communicator, the problem-solver, the strategist; their trusted accountant. Not sure how to get started? Here are some

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

great strategies to spotlight your strategic muscle. 1. Build Better Relationships Successful relationships mean emphasizing collaboration and communication with clients and team members. Cloud accounting software and integrations allow this to happen efficiently and securely. 2. Look Ahead Look forward to shape the future of your clients’ business with your accounting knowledge instead of backward. One visit per year provides one closeended opportunity to perform a post-mortem mop-up of their fiscal year but by bringing challenging issues to light and then making a plan to fix or exceed their benchmarks, your client gains the confidence and goal-setting mentality to work toward a healthier business. 3. Reduce Their Business Expenses Negotiate to perform cost allocation across projects, departments or business processes, then report findings. It will be necessary at the outset to explain that accessing these

data streams and building a report does have an upfront cost in billable hours, but will net savings in processes. Cost allocation will also save your clients time and improve their confidence that they’ve been presented with accurate data from which to make decisions. 4. Be Their Cash Flow Partner to Increase Their Returns The world seems to be divided into two groups of people - those for whom creating a business budget that is effective and robust is a dead bore, and those for whom budget creation and maintenance is a joy (me! and probably you!). Don’t close your practice and sign on with a small business as payroll, but helping your clients understand the difference between process-based and deliverables-based relationships will help sell your value and ultimately grow your billable hours. 5. Probe for Business Problems to Provide Increased Value

giving you a pathway to add additional value and helping you to stay actively tuned in to your clients. Clients who adopt your revised year-round growth mindset will be poised to identify and act on opportunities as they come up, and will strategize around project timelines, capacity issues, and unavoidable holdups. Net growth and profit far outweighs the cost of a few more hours of strategy. 6. Grow with Them Having a direct relationship with your client as you become involved in their growth positions you as a trusted thought-leader and strategist who is well acquainted with their unique business. This has the benefit of ensuring that as your customer grows, they won’t outgrow you and your services. Take note of the strategies you’ll adopt to increase your strategic thought-leadership (and billables) this year by leveraging cloud tools such as Xero and its integrated add-ons.

Maintaining an active and regular relationship is a great way to probe for business problems

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 43


Should we be scared of the new EU GDPR? Getting Ready for The EU General Data Protection Regulation...

@AdvanceTrack

Vipul Sheth ACA CTA, Founder and Managing Director, AdvanceTrack Outsourcing Vipul Sheth is a UK based ICAEW Chartered Accountant and Chartered Tax Advisor. Vipul trained with a regional UK firm before moving to Ernst & Young and KPMG. AdvanceTrack is a UK Headquartered Accountancy Outsourcing Company with offshore operational centres, delivering services around the globe.

Data Protection Officer Accountability is a key component of the new regulation. In certain circumstances, data controllers and processors must appoint a Data Protection Officer (“DPO”) as part of the organisation’s accountability.

such circumstances, firms using a provider that is not compliant could be breaching the regulations. Companies outside the EU targeting customers within the EU will be subject to the GDPR, which is not the case currently.

reviewed as the GDPR is more detailed than currently in place. Information to be given to the data subject is more comprehensive than is currently the case (including for example, the ability to withdraw consent) and the period for which data is stored.

The Role of the Data Processor The following are circumstances where an organisation needs to have a designated DPO:

T

his will become law regardless of the UK’s continuing membership of the EU. It is also likely that, to trade with individuals and organisations within the EU, post Brexit, UK businesses will need to be compliant with these regulations. The GDPR will apply in the UK from 25th May 2018. Should we be scared by the new regulations? With a potential fine of 4% of global turnover, or 20m euros, we need to ensure that we understand how it impacts on us as professional firms. If you outsource, you need to consider carefully if your outsourcing supplier is able to allow you to remain compliant. Article 5 of the GDPR requires that personal data shall be: 1. Processed lawfully, fairly and in a transparent manner in relation to individuals; 44 / Issue 11

2. Collected for specified, explicit and legitimate purposes and not further processed in a manner that is incompatible with those purposes; further processing for archiving purposes in the public interest, scientific or historical research purposes or statistical purposes shall not be considered to be incompatible with the initial purposes; 3. Adequate, relevant and limited to what is necessary in relation to the purposes for which they are processed; 4. Accurate and, where necessary, kept up to date; every reasonable step must be taken to ensure that personal data that are inaccurate, having regard to the purposes for which they are processed, are erased or rectified without delay; 5. Kept in a form which permits identification of data subjects for no longer than is necessary for the purposes for which the personal data are processed; personal data may be stored

for longer periods in so far as the personal data will be processed solely for archiving purposes in the public interest, scientific or historical research purposes or statistical purposes subject to implementation of the appropriate technical and organisational measures required by the GDPR in order to safeguard the rights and freedoms of individuals; 6. Processed in a manner that ensures appropriate security of the personal data, including protection against unauthorised or unlawful processing and against accidental loss, destruction or damage, using appropriate technical or organisational measures. Article 5(2) requires that “the controller shall be responsible for, and be able to demonstrate, compliance with the principles.” Do we know what actions to take? Let’s see what you need to know.

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

1. Processing carried out by a public authority; 2. The core activities of the controller or processor consist of processing, and requires regular and systematic monitoring of data subjects on a large scale; or 3. The core activities consist of large scale processing of special categories of data. The DPO may be employed or on a service contract, but is required to have enough expert knowledge, dependent on the activities for which they are responsible. This DPO may act for a number of undertakings.

The GDPR requires data processors to have direct obligations for the first time. This includes an obligation to maintain a written record of processing activities carried out on behalf of the data controller, appoint a DPO where required and notify the Data Controller of a personal data breach without an undue delay. Provisions related to cross border transfers will also apply to processors. Supply and commercial agreements will need to be reviewed to accommodate the new regulations. Accountability The Data Controller has onerous obligations to demonstrate compliance. This can include:

Data Controllers will need to provide information in a clearly accessible format in a clear way with the new GDPR obligations in mind. Consent It needs to be as easy for a data subject’s consent for processing to be withdrawn as it is to obtain consent. The data controller will be mandated to demonstrate that consent was given and whilst existing consents may work, they need to meet the new conditions. There are areas concerning personal data used for direct marketing and also the age of parental consent where there is no clarity on whether the age is 16. Some member states can lower this to 13.

Territorial Reach The GDPR also impacts on processors of data outside the EU, so this will impact on all outsourcers in popular locations outside the EU, such as India, processing activities relating to the offering of goods and services (even if free) or monitoring the behaviour of EU data subjects (within the EU). Many will need to appoint a representative in the EU. Most outsourcers will for example, have no presence in the EU. In

1. Maintaining documentation. 2. Carrying out a data protection impact assessment for more risky processing. 3. Putting in place data protection by design and default. Fair Processing Notices When personal data is obtained, the Data Controllers must provide transparent information to data subjects. Existing forms of fair processing notice will need to be

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Fines There will be a tiered approach to the way penalties for breaches are imposed. This will enable DPAs to impose fines of up to 4% of global revenue and 20m euros (for example, breaching the requirements relating to international transfers or basic principles for processing, such as conditions for consent). There are other specified infringements which attract fines Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 45


Should we be scared of the new EU GDPR? Getting Ready for The EU General Data Protection Regulation...

@AdvanceTrack

Vipul Sheth ACA CTA, Founder and Managing Director, AdvanceTrack Outsourcing Vipul Sheth is a UK based ICAEW Chartered Accountant and Chartered Tax Advisor. Vipul trained with a regional UK firm before moving to Ernst & Young and KPMG. AdvanceTrack is a UK Headquartered Accountancy Outsourcing Company with offshore operational centres, delivering services around the globe.

Data Protection Officer Accountability is a key component of the new regulation. In certain circumstances, data controllers and processors must appoint a Data Protection Officer (“DPO”) as part of the organisation’s accountability.

such circumstances, firms using a provider that is not compliant could be breaching the regulations. Companies outside the EU targeting customers within the EU will be subject to the GDPR, which is not the case currently.

reviewed as the GDPR is more detailed than currently in place. Information to be given to the data subject is more comprehensive than is currently the case (including for example, the ability to withdraw consent) and the period for which data is stored.

The Role of the Data Processor The following are circumstances where an organisation needs to have a designated DPO:

T

his will become law regardless of the UK’s continuing membership of the EU. It is also likely that, to trade with individuals and organisations within the EU, post Brexit, UK businesses will need to be compliant with these regulations. The GDPR will apply in the UK from 25th May 2018. Should we be scared by the new regulations? With a potential fine of 4% of global turnover, or 20m euros, we need to ensure that we understand how it impacts on us as professional firms. If you outsource, you need to consider carefully if your outsourcing supplier is able to allow you to remain compliant. Article 5 of the GDPR requires that personal data shall be: 1. Processed lawfully, fairly and in a transparent manner in relation to individuals; 44 / Issue 11

2. Collected for specified, explicit and legitimate purposes and not further processed in a manner that is incompatible with those purposes; further processing for archiving purposes in the public interest, scientific or historical research purposes or statistical purposes shall not be considered to be incompatible with the initial purposes; 3. Adequate, relevant and limited to what is necessary in relation to the purposes for which they are processed; 4. Accurate and, where necessary, kept up to date; every reasonable step must be taken to ensure that personal data that are inaccurate, having regard to the purposes for which they are processed, are erased or rectified without delay; 5. Kept in a form which permits identification of data subjects for no longer than is necessary for the purposes for which the personal data are processed; personal data may be stored

for longer periods in so far as the personal data will be processed solely for archiving purposes in the public interest, scientific or historical research purposes or statistical purposes subject to implementation of the appropriate technical and organisational measures required by the GDPR in order to safeguard the rights and freedoms of individuals; 6. Processed in a manner that ensures appropriate security of the personal data, including protection against unauthorised or unlawful processing and against accidental loss, destruction or damage, using appropriate technical or organisational measures. Article 5(2) requires that “the controller shall be responsible for, and be able to demonstrate, compliance with the principles.” Do we know what actions to take? Let’s see what you need to know.

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

1. Processing carried out by a public authority; 2. The core activities of the controller or processor consist of processing, and requires regular and systematic monitoring of data subjects on a large scale; or 3. The core activities consist of large scale processing of special categories of data. The DPO may be employed or on a service contract, but is required to have enough expert knowledge, dependent on the activities for which they are responsible. This DPO may act for a number of undertakings.

The GDPR requires data processors to have direct obligations for the first time. This includes an obligation to maintain a written record of processing activities carried out on behalf of the data controller, appoint a DPO where required and notify the Data Controller of a personal data breach without an undue delay. Provisions related to cross border transfers will also apply to processors. Supply and commercial agreements will need to be reviewed to accommodate the new regulations. Accountability The Data Controller has onerous obligations to demonstrate compliance. This can include:

Data Controllers will need to provide information in a clearly accessible format in a clear way with the new GDPR obligations in mind. Consent It needs to be as easy for a data subject’s consent for processing to be withdrawn as it is to obtain consent. The data controller will be mandated to demonstrate that consent was given and whilst existing consents may work, they need to meet the new conditions. There are areas concerning personal data used for direct marketing and also the age of parental consent where there is no clarity on whether the age is 16. Some member states can lower this to 13.

Territorial Reach The GDPR also impacts on processors of data outside the EU, so this will impact on all outsourcers in popular locations outside the EU, such as India, processing activities relating to the offering of goods and services (even if free) or monitoring the behaviour of EU data subjects (within the EU). Many will need to appoint a representative in the EU. Most outsourcers will for example, have no presence in the EU. In

1. Maintaining documentation. 2. Carrying out a data protection impact assessment for more risky processing. 3. Putting in place data protection by design and default. Fair Processing Notices When personal data is obtained, the Data Controllers must provide transparent information to data subjects. Existing forms of fair processing notice will need to be

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Fines There will be a tiered approach to the way penalties for breaches are imposed. This will enable DPAs to impose fines of up to 4% of global revenue and 20m euros (for example, breaching the requirements relating to international transfers or basic principles for processing, such as conditions for consent). There are other specified infringements which attract fines Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 45


up to 2% of global revenue and 10m euros. These fines apply to an “undertaking” and this was clarified in Articles 101 and 102 of the TFEU. “The One-Stop Shop” A company operating in many EU countries would generally only deal with one lead DPA. There has been a degree of criticism. In order to address some of this criticism, the GDPR allows individuals to have their cases dealt with locally, with the Lead Authority and Concerned Authorities working together. It is to be hoped that when in place, that it does not lead to forum shopping. Removing a Notification Requirement There will no longer be a requirement for a data controller to notify or seek approval from the DPA in some circumstances. Whilst this may reduce a financial and administrative burden, this may lead to some DPAs seeking alternative funding. The policy now is for Data Controllers to put in place effective procedures and mechanisms to focus on higher risk operations and undertake a data protection impact assessment. This should consider severity and likelihood of risk, especially with large scale processing. A lot of effort is required and the potential fines are such that they may outweigh the benefits. Also, where the data impact assessment indicates high risk for processing if measures are not taken, there is a new requirement to consult the DPA in advance. If the DPA considered the processing may breach the GDPR, they could give written advice or use their enforcement powers as the processing may have multiple impacts, or the Data Controller could conclude that nothing is high impact(!). If your outsourcer, for example uses e-mail and tools such as DropBox to exchange confidential data, you may need to consider if that places your firm at risk of fines, were there to be a data breach. European Data Protection Board (”EDPB”)

The independent EDPB will comprise of the EDP supervisor and senior representatives of the national DPAs. Its role will be to issue guidance and opinions, reporting the EU Commission and applying the GDPR consistently across the EU. International Transfers The way that consent is dealt with for data exporters has changed. Moving data outside the EU now requires subjects to have sufficient information on the risks of data transfer outside the EU. This, in the context of outsourcing will require you to ensure that any outsourcer has strong protocols to be able to satisfy yourself of the risks. Consider, for example, if an outsourcer using e-mail or DropBox to transfer confidential information is able to satisfy the new requirements. Data Subjects’ Rights The rights of individuals being strengthened was one of the main aims of this new regulation. This includes, for example, a right to require information about data being processed about them; being able to access such data in some circumstances; and correction of data where incorrect. There will also be rights relating to data used for direct marketing purposes. The concept of data portability has also been created, allowing individuals to receive back their personal data in a structured and commonly used format to allow it to be more easily transferred to another data controller. The CJEU decision on the Google v Spain case and the “right to be forgotten” or “right of erasure” received the most attention. This allows individuals to require the data controller to erase such personal data without undue delay in certain situations, such as withdrawing consent. Following this, there is an obligation to advise 3rd parties that the data subject has requested erasure of any links to, or copies of that data. This may in practice be difficult to

46 / Issue 11

manage. There is a requirement for the data controller to respond within one month, with more complex requests allowing this to be extended. Clear processes will need to be in place to meet such obligations and provided free of charge unless the request is “manifestly unfounded or excessive”. Six Things you should do now to be ready for GDPR 1. Embrace Privacy by design When a new process or product is deployed, ensure that privacy is embedded into the process. Considering the process early on will enable this to be both structured and validation checks to be put in place. 2. Understand the legal basis on which you use personal data Consider engagement letters and contracts as this may often be your form of consent for processing if withdrawn. The documents should demonstrate that the consent is given freely, is specific and informed and the burden of proof will be on the data controller, for example, the accounting firm. Obtain legal advice on how you would deal with any withdrawal of consent. 3. Review your privacy notices and policies Policies need to be transparent and easily accessible. Information provided need to be in clear and plain language. 4. Accountability framework Clear policies need to be in place to meet the standards. 5. Review the data subjects’ rights Data subjects may exercise their rights such as data portability or the right to erasure. If personal data is retained, consider what legitimate grounds there are to retain this. The burden of proof to demonstrate your legitimate grounds for retention override the interests of data subjects. 6. Prepare for data security breaches Clear policies and practised processes need to be in place in order to react quickly to any data breach to ensure that timely notification is made where required.

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Cloud City Accounting ng counti tive Ac Interac y 1 - December 31

Cloud

Januar

1

1

ary Summ

Summary

1

Monthly Recurring

Summ ary x $

countin

g

12 x

12

Month ly Rec urring $

urring ly Rec Month

City Ac

$ $ 12 x

On Completion on mpleti On Co

On Co mpleti$ on

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

$

$

$ Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 47


up to 2% of global revenue and 10m euros. These fines apply to an “undertaking” and this was clarified in Articles 101 and 102 of the TFEU. “The One-Stop Shop” A company operating in many EU countries would generally only deal with one lead DPA. There has been a degree of criticism. In order to address some of this criticism, the GDPR allows individuals to have their cases dealt with locally, with the Lead Authority and Concerned Authorities working together. It is to be hoped that when in place, that it does not lead to forum shopping. Removing a Notification Requirement There will no longer be a requirement for a data controller to notify or seek approval from the DPA in some circumstances. Whilst this may reduce a financial and administrative burden, this may lead to some DPAs seeking alternative funding. The policy now is for Data Controllers to put in place effective procedures and mechanisms to focus on higher risk operations and undertake a data protection impact assessment. This should consider severity and likelihood of risk, especially with large scale processing. A lot of effort is required and the potential fines are such that they may outweigh the benefits. Also, where the data impact assessment indicates high risk for processing if measures are not taken, there is a new requirement to consult the DPA in advance. If the DPA considered the processing may breach the GDPR, they could give written advice or use their enforcement powers as the processing may have multiple impacts, or the Data Controller could conclude that nothing is high impact(!). If your outsourcer, for example uses e-mail and tools such as DropBox to exchange confidential data, you may need to consider if that places your firm at risk of fines, were there to be a data breach. European Data Protection Board (”EDPB”)

The independent EDPB will comprise of the EDP supervisor and senior representatives of the national DPAs. Its role will be to issue guidance and opinions, reporting the EU Commission and applying the GDPR consistently across the EU. International Transfers The way that consent is dealt with for data exporters has changed. Moving data outside the EU now requires subjects to have sufficient information on the risks of data transfer outside the EU. This, in the context of outsourcing will require you to ensure that any outsourcer has strong protocols to be able to satisfy yourself of the risks. Consider, for example, if an outsourcer using e-mail or DropBox to transfer confidential information is able to satisfy the new requirements. Data Subjects’ Rights The rights of individuals being strengthened was one of the main aims of this new regulation. This includes, for example, a right to require information about data being processed about them; being able to access such data in some circumstances; and correction of data where incorrect. There will also be rights relating to data used for direct marketing purposes. The concept of data portability has also been created, allowing individuals to receive back their personal data in a structured and commonly used format to allow it to be more easily transferred to another data controller. The CJEU decision on the Google v Spain case and the “right to be forgotten” or “right of erasure” received the most attention. This allows individuals to require the data controller to erase such personal data without undue delay in certain situations, such as withdrawing consent. Following this, there is an obligation to advise 3rd parties that the data subject has requested erasure of any links to, or copies of that data. This may in practice be difficult to

46 / Issue 11

manage. There is a requirement for the data controller to respond within one month, with more complex requests allowing this to be extended. Clear processes will need to be in place to meet such obligations and provided free of charge unless the request is “manifestly unfounded or excessive”. Six Things you should do now to be ready for GDPR 1. Embrace Privacy by design When a new process or product is deployed, ensure that privacy is embedded into the process. Considering the process early on will enable this to be both structured and validation checks to be put in place. 2. Understand the legal basis on which you use personal data Consider engagement letters and contracts as this may often be your form of consent for processing if withdrawn. The documents should demonstrate that the consent is given freely, is specific and informed and the burden of proof will be on the data controller, for example, the accounting firm. Obtain legal advice on how you would deal with any withdrawal of consent. 3. Review your privacy notices and policies Policies need to be transparent and easily accessible. Information provided need to be in clear and plain language. 4. Accountability framework Clear policies need to be in place to meet the standards. 5. Review the data subjects’ rights Data subjects may exercise their rights such as data portability or the right to erasure. If personal data is retained, consider what legitimate grounds there are to retain this. The burden of proof to demonstrate your legitimate grounds for retention override the interests of data subjects. 6. Prepare for data security breaches Clear policies and practised processes need to be in place in order to react quickly to any data breach to ensure that timely notification is made where required.

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Cloud City Accounting ng counti tive Ac Interac y 1 - December 31

Cloud

Januar

1

1

ary Summ

Summary

1

Monthly Recurring

Summ ary x $

countin

g

12 x

12

Month ly Rec urring $

urring ly Rec Month

City Ac

$ $ 12 x

On Completion on mpleti On Co

On Co mpleti$ on

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

$

$

$ Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 47


7 Smart Steps:

To give your small business a technology edge Following these simple technology strategies can make running a small business a lot easier – and improve profitability... 1

Check out your digital options

By now your business should have embraced cloud-based technology and all the benefits it brings in terms of accessing data and business information anywhere, anytime. So what’s next? In a fast-moving tech world, small businesses should always be reviewing their current technology, systems and processes. Are you leveraging the full impact of social media with a considered strategy to target platforms such as Facebook, Twitter and Instagram? Could you use business apps at a time when mobiles are taking over from desktops? Remember, it’s all about streamlining your business operations while making purchases easier for your customers. 2. Ditch the shoebox

Solomons, Head of Accounting at Xero Australia.

@PayPalAU

Brian McDonnell, Director of Business, PayPal Australia Brian McDonnell is Director of Mid-Market and Small Business at PayPal Australia. With over 10 years’ experience in the Fintech industry, Brian has supported thousands of businesses to start their online payments journey. Having formerly held leadership positions at Nokia and Sony, Brian joined PayPal to be at the forefront of digital payments and the rewiring of global commerce.

profits. 4. Take advantage of online payment tools

“It’s all just there. The technology, the cloud system, the forecasting tool; they can actually do a lot of the legwork. Let the technology do the heavy lifting.”

3. Consider inventory management software For businesses with a lot of stock and distribution requirements, inventory management is crucial. Software can integrate with e-commerce or point-of-sale technology and automate inventory routines. Having real-time inventory data ensures that your business has the right stock at the right time – a must if you want to maximise

Online sales are a key element for Natalie Marie Jewellery, a bespoke jewellery company in Sydney, so it relies on sophisticated support tools. Founder Natalie Fitch says because the jewellery is crafted bespoke with fine materials it can command large sums, and electronic bank transfers can be delayed because of clearing house issues. To avoid this problem, Natalie uses PayPal to ensure fast online payments. “PayPal also means saving on bank fees and, with about 90 per cent of our international customers using it, they know it’s secure and seamless,” she says. “It’s really helped us expand our online international base.”

A Xero survey last year revealed that three out of four Australian businesses still store at least some of their receipts and invoices in shoeboxes. An average Australian enterprise churns through 100 receipts and invoices a week, adding up to a huge paper pile. Technology can transform processes. “When you’ve got smart technology, it’s not about having to then manually go through and look at every cost item and trying to work out what you spend,” says James 48 / Issue 11

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

5. Improve cash-flow with clever invoicing Slow cash-flow is a killer for any business. Brian McDonnell, Director of Business at PayPal Australia, recommends one simple and effective solution to stop business owners wasting time chasing late payments – attach PayPal as a payment method to Xero invoices. Connecting PayPal into Xero enables customers to pay online invoices securely, with the money showing in your PayPal account in moments. “Clients who have PayPal on their invoices are more likely to spend less time chasing late payments and more time on running their business,” McDonnell says.

Internet of Things, or IoT for short, you need to get up to speed. It refers to the concept of a giant network of connected ‘things’, including people and potentially billions of devices. IoT technologies such as automated data collection software and sophisticated analytic tools for measurement are the way of the future and should not be ignored. Ultimately, they will be able to save small businesses money and help with product development and security.

requirements via desktops, tablets and smartphones, while all her online payment systems integrate and link back to Xero and PayPal. “The integration of PayPal and Xero has enabled us to have awareness of our cash flow and means we’re able to focus on the things that are important to the business,” Natalie says. For all the efficiencies that technology brings to business, though, she says it still takes real commitment to succeed.

7. Integrate all your devices For Natalie, the seamless integration of PayPal and Xero across the various devices has been a winner for her business. She relies on Xero for invoicing and payroll

“You do have to put the hard yards in and it doesn’t happen overnight.”

6. Start learning about the Internet of Things

For more info on how PayPal can help transform your business:

If you haven’t heard about the

www.paypal.com/au/xero

“PayPal also means saving on bank fees and, with about 90 per cent of our international customers using it, they know it’s secure and seamless. It’s really helped us expand our online international base.” Natalie Fitch, Natalie Marie Jewellery

PayPal is provided by PayPal Australia Pty Ltd AFSL 304962. Information provided is general only and does not take into account your objectives, financial situation or needs. Consider the Combined FSG and PDS at paypal.com.au before using PayPal.

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 49


7 Smart Steps:

To give your small business a technology edge Following these simple technology strategies can make running a small business a lot easier – and improve profitability... 1

Check out your digital options

By now your business should have embraced cloud-based technology and all the benefits it brings in terms of accessing data and business information anywhere, anytime. So what’s next? In a fast-moving tech world, small businesses should always be reviewing their current technology, systems and processes. Are you leveraging the full impact of social media with a considered strategy to target platforms such as Facebook, Twitter and Instagram? Could you use business apps at a time when mobiles are taking over from desktops? Remember, it’s all about streamlining your business operations while making purchases easier for your customers. 2. Ditch the shoebox

Solomons, Head of Accounting at Xero Australia.

@PayPalAU

Brian McDonnell, Director of Business, PayPal Australia Brian McDonnell is Director of Mid-Market and Small Business at PayPal Australia. With over 10 years’ experience in the Fintech industry, Brian has supported thousands of businesses to start their online payments journey. Having formerly held leadership positions at Nokia and Sony, Brian joined PayPal to be at the forefront of digital payments and the rewiring of global commerce.

profits. 4. Take advantage of online payment tools

“It’s all just there. The technology, the cloud system, the forecasting tool; they can actually do a lot of the legwork. Let the technology do the heavy lifting.”

3. Consider inventory management software For businesses with a lot of stock and distribution requirements, inventory management is crucial. Software can integrate with e-commerce or point-of-sale technology and automate inventory routines. Having real-time inventory data ensures that your business has the right stock at the right time – a must if you want to maximise

Online sales are a key element for Natalie Marie Jewellery, a bespoke jewellery company in Sydney, so it relies on sophisticated support tools. Founder Natalie Fitch says because the jewellery is crafted bespoke with fine materials it can command large sums, and electronic bank transfers can be delayed because of clearing house issues. To avoid this problem, Natalie uses PayPal to ensure fast online payments. “PayPal also means saving on bank fees and, with about 90 per cent of our international customers using it, they know it’s secure and seamless,” she says. “It’s really helped us expand our online international base.”

A Xero survey last year revealed that three out of four Australian businesses still store at least some of their receipts and invoices in shoeboxes. An average Australian enterprise churns through 100 receipts and invoices a week, adding up to a huge paper pile. Technology can transform processes. “When you’ve got smart technology, it’s not about having to then manually go through and look at every cost item and trying to work out what you spend,” says James 48 / Issue 11

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

5. Improve cash-flow with clever invoicing Slow cash-flow is a killer for any business. Brian McDonnell, Director of Business at PayPal Australia, recommends one simple and effective solution to stop business owners wasting time chasing late payments – attach PayPal as a payment method to Xero invoices. Connecting PayPal into Xero enables customers to pay online invoices securely, with the money showing in your PayPal account in moments. “Clients who have PayPal on their invoices are more likely to spend less time chasing late payments and more time on running their business,” McDonnell says.

Internet of Things, or IoT for short, you need to get up to speed. It refers to the concept of a giant network of connected ‘things’, including people and potentially billions of devices. IoT technologies such as automated data collection software and sophisticated analytic tools for measurement are the way of the future and should not be ignored. Ultimately, they will be able to save small businesses money and help with product development and security.

requirements via desktops, tablets and smartphones, while all her online payment systems integrate and link back to Xero and PayPal. “The integration of PayPal and Xero has enabled us to have awareness of our cash flow and means we’re able to focus on the things that are important to the business,” Natalie says. For all the efficiencies that technology brings to business, though, she says it still takes real commitment to succeed.

7. Integrate all your devices For Natalie, the seamless integration of PayPal and Xero across the various devices has been a winner for her business. She relies on Xero for invoicing and payroll

“You do have to put the hard yards in and it doesn’t happen overnight.”

6. Start learning about the Internet of Things

For more info on how PayPal can help transform your business:

If you haven’t heard about the

www.paypal.com/au/xero

“PayPal also means saving on bank fees and, with about 90 per cent of our international customers using it, they know it’s secure and seamless. It’s really helped us expand our online international base.” Natalie Fitch, Natalie Marie Jewellery

PayPal is provided by PayPal Australia Pty Ltd AFSL 304962. Information provided is general only and does not take into account your objectives, financial situation or needs. Consider the Combined FSG and PDS at paypal.com.au before using PayPal.

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 49


Event Report

Event Report enthusiasm for what’s to come. Accountex is already by far the most important and effective business event for the sector, and we have lots of new ideas on how we can grow and develop the show even further. We’ll be working closely with all our partners, associations and exhibitors over the coming year to ensure that Accountex continues to provide everything that our visitors need to run their businesses successfully,” she says.

Even bigger, even better:

Accountex! In May, the XU team along with many of the UK’s top professionals flocked to Accountex, the country’s largest accountancy and finance event, at London’s ExCel conference centre... I

t was the biggest Accountex yet, with over 7,000 attendees, characterised not just by numbers but companies represented and testimonials that followed. Guests were as diverse as ever, including accountants, bookkeepers, finance directors, accounts managers, business owners, tax professionals and IT experts. The event was a success all-round, and Zoe Lacey-Cooper, Accountex event director, attributes much of this to the support received: “We are absolutely delighted that the show has been such a success. This was the first year that Diversified had full, 100% control of Accountex after acquiring the event from Prysm in 2016, and we have been overwhelmed by the positive reactions from our visitors, exhibitors, speakers, associations and media partners. Their support has been phenomenal.” 50 / Issue 11

“We’ve spent a lot of time consulting with the industry over the past year to understand how we could take what was already an amazing show to the next level. And, from the feedback we’ve received already, I think that we achieved that and more!”

These sentiments are totally reflected by exhibitors, who were impressed with the increase in engagement and number of new business leads at this year’s event. For this reason, close to half of them rebooked for 2018 before this show had even ended! Amongst them were Thomson Reuters, IRIS, BrightPay Payroll Software, Webexpenses, Receipt Bank, Spotcap, DataDear, Octopus Blue, and Futrli. Show highlights The show hosts have estimated that most people attended at least one seminar during their time at Accountex. This has always been a big draw for visitors, with over 180 CPD accredited Keynotes, seminars, panel sessions and interactive

workshops. This year we had XU Magazine’s very own CEO, David Hassall, give a talk. Some our other speaker highlights are Gary Turner (Xero); Brendan Woods (AutoEntry); Hannah McIntryre, Helen Cockle and Amy Harris (Futrli); Jessica Pillow (Pillow May Chartered Accountants and Business Advisors); Michael Wood (Receipt Bank); Matt Flanagan (Bluehub); Nicola Anderson (GoCardless); Chris Deeson (pensionsync); and Karen Reyburn (The Profitable Firm). For us, the atmosphere of the place is incredible. We loved getting to know you all, going for drinks to catch up, and introducing the ever-growing Xero community to

XU Magazine. We look forward to seeing you there in 2018, for an even bigger, even better Accountex!

SAVE THE DATES Accountex Summit North: set to be launched on 6th March 2018, the first Accountex to reach the Midlands, North of England and Wales, Scotland and ROI will be held in Manchester. Accountex UK: put the date in your calendar now for what will be the greatest Accountex yet 23rd and 24th May 2018 at the London ExCel.

“This year’s line-up offered our visitors an unrivalled opportunity to exchange information about the latest technologies and services on the market, and get expert advice and inspiration from some of the profession’s leading innovators and key thinkers. From the ‘buzz’ across the show floor, to the 14 theatres all full-to-the-brim, as well as the 200 exhibition stands that looked incredible – it was a very busy, valuable and productive two days for everyone involved. “This is a really exciting time for the profession – and the accounting industry is full of positivity and

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 51


Event Report

Event Report enthusiasm for what’s to come. Accountex is already by far the most important and effective business event for the sector, and we have lots of new ideas on how we can grow and develop the show even further. We’ll be working closely with all our partners, associations and exhibitors over the coming year to ensure that Accountex continues to provide everything that our visitors need to run their businesses successfully,” she says.

Even bigger, even better:

Accountex! In May, the XU team along with many of the UK’s top professionals flocked to Accountex, the country’s largest accountancy and finance event, at London’s ExCel conference centre... I

t was the biggest Accountex yet, with over 7,000 attendees, characterised not just by numbers but companies represented and testimonials that followed. Guests were as diverse as ever, including accountants, bookkeepers, finance directors, accounts managers, business owners, tax professionals and IT experts. The event was a success all-round, and Zoe Lacey-Cooper, Accountex event director, attributes much of this to the support received: “We are absolutely delighted that the show has been such a success. This was the first year that Diversified had full, 100% control of Accountex after acquiring the event from Prysm in 2016, and we have been overwhelmed by the positive reactions from our visitors, exhibitors, speakers, associations and media partners. Their support has been phenomenal.” 50 / Issue 11

“We’ve spent a lot of time consulting with the industry over the past year to understand how we could take what was already an amazing show to the next level. And, from the feedback we’ve received already, I think that we achieved that and more!”

These sentiments are totally reflected by exhibitors, who were impressed with the increase in engagement and number of new business leads at this year’s event. For this reason, close to half of them rebooked for 2018 before this show had even ended! Amongst them were Thomson Reuters, IRIS, BrightPay Payroll Software, Webexpenses, Receipt Bank, Spotcap, DataDear, Octopus Blue, and Futrli. Show highlights The show hosts have estimated that most people attended at least one seminar during their time at Accountex. This has always been a big draw for visitors, with over 180 CPD accredited Keynotes, seminars, panel sessions and interactive

workshops. This year we had XU Magazine’s very own CEO, David Hassall, give a talk. Some our other speaker highlights are Gary Turner (Xero); Brendan Woods (AutoEntry); Hannah McIntryre, Helen Cockle and Amy Harris (Futrli); Jessica Pillow (Pillow May Chartered Accountants and Business Advisors); Michael Wood (Receipt Bank); Matt Flanagan (Bluehub); Nicola Anderson (GoCardless); Chris Deeson (pensionsync); and Karen Reyburn (The Profitable Firm). For us, the atmosphere of the place is incredible. We loved getting to know you all, going for drinks to catch up, and introducing the ever-growing Xero community to

XU Magazine. We look forward to seeing you there in 2018, for an even bigger, even better Accountex!

SAVE THE DATES Accountex Summit North: set to be launched on 6th March 2018, the first Accountex to reach the Midlands, North of England and Wales, Scotland and ROI will be held in Manchester. Accountex UK: put the date in your calendar now for what will be the greatest Accountex yet 23rd and 24th May 2018 at the London ExCel.

“This year’s line-up offered our visitors an unrivalled opportunity to exchange information about the latest technologies and services on the market, and get expert advice and inspiration from some of the profession’s leading innovators and key thinkers. From the ‘buzz’ across the show floor, to the 14 theatres all full-to-the-brim, as well as the 200 exhibition stands that looked incredible – it was a very busy, valuable and productive two days for everyone involved. “This is a really exciting time for the profession – and the accounting industry is full of positivity and

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 51


Case Study

Case Study

ApprovalMax Complements Xero for a Legacy ERP Replacement Find out how ApprovalMax complemented Xero in a fully cloud accounting solution for the largest agricultural event in the Southern Hemisphere...

F

ounded way back in 1968 by a group of passionate farmers, the New Zealand National Fieldays Society Inc. has played an integral role in the growth and success of the country’s agribusiness sector. A not-for-profit society and a registered charity, it was originally set up to provide a link between urban and rural businesses, and to promote agricultural interests both locally in New Zealand, and on the global stage. Today, Fieldays can proudly look back on 49 years of significant growth, generating over $430m of economic benefit for New Zealand economy in the last year alone. The Society owns, manages, and develops the breathtaking Mystery Creek Event Centre, a 114 hectare property, which is home to the NZ Agricultural Fieldays event - the cornerstone of the Society. The Society also runs a variety of other industry-related events, such as Equidays and the Transport and Heavy Equipment (THE) Expo, both of which attract many local and international exhibitors.

undergoing significant change. Building on the collaborative relationship with Xero being a Principal Partner of the Society, we moved from a cumbersome ERP system to Xero’s modern cloudbased accounting platform. This allowed the Society to overcome one of our critical challenges: lengthy and costly introduction of change. With the organisation quickly growing and business processes constantly evolving, it was crucial that we be able to support change at the system level as well. With Xero, our accounting processes became available both online and on mobile, and most importantly they became significantly easier to set up and evolve. However, we still needed to complement one more thing - the financial approvals. We required the ability to replicate the way the approvals worked in the decommissioned system, and to expand them to address the growing compliance and regulatory requirements of our booming agribusiness.

@FieldaysNZ

Anthony Burman is CFO of the New Zealand National Fieldays Society Inc. An experienced leader with a proven record in leading change, through system automation and innovative process design. Anthony is more than your typical accountant, with a passion that lies deep with designing organisational strategies utilising technology solutions to enhance organisations performance and profitability. Anthony graduated with a First Class Honours Degree in Business Management Studies from the University of Waikato.

decisions. This required a more granular level of role definition and status tracking, which needed to be supported by the new approval system. And that’s how we came to ApprovalMax. The Native Solution ApprovalMax is pre-integrated with Xero and complements it with fully functional approval workflows. It gave us the ability to set complex routing rules and approver roles, including delegates. In short, it was the native solution we had been searching for. ApprovalMax allowed us to - in the simplest way possible - create a complex approval matrix, wherein we defined roles, business rules, and routing workflows, all while remaining intuitive and easy to use.

52 / Issue 11

In addition to this, we also have some process specifics such as delegating the review and approval

Purchase Orders are raised in the ApprovalMax platform, and pushed across for approval by the relevant individuals. When they’re approved, the rest of the Xero processes take place. Sometimes there won’t be a PO, and instead a Bill is received and routed through the corresponding workflow, while Sales Invoices and Credit Notes are also covered by the approval process. The approval matrix defines approval request routing, and makes sure financial documents are routed to managers with the correct level of authorisation and approval authority, regardless of the document’s origin. The Benefits of this Integration All in all, Xero - as a cloud-based accounting platform - allowed us to bring speed and flexibility to lead change.

We were able to quickly get our accounting processes up and running, with everything we need now centralised and available online. And with that the cost of change became trivial; the platform required no technical skills to implement and run. ApprovalMax too was up to the mark. Cloud-based, extremely intuitive, and pre-integrated with Xero, setup of the approval workflows was quick and easy. Bringing them together, the solution allowed us to achieve the following: • Tighter Controls - we now have the ability to track the approval status, pinpoint bottlenecks in the process, and make sure everything is completed in a timely manner. Our approval process has now gained a greater degree of control and visibility. • Improved Accountability - we are now able to keep a record of the approval activity, including who

approved what and when. We can also leave notes in case an item is rejected, offering some much needed context to the process while avoiding bloated email chains. This level of accountability is incredibly important to us as we often delegate approvals. Having the option to run detailed audits - thanks to the audit trail feature provided by ApprovalMax - and review these decisions is fundamental for a non-profit organisation. And we’re not ready to stop there. In the future we’ll be looking into extending our use of the ApprovalMax solution to approve employment contracts, sponsorship contracts, and other commercial or operational contracts.

Thanks to ApprovalMax, our process now looks like this: Xero works as our central system, into which we feed all of our financial documents, including those from an external CRM and event management system.

Supporting a New Approach In light of this success and growth, our organisation has been

Sales Invoices, and Credit Notes.

What CFOs wonder about TOP WONDERS: 4 OF 6

Check out approvalmax.com

ApprovalMax then works with every financial document present in Xero, including Purchase Orders, Bills,

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

How to keep Purchase Order Requesters out of Xero Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 53


Case Study

Case Study

ApprovalMax Complements Xero for a Legacy ERP Replacement Find out how ApprovalMax complemented Xero in a fully cloud accounting solution for the largest agricultural event in the Southern Hemisphere...

F

ounded way back in 1968 by a group of passionate farmers, the New Zealand National Fieldays Society Inc. has played an integral role in the growth and success of the country’s agribusiness sector. A not-for-profit society and a registered charity, it was originally set up to provide a link between urban and rural businesses, and to promote agricultural interests both locally in New Zealand, and on the global stage. Today, Fieldays can proudly look back on 49 years of significant growth, generating over $430m of economic benefit for New Zealand economy in the last year alone. The Society owns, manages, and develops the breathtaking Mystery Creek Event Centre, a 114 hectare property, which is home to the NZ Agricultural Fieldays event - the cornerstone of the Society. The Society also runs a variety of other industry-related events, such as Equidays and the Transport and Heavy Equipment (THE) Expo, both of which attract many local and international exhibitors.

undergoing significant change. Building on the collaborative relationship with Xero being a Principal Partner of the Society, we moved from a cumbersome ERP system to Xero’s modern cloudbased accounting platform. This allowed the Society to overcome one of our critical challenges: lengthy and costly introduction of change. With the organisation quickly growing and business processes constantly evolving, it was crucial that we be able to support change at the system level as well. With Xero, our accounting processes became available both online and on mobile, and most importantly they became significantly easier to set up and evolve. However, we still needed to complement one more thing - the financial approvals. We required the ability to replicate the way the approvals worked in the decommissioned system, and to expand them to address the growing compliance and regulatory requirements of our booming agribusiness.

@FieldaysNZ

Anthony Burman is CFO of the New Zealand National Fieldays Society Inc. An experienced leader with a proven record in leading change, through system automation and innovative process design. Anthony is more than your typical accountant, with a passion that lies deep with designing organisational strategies utilising technology solutions to enhance organisations performance and profitability. Anthony graduated with a First Class Honours Degree in Business Management Studies from the University of Waikato.

decisions. This required a more granular level of role definition and status tracking, which needed to be supported by the new approval system. And that’s how we came to ApprovalMax. The Native Solution ApprovalMax is pre-integrated with Xero and complements it with fully functional approval workflows. It gave us the ability to set complex routing rules and approver roles, including delegates. In short, it was the native solution we had been searching for. ApprovalMax allowed us to - in the simplest way possible - create a complex approval matrix, wherein we defined roles, business rules, and routing workflows, all while remaining intuitive and easy to use.

52 / Issue 11

In addition to this, we also have some process specifics such as delegating the review and approval

Purchase Orders are raised in the ApprovalMax platform, and pushed across for approval by the relevant individuals. When they’re approved, the rest of the Xero processes take place. Sometimes there won’t be a PO, and instead a Bill is received and routed through the corresponding workflow, while Sales Invoices and Credit Notes are also covered by the approval process. The approval matrix defines approval request routing, and makes sure financial documents are routed to managers with the correct level of authorisation and approval authority, regardless of the document’s origin. The Benefits of this Integration All in all, Xero - as a cloud-based accounting platform - allowed us to bring speed and flexibility to lead change.

We were able to quickly get our accounting processes up and running, with everything we need now centralised and available online. And with that the cost of change became trivial; the platform required no technical skills to implement and run. ApprovalMax too was up to the mark. Cloud-based, extremely intuitive, and pre-integrated with Xero, setup of the approval workflows was quick and easy. Bringing them together, the solution allowed us to achieve the following: • Tighter Controls - we now have the ability to track the approval status, pinpoint bottlenecks in the process, and make sure everything is completed in a timely manner. Our approval process has now gained a greater degree of control and visibility. • Improved Accountability - we are now able to keep a record of the approval activity, including who

approved what and when. We can also leave notes in case an item is rejected, offering some much needed context to the process while avoiding bloated email chains. This level of accountability is incredibly important to us as we often delegate approvals. Having the option to run detailed audits - thanks to the audit trail feature provided by ApprovalMax - and review these decisions is fundamental for a non-profit organisation. And we’re not ready to stop there. In the future we’ll be looking into extending our use of the ApprovalMax solution to approve employment contracts, sponsorship contracts, and other commercial or operational contracts.

Thanks to ApprovalMax, our process now looks like this: Xero works as our central system, into which we feed all of our financial documents, including those from an external CRM and event management system.

Supporting a New Approach In light of this success and growth, our organisation has been

Sales Invoices, and Credit Notes.

What CFOs wonder about TOP WONDERS: 4 OF 6

Check out approvalmax.com

ApprovalMax then works with every financial document present in Xero, including Purchase Orders, Bills,

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

How to keep Purchase Order Requesters out of Xero Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 53


Over 1000 Xero users have taken control of their business with our powerful inventory and order management software tradegecko.com

TradeGecko integrates seamlessly with the best eCommerce platforms, plus now you can start selling wholesale online with our B2B eCommerce Store Start a free trial  tradegecko.com

 Every product, customer and sales channel is managed in one place

 Invite your wholesale customers to order online with unique price lists

 Real time sync with Xero for sales and purchase invoices

 Send branded invoices with credit card payments built right in

 Integrate with Xero tax types and payment ledgers

 Customise your store branding and add your own URL

 Cost of goods and stock on-hand updated daily  Itemised reconciliation log with Xero  Seamless 2-way payment sync

ECOSYSTEM PARTNER OF THE MONTH

54 / Issue 11

JAN 2017 XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Refer your clients to TradeGecko Earn a 20% ongoing revenue share for every referral, plus free product consultancy and 24/7 support for your clients.

tradegecko.com/partners

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 55


Over 1000 Xero users have taken control of their business with our powerful inventory and order management software tradegecko.com

TradeGecko integrates seamlessly with the best eCommerce platforms, plus now you can start selling wholesale online with our B2B eCommerce Store Start a free trial  tradegecko.com

 Every product, customer and sales channel is managed in one place

 Invite your wholesale customers to order online with unique price lists

 Real time sync with Xero for sales and purchase invoices

 Send branded invoices with credit card payments built right in

 Integrate with Xero tax types and payment ledgers

 Customise your store branding and add your own URL

 Cost of goods and stock on-hand updated daily  Itemised reconciliation log with Xero  Seamless 2-way payment sync

ECOSYSTEM PARTNER OF THE MONTH

54 / Issue 11

JAN 2017 XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Refer your clients to TradeGecko Earn a 20% ongoing revenue share for every referral, plus free product consultancy and 24/7 support for your clients.

tradegecko.com/partners

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 55


BITE 2017

BITE 2017 (Business, Innovation, Technology and Efficiency) saw some of Sussex’s brightest businesses come together at the Amex Stadium in Brighton to learn how to grow their bottom line. The event, hosted by award winning accountants and business advisers MHA Carpenter Box, explored the latest developments in innovation and technology, and how these can be applied to create more efficient businesses...

options and setting up systems that can help you in the case of any unexpected issues, you can go some way to safeguarding yourself against cash flow problems.

@bozboz

Sophie Turton, Head of Content, Bozboz

8. Tighten your proposition

Sophie Turton is head of content at creative agency, Bozboz. She spends her days experimenting with communication strategies to form engaging digital journey.

3. The nice guy DOES win

K

eynote speaker Marnus Broodryk, star of Shark Tank – the South African equivalent of Dragon’s Den – provided a fascinating insight into the mind of a highly successful entrepreneur. BITE 2017 also provided guidance from a panel of experts into the growing range of alternative funding options available for businesses of every size – from crowdfunding and business angel finance through to single invoice discounting. With six interactive breakout sessions covering top business themes, and a room full of exhibitors looking to help businesses, the day was packed full of useful tips for startups and small businesses. Here are top ten takeaways from

BITE 2017: 1. Think like a shark Kicking off the day-long event, Marnus Broodryk inspired the audience to think like an entrepreneur and ‘be the shark’. He gave the example of two businesses in the same industry. One business leader focuses on the negative external influences impacting his business growth, the other sees these challenges as opportunities and uses them as a springboard for innovation. The first business is bankrupt within a year, while the other flourishes. The only difference between the two is a state of mind – the second business leader thinks like an entrepreneur. He remains

positive and flexible. He embraces change, or as Marnus put it, “Old school ain’t cool”. 2. Attitude is more important than a good idea Positivity, optimism and determination are the key attributes that binds all entrepreneurs, according to Marnus. Having 20/20 foresight and being an early adopter allows you to identify and react to key trends ahead of the curve, which means you will be constantly innovating. This, rather than the initial idea, is the making of a successful business. Investors put their faith in people, not ideas. After all, ideas can’t execute themselves!

The old adage that nice guys finish last is not true in business. In an age where we have information at our fingertips and reputations can be made or destroyed in one foul tweet, it’s more important than ever to wear your ethics on your sleeve and live by your convictions. 4. Focus on building a company culture A key way to get across your company values is through the culture you create within your business. Create a company culture of transparency, integrity and flexibility. It’s not all about policy and rigidly sticking to the rules, it’s about giving a great customer service. This is something that must be developed from the ground up. Furthermore, a focus on employee happiness is key. If you look after your employees, they’ll look after your customers.

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

6. Take advantage of technology 9. Research your funding options BITE was the perfect showcase for the apps, technology and innovation available to businesses. In the 18 months since BITE 2015, the cloud landscape has grown even larger with opportunities covering almost everything imaginable. This includes single solution software to add-ons to cloud accounting systems optimised for the retail, property and manufacturing sectors to name but a very few. The speed of technological change is incredible, so take advantage and adopt cloudbased systems to give you a competitive edge in the long term. 7. Understand how to capitalise on your debt

Have you heard of EIS and SEIS? Are you aware of the tax breaks you could receive through your Research & Development initiatives?

There are over 4000 finance products in the SME space and unpicking which is right for you can be a real challenge. Paul Surtees from Capitalise discussed the different borrowing options available to start-ups and SMEs.

MHA Carpenter Box tax experts discussed top tax tips to help small businesses and investors get the tax breaks they deserve, yet often miss out on. Through EIS and SEIS, investors can claim

70% of small businesses agree that cash flow is their number one concern and is a key contributor to businesses failing within their first five years. By understanding your borrowing

5. Get up to speed on tax breaks

56 / Issue 11

up to 50% income tax relief on their investments, so it’s well worth seeking advice.

When looking for funding, either through grants or the private sector, having a strong proposition that attracts investors to your purpose is key. As previously shown, investors invest in people as well as their businesses, and the value you can offer as an entrepreneur needs to be immediately obvious in the way you position yourself and your company.

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

There are many more funding options available than a simple overdraft, Andy Davis, author and former FT journalist, told us during the alternative funding panel. As the market has evolved, so too have ways to gain short-term funding. Examples include single invoice assets, revolving credit facilities, high cost, unsecured lending, takings from card machines and more. Do your research to find the best option for you. This could be crucial when cash flow is tight. 10. Don’t be a d*ck The resounding lesson of the day comes back to one simple concept – don’t be a jerk. As Simon Sinek says (and as reemphasised by Marnus at BITE), “people don’t buy what you do, they buy why you do it.” And that why always comes back to you. Nathan Keeley, Partner at MHA Carpenter Box and the driving force behind BITE, commented: “Marnus was an inspirational speaker and his involvement, together with some very practical advice from break-out sessions and exhibitors, created a real buzz throughout the day.”

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 57


BITE 2017

BITE 2017 (Business, Innovation, Technology and Efficiency) saw some of Sussex’s brightest businesses come together at the Amex Stadium in Brighton to learn how to grow their bottom line. The event, hosted by award winning accountants and business advisers MHA Carpenter Box, explored the latest developments in innovation and technology, and how these can be applied to create more efficient businesses...

options and setting up systems that can help you in the case of any unexpected issues, you can go some way to safeguarding yourself against cash flow problems.

@bozboz

Sophie Turton, Head of Content, Bozboz

8. Tighten your proposition

Sophie Turton is head of content at creative agency, Bozboz. She spends her days experimenting with communication strategies to form engaging digital journey.

3. The nice guy DOES win

K

eynote speaker Marnus Broodryk, star of Shark Tank – the South African equivalent of Dragon’s Den – provided a fascinating insight into the mind of a highly successful entrepreneur. BITE 2017 also provided guidance from a panel of experts into the growing range of alternative funding options available for businesses of every size – from crowdfunding and business angel finance through to single invoice discounting. With six interactive breakout sessions covering top business themes, and a room full of exhibitors looking to help businesses, the day was packed full of useful tips for startups and small businesses. Here are top ten takeaways from

BITE 2017: 1. Think like a shark Kicking off the day-long event, Marnus Broodryk inspired the audience to think like an entrepreneur and ‘be the shark’. He gave the example of two businesses in the same industry. One business leader focuses on the negative external influences impacting his business growth, the other sees these challenges as opportunities and uses them as a springboard for innovation. The first business is bankrupt within a year, while the other flourishes. The only difference between the two is a state of mind – the second business leader thinks like an entrepreneur. He remains

positive and flexible. He embraces change, or as Marnus put it, “Old school ain’t cool”. 2. Attitude is more important than a good idea Positivity, optimism and determination are the key attributes that binds all entrepreneurs, according to Marnus. Having 20/20 foresight and being an early adopter allows you to identify and react to key trends ahead of the curve, which means you will be constantly innovating. This, rather than the initial idea, is the making of a successful business. Investors put their faith in people, not ideas. After all, ideas can’t execute themselves!

The old adage that nice guys finish last is not true in business. In an age where we have information at our fingertips and reputations can be made or destroyed in one foul tweet, it’s more important than ever to wear your ethics on your sleeve and live by your convictions. 4. Focus on building a company culture A key way to get across your company values is through the culture you create within your business. Create a company culture of transparency, integrity and flexibility. It’s not all about policy and rigidly sticking to the rules, it’s about giving a great customer service. This is something that must be developed from the ground up. Furthermore, a focus on employee happiness is key. If you look after your employees, they’ll look after your customers.

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

6. Take advantage of technology 9. Research your funding options BITE was the perfect showcase for the apps, technology and innovation available to businesses. In the 18 months since BITE 2015, the cloud landscape has grown even larger with opportunities covering almost everything imaginable. This includes single solution software to add-ons to cloud accounting systems optimised for the retail, property and manufacturing sectors to name but a very few. The speed of technological change is incredible, so take advantage and adopt cloudbased systems to give you a competitive edge in the long term. 7. Understand how to capitalise on your debt

Have you heard of EIS and SEIS? Are you aware of the tax breaks you could receive through your Research & Development initiatives?

There are over 4000 finance products in the SME space and unpicking which is right for you can be a real challenge. Paul Surtees from Capitalise discussed the different borrowing options available to start-ups and SMEs.

MHA Carpenter Box tax experts discussed top tax tips to help small businesses and investors get the tax breaks they deserve, yet often miss out on. Through EIS and SEIS, investors can claim

70% of small businesses agree that cash flow is their number one concern and is a key contributor to businesses failing within their first five years. By understanding your borrowing

5. Get up to speed on tax breaks

56 / Issue 11

up to 50% income tax relief on their investments, so it’s well worth seeking advice.

When looking for funding, either through grants or the private sector, having a strong proposition that attracts investors to your purpose is key. As previously shown, investors invest in people as well as their businesses, and the value you can offer as an entrepreneur needs to be immediately obvious in the way you position yourself and your company.

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

There are many more funding options available than a simple overdraft, Andy Davis, author and former FT journalist, told us during the alternative funding panel. As the market has evolved, so too have ways to gain short-term funding. Examples include single invoice assets, revolving credit facilities, high cost, unsecured lending, takings from card machines and more. Do your research to find the best option for you. This could be crucial when cash flow is tight. 10. Don’t be a d*ck The resounding lesson of the day comes back to one simple concept – don’t be a jerk. As Simon Sinek says (and as reemphasised by Marnus at BITE), “people don’t buy what you do, they buy why you do it.” And that why always comes back to you. Nathan Keeley, Partner at MHA Carpenter Box and the driving force behind BITE, commented: “Marnus was an inspirational speaker and his involvement, together with some very practical advice from break-out sessions and exhibitors, created a real buzz throughout the day.”

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 57


@chaser_io

Brad Ewin​, Marketing Executive, Chaser

The overlooked credit control black hole costing businesses billions

Brad is a former Mechanical Engineer, once Enterprise Software Consultant, and now Marketing Executive. His diverse experience, analytical mindset, and penchant for the creative has him blowing up in the cloud accounting scene with essential, actionable insights for SMEs to achieve amazing credit control and develop an elite finance function.

Unpaid invoices are a part of life, and lofty numbers are often thrown around totalling the cumulative cost to small-to-medium enterprises (SMEs). The late payment problem is well-known, but there is another dangerous, stealthier problem going under many businesses radars, costing them billions every year. Brad Ewin explores the impact that unoptimised credit control practices are having on SMEs, and the solution...

I

f you’re a business that sells on payment terms, you want one simple thing customers that pay on time. It’s not too much to ask for, is it? But time and time again businesses get stiffed on timely payments, SMEs especially. Not only does this stunt their capacities to trade and grow, it exposes them to a serious risk of insolvency. Lloyds Banking Group has cited the SME cash flow crisis in the UK alone as reaching £586 billion in unpaid invoices, and that number is only expected to grow. To put it in perspective, you could triple New Zealand’s projected GDP and still have more than enough room to fit in Hungary’s without capping that. While it’s easy to be left reeling by the mind-boggling scope of this debt to SMEs, there’s an insidious knock-on effect that goes unseen by many, draining their resources and revenue on a daily basis. Research conducted by RBS Invoice Finance has shown that a typical SME spends 130 hours every year 58 / Issue 11

chasing their unpaid invoices, with Bacs, the organisation behind Direct Debit and Bacs Direct Credit in the UK, reporting the monetary cost to SMEs totalling £10.8 billion. That’s 130 man hours being wasted in your business, chasing up money you’re rightfully owed! Not a number to shrug off, by any means, but it’s the enormous monetary cost in chasing the unpaid invoices that’s truly staggering. Right now, your business is being sucked into a £10.8 billion black hole, just through chasing invoices. To make matters even worse, Bacs claims this figure is growing by billions per year. And that’s only looking at the UK stats - it boggles the mind to imagine the worldwide total.

If you’re at the smaller end of SME, you could even be looking at a Xero-cost (!) setup for an automated credit control solution - Xero’s own invoice reminder functionality can work wonders for businesses in the ballpark of 10-20

invoices per month. For businesses beyond this scale, we at Chaser offer a solution for more sophisticated credit control requirements as the highest-rated credit control app on the Xero App Marketplace. Our rich suite of features includes extensive customisation, consolidated invoice communications histories, and our signature automated humanity. We delight in bringing huge time savings to businesses looking to carry out amazing credit control, automatically, without losing the impact of the human touch.

Our average customer saves over 7 hours every week on credit control, and sees a boost of £22,000 cash flow per £500,000 turnover - some customers see results within hours of using Chaser for the first time. Not only is Chaser the only credit control app on the marketplace to win Xero’s App Partner of the Year award, a five-star rating from over 200 user reviews can’t be wrong. Trial Chaser yourself for 14 days, free of charge, by heading to our XU reader exclusive page at www. chaser.io/issue11.

juggle. Escalating cases, thanking for paying, running reports to develop intelligence on customers’ credit-worthiness and the financial health of the business. Carrying out credit control is a time-consuming task, with plenty of room for human error. If your business is tussling with a combination of spreadsheets, notes in accounting packages, and emails across multiple inboxes, you’re far off the mark from best practice. The length of time unoptimised credit control processes take, coupled with the multiplying effect of human error, is exactly what’s tethering your business to the £10.8 billion black hole. So, how do you break free?

So how could this possible be?

Automated credit control​

The average SME’s credit control function is unoptimised​

Setting up an automated solution involves a minimal setup cost, with the capability to bring huge savings to your business. Integrating with Xero, automated credit control solutions consolidate every piece

Running a credit control function is a many-horned beast. There are emails, phone calls, and notes to

of invoice-chasing info, making it quickly and easily accessible from a central source. Additionally, the setting of email templates and chasing schedules, left to run automatically, unburdens your finance team from those 130 hours of wasted time and saves your business from the £10.8 billion black hole.

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

LVC0176_AccountKit_XU_half_page_ad_210x140_FINAL.indd 1

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

29/06/17 1:26 PM

Issue 11 / 59


@chaser_io

Brad Ewin​, Marketing Executive, Chaser

The overlooked credit control black hole costing businesses billions

Brad is a former Mechanical Engineer, once Enterprise Software Consultant, and now Marketing Executive. His diverse experience, analytical mindset, and penchant for the creative has him blowing up in the cloud accounting scene with essential, actionable insights for SMEs to achieve amazing credit control and develop an elite finance function.

Unpaid invoices are a part of life, and lofty numbers are often thrown around totalling the cumulative cost to small-to-medium enterprises (SMEs). The late payment problem is well-known, but there is another dangerous, stealthier problem going under many businesses radars, costing them billions every year. Brad Ewin explores the impact that unoptimised credit control practices are having on SMEs, and the solution...

I

f you’re a business that sells on payment terms, you want one simple thing customers that pay on time. It’s not too much to ask for, is it? But time and time again businesses get stiffed on timely payments, SMEs especially. Not only does this stunt their capacities to trade and grow, it exposes them to a serious risk of insolvency. Lloyds Banking Group has cited the SME cash flow crisis in the UK alone as reaching £586 billion in unpaid invoices, and that number is only expected to grow. To put it in perspective, you could triple New Zealand’s projected GDP and still have more than enough room to fit in Hungary’s without capping that. While it’s easy to be left reeling by the mind-boggling scope of this debt to SMEs, there’s an insidious knock-on effect that goes unseen by many, draining their resources and revenue on a daily basis. Research conducted by RBS Invoice Finance has shown that a typical SME spends 130 hours every year 58 / Issue 11

chasing their unpaid invoices, with Bacs, the organisation behind Direct Debit and Bacs Direct Credit in the UK, reporting the monetary cost to SMEs totalling £10.8 billion. That’s 130 man hours being wasted in your business, chasing up money you’re rightfully owed! Not a number to shrug off, by any means, but it’s the enormous monetary cost in chasing the unpaid invoices that’s truly staggering. Right now, your business is being sucked into a £10.8 billion black hole, just through chasing invoices. To make matters even worse, Bacs claims this figure is growing by billions per year. And that’s only looking at the UK stats - it boggles the mind to imagine the worldwide total.

If you’re at the smaller end of SME, you could even be looking at a Xero-cost (!) setup for an automated credit control solution - Xero’s own invoice reminder functionality can work wonders for businesses in the ballpark of 10-20

invoices per month. For businesses beyond this scale, we at Chaser offer a solution for more sophisticated credit control requirements as the highest-rated credit control app on the Xero App Marketplace. Our rich suite of features includes extensive customisation, consolidated invoice communications histories, and our signature automated humanity. We delight in bringing huge time savings to businesses looking to carry out amazing credit control, automatically, without losing the impact of the human touch.

Our average customer saves over 7 hours every week on credit control, and sees a boost of £22,000 cash flow per £500,000 turnover - some customers see results within hours of using Chaser for the first time. Not only is Chaser the only credit control app on the marketplace to win Xero’s App Partner of the Year award, a five-star rating from over 200 user reviews can’t be wrong. Trial Chaser yourself for 14 days, free of charge, by heading to our XU reader exclusive page at www. chaser.io/issue11.

juggle. Escalating cases, thanking for paying, running reports to develop intelligence on customers’ credit-worthiness and the financial health of the business. Carrying out credit control is a time-consuming task, with plenty of room for human error. If your business is tussling with a combination of spreadsheets, notes in accounting packages, and emails across multiple inboxes, you’re far off the mark from best practice. The length of time unoptimised credit control processes take, coupled with the multiplying effect of human error, is exactly what’s tethering your business to the £10.8 billion black hole. So, how do you break free?

So how could this possible be?

Automated credit control​

The average SME’s credit control function is unoptimised​

Setting up an automated solution involves a minimal setup cost, with the capability to bring huge savings to your business. Integrating with Xero, automated credit control solutions consolidate every piece

Running a credit control function is a many-horned beast. There are emails, phone calls, and notes to

of invoice-chasing info, making it quickly and easily accessible from a central source. Additionally, the setting of email templates and chasing schedules, left to run automatically, unburdens your finance team from those 130 hours of wasted time and saves your business from the £10.8 billion black hole.

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

LVC0176_AccountKit_XU_half_page_ad_210x140_FINAL.indd 1

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

29/06/17 1:26 PM

Issue 11 / 59


Confusion everywhere! How we wind up running down the rabbit hole

or anxiety, or being asked the question, “Why am I driving a Mini, and not a Range Rover?”

@MyProfitSee

Peter Vessenes, Founder and CEO, ProfitSee With over 30 years experience in the financial industry, Peter is the CEO of ProfitSee, an allin-one financial analysis and budgeting software that helps business owners and financial advisors alike gain powerful insights to manage cash flow, grow profitability and increase valuation.

Owning a business is a complicated life experience. Financial survival for yourself and your loved ones hangs in the balance. Risk levels are high, and the future is never certain. Creating a new business takes a lot of sacrifice, but is born from a place of inspiration. Perhaps they worked for someone else with a bad employment experience, had more ideas for making new things happen than the company would allow, or maybe corporate life just wasn’t the right fit. Sacrifices business owners make include time, money, and usually, many disappointments along the way...

I

t typically takes several years for a new company to hit stability, and this is only true among the small percentage that survive that long. The reality of all the disciplines in running an organisation appear, whether the founder was aware of them or not.

we are so busy in the day-to-day. • I’ve got to pay all the bills and the payroll. Didn’t know I was the last one that a check gets written to... Despite this large learning challenge, the most important one of all is the last one; paying the bills and paying the owner.

These include: • What are my sales strategies? Which works the best? • What do our customers believe about us? How do I improve or sustain this? • How do I reach my target audience? What can I do to make them think of us first? • Who knew how many steps there were in running a business? There must be more than a thousand! • My, what a lot of regulations we have to follow… • I know technology creates efficiency, but, which tools are the best? • I have to hire people; I’ve never hired (or managed) before. Sound like on-the-job training for me. • Do I still have vision of why I started this in the first place? I can’t abandon where the company is going just because 60 / Issue 11

What is it that the owner is most concerned about? 1. Are we financially stable? 2. Are revenues growing? 3. Are profits growing? 4. How hard will it be to find capital if we need it? 5. Is the company’s valuation growing? 6. Are there ways for us to grow beyond sales increases? Merger? Acquisition? 7. Most of my net worth is tied up in the business. Is there an exit strategy? These are true whether it is a new company, or one that has lived through launch and is in its twentieth or thirtieth year. Basically, it is all about fiscal management, not the operation of the business. Fiscal management

is not a prerequisite for being an entrepreneur, and running a company takes so much time and energy, the typical approach to fiscal management goes something like, “Is there money in the checkbook?” Mother told us not to talk with others about politics, religion, or money. Unfortunately, for the business owner, money is the most important thing to talk about. This puts the owner in a difficult position; whom do you talk to about the company’s money? The owner certainly will not talk to employees about the money. If the company is doing well, the question will certainly be, “Why are we not paid more?”, or “Not much of a bonus, was there...?” If the company is not doing well, a different dynamic happens. “Maybe I should start looking for another job…” particularly among the most valuable members of the team. Frequently, the owner will not talk to their significant other, either out of a concern for causing worry

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Owners will not talk to their attorney; they know lawyers understand little about financial management of a company. Whom does the owner trust to talk to about money? The individuals that look at their money! Their accountants and bookkeeper see their money, and after all, “They deal with my money all the time.” Here is where the confusion begins... Bookkeepers are a critical element in posting transactions and generating reports. In a simple way, they are the first line of protection for a business in an audit, asking if the data correct and accurate. Are the bookkeepers keeping their business clients aware of what is going on through accurate reporting? Likewise, accountants play a critical role. Accounting firms engage in services that include tax, audit, and compliance. The objective of accountants doing a company’s taxes are simple: make sure the company only pays the tax that they must, and not a penny more. Audit is also simple to understand: is the data the taxes are being calculated on true and accurate? Audit validates all the data entry and transactions. A single accounting firm cannot do both tax and audit for a company, as this would violate their fiduciary responsibility as an independent agent. If companies require an audit it must be done by another organisation that did not calculate their taxes. Compliance is not difficult to understand, though it can get complicated. Is the company following all the rules, whether they are aware of them or not? Accounting firms include compliance in all tax work. In simple terms, the objective of compliance

is to keep the business, its owners, and its management out of jail. Larger accounting firms (particularly the Big Four, and other multinational companies such as Mazars, BDO, RSM, etc.) do provide consultative services to their large business clients. These consultative services are nearly always focused on cost containment. Big companies know that the fastest way to raise profitability and valuation is by reducing costs. These companies trust accounting firms to show them how to do it. Big companies do not tend to hire accounting firms to help them plan for future growth. Think of the ways companies like Alphabet (Google), Apple, and Cisco have reinvented themselves over the years as the marketplace has changed globally. Some have had the talent to do it without outside help (think Steven Jobs at Apple), whilst others may have engaged consulting firms that specialise in large scale growth based on changing times. This is typical of the types of services McKenzie Consulting offers. Let’s take this back to the primary concerns and needs of our small business owner: 1. Are we financially stable? 2. Are revenues growing? 3. Are profits growing? 4. How hard will it be to find capital if we need it? 5. Is the company’s valuation growing? 6. Are there ways for us to grow beyond sales increases? Merger? Acquisition? 7. Most of my net worth is tied up in the business. Is there an exit strategy? How many of these revolve around sophisticated looks at short term cost containment? Do their accountants and bookkeepers know how to advise on growth, or risk strategies? Do the small business’ accountants understand that business owners do not understand that their P&L report does not truly tell them whether or not they are actually making a profit?

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Another simple example: a historical cash flow statement can tell many things, but it does not help the business owner understand how the balance sheet reflects itself in cash flow. Does a business owner understand that a cash flow forecast must be shown in cash, not accrual? Does the business owner understand the difference between “cash” and “accrual”? Here is where the confusion happens: the business owner needs to, and wants to, talk to their accountant and bookkeepers about fiscal management. The conversations are all driven by the future of the company. Bookkeepers and accountants view the reports in accounting software as a representation of the past and “close to today” in the company. The business owner wants help with fiscal management for the future. Most bookkeepers and accounting firms view the help they provide revolving around cost containment. Although cost containment may help profitability, it does not reflect the way fiscal management touches all the disciplines of running a company. Bookkeepers and accountants are facing challenges in their services. Advances in technology are commoditising what they are paid for; revenue is shrinking. Many firms are recognising this and building services to their business clients that are far more than dashboarding of applications. This brave new world is upon us, and it is the accounting and bookkeeping firms that face this challenge that will become tomorrow’s superstars to the SME business community. Look beyond reporting. Look to playing the role of a financial director or CFO to your business clients. Help them grow their companies through smart fiscal management. Find help from businesses that are focused on helping bookkeepers and accountants make this transition. The future of our business clients depends on it... Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 61


Confusion everywhere! How we wind up running down the rabbit hole

or anxiety, or being asked the question, “Why am I driving a Mini, and not a Range Rover?”

@MyProfitSee

Peter Vessenes, Founder and CEO, ProfitSee With over 30 years experience in the financial industry, Peter is the CEO of ProfitSee, an allin-one financial analysis and budgeting software that helps business owners and financial advisors alike gain powerful insights to manage cash flow, grow profitability and increase valuation.

Owning a business is a complicated life experience. Financial survival for yourself and your loved ones hangs in the balance. Risk levels are high, and the future is never certain. Creating a new business takes a lot of sacrifice, but is born from a place of inspiration. Perhaps they worked for someone else with a bad employment experience, had more ideas for making new things happen than the company would allow, or maybe corporate life just wasn’t the right fit. Sacrifices business owners make include time, money, and usually, many disappointments along the way...

I

t typically takes several years for a new company to hit stability, and this is only true among the small percentage that survive that long. The reality of all the disciplines in running an organisation appear, whether the founder was aware of them or not.

we are so busy in the day-to-day. • I’ve got to pay all the bills and the payroll. Didn’t know I was the last one that a check gets written to... Despite this large learning challenge, the most important one of all is the last one; paying the bills and paying the owner.

These include: • What are my sales strategies? Which works the best? • What do our customers believe about us? How do I improve or sustain this? • How do I reach my target audience? What can I do to make them think of us first? • Who knew how many steps there were in running a business? There must be more than a thousand! • My, what a lot of regulations we have to follow… • I know technology creates efficiency, but, which tools are the best? • I have to hire people; I’ve never hired (or managed) before. Sound like on-the-job training for me. • Do I still have vision of why I started this in the first place? I can’t abandon where the company is going just because 60 / Issue 11

What is it that the owner is most concerned about? 1. Are we financially stable? 2. Are revenues growing? 3. Are profits growing? 4. How hard will it be to find capital if we need it? 5. Is the company’s valuation growing? 6. Are there ways for us to grow beyond sales increases? Merger? Acquisition? 7. Most of my net worth is tied up in the business. Is there an exit strategy? These are true whether it is a new company, or one that has lived through launch and is in its twentieth or thirtieth year. Basically, it is all about fiscal management, not the operation of the business. Fiscal management

is not a prerequisite for being an entrepreneur, and running a company takes so much time and energy, the typical approach to fiscal management goes something like, “Is there money in the checkbook?” Mother told us not to talk with others about politics, religion, or money. Unfortunately, for the business owner, money is the most important thing to talk about. This puts the owner in a difficult position; whom do you talk to about the company’s money? The owner certainly will not talk to employees about the money. If the company is doing well, the question will certainly be, “Why are we not paid more?”, or “Not much of a bonus, was there...?” If the company is not doing well, a different dynamic happens. “Maybe I should start looking for another job…” particularly among the most valuable members of the team. Frequently, the owner will not talk to their significant other, either out of a concern for causing worry

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Owners will not talk to their attorney; they know lawyers understand little about financial management of a company. Whom does the owner trust to talk to about money? The individuals that look at their money! Their accountants and bookkeeper see their money, and after all, “They deal with my money all the time.” Here is where the confusion begins... Bookkeepers are a critical element in posting transactions and generating reports. In a simple way, they are the first line of protection for a business in an audit, asking if the data correct and accurate. Are the bookkeepers keeping their business clients aware of what is going on through accurate reporting? Likewise, accountants play a critical role. Accounting firms engage in services that include tax, audit, and compliance. The objective of accountants doing a company’s taxes are simple: make sure the company only pays the tax that they must, and not a penny more. Audit is also simple to understand: is the data the taxes are being calculated on true and accurate? Audit validates all the data entry and transactions. A single accounting firm cannot do both tax and audit for a company, as this would violate their fiduciary responsibility as an independent agent. If companies require an audit it must be done by another organisation that did not calculate their taxes. Compliance is not difficult to understand, though it can get complicated. Is the company following all the rules, whether they are aware of them or not? Accounting firms include compliance in all tax work. In simple terms, the objective of compliance

is to keep the business, its owners, and its management out of jail. Larger accounting firms (particularly the Big Four, and other multinational companies such as Mazars, BDO, RSM, etc.) do provide consultative services to their large business clients. These consultative services are nearly always focused on cost containment. Big companies know that the fastest way to raise profitability and valuation is by reducing costs. These companies trust accounting firms to show them how to do it. Big companies do not tend to hire accounting firms to help them plan for future growth. Think of the ways companies like Alphabet (Google), Apple, and Cisco have reinvented themselves over the years as the marketplace has changed globally. Some have had the talent to do it without outside help (think Steven Jobs at Apple), whilst others may have engaged consulting firms that specialise in large scale growth based on changing times. This is typical of the types of services McKenzie Consulting offers. Let’s take this back to the primary concerns and needs of our small business owner: 1. Are we financially stable? 2. Are revenues growing? 3. Are profits growing? 4. How hard will it be to find capital if we need it? 5. Is the company’s valuation growing? 6. Are there ways for us to grow beyond sales increases? Merger? Acquisition? 7. Most of my net worth is tied up in the business. Is there an exit strategy? How many of these revolve around sophisticated looks at short term cost containment? Do their accountants and bookkeepers know how to advise on growth, or risk strategies? Do the small business’ accountants understand that business owners do not understand that their P&L report does not truly tell them whether or not they are actually making a profit?

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Another simple example: a historical cash flow statement can tell many things, but it does not help the business owner understand how the balance sheet reflects itself in cash flow. Does a business owner understand that a cash flow forecast must be shown in cash, not accrual? Does the business owner understand the difference between “cash” and “accrual”? Here is where the confusion happens: the business owner needs to, and wants to, talk to their accountant and bookkeepers about fiscal management. The conversations are all driven by the future of the company. Bookkeepers and accountants view the reports in accounting software as a representation of the past and “close to today” in the company. The business owner wants help with fiscal management for the future. Most bookkeepers and accounting firms view the help they provide revolving around cost containment. Although cost containment may help profitability, it does not reflect the way fiscal management touches all the disciplines of running a company. Bookkeepers and accountants are facing challenges in their services. Advances in technology are commoditising what they are paid for; revenue is shrinking. Many firms are recognising this and building services to their business clients that are far more than dashboarding of applications. This brave new world is upon us, and it is the accounting and bookkeeping firms that face this challenge that will become tomorrow’s superstars to the SME business community. Look beyond reporting. Look to playing the role of a financial director or CFO to your business clients. Help them grow their companies through smart fiscal management. Find help from businesses that are focused on helping bookkeepers and accountants make this transition. The future of our business clients depends on it... Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 61


62 / Issue 11

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 63


62 / Issue 11

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 63


Communities of passion and purpose: bookkeepers unite globally

@themelpower

Mel Power, Head of Bookkeeping, Xero; and Founder, Bookkeeper Revolution Having been in the profession since 1994, Mel is passionate about helping small business achieve freedom and profitability in business and lifestyle. Her particular passion is Bookkeeping, having championed this part of the industry for Xero, establishing a thriving online community and delivering the highly successful Grow Your Practice Program. Mel enjoys reading, writing, playing music, her horses and cat, and most of all spending time with her husband and 3 boys.

I have been working as a bookkeeper for more than 25 years, and during that time my local community of Bookkeepers in Newcastle, Australia, has been a consistent support and encouragement to me on my practice journey, along with my favourite associations ABN and ICB. With their help, I have been able to achieve many growth and achievement milestones since I started my business growth journey in 2000...

M

y role as Head of Bookkeeping at Xero started in September 2014, and it has been a wonderful three years. I remember the first few weeks I began my journey with Xero: one of the key things I wanted to see was a more closely united community of Bookkeepers. We needed more opportunities to connect, support, mentor and educate one another. I had received so much support

through my career. My question was, how do we scale this so everyone receives that same support? As part of my reconnaissance on the bookkeeping industry landscape, I was able to connect with other Bookkeepers in a grass roots-style trip in 2015 , which took me from Uluru to San Francisco through to Vancouver and London. It was incredible to see how, apart

from our different compliance environments, we are all doing the same thing: providing the service of the bookkeeping function to help small businesses. The trip has lead to the development of key relationships and I have been back in 2016 and again in 2017 speaking at Ben Robinson’s Bookkeeper Boost, Accountex USA, IPBC Canada and Accounting Expo Glasgow all sharing my journey on the “Million Dollar Bookkeeper” (book coming out soon, I wanted to share my mistakes so others can avoid them!)

the journey of creating community groups on Facebook and LinkedIn, as well as a Facebook Page presence that unites bookkeepers. It was a global project that ranged across AU, USA, Canada, Asia, UK, South Africa and beautiful New Zealand. (Queenstown I have a long-standing love affair with you.) Today these groups and Facebook Pages have a collective membership base of 35,000 and it’s an engaged community. Trent Innes, MD at Xero Australia, spoke very openly at Xerocon South in Brisbane in September last year about how our Xero communities have connected and supported the industry in some very meaningful ways. This project was birthed as ‘Bookkeeper Revolution’ and today has a collective membership base of 22,500 and it’s an engaged community. The Revolution is on a mission to connect 100,000 accounting and bookkeeping professionals across the globe by 2020! It’s all about supporting each other on the journey of having a Revolutionary Firm, and the ultimate goal is helping small

business transform. One of the key things that unites Bookkeepers across the globe is that we all have a common goal. And that is to help the small business owner be as successful as possible and understand the key things that tell the story of what is happening in the life of your business. The Xero platform has enabled Bookkeepers to move away from some of the tedious labour intensive work that has bogged us down for many years, and allowed us to start working in the space that we are gifted at, and that is helping business owners with their business. It’s Automagical! So how can you get involved? Join in the discussion in our Facebook Group here - www. facebook.com/groups/ bookkeeperrevolution/ Viva Le Revolution!

Many of us work as sole traders and the benefits of connecting through Meetup, networking groups and events are valuable – but they do not happen often enough. Sometimes we need to be able to answer that ‘tricky’ problem right away. I wanted to find a way to connect us and facilitate organic, easy and accessible discussions. Enter the beauty of social media. Around 18 months ago, I started 64 / Issue 11

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 65


Communities of passion and purpose: bookkeepers unite globally

@themelpower

Mel Power, Head of Bookkeeping, Xero; and Founder, Bookkeeper Revolution Having been in the profession since 1994, Mel is passionate about helping small business achieve freedom and profitability in business and lifestyle. Her particular passion is Bookkeeping, having championed this part of the industry for Xero, establishing a thriving online community and delivering the highly successful Grow Your Practice Program. Mel enjoys reading, writing, playing music, her horses and cat, and most of all spending time with her husband and 3 boys.

I have been working as a bookkeeper for more than 25 years, and during that time my local community of Bookkeepers in Newcastle, Australia, has been a consistent support and encouragement to me on my practice journey, along with my favourite associations ABN and ICB. With their help, I have been able to achieve many growth and achievement milestones since I started my business growth journey in 2000...

M

y role as Head of Bookkeeping at Xero started in September 2014, and it has been a wonderful three years. I remember the first few weeks I began my journey with Xero: one of the key things I wanted to see was a more closely united community of Bookkeepers. We needed more opportunities to connect, support, mentor and educate one another. I had received so much support

through my career. My question was, how do we scale this so everyone receives that same support? As part of my reconnaissance on the bookkeeping industry landscape, I was able to connect with other Bookkeepers in a grass roots-style trip in 2015 , which took me from Uluru to San Francisco through to Vancouver and London. It was incredible to see how, apart

from our different compliance environments, we are all doing the same thing: providing the service of the bookkeeping function to help small businesses. The trip has lead to the development of key relationships and I have been back in 2016 and again in 2017 speaking at Ben Robinson’s Bookkeeper Boost, Accountex USA, IPBC Canada and Accounting Expo Glasgow all sharing my journey on the “Million Dollar Bookkeeper” (book coming out soon, I wanted to share my mistakes so others can avoid them!)

the journey of creating community groups on Facebook and LinkedIn, as well as a Facebook Page presence that unites bookkeepers. It was a global project that ranged across AU, USA, Canada, Asia, UK, South Africa and beautiful New Zealand. (Queenstown I have a long-standing love affair with you.) Today these groups and Facebook Pages have a collective membership base of 35,000 and it’s an engaged community. Trent Innes, MD at Xero Australia, spoke very openly at Xerocon South in Brisbane in September last year about how our Xero communities have connected and supported the industry in some very meaningful ways. This project was birthed as ‘Bookkeeper Revolution’ and today has a collective membership base of 22,500 and it’s an engaged community. The Revolution is on a mission to connect 100,000 accounting and bookkeeping professionals across the globe by 2020! It’s all about supporting each other on the journey of having a Revolutionary Firm, and the ultimate goal is helping small

business transform. One of the key things that unites Bookkeepers across the globe is that we all have a common goal. And that is to help the small business owner be as successful as possible and understand the key things that tell the story of what is happening in the life of your business. The Xero platform has enabled Bookkeepers to move away from some of the tedious labour intensive work that has bogged us down for many years, and allowed us to start working in the space that we are gifted at, and that is helping business owners with their business. It’s Automagical! So how can you get involved? Join in the discussion in our Facebook Group here - www. facebook.com/groups/ bookkeeperrevolution/ Viva Le Revolution!

Many of us work as sole traders and the benefits of connecting through Meetup, networking groups and events are valuable – but they do not happen often enough. Sometimes we need to be able to answer that ‘tricky’ problem right away. I wanted to find a way to connect us and facilitate organic, easy and accessible discussions. Enter the beauty of social media. Around 18 months ago, I started 64 / Issue 11

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 65


Letting Go:

5 signs it’s time for a systems upgrade AKA When it’s time to say goodbye to the software and systems you spent a small fortune acquiring...

B

efore considering your business, I want you to take a stroll down memory lane. Do you remember buying your first smartphone? If you’re a former PC user, when did you consider buying your first Mac? Do you remember speaking to a sales assistant with a list of questions? “Why does it do X instead of Y?” “Can you make it do X the way I used to do it with Y?” “Why are they making us do it this way?” I bring this up because no matter what was on your list back then, chances are you were really asking

one question over and over again with different wording; “Why should I change?” And that sales assistant you were speaking to? That was me in a former life. And I can tell you, I’ve heard all the questions before and I’ve given all the answers.

66 / Issue 11

Sometimes these questions are asked under less than ideal circumstances. Perhaps devices are missing or broken, backups failed, support staff resigned or retired. Maybe the tool is no longer supported by the manufacturer or developer. In any of these cases, you’re being forced into an upgrade scenario that you didn’t expect or want. It’s happened to us all in our private lives, and it happens in business all the time. Fast forward to today, and I can tell you that a great deal of the prospective Xero clients I speak to have come to us because something, somewhere, has broken. But it’s never just as simple as walking in and buying a new smartphone. Typically, the upgrade you want to make to your business systems will need to be approved by someone else, or a group of someones. Or maybe you’re that someone. In any case, it’s important to note here that everyone, no matter what you may think of yourself, is inherently going to want to take the path of least resistance. Sorry to burst that bubble, but you’re guided by biology instead of your astounding business acumen. Read ‘Thinking, Fast and Slow’ by Daniel Kahneman if that hits a nerve.

@OciusDigital

Mathew Grant, Client Services Manager, Ocius Digital By his own definition a regressing man-child that devotes an enormous amount of time to Star Wars. Mat also has a passion for Crossfit (don’t worry, he’ll tell you about it!), and business. He has always been a bit of a computer geek, doing what every teenage boy did in the 90’s; building computers, troubleshooting, and figuring out how to break and unbreak things.

Sometimes least resistance means making the obvious choice to upgrade. Perhaps your entire system had a catastrophic meltdown after your IT guy spilled Mountain Dew on the server. And you’ve been meaning to investigate “that Xero thing” anyway. Or maybe the software you’re using has changed file types and you need the upgrade to be current with your clients. Great! You’re at the point of making an upgrade already, so get on with it. But maybe, just maybe, it’s not that black and white. Maybe you’ve spent a ton of money on that server, or tens of thousands of dollars getting that ERP system customised just how you like it - and maybe it’s all working, to the best of your knowledge, “just fine”. Maybe you’ve “done the numbers” and you’re alarmed at the prospect of spending a few thousand dollars on getting your data moved over to another system. Whatever the reason, it’s important to look at the warning signs along the way to making a decision to update, or not.

This is a massive red flag, and really just means the software vendor is failing to hit sales targets, so they’re copying the SAAS (software as a service) business model to make up for the shortfall by squeezing their current customers. Look for SAAS first business - i.e. those which have only ever operated in the cloud such as Xero and related add-on Apps. 2. Your current IT support warns you away from any suggestion of upgrades, and it suspiciously seems they don’t offer anything close to the new solutions you’ve recommended. It’s pretty easy to see through IT staff who have failed to stay up-to-date with product development. Seek a fresh perspective from a fresh set of eyes and ears. Hey, you should check out this company Ocius Digital... 3. You’re not willing to kiss goodbye to the fat stack of cash you invested in your previous system. If you’re being presented with a ton of good reasons to make a change but THIS is why you don’t want to, then maybe the software isn’t the problem. Maybe it’s you. In fact, there’s probably a few other areas of the business being beaten into submission by this kind of backwards thinking. This kind of reasoning communicates a sense of pride and ego to all those affected by your choice, but not in the good way. Seriously, let it go… let it go... turn away and slam the door… 4. Your staff are languishing in a slow, outdated system that doesn’t adhere to modern design

principles. EVERYTHING starts and ends with your staff, but they don’t live only in your office or on your system. They’re being taken on an educational safari by Google, Facebook and Apple CONSTANTLY, re-teaching them better, more efficient and innovative ways to work with (what essentially boils down to) information and communication. If your system looks like a relic of the 1990s or the early 2000s, their interaction with your systems will become more antiquated and clunky to them over time. Their dissatisfaction levels will grow. Their productivity will suffer. And you can guarantee that there’s at least one staff member that’s been vocal about this, but if you’re not hearing it, either one of two things is happening; your system is actually fine, or you’re being buffered by someone in middlemanagement that is shutting down the discontent. Using a software like Xero enables staff to work any time, from anywhere, with best in industry tools that make their job easier. 5. Your staff are using a smattering of disconnected third-party tools to get their jobs done. Sure, this seems like ingenuity at first, and maybe you’ve even thought “gee-whiz, they’re a bunch of go-getters” when you’ve been shown “how it all works”. I’ve got bad news for you, though; if you need all kinds of different services to make up for system inadequacies, your system is already dead and you just don’t know it yet. We have seen horrific use cases of people making old server based systems

connect to things that they never wanted to, as opposed to a seamless Xero-centric cloudbased solution. There could be a plethora of other reasons you’re reluctant to make a big change, but I don’t care about them. In fact, you shouldn’t either. If there’s one takeaway from all of this, it’s that you should start by looking for all the reasons FOR making an upgrade first. Take everything else out of the equation.

And ask if those reasons will equal doing a better job, lead to faster turnaround times and better efficiencies, or if they’ll be the difference between slogging away after hours or getting to spend more time with the ones you love. If your inner voice is screaming “THAT’S IT!” right now or you’re still scratching your head in doubt, get in touch with the team at Ocius Digital. We’re systems experts in the technology and small business space, and we’ll help you make that list and give you a bird’s-eye view on what you’re doing and what you can do better.

5 signs that it’s time to upgrade: 1. Your software maintenance costs used to be one-time or ‘pay as you upgrade’, but now your software vendor is changing to a monthly pricing model for exactly the same platform.

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 67


Letting Go:

5 signs it’s time for a systems upgrade AKA When it’s time to say goodbye to the software and systems you spent a small fortune acquiring...

B

efore considering your business, I want you to take a stroll down memory lane. Do you remember buying your first smartphone? If you’re a former PC user, when did you consider buying your first Mac? Do you remember speaking to a sales assistant with a list of questions? “Why does it do X instead of Y?” “Can you make it do X the way I used to do it with Y?” “Why are they making us do it this way?” I bring this up because no matter what was on your list back then, chances are you were really asking

one question over and over again with different wording; “Why should I change?” And that sales assistant you were speaking to? That was me in a former life. And I can tell you, I’ve heard all the questions before and I’ve given all the answers.

66 / Issue 11

Sometimes these questions are asked under less than ideal circumstances. Perhaps devices are missing or broken, backups failed, support staff resigned or retired. Maybe the tool is no longer supported by the manufacturer or developer. In any of these cases, you’re being forced into an upgrade scenario that you didn’t expect or want. It’s happened to us all in our private lives, and it happens in business all the time. Fast forward to today, and I can tell you that a great deal of the prospective Xero clients I speak to have come to us because something, somewhere, has broken. But it’s never just as simple as walking in and buying a new smartphone. Typically, the upgrade you want to make to your business systems will need to be approved by someone else, or a group of someones. Or maybe you’re that someone. In any case, it’s important to note here that everyone, no matter what you may think of yourself, is inherently going to want to take the path of least resistance. Sorry to burst that bubble, but you’re guided by biology instead of your astounding business acumen. Read ‘Thinking, Fast and Slow’ by Daniel Kahneman if that hits a nerve.

@OciusDigital

Mathew Grant, Client Services Manager, Ocius Digital By his own definition a regressing man-child that devotes an enormous amount of time to Star Wars. Mat also has a passion for Crossfit (don’t worry, he’ll tell you about it!), and business. He has always been a bit of a computer geek, doing what every teenage boy did in the 90’s; building computers, troubleshooting, and figuring out how to break and unbreak things.

Sometimes least resistance means making the obvious choice to upgrade. Perhaps your entire system had a catastrophic meltdown after your IT guy spilled Mountain Dew on the server. And you’ve been meaning to investigate “that Xero thing” anyway. Or maybe the software you’re using has changed file types and you need the upgrade to be current with your clients. Great! You’re at the point of making an upgrade already, so get on with it. But maybe, just maybe, it’s not that black and white. Maybe you’ve spent a ton of money on that server, or tens of thousands of dollars getting that ERP system customised just how you like it - and maybe it’s all working, to the best of your knowledge, “just fine”. Maybe you’ve “done the numbers” and you’re alarmed at the prospect of spending a few thousand dollars on getting your data moved over to another system. Whatever the reason, it’s important to look at the warning signs along the way to making a decision to update, or not.

This is a massive red flag, and really just means the software vendor is failing to hit sales targets, so they’re copying the SAAS (software as a service) business model to make up for the shortfall by squeezing their current customers. Look for SAAS first business - i.e. those which have only ever operated in the cloud such as Xero and related add-on Apps. 2. Your current IT support warns you away from any suggestion of upgrades, and it suspiciously seems they don’t offer anything close to the new solutions you’ve recommended. It’s pretty easy to see through IT staff who have failed to stay up-to-date with product development. Seek a fresh perspective from a fresh set of eyes and ears. Hey, you should check out this company Ocius Digital... 3. You’re not willing to kiss goodbye to the fat stack of cash you invested in your previous system. If you’re being presented with a ton of good reasons to make a change but THIS is why you don’t want to, then maybe the software isn’t the problem. Maybe it’s you. In fact, there’s probably a few other areas of the business being beaten into submission by this kind of backwards thinking. This kind of reasoning communicates a sense of pride and ego to all those affected by your choice, but not in the good way. Seriously, let it go… let it go... turn away and slam the door… 4. Your staff are languishing in a slow, outdated system that doesn’t adhere to modern design

principles. EVERYTHING starts and ends with your staff, but they don’t live only in your office or on your system. They’re being taken on an educational safari by Google, Facebook and Apple CONSTANTLY, re-teaching them better, more efficient and innovative ways to work with (what essentially boils down to) information and communication. If your system looks like a relic of the 1990s or the early 2000s, their interaction with your systems will become more antiquated and clunky to them over time. Their dissatisfaction levels will grow. Their productivity will suffer. And you can guarantee that there’s at least one staff member that’s been vocal about this, but if you’re not hearing it, either one of two things is happening; your system is actually fine, or you’re being buffered by someone in middlemanagement that is shutting down the discontent. Using a software like Xero enables staff to work any time, from anywhere, with best in industry tools that make their job easier. 5. Your staff are using a smattering of disconnected third-party tools to get their jobs done. Sure, this seems like ingenuity at first, and maybe you’ve even thought “gee-whiz, they’re a bunch of go-getters” when you’ve been shown “how it all works”. I’ve got bad news for you, though; if you need all kinds of different services to make up for system inadequacies, your system is already dead and you just don’t know it yet. We have seen horrific use cases of people making old server based systems

connect to things that they never wanted to, as opposed to a seamless Xero-centric cloudbased solution. There could be a plethora of other reasons you’re reluctant to make a big change, but I don’t care about them. In fact, you shouldn’t either. If there’s one takeaway from all of this, it’s that you should start by looking for all the reasons FOR making an upgrade first. Take everything else out of the equation.

And ask if those reasons will equal doing a better job, lead to faster turnaround times and better efficiencies, or if they’ll be the difference between slogging away after hours or getting to spend more time with the ones you love. If your inner voice is screaming “THAT’S IT!” right now or you’re still scratching your head in doubt, get in touch with the team at Ocius Digital. We’re systems experts in the technology and small business space, and we’ll help you make that list and give you a bird’s-eye view on what you’re doing and what you can do better.

5 signs that it’s time to upgrade: 1. Your software maintenance costs used to be one-time or ‘pay as you upgrade’, but now your software vendor is changing to a monthly pricing model for exactly the same platform.

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 67


How to Manage All a Client’s Wealth in the Cloud A

few years ago the Australian government tried to make it easier for accountants to become licensed to provide certain kinds of financial advice by introducing a special, limited license.

complexity of their work. They might be asked not only how to start a superannuation pension, for example, but also when they should do so, which veers into the realm of financial advice under Australian law.

The measure, though well intentioned, has not been very popular.

Without a formal license to provide financial advice they have to be extremely careful about not stepping over the regulatory boundaries.

Few accountants have so far applied, perhaps unenthusiastic about clearing the significant hurdles to obtaining a license that allows them to give advice only in certain areas.

Kevin Bungard, COO, Class Kevin Bungard is a highly regarded industry expert in cloud technology systems, with more than 30 years’ experience developing software solutions and applying technology in the Australian financial services and superannuation administration industries. Kevin joined Class in 2009 as Chief Operating Officer and has overseen the commercialisation, launch and rapid growth of Class Super, the leading cloud-based SMSF administration solution.

either within the same firm, or as allied businesses. However, most are still using software solutions that are not integrated with each other, or only partially. This means that when the investor wants to know the current size of their wealth, or how a certain action or event affects their tax liabilities or asset allocation overall, the incompatibilities of the different systems which have been developed to manage each investment type make it extremely difficult.

Australian Bureau of Statistics figures show that the amount of household wealth outside of super is about $3 trillion, compared with $2 trillion inside super, if the family home is excluded.

A client’s data often has to be entered twice or more into the different systems, and the professionals servicing that client cannot tell them what is happening in one area of their wealth without consulting someone else, wasting time and increasing the chance of error or giving conflicting advice.

Much of the advice that investors receive in each of these areas has an impact on the other and each needs to be considered as part of a comprehensive wealth strategy.

With self-managed super investors likely to have about as much wealth outside super as inside, investors want an accurate picture of their total wealth. To get it, they need to consult both an accountant and a financial adviser.

Fortunately, cloud software solutions like Class are helping to bridge the gaps that have made it difficult to achieve the collaboration needed to deliver whole of wealth advice and “family office”-style services.

Australian accountants are also being pushed to stretch the boundaries on the kind of advice they give their clients, both by the client and the increasing

To address these issues, and deal with the licensing requirement for financial advice, Australian accountants and advisers are increasingly working together,

One of the major advantages of storing data in the cloud is that, with the aid of the right software platform and APIs, it becomes easily available to all those who need to

The reasoning behind the measure was sound though. The dividing lines between tax, compliance and investment advice are artificial, exist for largely historical reasons and increasingly work against the provision of good advice.

68 / Issue 11

However, what investors want and need is “whole of wealth” accounting and advice on all their savings, and they want them delivered as seamlessly as possible.

@Class_Limited

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

be involved in administering that wealth and providing advice. Data can be updated by either the accountant or the adviser, and is automatically available for viewing by all parties. This can include giving the client access to a simplified view of their data via their smartphone or tablet. Reporting on a client’s tax liabilities, investment performance and asset allocation becomes a much simpler task when all that data is housed in the one place and is up to date. It even becomes possible to administer an entire family office. And as long time users of Xero and Class know, the advantages of this type of collaboration extend

to the whole ecosystem of service providers available in the cloud. The cloud is home to an ever growing and increasingly interconnected range of services that aid wealth administrators and advisers, including market data, legal and compliance services, auditing and valuation services. But we’ve only just begun to scratch the surface of what is possible when professionals can collaborate effectively using a single, cloudbased software platform. Cash matching in cloud accounting software like Xero and Class has clearly been a boon for efficiency but as the amount and speed of data available in the cloud grows, the software will be able to leverage

this “big data” to make increasingly intelligent insights, not just into a client’s investments, but also into the accountant’s business itself. This not only improves fund administration, it will make accountants more valuable to their client base and more profitable by anticipating the services and strategies their clients are likely to need and want, creating new revenue streams for both accountants and the advisers they collaborate with. The future of whole of wealth accounting, family office-style services and advice in the cloud is destined to be much more valuable than the sum of its parts.

What CFOs wonder about TOP WONDERS: 5 OF 6

Check out approvalmax.com

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

How to get audit logs on Bill and Purchase Order approvals Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 69


How to Manage All a Client’s Wealth in the Cloud A

few years ago the Australian government tried to make it easier for accountants to become licensed to provide certain kinds of financial advice by introducing a special, limited license.

complexity of their work. They might be asked not only how to start a superannuation pension, for example, but also when they should do so, which veers into the realm of financial advice under Australian law.

The measure, though well intentioned, has not been very popular.

Without a formal license to provide financial advice they have to be extremely careful about not stepping over the regulatory boundaries.

Few accountants have so far applied, perhaps unenthusiastic about clearing the significant hurdles to obtaining a license that allows them to give advice only in certain areas.

Kevin Bungard, COO, Class Kevin Bungard is a highly regarded industry expert in cloud technology systems, with more than 30 years’ experience developing software solutions and applying technology in the Australian financial services and superannuation administration industries. Kevin joined Class in 2009 as Chief Operating Officer and has overseen the commercialisation, launch and rapid growth of Class Super, the leading cloud-based SMSF administration solution.

either within the same firm, or as allied businesses. However, most are still using software solutions that are not integrated with each other, or only partially. This means that when the investor wants to know the current size of their wealth, or how a certain action or event affects their tax liabilities or asset allocation overall, the incompatibilities of the different systems which have been developed to manage each investment type make it extremely difficult.

Australian Bureau of Statistics figures show that the amount of household wealth outside of super is about $3 trillion, compared with $2 trillion inside super, if the family home is excluded.

A client’s data often has to be entered twice or more into the different systems, and the professionals servicing that client cannot tell them what is happening in one area of their wealth without consulting someone else, wasting time and increasing the chance of error or giving conflicting advice.

Much of the advice that investors receive in each of these areas has an impact on the other and each needs to be considered as part of a comprehensive wealth strategy.

With self-managed super investors likely to have about as much wealth outside super as inside, investors want an accurate picture of their total wealth. To get it, they need to consult both an accountant and a financial adviser.

Fortunately, cloud software solutions like Class are helping to bridge the gaps that have made it difficult to achieve the collaboration needed to deliver whole of wealth advice and “family office”-style services.

Australian accountants are also being pushed to stretch the boundaries on the kind of advice they give their clients, both by the client and the increasing

To address these issues, and deal with the licensing requirement for financial advice, Australian accountants and advisers are increasingly working together,

One of the major advantages of storing data in the cloud is that, with the aid of the right software platform and APIs, it becomes easily available to all those who need to

The reasoning behind the measure was sound though. The dividing lines between tax, compliance and investment advice are artificial, exist for largely historical reasons and increasingly work against the provision of good advice.

68 / Issue 11

However, what investors want and need is “whole of wealth” accounting and advice on all their savings, and they want them delivered as seamlessly as possible.

@Class_Limited

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

be involved in administering that wealth and providing advice. Data can be updated by either the accountant or the adviser, and is automatically available for viewing by all parties. This can include giving the client access to a simplified view of their data via their smartphone or tablet. Reporting on a client’s tax liabilities, investment performance and asset allocation becomes a much simpler task when all that data is housed in the one place and is up to date. It even becomes possible to administer an entire family office. And as long time users of Xero and Class know, the advantages of this type of collaboration extend

to the whole ecosystem of service providers available in the cloud. The cloud is home to an ever growing and increasingly interconnected range of services that aid wealth administrators and advisers, including market data, legal and compliance services, auditing and valuation services. But we’ve only just begun to scratch the surface of what is possible when professionals can collaborate effectively using a single, cloudbased software platform. Cash matching in cloud accounting software like Xero and Class has clearly been a boon for efficiency but as the amount and speed of data available in the cloud grows, the software will be able to leverage

this “big data” to make increasingly intelligent insights, not just into a client’s investments, but also into the accountant’s business itself. This not only improves fund administration, it will make accountants more valuable to their client base and more profitable by anticipating the services and strategies their clients are likely to need and want, creating new revenue streams for both accountants and the advisers they collaborate with. The future of whole of wealth accounting, family office-style services and advice in the cloud is destined to be much more valuable than the sum of its parts.

What CFOs wonder about TOP WONDERS: 5 OF 6

Check out approvalmax.com

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

How to get audit logs on Bill and Purchase Order approvals Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 69


Tutorial

How TradeGecko’s inventory and order management system integrates with Xero

Purchasing stock Keep track of your inbound fulfilments and update your inventory when they are received.

Managing inventory Keep track of your stock movements across multiple shops or warehouses.

All sales channel orders Track your sales and keep your inventory in sync across all your sales channels.

Fulfilment Manage all shipments and returns. Plus allow customers to track their orders.

At every stage data is sent to Xero creating a real time profit & loss statement Purchase invoices Sales invoices Cost of goods sold Payments Stock on hand

Reporting What are your best sellers? What’s driving profits? What are the trends? Easily collect this data with business intelligence reporting. 70 / Issue 11

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 71


Tutorial

How TradeGecko’s inventory and order management system integrates with Xero

Purchasing stock Keep track of your inbound fulfilments and update your inventory when they are received.

Managing inventory Keep track of your stock movements across multiple shops or warehouses.

All sales channel orders Track your sales and keep your inventory in sync across all your sales channels.

Fulfilment Manage all shipments and returns. Plus allow customers to track their orders.

At every stage data is sent to Xero creating a real time profit & loss statement Purchase invoices Sales invoices Cost of goods sold Payments Stock on hand

Reporting What are your best sellers? What’s driving profits? What are the trends? Easily collect this data with business intelligence reporting. 70 / Issue 11

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 71


Interview

Interview you’ve seen to date... the exciting part comes next and we can talk about that later.

of people who love the problem we solve and they are all in it for each other.

XU:

We use Slack, Zoom and a few other tools to collaborate, and there’ll be the occasional early morning or late night to keep the flow of communication going.

It would be great to hear more about what PI does and how it integrates with Xero.

GP:

Simply put, we are a cloud software solution that allows you to run your practice more efficiently and profitably. We connect your engagements to workflow, invoicing and payments and then provide business analytics and a source of truth to tell you where your firm is heading in the future based on actual data. We seamlessly integrate into Xero, Xero Practice Manager and soon to be Xero HQ (shh).

Q&A Guy Pearson CEO, Practice Ignition

XU:

I am joined today by Guy Pearson, CEO of Practice Ignition. Guy has been involved with XU Magazine from the early days and it’s great to be able to speak to him around his very busy schedule to talk all things PI. Guy, can you start by telling us a bit more about yourself and how you came up with the idea for PI? 72 / Issue 11

GP:

I’m always a huge fan of people helping the industry to help their clients get better information, faster with context. I call it utilism (short for utilitarianism) - “the greatest good for the greatest number”, the reason we all became bookkeepers and accountants in the first place. It’s why I started Interactive

Accounting, which could help 1 business, or family at a time. It’s also why I moved on from the day-to-day at Interactive Accounting to lead Practice Ignition towards improving the advisor-client relationship. The industry lacks a decent “source of truth” system, which is why we’ve built what

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

XU:

Why do you think Practice Ignition has been so popular with the Xero community?

GP:

PI was built on the back of knowledge from growing a predominantly Xero accounting practice from the ground up and bringing in the elements of automation only usually seen in software companies. Given the IQ of the Xero community, they just get the fact that they save money (less admin costs), make more money (customer profiling), lose less money (scope creep) and get rid of lockup (no more debtors with PI). I mean who doesn’t love those reasons?

XU:

The XU team quite often bump into the PI team around the globe at conferences. Everyone we bump into seems so passionate and excited about PI. How do you achieve this on a worldwide basis and keep excitement in your team as it’s grown so much over the last 3 years?

GP:

It’s safe to say that my job is to hire and maintain the best culture we possibly can at PI. The company culture is unreal, we have a bunch

We also have an annual conference in April each year (2 years running so far), as get the global team together to hangout and do some company projects, fun activities and continue to build the bonds between team members. Lastly, we have some amazing customers who are quite fond of what we do at PI and it’s easy to love what you do and the problem you solve when you have such great customers. It’s what drives the team and makes them happy.

XU:

I would like to take this opportunity to congratulate you on the big news of your investment recently. Exciting times at PI HQ at the moment. How did you find the investment process and do you have any tips for anyone who is seeking investment?

GP:

Full credit to the team for having a great couple of years and our customers for backing us through the growth. We’re only going bigger and better from here. Investment process is great from a business learning perspective as it allows you to sharpen your tools. You’re always asked smart questions and put through due diligence (like having an audit) which is great for all. Tips. Yeah, allow more time than you need (6 months minimum) and treat it like you’re investing in something so you’re looking at the deal with more critical eyes. Lastly, have a vision of where you are going and a great CFO or ‘numbers’ person to help with the process as it really is a full time job.

XU:

What does this investment mean for Practice Ignition as a company?

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

GP:

Doubling the headcount over the next 2 years and developing a more well rounded structure in the team. That really comes down to separating the functions (e.g. splitting product planning with development so that we can deliver more faster) and looking to build more regionally focused business units that can operate more autonomously. Lastly, we’re doubling down on our focus on existing customers to make them as happy as we can and help them achieve their business goals. Education, on-boarding and customer success will all be a huge focus in this initiative. Coupled with a fresh marketing team that will deliver the story of PI, this will spread the word so we can help the profession change their business model and make the transition to the cloud, so they are profitable and can help more clients.

XU:

What should PI customers be excited about in the next 12 months?

GP:

Payments going global and becoming faster. We want it everywhere, meaning less debtors (or none in many cases). We’re also working on an update to the core engine so that you can put your whole customer base into Practice Ignition easily, and Generation 2 of our analytics part in the app for you to better understand your clients, being a great source of truth for your relationship. But I’m most excited for our secret “flows” project. It’s what you do with a source of truth that’s so awesome and the ultimate goal of Practice Ignition for accountants and bookkeepers is to improve their relationship with their clients. Flows will help firms achieve this effortlessly.

XU:

What are the key areas of PI will you be focusing in the future?

GP:

It’s safe to say, I’ve focused on expansion, growth and laying the foundations in the last few years. My switch is to

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 73


Interview

Interview you’ve seen to date... the exciting part comes next and we can talk about that later.

of people who love the problem we solve and they are all in it for each other.

XU:

We use Slack, Zoom and a few other tools to collaborate, and there’ll be the occasional early morning or late night to keep the flow of communication going.

It would be great to hear more about what PI does and how it integrates with Xero.

GP:

Simply put, we are a cloud software solution that allows you to run your practice more efficiently and profitably. We connect your engagements to workflow, invoicing and payments and then provide business analytics and a source of truth to tell you where your firm is heading in the future based on actual data. We seamlessly integrate into Xero, Xero Practice Manager and soon to be Xero HQ (shh).

Q&A Guy Pearson CEO, Practice Ignition

XU:

I am joined today by Guy Pearson, CEO of Practice Ignition. Guy has been involved with XU Magazine from the early days and it’s great to be able to speak to him around his very busy schedule to talk all things PI. Guy, can you start by telling us a bit more about yourself and how you came up with the idea for PI? 72 / Issue 11

GP:

I’m always a huge fan of people helping the industry to help their clients get better information, faster with context. I call it utilism (short for utilitarianism) - “the greatest good for the greatest number”, the reason we all became bookkeepers and accountants in the first place. It’s why I started Interactive

Accounting, which could help 1 business, or family at a time. It’s also why I moved on from the day-to-day at Interactive Accounting to lead Practice Ignition towards improving the advisor-client relationship. The industry lacks a decent “source of truth” system, which is why we’ve built what

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

XU:

Why do you think Practice Ignition has been so popular with the Xero community?

GP:

PI was built on the back of knowledge from growing a predominantly Xero accounting practice from the ground up and bringing in the elements of automation only usually seen in software companies. Given the IQ of the Xero community, they just get the fact that they save money (less admin costs), make more money (customer profiling), lose less money (scope creep) and get rid of lockup (no more debtors with PI). I mean who doesn’t love those reasons?

XU:

The XU team quite often bump into the PI team around the globe at conferences. Everyone we bump into seems so passionate and excited about PI. How do you achieve this on a worldwide basis and keep excitement in your team as it’s grown so much over the last 3 years?

GP:

It’s safe to say that my job is to hire and maintain the best culture we possibly can at PI. The company culture is unreal, we have a bunch

We also have an annual conference in April each year (2 years running so far), as get the global team together to hangout and do some company projects, fun activities and continue to build the bonds between team members. Lastly, we have some amazing customers who are quite fond of what we do at PI and it’s easy to love what you do and the problem you solve when you have such great customers. It’s what drives the team and makes them happy.

XU:

I would like to take this opportunity to congratulate you on the big news of your investment recently. Exciting times at PI HQ at the moment. How did you find the investment process and do you have any tips for anyone who is seeking investment?

GP:

Full credit to the team for having a great couple of years and our customers for backing us through the growth. We’re only going bigger and better from here. Investment process is great from a business learning perspective as it allows you to sharpen your tools. You’re always asked smart questions and put through due diligence (like having an audit) which is great for all. Tips. Yeah, allow more time than you need (6 months minimum) and treat it like you’re investing in something so you’re looking at the deal with more critical eyes. Lastly, have a vision of where you are going and a great CFO or ‘numbers’ person to help with the process as it really is a full time job.

XU:

What does this investment mean for Practice Ignition as a company?

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

GP:

Doubling the headcount over the next 2 years and developing a more well rounded structure in the team. That really comes down to separating the functions (e.g. splitting product planning with development so that we can deliver more faster) and looking to build more regionally focused business units that can operate more autonomously. Lastly, we’re doubling down on our focus on existing customers to make them as happy as we can and help them achieve their business goals. Education, on-boarding and customer success will all be a huge focus in this initiative. Coupled with a fresh marketing team that will deliver the story of PI, this will spread the word so we can help the profession change their business model and make the transition to the cloud, so they are profitable and can help more clients.

XU:

What should PI customers be excited about in the next 12 months?

GP:

Payments going global and becoming faster. We want it everywhere, meaning less debtors (or none in many cases). We’re also working on an update to the core engine so that you can put your whole customer base into Practice Ignition easily, and Generation 2 of our analytics part in the app for you to better understand your clients, being a great source of truth for your relationship. But I’m most excited for our secret “flows” project. It’s what you do with a source of truth that’s so awesome and the ultimate goal of Practice Ignition for accountants and bookkeepers is to improve their relationship with their clients. Flows will help firms achieve this effortlessly.

XU:

What are the key areas of PI will you be focusing in the future?

GP:

It’s safe to say, I’ve focused on expansion, growth and laying the foundations in the last few years. My switch is to

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 73


helping the product, education and marketing team and dealing with the strategic roadmap, and making sure we hire the best folks to join our awesome team. I’ll be handing off more roles as we go along, my job is to make sure we can scale up and not be a bottleneck by hiring people much smarter than me!

to focus on delivering anything as we’ve hired a lot in the recent past. A lot of these amazing people are taking my old jobs off my plate and so there’s just constant handover.

XU:

Biggest pro - I get to be myself and I get to work at Practice Ignition :)

At the moment, PI focuses on the engagement letter and fee collection process for accountants. Do you have any plans to develop the app to offer these solutions and more to other businesses, and not just accountants?

As we all know it’s very important now and again to take some time out of work and relax. What would we find Guy doing on these occasions?

GP:

GP:

In the longer run we want to help professionals with recurring clients to automate their businesses as well. We’re trying to make sure we have delivered for the accountants and bookkeepers as we see the future of business intelligence in PI to progress towards helping them with their services and clients to focus on lead analytics (pre-ledger) and help them create more value.

XU:

What does a typical day at work look like for you? Or is there ever a typical day?

GP:

I’m lucky in that I’m never bored. I have the gift and curse of being a jack of all trades, so I’m the CEO and the Janitor as far as I’m concerned. My job is to look forward and take care of any tasks that others don’t so we stay lean and agile. Typical day - early start (in office by 7am) and this year, no late nights or weekends work - a first for me in many years. I get across pretty much all divisions each day and just trying to complete the setup of marketing at the moment and then work on our new account management division designed to help our existing customers get the most out of PI.

XU:

What are the pros and cons of being the CEO

GP:

Hard to get a solid block of time at the moment

of PI?

74 / Issue 11

The upside is that they always do a much better job then I did! So it’s worth it.

XU:

Weekends is a start for me, rediscovering what hobbies are! I’ve been reading Lee Childs’ Jack Reacher series, venturing out into beautiful Sydney with friends, and occasionally down to the country to see extended family. Good food, wine and music is always welcome too. Great way to chill out a bit. I’m also planning to take some time off before the end of the year and enjoy an Aussie summer.

XU:

PI is famously known for having great swag from caps to jackets. Why is swag so important and do you have any new swag on its way?

GP:

We’re hugely grateful that our amazing customers help spread the word of the benefits of PI, and the swag we have is minimally branded so that it’s subtle (so people will wear it) and it’s great quality so it rapidly becomes a favourite in the wardrobe. We have snapbacks and T-shirts in the stable for conferences and events. Our advocates are honoured with a very comfy hoodie to say thank you as a more premium item.

welcome!

XU:

The last time we bumped into each other at Xerocon South you were wearing space overalls. If you had the opportunity to go to space, would you go?!

GP:

Assuming I passed the old physical, I’d be in for sure. Floating in zero gravity would be amazing and what a way to gain perspective then seeing the planet out the window as a “small” object. So in short… hell yes! I’d be in my buzz lightyear suit all the way.

XU:

Guy Thank you for your time. Just to finish off, what should our subscribers keep an eye out for over the next 6 months?

GP:

If it’s not already obvious, automation with rules of data entry is coming, so please, please, please start looking at the value add you can provide. Best place to start is building your knowledge on industry segments and putting tools in place to connect the data. Data is king, so you best use it! Also, AI is just a search interface to big data, so don’t be scared of it. It always looks back, your job is to start looking forward at scenario analysis and planning and executing how to get better returns for your clients. Lastly, be yourselves. The above mentioned and your marketing will be so much easier if this is just plain obvious!

+more

We have ideas on new swag, but just throwing ideas around. I feel that shorts and tracksuit pants may get in there so you can have a full PI outfit… but we will see. Ideas are

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 75


helping the product, education and marketing team and dealing with the strategic roadmap, and making sure we hire the best folks to join our awesome team. I’ll be handing off more roles as we go along, my job is to make sure we can scale up and not be a bottleneck by hiring people much smarter than me!

to focus on delivering anything as we’ve hired a lot in the recent past. A lot of these amazing people are taking my old jobs off my plate and so there’s just constant handover.

XU:

Biggest pro - I get to be myself and I get to work at Practice Ignition :)

At the moment, PI focuses on the engagement letter and fee collection process for accountants. Do you have any plans to develop the app to offer these solutions and more to other businesses, and not just accountants?

As we all know it’s very important now and again to take some time out of work and relax. What would we find Guy doing on these occasions?

GP:

GP:

In the longer run we want to help professionals with recurring clients to automate their businesses as well. We’re trying to make sure we have delivered for the accountants and bookkeepers as we see the future of business intelligence in PI to progress towards helping them with their services and clients to focus on lead analytics (pre-ledger) and help them create more value.

XU:

What does a typical day at work look like for you? Or is there ever a typical day?

GP:

I’m lucky in that I’m never bored. I have the gift and curse of being a jack of all trades, so I’m the CEO and the Janitor as far as I’m concerned. My job is to look forward and take care of any tasks that others don’t so we stay lean and agile. Typical day - early start (in office by 7am) and this year, no late nights or weekends work - a first for me in many years. I get across pretty much all divisions each day and just trying to complete the setup of marketing at the moment and then work on our new account management division designed to help our existing customers get the most out of PI.

XU:

What are the pros and cons of being the CEO

GP:

Hard to get a solid block of time at the moment

of PI?

74 / Issue 11

The upside is that they always do a much better job then I did! So it’s worth it.

XU:

Weekends is a start for me, rediscovering what hobbies are! I’ve been reading Lee Childs’ Jack Reacher series, venturing out into beautiful Sydney with friends, and occasionally down to the country to see extended family. Good food, wine and music is always welcome too. Great way to chill out a bit. I’m also planning to take some time off before the end of the year and enjoy an Aussie summer.

XU:

PI is famously known for having great swag from caps to jackets. Why is swag so important and do you have any new swag on its way?

GP:

We’re hugely grateful that our amazing customers help spread the word of the benefits of PI, and the swag we have is minimally branded so that it’s subtle (so people will wear it) and it’s great quality so it rapidly becomes a favourite in the wardrobe. We have snapbacks and T-shirts in the stable for conferences and events. Our advocates are honoured with a very comfy hoodie to say thank you as a more premium item.

welcome!

XU:

The last time we bumped into each other at Xerocon South you were wearing space overalls. If you had the opportunity to go to space, would you go?!

GP:

Assuming I passed the old physical, I’d be in for sure. Floating in zero gravity would be amazing and what a way to gain perspective then seeing the planet out the window as a “small” object. So in short… hell yes! I’d be in my buzz lightyear suit all the way.

XU:

Guy Thank you for your time. Just to finish off, what should our subscribers keep an eye out for over the next 6 months?

GP:

If it’s not already obvious, automation with rules of data entry is coming, so please, please, please start looking at the value add you can provide. Best place to start is building your knowledge on industry segments and putting tools in place to connect the data. Data is king, so you best use it! Also, AI is just a search interface to big data, so don’t be scared of it. It always looks back, your job is to start looking forward at scenario analysis and planning and executing how to get better returns for your clients. Lastly, be yourselves. The above mentioned and your marketing will be so much easier if this is just plain obvious!

+more

We have ideas on new swag, but just throwing ideas around. I feel that shorts and tracksuit pants may get in there so you can have a full PI outfit… but we will see. Ideas are

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 75


Xero place for Cloud Integrators – think again! When I first sat to write this article, my initial aim was to get all Accountants and Bookkeepers to work with an Authorised Cloud Integrator, because I know how much value we can add to their practice! Whilst this would be an amazing achievement, it’s great to have the opportunity to highlight the value of a cloud integrator in the ecosystem...

T

he bookkeepers and accountants I have worked with to date have been very opened minded and understanding of our place. They are proactive thinkers and what I like to refer to as a “New Breed” of accountants and bookkeepers who are happy to embrace change for the future of their business and that of their clients. If you’re not yet convinced of our place in the “support network” for small business, then read on... If you are one of the proactive Accountants and Bookkeepers to which I refer, but have yet to make

contact with an authorised cloud integrator, maybe now’s the time to do so. You’re probably already part of a cloud-based firm, you love the practice management tools and the information it gives you, and what it’s done for your workflow. Well imagine if you could transform your client’s business in the same way… and in turn provide your firm with even more accurate and nonfinancial data to increase the scope of the advisory services you offer. Well that’s exactly the “Invisible Business Solution” we offer to Business as an Authorised Cloud Integrator. With over 1 million subscribers to Xero, it appears many don’t use the full potential of data available to them, other than for historical and statutory reporting and even less are yet to adopt the amazing ecosystem of Apps and Addons for their business.However, many don’t actually use the data available other than for historical and statutory reporting and even less have yet to adopt the amazing eco-system of Apps and Add-ons for their business.

76 / Issue 11

@Invizbiz

Helen Goodman, Authorised Cloud Integrator, Invisible Business Solutions Helen Goodman FCCA is #notyourordinaryaccountant, with 20 years experience as a management accountant in the corporate world, Helen now runs a successful cloud integration business to identify, implement, train and provide ongoing support to small business looking for cloud solutions. Invisible Business Solutions was one of the first Authorised Cloud Intregrators to be recognised by Xero.

identification, implementation, training and support of cloudbased solutions from across the Xero eco-system and in different areas of industry. Rarely will you find an integrator that can cover all the apps, so most will niche in particular areas and business types, for example, Professional Services, Trades, Health and Wellness, Manufacturing, Retail or Agriculture. Not only do we provide technical systems knowledge, but the ability to manage the project from start to finish while facilitating the necessary and important change management process for the business. There are a number of motivators that drive small business to adopt these cloud solutions: • Save time • Save money • Increase capacity • Enable remote management • Provide competitive advantage

Why? Well I believe it’s because they fear changing the foundations of their business, they need a guide; an independent and trusted advisor, an expert in their field to assist them through the change, and that’s where Cloud Integrators come in!

Understanding what drives the client, what challenges they currently face and how the software can help them are all part of the skill of being a cloud integrator. But why would an Accountant or Bookkeeper choose to work with a cloud integrator? What are the benefits and value for you and your client?

Cloud Integrators provide

For your clients:

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Engaging with an independent Authorised Cloud Integrator will ensure your client is recommended the right software for their business. They will receive expert implementation management and have the confidence that their software is set up right the first time. Why is that important? Because their business depends on it! For you as a Bookkeeper and Accountant: The data syncing through to Xero has an audit trail. From original transaction to posting in Xero you can trace the business activity. There is less risk of error in the collection of data and posting of transactions and greater access to non-financial data. As the role of Bookkeepers and Accountants continues to evolve there will be less data entry and transactional processing and the role will become more about data

validation, interpretation and advice. The ability to trace source data and have access to non financial metrics will allow you to provide your client with even more meaningful analysis. Choosing an Authorised Cloud Integrator to work with... The key factors to consider when choosing a Cloud Integrator are: • Experience and knowledge in the industry your client trades in. • Compatibility of style, with both your practice’s culture and that of the client. It’s important to know who you work with, their background and industry and system knowledge. • Understanding of Accounting so that not only does the sync between Xero and the app run seamlessly, but that the Cloud Integrator explains the value of the information now available in both the new app and in Xero. • Accountability; Cloud Integration

is not just about systems its people management and training, which contribute to a successful transition. • Training and ongoing support are also vital for continued success of the implementation. In a nutshell that’s a Cloud Integrator, so there IS a place for us and Xero have plans to grow the channel in the future so we are here for the long term. Hopefully this article has persuaded a few more Accountants and Bookkeepers to engage with us and if we have sparked your interest then you can find us in the following ways: 1. Xero.com at www.xero.com/ au/partner-programs/cloudintegrators/directory/ 2. Ask your Xero Account Manager for a recommendation 3. Check out the App Directory of Partners 4. Simply Google ‘Authorised Cloud Integrator’

Sharesight + Xero Award-winning investment portfolio solution • Automated stock prices and corporate actions • Comprehensive performance and tax reporting • Easy trade and dividend reconciliation

sharesight.com/pro Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 77


Xero place for Cloud Integrators – think again! When I first sat to write this article, my initial aim was to get all Accountants and Bookkeepers to work with an Authorised Cloud Integrator, because I know how much value we can add to their practice! Whilst this would be an amazing achievement, it’s great to have the opportunity to highlight the value of a cloud integrator in the ecosystem...

T

he bookkeepers and accountants I have worked with to date have been very opened minded and understanding of our place. They are proactive thinkers and what I like to refer to as a “New Breed” of accountants and bookkeepers who are happy to embrace change for the future of their business and that of their clients. If you’re not yet convinced of our place in the “support network” for small business, then read on... If you are one of the proactive Accountants and Bookkeepers to which I refer, but have yet to make

contact with an authorised cloud integrator, maybe now’s the time to do so. You’re probably already part of a cloud-based firm, you love the practice management tools and the information it gives you, and what it’s done for your workflow. Well imagine if you could transform your client’s business in the same way… and in turn provide your firm with even more accurate and nonfinancial data to increase the scope of the advisory services you offer. Well that’s exactly the “Invisible Business Solution” we offer to Business as an Authorised Cloud Integrator. With over 1 million subscribers to Xero, it appears many don’t use the full potential of data available to them, other than for historical and statutory reporting and even less are yet to adopt the amazing ecosystem of Apps and Addons for their business.However, many don’t actually use the data available other than for historical and statutory reporting and even less have yet to adopt the amazing eco-system of Apps and Add-ons for their business.

76 / Issue 11

@Invizbiz

Helen Goodman, Authorised Cloud Integrator, Invisible Business Solutions Helen Goodman FCCA is #notyourordinaryaccountant, with 20 years experience as a management accountant in the corporate world, Helen now runs a successful cloud integration business to identify, implement, train and provide ongoing support to small business looking for cloud solutions. Invisible Business Solutions was one of the first Authorised Cloud Intregrators to be recognised by Xero.

identification, implementation, training and support of cloudbased solutions from across the Xero eco-system and in different areas of industry. Rarely will you find an integrator that can cover all the apps, so most will niche in particular areas and business types, for example, Professional Services, Trades, Health and Wellness, Manufacturing, Retail or Agriculture. Not only do we provide technical systems knowledge, but the ability to manage the project from start to finish while facilitating the necessary and important change management process for the business. There are a number of motivators that drive small business to adopt these cloud solutions: • Save time • Save money • Increase capacity • Enable remote management • Provide competitive advantage

Why? Well I believe it’s because they fear changing the foundations of their business, they need a guide; an independent and trusted advisor, an expert in their field to assist them through the change, and that’s where Cloud Integrators come in!

Understanding what drives the client, what challenges they currently face and how the software can help them are all part of the skill of being a cloud integrator. But why would an Accountant or Bookkeeper choose to work with a cloud integrator? What are the benefits and value for you and your client?

Cloud Integrators provide

For your clients:

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Engaging with an independent Authorised Cloud Integrator will ensure your client is recommended the right software for their business. They will receive expert implementation management and have the confidence that their software is set up right the first time. Why is that important? Because their business depends on it! For you as a Bookkeeper and Accountant: The data syncing through to Xero has an audit trail. From original transaction to posting in Xero you can trace the business activity. There is less risk of error in the collection of data and posting of transactions and greater access to non-financial data. As the role of Bookkeepers and Accountants continues to evolve there will be less data entry and transactional processing and the role will become more about data

validation, interpretation and advice. The ability to trace source data and have access to non financial metrics will allow you to provide your client with even more meaningful analysis. Choosing an Authorised Cloud Integrator to work with... The key factors to consider when choosing a Cloud Integrator are: • Experience and knowledge in the industry your client trades in. • Compatibility of style, with both your practice’s culture and that of the client. It’s important to know who you work with, their background and industry and system knowledge. • Understanding of Accounting so that not only does the sync between Xero and the app run seamlessly, but that the Cloud Integrator explains the value of the information now available in both the new app and in Xero. • Accountability; Cloud Integration

is not just about systems its people management and training, which contribute to a successful transition. • Training and ongoing support are also vital for continued success of the implementation. In a nutshell that’s a Cloud Integrator, so there IS a place for us and Xero have plans to grow the channel in the future so we are here for the long term. Hopefully this article has persuaded a few more Accountants and Bookkeepers to engage with us and if we have sparked your interest then you can find us in the following ways: 1. Xero.com at www.xero.com/ au/partner-programs/cloudintegrators/directory/ 2. Ask your Xero Account Manager for a recommendation 3. Check out the App Directory of Partners 4. Simply Google ‘Authorised Cloud Integrator’

Sharesight + Xero Award-winning investment portfolio solution • Automated stock prices and corporate actions • Comprehensive performance and tax reporting • Easy trade and dividend reconciliation

sharesight.com/pro Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 77


Xero add-on software designed to power up your cloud-based practice AccountKit is here to fire up your cloud-based accounting practice. Save time by automating manual compliance tasks quickly and efficiently...

I

mpress clients with sophisticated multi-entity mapping linked to live client data. Sync data from clients across Xero, Xero Practice Manager and NowInfinity. Record client conversations, meetings and decisions in one easy-to-use CRM system. Automate your annual compliance work, such as reconciling equipment finance. AccountKit is the great looking, easy to integrate cloud-based solution that takes minutes to set up. AccountKit: created by accountants, for accountants Together with my wife Paula, we run a busy, growing accounting practice. Our hands-on knowledge of what accountants need helped us identify the underlying core

principles for AccountKit. They are: • seamless integration with Xero, Xero Practice Manager and NowInfinity • customisable design: add your brand colours and logo so it looks and feels like your own software—giving you a professional advantage when you present to clients • easy setup and sync: if you’re on Practice Manager the setup time is minutes, and it offers a full two- way integration: make a change and it will immediately sync across to Practice Manager. We want to help you step away from the spreadsheets, whiteboards and papers and move towards more strategic, top-level financial consultation with your clients. We believe this can be achieved

@AccountKit

Paul Murray, Founder, AccountKit; and Director, Murray Business Solutions When Paul with his wife and business partner Paula began to migrate their accounting practice to the cloud, they found some tasks remained difficult and time consuming. So together they created AccountKit, to help accountants like themselves simplify and speed up their cloudbased processes. AccountKit automates some day-to-day accounting functions and keeps all client correspondence in one easily accessible location.

Cameron Brown

How a video game designer (and accountant) created AccountKit:

after university I spent seven years in a variety of roles, including artist and producer. People often think it’s a drastic change in direction to go from video game production to finance. But with the launch of AccountKit, those design and production skills really came in handy. AccountKit may not have the gameplay of a video game but it certainly offers game-worthy structure, design and flexibility, and it looks terrific too. • calculating potential loan payments including demonstrating the benefits of extra loan payments • tracking your client’s company franking account balances • managing equipment finance, by building equipment finance schedules and automatically posting entries to Xero, cross checking and reconciling throughout the year • showing potential retirement outcomes and demonstrating the benefits of compounding super • tracking tax lodgements • monitoring ASIC annual reviews • building colourful client maps (business structure diagrams) that show multiple related entities at a glance, and can also be used to propose new structures as required.

with clever automation of timeconsuming, day-to-day tasks. AccountKit’s tools help you with many elements of your financial service including: • tracking incoming and outgoing mail • keeping a record of staff professional development training • registering movement of important documents—leases, wills, certificates of title and trust deeds • tracking client correspondence, meeting notes (attendees, apologies, action points), phone discussions and internal messages—so any staff members at any time can access the latest client updates • reconciling inter-entity loans between Xero client files

From video game artist to accountant? Yes, I was once a video game artist working for Ratbag, a leading game developer in South Australia. I completed a degree in finance, then

AccountKit in Action: Case Study: “It’s a godsend” Jonathan Kane is a Director of RBK Advisory, a growing team of accountants with four offices across Melbourne. “I was intrigued by AccountKit’s promise of easy handling of leases. We have clients with up to 100 vehicle leases, and staying on top of their lease agreements was time consuming. For that, AccountKit is fantastic. “Paul and the team are dedicated to helping us get the most out of our investment. Paul delivered handson training which got everyone on board with the benefits. “I would happily pay for just the lease management function—it has saved us so much time. We can easily run reports on our lease schedule, find out when leases are due and determine costs for paying out leases. It reconciles so quickly and building a report takes three seconds. Clients love that they can get quick answers. Having the data at our fingertips helps us provide a better, more consultative service. Jobs that would take days now take seconds. It’s a godsend.

Jonathan Kane

“Getting quick and easy access to the figures for cash flow reporting and forecasting makes life easier for our senior accountants. Now they can focus on more consultative, proactive analysis for our clients.

78 / Issue 11

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

“AccountKit has all the functionality we expect. It integrates with Xero, Practice Manager, and NowInfinity. It can be customised with our branding, so looks like our own Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

software system to our clients. “AccountKit has so many features we are still exploring. We are just starting to make full use of elements such as client entity maps, which look so good. I would not hesitate to recommend AccountKit to any accounting firm.” AccountKit in Action: Case Study: “It helps us present complex financial information to senior executive and board-level clients” Cameron Brown is a Partner with Lawrence Group, a Perth based accounting firm with 40 staff. “I decided to trial AccountKit because it had features that complement our existing services. The main importance is its integration with Xero and Practice Manager—it’s seamless. The group chart feature is terrific. Many of our clients have multiple entities, and the group chart feature gives a pictorial illustration, creating ‘at a glance’ snapshots that clients love. No client wants 30 pages of reports. Creating this manually would take hours—this takes minutes. It is especially useful for reporting to CEOs and senior board members without the financial background. “We have several clients with multiple motor vehicle loans—for some, it is their core business. So, the equipment finance tool helps us track client payments, and alerts us to any reconciliation errors. “The correspondence record is really convenient. We keep accurate records of our advice over the phone, protecting ourselves in case of dispute. “I would definitely recommend AccountKit, it is so easy to use. I appreciate that the team respond to our suggestions. With every update the functionality gets better and better. “Currently, we are rolling AccountKit out across our entire team of 40 staff. We’re prepared to invest time to train staff because we know that the more effort we make with it, the better results for us.” Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 79


Xero add-on software designed to power up your cloud-based practice AccountKit is here to fire up your cloud-based accounting practice. Save time by automating manual compliance tasks quickly and efficiently...

I

mpress clients with sophisticated multi-entity mapping linked to live client data. Sync data from clients across Xero, Xero Practice Manager and NowInfinity. Record client conversations, meetings and decisions in one easy-to-use CRM system. Automate your annual compliance work, such as reconciling equipment finance. AccountKit is the great looking, easy to integrate cloud-based solution that takes minutes to set up. AccountKit: created by accountants, for accountants Together with my wife Paula, we run a busy, growing accounting practice. Our hands-on knowledge of what accountants need helped us identify the underlying core

principles for AccountKit. They are: • seamless integration with Xero, Xero Practice Manager and NowInfinity • customisable design: add your brand colours and logo so it looks and feels like your own software—giving you a professional advantage when you present to clients • easy setup and sync: if you’re on Practice Manager the setup time is minutes, and it offers a full two- way integration: make a change and it will immediately sync across to Practice Manager. We want to help you step away from the spreadsheets, whiteboards and papers and move towards more strategic, top-level financial consultation with your clients. We believe this can be achieved

@AccountKit

Paul Murray, Founder, AccountKit; and Director, Murray Business Solutions When Paul with his wife and business partner Paula began to migrate their accounting practice to the cloud, they found some tasks remained difficult and time consuming. So together they created AccountKit, to help accountants like themselves simplify and speed up their cloudbased processes. AccountKit automates some day-to-day accounting functions and keeps all client correspondence in one easily accessible location.

Cameron Brown

How a video game designer (and accountant) created AccountKit:

after university I spent seven years in a variety of roles, including artist and producer. People often think it’s a drastic change in direction to go from video game production to finance. But with the launch of AccountKit, those design and production skills really came in handy. AccountKit may not have the gameplay of a video game but it certainly offers game-worthy structure, design and flexibility, and it looks terrific too. • calculating potential loan payments including demonstrating the benefits of extra loan payments • tracking your client’s company franking account balances • managing equipment finance, by building equipment finance schedules and automatically posting entries to Xero, cross checking and reconciling throughout the year • showing potential retirement outcomes and demonstrating the benefits of compounding super • tracking tax lodgements • monitoring ASIC annual reviews • building colourful client maps (business structure diagrams) that show multiple related entities at a glance, and can also be used to propose new structures as required.

with clever automation of timeconsuming, day-to-day tasks. AccountKit’s tools help you with many elements of your financial service including: • tracking incoming and outgoing mail • keeping a record of staff professional development training • registering movement of important documents—leases, wills, certificates of title and trust deeds • tracking client correspondence, meeting notes (attendees, apologies, action points), phone discussions and internal messages—so any staff members at any time can access the latest client updates • reconciling inter-entity loans between Xero client files

From video game artist to accountant? Yes, I was once a video game artist working for Ratbag, a leading game developer in South Australia. I completed a degree in finance, then

AccountKit in Action: Case Study: “It’s a godsend” Jonathan Kane is a Director of RBK Advisory, a growing team of accountants with four offices across Melbourne. “I was intrigued by AccountKit’s promise of easy handling of leases. We have clients with up to 100 vehicle leases, and staying on top of their lease agreements was time consuming. For that, AccountKit is fantastic. “Paul and the team are dedicated to helping us get the most out of our investment. Paul delivered handson training which got everyone on board with the benefits. “I would happily pay for just the lease management function—it has saved us so much time. We can easily run reports on our lease schedule, find out when leases are due and determine costs for paying out leases. It reconciles so quickly and building a report takes three seconds. Clients love that they can get quick answers. Having the data at our fingertips helps us provide a better, more consultative service. Jobs that would take days now take seconds. It’s a godsend.

Jonathan Kane

“Getting quick and easy access to the figures for cash flow reporting and forecasting makes life easier for our senior accountants. Now they can focus on more consultative, proactive analysis for our clients.

78 / Issue 11

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

“AccountKit has all the functionality we expect. It integrates with Xero, Practice Manager, and NowInfinity. It can be customised with our branding, so looks like our own Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

software system to our clients. “AccountKit has so many features we are still exploring. We are just starting to make full use of elements such as client entity maps, which look so good. I would not hesitate to recommend AccountKit to any accounting firm.” AccountKit in Action: Case Study: “It helps us present complex financial information to senior executive and board-level clients” Cameron Brown is a Partner with Lawrence Group, a Perth based accounting firm with 40 staff. “I decided to trial AccountKit because it had features that complement our existing services. The main importance is its integration with Xero and Practice Manager—it’s seamless. The group chart feature is terrific. Many of our clients have multiple entities, and the group chart feature gives a pictorial illustration, creating ‘at a glance’ snapshots that clients love. No client wants 30 pages of reports. Creating this manually would take hours—this takes minutes. It is especially useful for reporting to CEOs and senior board members without the financial background. “We have several clients with multiple motor vehicle loans—for some, it is their core business. So, the equipment finance tool helps us track client payments, and alerts us to any reconciliation errors. “The correspondence record is really convenient. We keep accurate records of our advice over the phone, protecting ourselves in case of dispute. “I would definitely recommend AccountKit, it is so easy to use. I appreciate that the team respond to our suggestions. With every update the functionality gets better and better. “Currently, we are rolling AccountKit out across our entire team of 40 staff. We’re prepared to invest time to train staff because we know that the more effort we make with it, the better results for us.” Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 79


Phrase of the day Purchase to Pay Purchase to pay (P2P), formally known as supplier relationship management, is the buzz term that describes the lifecycle from when an order is raised, right up to the when payment is received – and everything in between...

C

ase studies carried out found that companies who focused on supplier relationship, and order management, outperformed their peers that did not at a ratio of five to one! With enhancements in technology the whole P2P process is now slick, simple and efficient, meaning the decision makers are better informed and more responsive to change than ever before. Can I improve my P2P? Would your company benefit from being able to view all purchase orders on one interactive page? Would you save time by receiving automated daily order reports? Would your suppliers benefit from being alerted real time as to when there are new orders, or when changes are made to dates and/or quantities on existing orders? How much more efficient would it be to receive up to the minute shipping and capacity planning information from your suppliers - eliminating the need to chase them to find out if goods have been dispatched or services carried out! If you answered no to any of these common pain points then we, at i2B, salute you and wish you well. However, if like most companies we speak to, one or more of the above questions triggers that lightbulb moment then maybe we can help you! In 20 years of talking with purchasing teams across the world, one common theme reoccurs when 80 / Issue 11

discussing frustrations within their procurement processes...time. Companies find there is not enough time in the day to do “their job” as they spend most of it firefighting, dealing with non-value added tasks such as finding out if an order has been received, or answering supplier queries such as when they will be paid. We at i2B have worked with companies and have removed these and many of the other frustrating tasks in the P2P chain by creating i2B Connect. Originally designed to aid the purchasing department in blue chip organisations, the cloudbased platform quickly became an essential tool in supplier and order management. One of the immediate benefits is the real time integration for order acknowledgement. The portal takes away a lot of the stress and time associated with chasing the correct person at the supplier side to confirm that the order, and associated documentation, e.g. drawing specification, was received and (most importantly) that it can be fulfilled. With i2B Connect everything is done in the portal and everyone is kept in the loop, accessing the same information with the user friendly, interactive dashboard and real time alerts it is easy to keep track of where orders are in the procurement cycle. It became increasing apparent to us at i2B that it is not only the large companies that have the need to be in line with their suppliers - all organisations do, big and small. With this in mind we partnered with Xero and in 2016 launched the

@i2B_Limited

Hilary Kinnair, Co-founder, i2B In 1999, armed with a degree in Business Studies, a passion for IT and determination to always want things to work better, Hilary co-founded i2B. Hilary has found working with companies all over the world a pleasure and a privilege. Her ability to connect with people is the key to a great working relationship.

world’s first Xero’s Supplier Portal app, i2B Supplier Portal. The i2B Supplier Portal is a cloudbased, fully audited platform which integrates seamlessly with Xero. The portal works by securely communicating real time information from your Xero system with your suppliers. As communication is a two-way street, the portal also allows your suppliers to feed information, order acceptance, delivery and tracking information, invoices and quotation details directly back to you. Snapshot reports showing outstanding orders are emailed directly from the portal to both internal staff, showing across all suppliers, and directly to the supplier. The report eliminates the need to manually collate and manipulate the data outside of Xero.

benefits over traditional methods, e.g. email, as it allows for reminders, document anniversary and deadlines to be recorded and automatically alerted when they are in breech. • i2B Supplier portal has the ability to report on the full end-to-end purchasing process. • Simple clear analysis of spend, delivery on time information, invoice and contract management.

What is in it for my suppliers? • Quick and easy to master, and multilingual. • Clear view of information all in one place. • Alerts are sent when an order is raised or changed. • The can see when they are going to be paid. • They can process their invoices using 3-way matching, promoting faster payment.

• Reports of overdue and imminent orders are sent direct to their inbox. Having the latest information readily available means business decisions are made with confidence. This is largely down to a reduction in manual entry and the elimination of repetitive duplication of data from one system to another.

What is in it for my business? With real time alerts, automated reminders and reports, the i2B Supplier Portal is the essential collaborative tool for great supplier relations. • Visibility across all suppliers on one screen. • A joined-up view of supplier data in one place. • Improved compliance as suppliers can tell you when they are shipping goods, or carrying out a service. • The record management module enables documents to be sent to one or many of your suppliers. The module has significant

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 81


Phrase of the day Purchase to Pay Purchase to pay (P2P), formally known as supplier relationship management, is the buzz term that describes the lifecycle from when an order is raised, right up to the when payment is received – and everything in between...

C

ase studies carried out found that companies who focused on supplier relationship, and order management, outperformed their peers that did not at a ratio of five to one! With enhancements in technology the whole P2P process is now slick, simple and efficient, meaning the decision makers are better informed and more responsive to change than ever before. Can I improve my P2P? Would your company benefit from being able to view all purchase orders on one interactive page? Would you save time by receiving automated daily order reports? Would your suppliers benefit from being alerted real time as to when there are new orders, or when changes are made to dates and/or quantities on existing orders? How much more efficient would it be to receive up to the minute shipping and capacity planning information from your suppliers - eliminating the need to chase them to find out if goods have been dispatched or services carried out! If you answered no to any of these common pain points then we, at i2B, salute you and wish you well. However, if like most companies we speak to, one or more of the above questions triggers that lightbulb moment then maybe we can help you! In 20 years of talking with purchasing teams across the world, one common theme reoccurs when 80 / Issue 11

discussing frustrations within their procurement processes...time. Companies find there is not enough time in the day to do “their job” as they spend most of it firefighting, dealing with non-value added tasks such as finding out if an order has been received, or answering supplier queries such as when they will be paid. We at i2B have worked with companies and have removed these and many of the other frustrating tasks in the P2P chain by creating i2B Connect. Originally designed to aid the purchasing department in blue chip organisations, the cloudbased platform quickly became an essential tool in supplier and order management. One of the immediate benefits is the real time integration for order acknowledgement. The portal takes away a lot of the stress and time associated with chasing the correct person at the supplier side to confirm that the order, and associated documentation, e.g. drawing specification, was received and (most importantly) that it can be fulfilled. With i2B Connect everything is done in the portal and everyone is kept in the loop, accessing the same information with the user friendly, interactive dashboard and real time alerts it is easy to keep track of where orders are in the procurement cycle. It became increasing apparent to us at i2B that it is not only the large companies that have the need to be in line with their suppliers - all organisations do, big and small. With this in mind we partnered with Xero and in 2016 launched the

@i2B_Limited

Hilary Kinnair, Co-founder, i2B In 1999, armed with a degree in Business Studies, a passion for IT and determination to always want things to work better, Hilary co-founded i2B. Hilary has found working with companies all over the world a pleasure and a privilege. Her ability to connect with people is the key to a great working relationship.

world’s first Xero’s Supplier Portal app, i2B Supplier Portal. The i2B Supplier Portal is a cloudbased, fully audited platform which integrates seamlessly with Xero. The portal works by securely communicating real time information from your Xero system with your suppliers. As communication is a two-way street, the portal also allows your suppliers to feed information, order acceptance, delivery and tracking information, invoices and quotation details directly back to you. Snapshot reports showing outstanding orders are emailed directly from the portal to both internal staff, showing across all suppliers, and directly to the supplier. The report eliminates the need to manually collate and manipulate the data outside of Xero.

benefits over traditional methods, e.g. email, as it allows for reminders, document anniversary and deadlines to be recorded and automatically alerted when they are in breech. • i2B Supplier portal has the ability to report on the full end-to-end purchasing process. • Simple clear analysis of spend, delivery on time information, invoice and contract management.

What is in it for my suppliers? • Quick and easy to master, and multilingual. • Clear view of information all in one place. • Alerts are sent when an order is raised or changed. • The can see when they are going to be paid. • They can process their invoices using 3-way matching, promoting faster payment.

• Reports of overdue and imminent orders are sent direct to their inbox. Having the latest information readily available means business decisions are made with confidence. This is largely down to a reduction in manual entry and the elimination of repetitive duplication of data from one system to another.

What is in it for my business? With real time alerts, automated reminders and reports, the i2B Supplier Portal is the essential collaborative tool for great supplier relations. • Visibility across all suppliers on one screen. • A joined-up view of supplier data in one place. • Improved compliance as suppliers can tell you when they are shipping goods, or carrying out a service. • The record management module enables documents to be sent to one or many of your suppliers. The module has significant

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 81


The vertical power of a Xero system Customising Xero to the industry needs of your vertical business

on the most valuable Xero tools:

@GoCardless

Nicola Anderson, VP of Marketing, GoCardless Nicola Anderson is the VP of Marketing at GoCardless, the UK’s leading Direct Debit solution. GoCardless integrates with Xero to bring small businesses and their accountants a fast, hasslefree way to automate customer’s payments and improve cash flow.

The breadth and variety of the Xero App Marketplace make Xero the obvious platform for vertical businesses that need a tailored business system. Nicola Anderson from GoCardless explains how Xero’s industry specific apps make customisation and specialisation not only simple to set up, but an extremely powerful tool for your niche business...

M

any small business owners have already realised the inherent advantages of cloud accounting for the efficiency and productivity of their business – in fact, Xero’s recent ‘Make or Break’ report showed that 94% of cloud users believe cloud offers real tangible benefits. But working with Xero and the Xero Ecosystem doesn’t just improve financial efficiency – it also provides industry specific add-on Apps and cloud tools to tailor your business systems to the precise needs of your sector. In short, Xero and the App Marketplace allow you to get the specialist tools and professional support you need as a vertical business, whether you’re a law firm, a property management company, or a farming and agriculture business. Setting up a tailored Xero system for your vertical Every industry has its own challenges for a business owner. Stocktaking and inventory may be hard if you’re running a retail business. Or seasonality may create cash flow problems if you’re growing a holiday-let business, or opening a kids club that will be busier during holiday time. So, how do you keep on top of 82 / Issue 11

these issues in the simplest and most effective way? The flexibility and easy integration of Xero is the answer. Being able to build tailored Xero systems, that meet the exact requirements and challenges of your chosen sector, means you can refine your systems to deliver the absolute best value for your niche vertical. Add project management tools, workflow solutions, invoicing tools and online payment options, such as GoCardless, to the main Xero system and you create an entirely customised business system. As Xero themselves summarised in a recent blog post: “We’ve invested in maintaining this open platform so that small businesses can pick and choose the right tools to manage their operations. They can choose from CRM to debtor tracking and eCommerce to point of sale.” Open APIs and simple integration of Apps provide connectivity, data sharing and interactivity between all the Apps in a tailored vertical system. Your business’s workflows can be simplified, your numbers shared and your reporting on key KPIs and metrics tailored to the most pressing concerns of your sector.

That’s a powerful proposition for any business owner; but Xero takes you to a whole new level when you factor in the power of working with professional advisers and cloud specialists. Finding the best Xero Apps for the job The sheer depth and variety of the Xero Ecosystem offers huge potential to achieve vertical customisation of your Xero setup, and to work with specialists who understand the particular requirement and challenges of your sector. As Nick Houldsworth, GM Ecosystem at Xero, put it recently on the Xero blog: “Our work connects millions of small businesses and their advisors with our Ecosystem of App partners. Furthermore I love learning about how those partners deliver value back to our customers by building powerful end-to-end solutions, deeply integrated to Xero.” To get your Xero implementation right, it’s important to do your research, try out free trials of software, talk to your industry peers and get guidance from vertical specialists. Here are a few key ways to hone in

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

• Xero App Marketplace – with over 500 Xero solutions to choose from, the App Marketplace is a good place to start your research. Break down the Apps by function (CRM, payment, quotes etc.) or by business type to find the ideal App for your needs. • Work your network – talk to peers within your industry and find out what Apps and solutions they use. Talking to other business owners at events and through social networks is a great way to sort the must-have Apps from the expensive duds. • In-house App consultants – many of the big third-party software providers offer training, advice and consultancy services for users and partners. Talk to the experts and find out ways to get the most efficiency and value from their Xero business Apps. • Cloud technology consultants – hiring an independent cloud consultant is one way to streamline the selection and implementation process. A tech specialist will help you choose the best combination of Apps, and can help set up a workable system. • Xero accounting partners – accountants aren’t just ‘number crunchers’ – a modern Xero accounting partner is a fusion of business adviser, finance specialist and tech consultant, providing a blended mix of all these services to your business. If you want a ‘one stop shop’ for getting your accounts, reporting and business systems running smoothing, the holistic approach of the Xero accountant route makes great sense. Having the industry expertise of a number of specialists who understand Xero like the back of their hand is invaluable – it helps you: 1. Target the right sector-specific issues 2. Set up the most productive processes 3. Use the most effective technology 4. Get real-time advice and support from your advisers

It’s this fusion of cutting-edge tech support and real-world business advice that allows you to do more as a business – making the company more competitive in your chosen market. Sector-specific Apps for your vertical Whatever sector you trade in, there are cloud Apps to manage the specifics of financial management, workflow, customer communications and more. And because these providers know your niche, they’ve already tailored their App to your needs. For example: • Clio is a project and document management App designed for law firms. Practices can create and manage client documents online, raise detailed client invoices and even integrate the firm’s bookkeeping with Xero in full. • Re-leased gives property management businesses an all-in-one solution that helps manage properties, send out communications to tenants and store important documents, with a clear project management dashboard to keep on top of timelines. • FarmFlo is an agricultural management App that gives farmers a digital way to manage their activities and planning, complete their compliance work and get full integration of their bookkeeping and financial management with Xero.

payments, but get automatic invoice reconciliation as well, saving on average up to 3 weeks a year and over £2,000. The value of a tailored Xero system for driving success Every sector has it’s own challenges, whether it’s managing the complex inventory items and costs of a construction business, or running an appointments system for your dental practice. Making the best use of the available tech in the Xero Ecosystem helps you face those niche challenges head on. Doing your research, listening to your industry peers and working with the right cloud adviser helps you choose the most effective tools for the job. Your project management will run more smoothly, you’ll get paid on time by implementing GoCardless as a payment solution, and you’ll quickly and easily be able to review your cash flow and sales to help you ride out the bumpy points in the business journey. For vertical businesses, there’s a simple three-point strategy for success: 1. Xero as the foundational platform for your finances 2. Your customised choice of industry specific Apps and tools 3. The industry expertise from Xero partners, your accountants and, potentially, even specialist cloud consultants.

There are custom Apps for practically every vertical sector, as a quick look at the ‘Business type’ section of the Xero App Marketplace will confirm. There’s a staggering choice of Apps, tools and software solutions, covering 13 industries and sectors.

With all three boxes ticked, you have the ideal combination of tech, business support and strategic drive. It’s then down to you to help lead your vertical business to the next level of success, with the Xero Ecosystem and your advisers supporting you at every stage.

As a Direct Debit provider, we’ve had extremely positive feedback from the thousands of customers that use GoCardless for Xero every day to collect recurring payments. Using our open API and Xero integration means businesses don’t just get automation of their

Want to know more about streamlining payments with Xero and tailoring your online invoicing to the needs of your vertical? Head over to GoCardless for Xero to see how our integration removes the hassle of late payment and poor cash flow.

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 83


The vertical power of a Xero system Customising Xero to the industry needs of your vertical business

on the most valuable Xero tools:

@GoCardless

Nicola Anderson, VP of Marketing, GoCardless Nicola Anderson is the VP of Marketing at GoCardless, the UK’s leading Direct Debit solution. GoCardless integrates with Xero to bring small businesses and their accountants a fast, hasslefree way to automate customer’s payments and improve cash flow.

The breadth and variety of the Xero App Marketplace make Xero the obvious platform for vertical businesses that need a tailored business system. Nicola Anderson from GoCardless explains how Xero’s industry specific apps make customisation and specialisation not only simple to set up, but an extremely powerful tool for your niche business...

M

any small business owners have already realised the inherent advantages of cloud accounting for the efficiency and productivity of their business – in fact, Xero’s recent ‘Make or Break’ report showed that 94% of cloud users believe cloud offers real tangible benefits. But working with Xero and the Xero Ecosystem doesn’t just improve financial efficiency – it also provides industry specific add-on Apps and cloud tools to tailor your business systems to the precise needs of your sector. In short, Xero and the App Marketplace allow you to get the specialist tools and professional support you need as a vertical business, whether you’re a law firm, a property management company, or a farming and agriculture business. Setting up a tailored Xero system for your vertical Every industry has its own challenges for a business owner. Stocktaking and inventory may be hard if you’re running a retail business. Or seasonality may create cash flow problems if you’re growing a holiday-let business, or opening a kids club that will be busier during holiday time. So, how do you keep on top of 82 / Issue 11

these issues in the simplest and most effective way? The flexibility and easy integration of Xero is the answer. Being able to build tailored Xero systems, that meet the exact requirements and challenges of your chosen sector, means you can refine your systems to deliver the absolute best value for your niche vertical. Add project management tools, workflow solutions, invoicing tools and online payment options, such as GoCardless, to the main Xero system and you create an entirely customised business system. As Xero themselves summarised in a recent blog post: “We’ve invested in maintaining this open platform so that small businesses can pick and choose the right tools to manage their operations. They can choose from CRM to debtor tracking and eCommerce to point of sale.” Open APIs and simple integration of Apps provide connectivity, data sharing and interactivity between all the Apps in a tailored vertical system. Your business’s workflows can be simplified, your numbers shared and your reporting on key KPIs and metrics tailored to the most pressing concerns of your sector.

That’s a powerful proposition for any business owner; but Xero takes you to a whole new level when you factor in the power of working with professional advisers and cloud specialists. Finding the best Xero Apps for the job The sheer depth and variety of the Xero Ecosystem offers huge potential to achieve vertical customisation of your Xero setup, and to work with specialists who understand the particular requirement and challenges of your sector. As Nick Houldsworth, GM Ecosystem at Xero, put it recently on the Xero blog: “Our work connects millions of small businesses and their advisors with our Ecosystem of App partners. Furthermore I love learning about how those partners deliver value back to our customers by building powerful end-to-end solutions, deeply integrated to Xero.” To get your Xero implementation right, it’s important to do your research, try out free trials of software, talk to your industry peers and get guidance from vertical specialists. Here are a few key ways to hone in

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

• Xero App Marketplace – with over 500 Xero solutions to choose from, the App Marketplace is a good place to start your research. Break down the Apps by function (CRM, payment, quotes etc.) or by business type to find the ideal App for your needs. • Work your network – talk to peers within your industry and find out what Apps and solutions they use. Talking to other business owners at events and through social networks is a great way to sort the must-have Apps from the expensive duds. • In-house App consultants – many of the big third-party software providers offer training, advice and consultancy services for users and partners. Talk to the experts and find out ways to get the most efficiency and value from their Xero business Apps. • Cloud technology consultants – hiring an independent cloud consultant is one way to streamline the selection and implementation process. A tech specialist will help you choose the best combination of Apps, and can help set up a workable system. • Xero accounting partners – accountants aren’t just ‘number crunchers’ – a modern Xero accounting partner is a fusion of business adviser, finance specialist and tech consultant, providing a blended mix of all these services to your business. If you want a ‘one stop shop’ for getting your accounts, reporting and business systems running smoothing, the holistic approach of the Xero accountant route makes great sense. Having the industry expertise of a number of specialists who understand Xero like the back of their hand is invaluable – it helps you: 1. Target the right sector-specific issues 2. Set up the most productive processes 3. Use the most effective technology 4. Get real-time advice and support from your advisers

It’s this fusion of cutting-edge tech support and real-world business advice that allows you to do more as a business – making the company more competitive in your chosen market. Sector-specific Apps for your vertical Whatever sector you trade in, there are cloud Apps to manage the specifics of financial management, workflow, customer communications and more. And because these providers know your niche, they’ve already tailored their App to your needs. For example: • Clio is a project and document management App designed for law firms. Practices can create and manage client documents online, raise detailed client invoices and even integrate the firm’s bookkeeping with Xero in full. • Re-leased gives property management businesses an all-in-one solution that helps manage properties, send out communications to tenants and store important documents, with a clear project management dashboard to keep on top of timelines. • FarmFlo is an agricultural management App that gives farmers a digital way to manage their activities and planning, complete their compliance work and get full integration of their bookkeeping and financial management with Xero.

payments, but get automatic invoice reconciliation as well, saving on average up to 3 weeks a year and over £2,000. The value of a tailored Xero system for driving success Every sector has it’s own challenges, whether it’s managing the complex inventory items and costs of a construction business, or running an appointments system for your dental practice. Making the best use of the available tech in the Xero Ecosystem helps you face those niche challenges head on. Doing your research, listening to your industry peers and working with the right cloud adviser helps you choose the most effective tools for the job. Your project management will run more smoothly, you’ll get paid on time by implementing GoCardless as a payment solution, and you’ll quickly and easily be able to review your cash flow and sales to help you ride out the bumpy points in the business journey. For vertical businesses, there’s a simple three-point strategy for success: 1. Xero as the foundational platform for your finances 2. Your customised choice of industry specific Apps and tools 3. The industry expertise from Xero partners, your accountants and, potentially, even specialist cloud consultants.

There are custom Apps for practically every vertical sector, as a quick look at the ‘Business type’ section of the Xero App Marketplace will confirm. There’s a staggering choice of Apps, tools and software solutions, covering 13 industries and sectors.

With all three boxes ticked, you have the ideal combination of tech, business support and strategic drive. It’s then down to you to help lead your vertical business to the next level of success, with the Xero Ecosystem and your advisers supporting you at every stage.

As a Direct Debit provider, we’ve had extremely positive feedback from the thousands of customers that use GoCardless for Xero every day to collect recurring payments. Using our open API and Xero integration means businesses don’t just get automation of their

Want to know more about streamlining payments with Xero and tailoring your online invoicing to the needs of your vertical? Head over to GoCardless for Xero to see how our integration removes the hassle of late payment and poor cash flow.

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 83


Tutorial

Tutorial

Dryrun cash flow tutorial:

Comparing your Actuals to your Forecast

@dmydryrun

Blaine Bertsch, CEO & CoFounder, Dryrun

This tutorial covers the creation of two scenarios that use information imported from Xero: an Actuals scenario and a Forecast scenario, which work together to build a complete picture of your cash flow... e suggest that setting up a near-term ‘Actuals’ scenario alongside a furtherreaching ‘Forecast’ scenario is a great place to start cash flow management. Let us lead you through the process... Creating Your Actuals Scenario Overview: Build an Actuals scenario in order to establish a baseline structure for the month-to-month budget, then factor in Bills and Invoices.

payments. The recurring budget is essentially a baseline budget that can serve as a basic break-even point for your business.

item. Example: ‘Power’ item. Change your budget at any time by editing the item details (fig. 2).

Hover over the title Cash Flow Actuals and click the Settings ‘gear’ icon that appears. Click the Xero logo and customize the import parameters and click ‘Import’ (fig. 4).

Your Forecast Scenario With cash flow isolated, it’s time to build a longer-term forecast that can be overlaid onto your existing scenario – perfect for sales forecasting, goal setting, or modelling out next steps for your business operations. 6. Model Your Expected Cash Flow Your forecast will be comprised of your expected bills and invoices that haven’t been sent out yet but are expected to affect your business in the mid-term future. You may also roll in potential sales and deals for a longer-term view of your potential revenue.

First, create a new category. In this example we created a category for Utilities (fig. 1). Fig. 4

Enter these likely invoices and sales into the receivables section (fig. 5).

Wrap up: Modelling out both your forecast alongside your actuals offers critical insight for every business decision you stand to make. Viewing your information along a timeline provides you with the visuals to avoid dips in your cash flow – with Dryrun, you can now plan accordingly for growth and operations (like managing job capacity) before a project even starts. Looking into the upcoming months or quarter means you can pinpoint sales troughs, avoid cash crunches, and also navigate potential problems by managing project start dates. Dryrun helps you identify slow periods well ahead of time, prepare for capacity issues during busy periods, plan for expansion and asset acquisition at best possible time and chart the path to grow your business.

If you are reviewing your forecast in monthly consider reconciling with your bank balance on the first of the month only. That way, it may be easier to catch payments that have not cleared your bank account.

1. Create a New Forecast Click on ‘Dashboard’ in the left-side navigation, then click the ‘New Forecast’ in the top left to create and name the new forecast ‘Cash Flow: Actuals and Forecast’.

Fig. 2

3. Duplicate Your Scenario Hover over the scenario title and rename it Cash Flow Actuals.

Duplicate your Actuals scenario before you start importing your data.

2. Build Your Repeating Budget in Recurring

84 / Issue 11

4. Import invoices and bills from Xero

Using Dryrun’s flexible interface, build in as much or as little detail as your business requires. At any time, you can update the scenario with more details.

Second, build a Forecast scenario to predict future cash flow. We’ll then use the Forecast to measure how your Actuals look against your future modelling.

We intend to isolate and itemize your repeating expenses as separate from your variable expenses and income so that the spotlight falls on irregular

Fig. 3

your Xero data, but changes in Xero data (i.e. when you accept a payment) will be updated in Dryrun the next time you click ‘Refresh’.

Fig. 1

Hover over the Actuals scenario title, click on the gear icon to open the scenario settings, then click on ‘Duplicate.’ Rename this scenario to ‘Cash Flow Forecast’ (fig. 3).

Next, create a repeating budget

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Fig. 5

W

Blaine is the co-founder of Dryrun, a Xero-connected App partner that helps businesses and their accountants forecast their cash flow, budget and sales pipeline to create a strategic course of action using visual data points instead of their intuition. Blaine has more than 15 years’ experience as an entrepreneur and a decade as the owner of a creative agency, which means he has spent nearly all of his professional life on the front lines of business.

5. How bills and invoices work in Dryrun Note that bills and invoices are imported by their due date. Both bills and invoices from Xero are categorized by company and named by the invoice. An invoice’s ‘Expected Date’ and a bill’s ‘Planned Date’ override their Xero ‘Due Date’ in order to provide a more realistic cash flow forecast. Changes in Dryrun do not change Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 85


Tutorial

Tutorial

Dryrun cash flow tutorial:

Comparing your Actuals to your Forecast

@dmydryrun

Blaine Bertsch, CEO & CoFounder, Dryrun

This tutorial covers the creation of two scenarios that use information imported from Xero: an Actuals scenario and a Forecast scenario, which work together to build a complete picture of your cash flow... e suggest that setting up a near-term ‘Actuals’ scenario alongside a furtherreaching ‘Forecast’ scenario is a great place to start cash flow management. Let us lead you through the process... Creating Your Actuals Scenario Overview: Build an Actuals scenario in order to establish a baseline structure for the month-to-month budget, then factor in Bills and Invoices.

payments. The recurring budget is essentially a baseline budget that can serve as a basic break-even point for your business.

item. Example: ‘Power’ item. Change your budget at any time by editing the item details (fig. 2).

Hover over the title Cash Flow Actuals and click the Settings ‘gear’ icon that appears. Click the Xero logo and customize the import parameters and click ‘Import’ (fig. 4).

Your Forecast Scenario With cash flow isolated, it’s time to build a longer-term forecast that can be overlaid onto your existing scenario – perfect for sales forecasting, goal setting, or modelling out next steps for your business operations. 6. Model Your Expected Cash Flow Your forecast will be comprised of your expected bills and invoices that haven’t been sent out yet but are expected to affect your business in the mid-term future. You may also roll in potential sales and deals for a longer-term view of your potential revenue.

First, create a new category. In this example we created a category for Utilities (fig. 1). Fig. 4

Enter these likely invoices and sales into the receivables section (fig. 5).

Wrap up: Modelling out both your forecast alongside your actuals offers critical insight for every business decision you stand to make. Viewing your information along a timeline provides you with the visuals to avoid dips in your cash flow – with Dryrun, you can now plan accordingly for growth and operations (like managing job capacity) before a project even starts. Looking into the upcoming months or quarter means you can pinpoint sales troughs, avoid cash crunches, and also navigate potential problems by managing project start dates. Dryrun helps you identify slow periods well ahead of time, prepare for capacity issues during busy periods, plan for expansion and asset acquisition at best possible time and chart the path to grow your business.

If you are reviewing your forecast in monthly consider reconciling with your bank balance on the first of the month only. That way, it may be easier to catch payments that have not cleared your bank account.

1. Create a New Forecast Click on ‘Dashboard’ in the left-side navigation, then click the ‘New Forecast’ in the top left to create and name the new forecast ‘Cash Flow: Actuals and Forecast’.

Fig. 2

3. Duplicate Your Scenario Hover over the scenario title and rename it Cash Flow Actuals.

Duplicate your Actuals scenario before you start importing your data.

2. Build Your Repeating Budget in Recurring

84 / Issue 11

4. Import invoices and bills from Xero

Using Dryrun’s flexible interface, build in as much or as little detail as your business requires. At any time, you can update the scenario with more details.

Second, build a Forecast scenario to predict future cash flow. We’ll then use the Forecast to measure how your Actuals look against your future modelling.

We intend to isolate and itemize your repeating expenses as separate from your variable expenses and income so that the spotlight falls on irregular

Fig. 3

your Xero data, but changes in Xero data (i.e. when you accept a payment) will be updated in Dryrun the next time you click ‘Refresh’.

Fig. 1

Hover over the Actuals scenario title, click on the gear icon to open the scenario settings, then click on ‘Duplicate.’ Rename this scenario to ‘Cash Flow Forecast’ (fig. 3).

Next, create a repeating budget

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Fig. 5

W

Blaine is the co-founder of Dryrun, a Xero-connected App partner that helps businesses and their accountants forecast their cash flow, budget and sales pipeline to create a strategic course of action using visual data points instead of their intuition. Blaine has more than 15 years’ experience as an entrepreneur and a decade as the owner of a creative agency, which means he has spent nearly all of his professional life on the front lines of business.

5. How bills and invoices work in Dryrun Note that bills and invoices are imported by their due date. Both bills and invoices from Xero are categorized by company and named by the invoice. An invoice’s ‘Expected Date’ and a bill’s ‘Planned Date’ override their Xero ‘Due Date’ in order to provide a more realistic cash flow forecast. Changes in Dryrun do not change Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 85


SimpleFund 360

Australia’s leading cloud SMSF administration solution

Subscribe to XU Magazine BGL's Xero Users Special Offer!

FREE

INVEST IN

50+ FUNDS

RECEIVE 13 MONTHS FOR THE PRICE OF 12

INVEST IN

100+ FUNDS

RECEIVE 14 MONTHS FOR THE PRICE OF 12

INVEST IN

250+ FUNDS

RECEIVE 15 MONTHS FOR THE PRICE OF 12

*Includes BGL Bank Data and Share Data Pack

Have you registered on the new system? xumagazine.com/subscribe Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com Founding Supporters: XU Magazine’s Patrons

Funded on:

Between 23rd March and 14th April 2014, we launched our campaign to raise US$25,000 to fund the magazine on Indiegogo, one of the world’s largest crowdfunding websites. Amongst those of you who supported the magazine are our Patrons, listed below: 5mc | Melbourne, AU accountantshub.com.au | AU Account Wise | Auckland, NZ Accounting Buddy | Adelaide, AU Accounting To You Pty Ltd | Melbourne, AU accounts2u | Wellington, NZ AccountsConnect | Sydney, AU Active Admin Ltd | Upper Hutt, NZ Adam Ramage | Melbourne, AU Adaptive Advisers | Melbourne, AU Addept Pty Ltd | Adelaide, AU Addflow | Melbourne, AU Admin Happy | Melbourne, AU All Round Accounting | Port Macquarie, AU Ashton Wheelans Limited | Christchurch, NZ Axis CPA Group | Connecticut, US Bach & Company Chartered Accountants | Indooroopilly, Queensland, AU Barcant Beardon | London, UK Basis 365 Accounting | US BBS Partners Business Hub | Brisbane, AU Beacon Bookkeeping & Accountancy Ltd | UK Bette Hochberger CPA, CGMA | US Biscuit Bookkeeping | Geelong, Victoria, AU Bitcoin Investment Group | Wellington, NZ BizFitness Limited | Nelson, NZ Bollands Chartered Accountants | Alcester, Warwickshire, UK

86 / Issue 11

Bookkeeping With Zero Effort | Melbourne, AU Books & BAS | Canberra, AU Books In Shape | Melbourne, AU Boost Bookkeeping | Brisbane, AU Btom | Pyrmont, NSW, AU Carey V. Downing, CPA, PLLC | Fayetteville, North Carolina, US Chaser | Global Cloud 9 Accountants | Auckland, NZ Cloud Accountants | NZ Cloud Accounting | Oregon, US CNJ Accounting | Edinburgh, Scotland, UK Coastal Bookkeeping For You | AU Concept Bookkeeping | Wagga Wagga, AU Connected Accountants | Global Consult to you | Melbourne, AU D J Ramey & Associates, PC - CPA’s | Brookfield, Connecticut, US Dailey Bookkeeping Services | Southfield, Michigan, US Daily Balance | Elk Grove, California, US Diablo Management | Auckland, NZ DJA Capital Pty Ltd | Melbourne, AU Elite Bookkeeping Solutions | Kirrawee, AU Engine Room CA Limited | Pukekohe & Tauranga, NZ Expert Cloud Accounts | Melbourne, AU Fax n Figures Bookkeeping | Canberra, AU Figurit Bookkeeping Pty Ltd |

Mooloolaba Queensland, AU Finance On Demand | Seattle, Washington, US First Class Accounts - Ballarat | Ballarat, AU Francis Handcock | Wollongong, AU Fullstop Accounts | Cardiff, Wales, UK Futurebooks | Asia Generate Accounting Group Limited | Auckland, NZ Get A Life Accounting Solutions | Far North Qld, AU Gill McKerrow | Brisbane, AU Green Cloud Bookkeeping | Idaho, US Heather Smith, author of Xero for Dummies | Brisbane, AU i-Accounting & Tax Limited | Auckland, NZ Institute of Certified Bookkeepers | Melbourne, AU Integrate in the Cloud | Perth, AU Intersect Bookkeeping Services | Perth/Albany, West Australia, AU Island Accounting Solutions | US Jill Of All Trades | Gold Coast, Queensland, AU Johns Creek Professional Bookkeeping | Johns Creek, Georgia, US Joshua Lance CPA, LLC | Chicago, Illinois, US Julie Russell Bookkeeping | Auckland, NZ Justin Cooper | Melbourne, AU

Katalyst Office Management Ltd | NZ Kinder Pocock | UK Laurus Bookkeeping | Brisbane, AU & Global Nexus Bookkeeping Systems | Margaret River, West Australia, AU NQ PRO Bookkeeping Solutions | Townsville, Queensland, AU Number Nurses | Global Nuvem 9 Ltd | Northern Ireland, UK Orbit Accounts | Melbourne, AU Pavilion Accountancy | Ramsey, UK Quick Win Development | Global Rebecca Pizzi | Perth, AU Redman Tax & Consulting, LLC | Durham, North Carolina, US Robin M Wentzel, LLC | Honolulu, Hawaii, US Russells Ca | Bay of Plenty, NZ Spotlight Reporting | Global Star Strategies Bookkeeping | Melbourne, AU Stratus Online | Southern UK Tally Accounting, LLC | Greenville, South Carolina, US Titanium Accountants Ltd | Birmingham, England, UK Total Accounts | Perth, AU TradiePad Pty Ltd | AU Verte Consulting | San Francisco, California, US Whitehead & Aldrich Chartered Accountants | Preston, Lancashire, UK xerousers.com | Global Your Business Accounts | Sydney, AU

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

SPECIALS VALID FROM 01/08/17 to 30/09/17. Act now! Call the BGL Team on 1300 654 401 and mention codeword "BGLXU11"

The next generation cloud ASIC corporate compliance solution

BGL's Xero Users Special Offer! INVEST IN

100+ COMPANIES

RECEIVE 13 MONTHS FOR THE PRICE OF 12

INVEST IN

250+ COMPANIES

RECEIVE 14 MONTHS FOR THE PRICE OF 12

INVEST IN

500+ COMPANIES

RECEIVE 15 MONTHS FOR THE PRICE OF 12

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

www.bglcorp.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 87


SimpleFund 360

Australia’s leading cloud SMSF administration solution

Subscribe to XU Magazine BGL's Xero Users Special Offer!

FREE

INVEST IN

50+ FUNDS

RECEIVE 13 MONTHS FOR THE PRICE OF 12

INVEST IN

100+ FUNDS

RECEIVE 14 MONTHS FOR THE PRICE OF 12

INVEST IN

250+ FUNDS

RECEIVE 15 MONTHS FOR THE PRICE OF 12

*Includes BGL Bank Data and Share Data Pack

Have you registered on the new system? xumagazine.com/subscribe Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com Founding Supporters: XU Magazine’s Patrons

Funded on:

Between 23rd March and 14th April 2014, we launched our campaign to raise US$25,000 to fund the magazine on Indiegogo, one of the world’s largest crowdfunding websites. Amongst those of you who supported the magazine are our Patrons, listed below: 5mc | Melbourne, AU accountantshub.com.au | AU Account Wise | Auckland, NZ Accounting Buddy | Adelaide, AU Accounting To You Pty Ltd | Melbourne, AU accounts2u | Wellington, NZ AccountsConnect | Sydney, AU Active Admin Ltd | Upper Hutt, NZ Adam Ramage | Melbourne, AU Adaptive Advisers | Melbourne, AU Addept Pty Ltd | Adelaide, AU Addflow | Melbourne, AU Admin Happy | Melbourne, AU All Round Accounting | Port Macquarie, AU Ashton Wheelans Limited | Christchurch, NZ Axis CPA Group | Connecticut, US Bach & Company Chartered Accountants | Indooroopilly, Queensland, AU Barcant Beardon | London, UK Basis 365 Accounting | US BBS Partners Business Hub | Brisbane, AU Beacon Bookkeeping & Accountancy Ltd | UK Bette Hochberger CPA, CGMA | US Biscuit Bookkeeping | Geelong, Victoria, AU Bitcoin Investment Group | Wellington, NZ BizFitness Limited | Nelson, NZ Bollands Chartered Accountants | Alcester, Warwickshire, UK

86 / Issue 11

Bookkeeping With Zero Effort | Melbourne, AU Books & BAS | Canberra, AU Books In Shape | Melbourne, AU Boost Bookkeeping | Brisbane, AU Btom | Pyrmont, NSW, AU Carey V. Downing, CPA, PLLC | Fayetteville, North Carolina, US Chaser | Global Cloud 9 Accountants | Auckland, NZ Cloud Accountants | NZ Cloud Accounting | Oregon, US CNJ Accounting | Edinburgh, Scotland, UK Coastal Bookkeeping For You | AU Concept Bookkeeping | Wagga Wagga, AU Connected Accountants | Global Consult to you | Melbourne, AU D J Ramey & Associates, PC - CPA’s | Brookfield, Connecticut, US Dailey Bookkeeping Services | Southfield, Michigan, US Daily Balance | Elk Grove, California, US Diablo Management | Auckland, NZ DJA Capital Pty Ltd | Melbourne, AU Elite Bookkeeping Solutions | Kirrawee, AU Engine Room CA Limited | Pukekohe & Tauranga, NZ Expert Cloud Accounts | Melbourne, AU Fax n Figures Bookkeeping | Canberra, AU Figurit Bookkeeping Pty Ltd |

Mooloolaba Queensland, AU Finance On Demand | Seattle, Washington, US First Class Accounts - Ballarat | Ballarat, AU Francis Handcock | Wollongong, AU Fullstop Accounts | Cardiff, Wales, UK Futurebooks | Asia Generate Accounting Group Limited | Auckland, NZ Get A Life Accounting Solutions | Far North Qld, AU Gill McKerrow | Brisbane, AU Green Cloud Bookkeeping | Idaho, US Heather Smith, author of Xero for Dummies | Brisbane, AU i-Accounting & Tax Limited | Auckland, NZ Institute of Certified Bookkeepers | Melbourne, AU Integrate in the Cloud | Perth, AU Intersect Bookkeeping Services | Perth/Albany, West Australia, AU Island Accounting Solutions | US Jill Of All Trades | Gold Coast, Queensland, AU Johns Creek Professional Bookkeeping | Johns Creek, Georgia, US Joshua Lance CPA, LLC | Chicago, Illinois, US Julie Russell Bookkeeping | Auckland, NZ Justin Cooper | Melbourne, AU

Katalyst Office Management Ltd | NZ Kinder Pocock | UK Laurus Bookkeeping | Brisbane, AU & Global Nexus Bookkeeping Systems | Margaret River, West Australia, AU NQ PRO Bookkeeping Solutions | Townsville, Queensland, AU Number Nurses | Global Nuvem 9 Ltd | Northern Ireland, UK Orbit Accounts | Melbourne, AU Pavilion Accountancy | Ramsey, UK Quick Win Development | Global Rebecca Pizzi | Perth, AU Redman Tax & Consulting, LLC | Durham, North Carolina, US Robin M Wentzel, LLC | Honolulu, Hawaii, US Russells Ca | Bay of Plenty, NZ Spotlight Reporting | Global Star Strategies Bookkeeping | Melbourne, AU Stratus Online | Southern UK Tally Accounting, LLC | Greenville, South Carolina, US Titanium Accountants Ltd | Birmingham, England, UK Total Accounts | Perth, AU TradiePad Pty Ltd | AU Verte Consulting | San Francisco, California, US Whitehead & Aldrich Chartered Accountants | Preston, Lancashire, UK xerousers.com | Global Your Business Accounts | Sydney, AU

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

SPECIALS VALID FROM 01/08/17 to 30/09/17. Act now! Call the BGL Team on 1300 654 401 and mention codeword "BGLXU11"

The next generation cloud ASIC corporate compliance solution

BGL's Xero Users Special Offer! INVEST IN

100+ COMPANIES

RECEIVE 13 MONTHS FOR THE PRICE OF 12

INVEST IN

250+ COMPANIES

RECEIVE 14 MONTHS FOR THE PRICE OF 12

INVEST IN

500+ COMPANIES

RECEIVE 15 MONTHS FOR THE PRICE OF 12

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

www.bglcorp.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 87


1+1=3 Connecting apps with Xero to perform accounting magic

The word “synergy” is used so often in business that it’s become the poster child for corporate jargon. But in plain english, synergy is when two or more things come together to become something greater than the sum of their parts...

O

wn a first generation iPhone? Me neither. I remember the advertising, but, for me at least, it didn’t change everything. By itself the iPhone was a good gadget, an iPod with a web browser and phone. But it was the AppStore that turned it into a device I couldn’t put down. When iPhone 4 was released, with a front facing camera that worked with Skype, that changed the game for me. That’s synergy. A new formula for business success As I’ve been digging into the

research and talking with our customers and partners about how they use the Xero App marketplace, I’ve reached a similar conclusion: connecting apps with Xero creates a solution which is greater than the sum of its parts. A small business solution which drives more profitability, better business outcomes and saves more time than using any one product alone. But since I can’t say “synergy” out loud without making ironic air quotes, I prefer to think of it as: 1 + 1 = 3. Now I’m no accountant, but here’s why I think this formula is easy to reconcile.

@xero

Nick Houldsworth, General Manager Ecosystem, Xero Nick Houldsworth is General Manager of Ecosystem Partners at Xero. He is an innovative SaaS leader with experience in marketing, technology and high growth startups, across a range of industries and markets. He joined us from Vend, a close ecosystem partner, where he helped scale the business, and led many of their key partnerships, including Xero.

valuable time but to also scale up operations. Connections in the cloud Xero Signals data shows that businesses using cloud apps grow net profit 30% faster than those who don’t. This is tangible, measurable and should provide a strong incentive for businesses looking for ways to grow their bottom line to use these tools. And because modern cloud tools are easy to setup and use, your business will realise the value of the investment much faster than clunky old desktop or disconnected systems. But when you connect these cloud apps with one another - that is when the real accounting magic happens. “We use Xero for our accounting software. Because the data is all in real-time, it makes collaborating with our accountants a breeze,” says Monika Tawngdee, finance manager at Springload. “We find the more we automate, the less time we need to spend caught up in day-to-day tasks. Subsequently the more time we can spend looking at the big picture and improving our operations. Using apps has a big impact in helping us achieve this.” Monika says that using technology to work smarter, not harder, has enabled Springload to not only save

88 / Issue 11

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

“We use Harvest for our invoicing. It makes the process so smooth and seamless. All invoices are automatically imported into Xero, so there’s no manual entry required. For our expenses we use Receipt Bank. It uploads receipts straight into Xero and means that we have a copy of it attached to each expense transaction, saving us double handling when it’s time for financial reviews, because the information is already at our fingertips.” Added value for advisors Cloud accounting not only helps accountants and bookkeepers run their own operations, but it’s also revolutionised the way they work with and advise their clients, which is great for business. Our research shows that firms with large numbers of online clients grow revenue faster and added more clients. In 2012, Andrew Van De Beek, the director of illumin8 Partners, abandoned desktop-based accounting software in 2012, and joined Xero. “For me, it was all about the interconnectivity and the singleledger approach,” he says. “I couldn’t imagine looking after a client’s data today and providing

compliance and advisory services if the customer used a different platform to run his business. Xero eliminates unnecessary errors and saves me so much time in giving sound advice.” “Xero on its own is incredibly useful, but if you use it together with its ecosystem of add-on Apps, you can create a whole new working reality,” says Andrew. Our accounting and bookkeeping partners play a crucial role in helping their clients choose the right technology solutions to run and grow their businesses. Xero’s next generation practice management tools are helping helping advisors become app and industry specialists and improve their value proposition for clients. XeroHQ Explorer, shows you rich information about your client base, their industries, and the apps they use. This provides insights into the industries and tools you can specialise in as an advisory firm, and even shows you which clients you should be recommending app solutions to - helping you add extra value for your clients. And it’s what SMEs are looking for. According to research conducted by Xero and World Wide Worx, 62% of SMEs believe that added value is a ‘very important’ consideration when choosing an accountant, and 27%

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

believe it’s ‘important’. What kind of added value do they want? Technological savvy is, unsurprisingly, a major factor: 66% believe that an understanding of accounting software is a crucial skill, and 30% believe that accountants can provide SMEs with more value through these tools. So where do you start? We’ve also made it even easier for our customers to find the advisors that are right for them with Xero’s New Advisor Directory, which allows advisors to list the apps and industries they specialise in. So if you’re a small business owner looking for an advisor to help, it’s a resource you should check out. The great thing about apps is, you don’t have to solve every problem all at once. You just need to solve one thing today. And the best apps show you value within 20 minutes of starting their free trial. There are some great forums and resources to find the right solution for your business. Our App Marketplace is a great place to start. Search by function or app category to find the right tools to help you make 1 + 1 = 3 in your business. Or rather, make your small business solution greater than the sum of its parts.

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 89


1+1=3 Connecting apps with Xero to perform accounting magic

The word “synergy” is used so often in business that it’s become the poster child for corporate jargon. But in plain english, synergy is when two or more things come together to become something greater than the sum of their parts...

O

wn a first generation iPhone? Me neither. I remember the advertising, but, for me at least, it didn’t change everything. By itself the iPhone was a good gadget, an iPod with a web browser and phone. But it was the AppStore that turned it into a device I couldn’t put down. When iPhone 4 was released, with a front facing camera that worked with Skype, that changed the game for me. That’s synergy. A new formula for business success As I’ve been digging into the

research and talking with our customers and partners about how they use the Xero App marketplace, I’ve reached a similar conclusion: connecting apps with Xero creates a solution which is greater than the sum of its parts. A small business solution which drives more profitability, better business outcomes and saves more time than using any one product alone. But since I can’t say “synergy” out loud without making ironic air quotes, I prefer to think of it as: 1 + 1 = 3. Now I’m no accountant, but here’s why I think this formula is easy to reconcile.

@xero

Nick Houldsworth, General Manager Ecosystem, Xero Nick Houldsworth is General Manager of Ecosystem Partners at Xero. He is an innovative SaaS leader with experience in marketing, technology and high growth startups, across a range of industries and markets. He joined us from Vend, a close ecosystem partner, where he helped scale the business, and led many of their key partnerships, including Xero.

valuable time but to also scale up operations. Connections in the cloud Xero Signals data shows that businesses using cloud apps grow net profit 30% faster than those who don’t. This is tangible, measurable and should provide a strong incentive for businesses looking for ways to grow their bottom line to use these tools. And because modern cloud tools are easy to setup and use, your business will realise the value of the investment much faster than clunky old desktop or disconnected systems. But when you connect these cloud apps with one another - that is when the real accounting magic happens. “We use Xero for our accounting software. Because the data is all in real-time, it makes collaborating with our accountants a breeze,” says Monika Tawngdee, finance manager at Springload. “We find the more we automate, the less time we need to spend caught up in day-to-day tasks. Subsequently the more time we can spend looking at the big picture and improving our operations. Using apps has a big impact in helping us achieve this.” Monika says that using technology to work smarter, not harder, has enabled Springload to not only save

88 / Issue 11

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

“We use Harvest for our invoicing. It makes the process so smooth and seamless. All invoices are automatically imported into Xero, so there’s no manual entry required. For our expenses we use Receipt Bank. It uploads receipts straight into Xero and means that we have a copy of it attached to each expense transaction, saving us double handling when it’s time for financial reviews, because the information is already at our fingertips.” Added value for advisors Cloud accounting not only helps accountants and bookkeepers run their own operations, but it’s also revolutionised the way they work with and advise their clients, which is great for business. Our research shows that firms with large numbers of online clients grow revenue faster and added more clients. In 2012, Andrew Van De Beek, the director of illumin8 Partners, abandoned desktop-based accounting software in 2012, and joined Xero. “For me, it was all about the interconnectivity and the singleledger approach,” he says. “I couldn’t imagine looking after a client’s data today and providing

compliance and advisory services if the customer used a different platform to run his business. Xero eliminates unnecessary errors and saves me so much time in giving sound advice.” “Xero on its own is incredibly useful, but if you use it together with its ecosystem of add-on Apps, you can create a whole new working reality,” says Andrew. Our accounting and bookkeeping partners play a crucial role in helping their clients choose the right technology solutions to run and grow their businesses. Xero’s next generation practice management tools are helping helping advisors become app and industry specialists and improve their value proposition for clients. XeroHQ Explorer, shows you rich information about your client base, their industries, and the apps they use. This provides insights into the industries and tools you can specialise in as an advisory firm, and even shows you which clients you should be recommending app solutions to - helping you add extra value for your clients. And it’s what SMEs are looking for. According to research conducted by Xero and World Wide Worx, 62% of SMEs believe that added value is a ‘very important’ consideration when choosing an accountant, and 27%

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

believe it’s ‘important’. What kind of added value do they want? Technological savvy is, unsurprisingly, a major factor: 66% believe that an understanding of accounting software is a crucial skill, and 30% believe that accountants can provide SMEs with more value through these tools. So where do you start? We’ve also made it even easier for our customers to find the advisors that are right for them with Xero’s New Advisor Directory, which allows advisors to list the apps and industries they specialise in. So if you’re a small business owner looking for an advisor to help, it’s a resource you should check out. The great thing about apps is, you don’t have to solve every problem all at once. You just need to solve one thing today. And the best apps show you value within 20 minutes of starting their free trial. There are some great forums and resources to find the right solution for your business. Our App Marketplace is a great place to start. Search by function or app category to find the right tools to help you make 1 + 1 = 3 in your business. Or rather, make your small business solution greater than the sum of its parts.

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 89


How the right technology can help your company stay fraud-free How safe are your payroll processes? A

ccording to the Association of Certified Fraud Examiners, businesses are more at risk than they realise, with over a quarter of all businesses suffering

incidents of payroll fraud. Often, it’s a case of straightforward criminal intent: dishonest payroll administrators creating ‘ghost employees’ to line their own

@PaySpace

Bruce van Wyk, Sales and Marketing Director, PaySpace As one of the founding members of PaySpace, Bruce has over 16 years of experience in designing, conceptualising and implementing functional payroll and HR solutions for various local, multinational and blue-chip organisations. Bruce heads up the Finance and Sales departments at PaySpace with a love for entrepreneurship.

pockets with an extra salary. Payroll fraud is a costly crime; in South Africa alone it is estimated to cost businesses more than cash-in-transit heists, research by Alexander Forbes has shown. Payroll fraud in Africa Examples of payroll fraud can be found in businesses across Africa. In fact, 2016 research by PwC showed that 69% of South African organisations have experienced economic crime – with the perpetrators being both internal and external. Of the South African companies that experienced economic crime, 28% said they experienced HR fraud in the form of false wage claims, falsification of employee benefits, ghost employees added to the payroll and the misclassification of payroll expenses.

over LD$15million to payroll fraud. Almost LD$3million was spent paying salaries to presidential appointees who had long since resigned, retired or been dismissed. Nigeria is also grappling with ‘ghost employees’. In Kogi State, some local government staff were reportedly collecting double salaries, while others were found to have remained on the payroll after retirement. These examples are just the tip of the iceberg, but give some indication of the prevalence of payroll fraud in Africa. Without the right checks and balances in place, these illegal activities are very difficult to spot and can carry on unnoticed for years. Outdated payroll systems don’t help. Too many entities still rely on excel spreadsheets and manual accounting processes to manage their payments. New technologies can make it harder for employees to steal from your company and ensure that your payroll and HR processes stay 100% compliant. Here’s how automation, transparency and workflow management can help your business combat payroll fraud. Automation

This situation is not unique to South Africa. Businesses and even local governments in the rest of Africa have also fallen victim to this white-collar crime. In Kenya, for example, the payroll manager of the Elgeyp Marakwet County was recently arrested for reportedly stealing Sh14million from the local government. The payroll manager simply opened three separate bank accounts and paid himself three separate salaries for four years before getting caught. In Liberia, the General Auditing Commission (GAC) audit found that the Liberian government lost 90 / Issue 11

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

The right payroll software will automate many of your company’s processes, removing the need for manual intervention. When there is no need for human oversight, there is less chance of payroll fraud. Modern payroll technology can automate the following five functions: 1. Leave management – leave is automatically fed into the payroll system via an employee selfservice authorisation process. The system will notify you immediately should an employee take more paid leave than they’re

entitled. 2. Commission allocations – a payroll system with a company defined commission calculator will ensure that employees are paid their correct earned commission. 3. Data integration – payroll software that integrates with your accounting software, such as PaySpace’s integration with Xero, will further reduce the margin of error. 4. Earnings and deductions – recurring employee earnings and deductions can be set up for automatic processing. 5. Bank account and ID number verification – payroll software can confirm new employees’ details such as their ID number and bank account. Bank details are validated against bank merchant, account type and account number. The ID number is verified based on birthday, gender, citizenship, and a digit check algorithm. Transparency Cloud-based, mobile payroll software gives payroll managers, administrators and employees access to relevant payroll information on any device, anywhere and at any time. Different access controls can be allocated to different roles to protect sensitive financial and medical information. Overall, most information is easy to access and thus, leaves a clear audit-trail. The process becomes even more transparent if your payroll software integrates with an accounting system, such as Xero, that’s also geared towards giving you a full view of your company’s financial affairs. Real-time cloud analytics also allows management to filter data according to various fields and create daily activity reports. If

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

payroll fraud is taking place, you’ll be able to identify it, and stop it, far faster. This can save your company huge amounts of money in the long-run. The more transparent your company data is, the more difficult it is for employees to commit payroll fraud. If people know there is a good chance that their crime will be caught, they are less likely to attempt it. Workflow A modern payroll system allows you to segregate HR and payroll tasks. This helps you combat fraud by adding a second level of authorisation to your company’s payment process. For example, when loading a new employee, the HR department is responsible for adding the ‘master’ information like name, surname, ID number and address. Once this has been completed, the system directs the task to payroll to input the employee’s earnings and deductions. Thus, each new person is verified by people within two separate departments. This makes it harder to create and maintain ‘ghost employees’. Cloud-based software also gives authorised personnel access to the company’s workflow. They can track and review any given process at any time, once again increasing transparency and reducing the risk of fraud. Even the most ethical of employees can be tempted to commit a ‘small’ crime if the opportunity arises. There may not be a cure for human dishonesty, but your business doesn’t have to suffer because of it. Simply implementing innovative and up-to-date payroll software can help protect your company from the costly fraud.

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 91


How the right technology can help your company stay fraud-free How safe are your payroll processes? A

ccording to the Association of Certified Fraud Examiners, businesses are more at risk than they realise, with over a quarter of all businesses suffering

incidents of payroll fraud. Often, it’s a case of straightforward criminal intent: dishonest payroll administrators creating ‘ghost employees’ to line their own

@PaySpace

Bruce van Wyk, Sales and Marketing Director, PaySpace As one of the founding members of PaySpace, Bruce has over 16 years of experience in designing, conceptualising and implementing functional payroll and HR solutions for various local, multinational and blue-chip organisations. Bruce heads up the Finance and Sales departments at PaySpace with a love for entrepreneurship.

pockets with an extra salary. Payroll fraud is a costly crime; in South Africa alone it is estimated to cost businesses more than cash-in-transit heists, research by Alexander Forbes has shown. Payroll fraud in Africa Examples of payroll fraud can be found in businesses across Africa. In fact, 2016 research by PwC showed that 69% of South African organisations have experienced economic crime – with the perpetrators being both internal and external. Of the South African companies that experienced economic crime, 28% said they experienced HR fraud in the form of false wage claims, falsification of employee benefits, ghost employees added to the payroll and the misclassification of payroll expenses.

over LD$15million to payroll fraud. Almost LD$3million was spent paying salaries to presidential appointees who had long since resigned, retired or been dismissed. Nigeria is also grappling with ‘ghost employees’. In Kogi State, some local government staff were reportedly collecting double salaries, while others were found to have remained on the payroll after retirement. These examples are just the tip of the iceberg, but give some indication of the prevalence of payroll fraud in Africa. Without the right checks and balances in place, these illegal activities are very difficult to spot and can carry on unnoticed for years. Outdated payroll systems don’t help. Too many entities still rely on excel spreadsheets and manual accounting processes to manage their payments. New technologies can make it harder for employees to steal from your company and ensure that your payroll and HR processes stay 100% compliant. Here’s how automation, transparency and workflow management can help your business combat payroll fraud. Automation

This situation is not unique to South Africa. Businesses and even local governments in the rest of Africa have also fallen victim to this white-collar crime. In Kenya, for example, the payroll manager of the Elgeyp Marakwet County was recently arrested for reportedly stealing Sh14million from the local government. The payroll manager simply opened three separate bank accounts and paid himself three separate salaries for four years before getting caught. In Liberia, the General Auditing Commission (GAC) audit found that the Liberian government lost 90 / Issue 11

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

The right payroll software will automate many of your company’s processes, removing the need for manual intervention. When there is no need for human oversight, there is less chance of payroll fraud. Modern payroll technology can automate the following five functions: 1. Leave management – leave is automatically fed into the payroll system via an employee selfservice authorisation process. The system will notify you immediately should an employee take more paid leave than they’re

entitled. 2. Commission allocations – a payroll system with a company defined commission calculator will ensure that employees are paid their correct earned commission. 3. Data integration – payroll software that integrates with your accounting software, such as PaySpace’s integration with Xero, will further reduce the margin of error. 4. Earnings and deductions – recurring employee earnings and deductions can be set up for automatic processing. 5. Bank account and ID number verification – payroll software can confirm new employees’ details such as their ID number and bank account. Bank details are validated against bank merchant, account type and account number. The ID number is verified based on birthday, gender, citizenship, and a digit check algorithm. Transparency Cloud-based, mobile payroll software gives payroll managers, administrators and employees access to relevant payroll information on any device, anywhere and at any time. Different access controls can be allocated to different roles to protect sensitive financial and medical information. Overall, most information is easy to access and thus, leaves a clear audit-trail. The process becomes even more transparent if your payroll software integrates with an accounting system, such as Xero, that’s also geared towards giving you a full view of your company’s financial affairs. Real-time cloud analytics also allows management to filter data according to various fields and create daily activity reports. If

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

payroll fraud is taking place, you’ll be able to identify it, and stop it, far faster. This can save your company huge amounts of money in the long-run. The more transparent your company data is, the more difficult it is for employees to commit payroll fraud. If people know there is a good chance that their crime will be caught, they are less likely to attempt it. Workflow A modern payroll system allows you to segregate HR and payroll tasks. This helps you combat fraud by adding a second level of authorisation to your company’s payment process. For example, when loading a new employee, the HR department is responsible for adding the ‘master’ information like name, surname, ID number and address. Once this has been completed, the system directs the task to payroll to input the employee’s earnings and deductions. Thus, each new person is verified by people within two separate departments. This makes it harder to create and maintain ‘ghost employees’. Cloud-based software also gives authorised personnel access to the company’s workflow. They can track and review any given process at any time, once again increasing transparency and reducing the risk of fraud. Even the most ethical of employees can be tempted to commit a ‘small’ crime if the opportunity arises. There may not be a cure for human dishonesty, but your business doesn’t have to suffer because of it. Simply implementing innovative and up-to-date payroll software can help protect your company from the costly fraud.

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 91


Tutorial

Running a till account on Xero If you’re a business that receives a high volume of both cash and card (and maybe even cheque) payments throughout the day, you may find it hard to record all of these sales in Xero without a fair amount of effort. You could try and deal with these as and when the receipts appear on your bank reconciliation screen, but the cash sales will still need to be entered separately – which will result in more work (and possible errors/duplication).

Stewart Halton, Manager, Argents Accountants Limited Stewart is a Chartered Certified Accountant at Argents Accountants Limited and has over 13 years’ experience in practice. He has been using Xero ever since it was first launched in the UK and has been a Xero Certified Advisor since 2010 – always looking for opportunities to make his clients’ accounting systems as streamlined, automated and simplified as possible, so they can spend more time doing what they do best – running their own businesses.

A

Fig. 2

useful ‘trick’ I’ve found over the years is to create a separate bank account on the dashboard specifically for the purpose of inputting all of your daily sales – regardless of how your customers have paid you.

At the heart of automatic enrolment, connecting payroll to pensions

In this instance, I have called this new ‘bank’ account the ‘Till/Cash Account’ (fig. 1). If you’re a retail-type business the chances are that you’re able to produce a till report which shows your total sales for the day, which can be entered in Xero by either selecting Manage > Receive Money, or by importing as a .csv file. Once all of your sales for a particular day/week have been entered, this will create a balance in the ‘Till/Cash Account’ equal to your total takings for that period. Obviously not all of your takings were in the form of cash, so how do you ensure that card takings are reflected in the bank? Well here’s how... On your bank statement you are likely to find regular amounts coming into your bank with a

narrative along the lines of ‘AMEX’, ‘FDMS’, or something similar. These will relate to the card sales for a particular day filtering through to your bank. Instead of using Xero’s ‘Create’ function on the bank reconciliation screen, all you need to do is use the ‘Transfer’ tab to move all of this income from the till account (where the income is currently sitting), to the bank account which you are reconciling (fig. 2).

You would follow the same process for cash or cheques which are physically taken out of the till and taken to the bank as well. Each of these transfers from the till account to the current account will reduce your running till balance – leaving you with the physical cash sales which you have received and have not yet banked (bar any petty cash expenditure which you need to account for).

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Save time Save money Free to use

pensionsync pensionsync delivers data to NEST, Aviva, Legal & General, The People’s Pension, NOW: Pensions and Smart Pension Visit www.pensions.market for up to date information on which pension providers are available within Xero

Fig. 1

92 / Issue 11

FREE

Automate pension data transfer directly from Xero payroll

www.pensionsync.com @pensionsync Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Do your clients need help selecting an autoenrolment pension provider?

www.pensions.market A free autoenrolment comparison website

hello@pensionsync.com Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine 0845 053 Issue2975 11 / 93


Tutorial

Running a till account on Xero If you’re a business that receives a high volume of both cash and card (and maybe even cheque) payments throughout the day, you may find it hard to record all of these sales in Xero without a fair amount of effort. You could try and deal with these as and when the receipts appear on your bank reconciliation screen, but the cash sales will still need to be entered separately – which will result in more work (and possible errors/duplication).

Stewart Halton, Manager, Argents Accountants Limited Stewart is a Chartered Certified Accountant at Argents Accountants Limited and has over 13 years’ experience in practice. He has been using Xero ever since it was first launched in the UK and has been a Xero Certified Advisor since 2010 – always looking for opportunities to make his clients’ accounting systems as streamlined, automated and simplified as possible, so they can spend more time doing what they do best – running their own businesses.

A

Fig. 2

useful ‘trick’ I’ve found over the years is to create a separate bank account on the dashboard specifically for the purpose of inputting all of your daily sales – regardless of how your customers have paid you.

At the heart of automatic enrolment, connecting payroll to pensions

In this instance, I have called this new ‘bank’ account the ‘Till/Cash Account’ (fig. 1). If you’re a retail-type business the chances are that you’re able to produce a till report which shows your total sales for the day, which can be entered in Xero by either selecting Manage > Receive Money, or by importing as a .csv file. Once all of your sales for a particular day/week have been entered, this will create a balance in the ‘Till/Cash Account’ equal to your total takings for that period. Obviously not all of your takings were in the form of cash, so how do you ensure that card takings are reflected in the bank? Well here’s how... On your bank statement you are likely to find regular amounts coming into your bank with a

narrative along the lines of ‘AMEX’, ‘FDMS’, or something similar. These will relate to the card sales for a particular day filtering through to your bank. Instead of using Xero’s ‘Create’ function on the bank reconciliation screen, all you need to do is use the ‘Transfer’ tab to move all of this income from the till account (where the income is currently sitting), to the bank account which you are reconciling (fig. 2).

You would follow the same process for cash or cheques which are physically taken out of the till and taken to the bank as well. Each of these transfers from the till account to the current account will reduce your running till balance – leaving you with the physical cash sales which you have received and have not yet banked (bar any petty cash expenditure which you need to account for).

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Save time Save money Free to use

pensionsync pensionsync delivers data to NEST, Aviva, Legal & General, The People’s Pension, NOW: Pensions and Smart Pension Visit www.pensions.market for up to date information on which pension providers are available within Xero

Fig. 1

92 / Issue 11

FREE

Automate pension data transfer directly from Xero payroll

www.pensionsync.com @pensionsync Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Do your clients need help selecting an autoenrolment pension provider?

www.pensions.market A free autoenrolment comparison website

hello@pensionsync.com Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine 0845 053 Issue2975 11 / 93


Tutorial

How to Set Up Accruals for Time in Lieu / RDOs in Xero

@otmbookkeeping

Carmen Morris, founder and Director, On The Money Bookkeeping

In some industries, employees frequently work additional, unpaid hours that accumulate as a form of leave. This can be added to Xero payroll so that both employer and employee have a transparent method of tracking and monitoring the entitlements for this leave type...

I

n the Australian version of Xero, accruals for employees leave such as annual leave, personal/carer’s leave and long service leave are built into the system. Additional leave types, such as Rostered Days Off (RDOs) or Time in Lieu need to be added manually. This article explains the process for settings up this leave type, how to record hours accrued and also how to reduce the balance when this leave type is taken.

don’t type a space after the word. • Enter 0 (zero) as the Rate per Unit.

Setting up Tracking of Hours Worked Toward RDOs

Finally, click the Add button.

Although you can’t see it in the screenshot, there are more fields underneath. Where it says Expense Account, select the wages and salaries expense account you’d like to link this to. You don’t need to tick any of the check boxes as we won’t be paying any employees using this pay item.

Pay Item to Track Hours Worked towards RDOs First you need to set up the pay item that you want to use to track the hours worked that the employees aren’t being paid for, (in the short term at least). Go to Settings > General Settings > Payroll Settings > Pay Items > Earnings > Add > Ordinary Times Earnings.

Carmen is the founder and Director of On The Money Bookkeeping, based in Melbourne, Australia specialising in Xero. She is passionate about technology and accounting, and her organisation offers business keeping, not just bookkeeping.

Now click on Leave in the menu on the left of the screen you’re already on and click Add > Paid Leave. If you’re not sure where I mean, this is accessible from Settings > General Settings > Payroll Settings > Pay Items > Leave > Add > Paid Leave. A few things are important as follows: • Enter Hours in the Type of Units field and make sure that you don’t type a space after the word. • There is an alternative method you can use to accrue RDOs based on the Normal Entitlement field, but if you want to track RDO hours accurately via the timesheet method that I’m guiding you through here, then it’s best to leave this blank. • There’s a tickbox when you scroll further down, which gives you the option to display the balance of the RDOs on the employees’ payslips. Whether you display this or not is entirely up to you. Set up Employee to Accrue RDOs

Fill out the fields like the screenshot below. You want to make sure that your Earnings Name makes it clear that it’s not hours taken for RDOs, as someone new who doesn’t understand a lot about payroll may easily confuse the two. A few things are important here: • Select Rate per Unit for the Rate Type field. • Type Hours in the Type of Units field and make sure that you 94 / Issue 11

Fig. 1

Leave Item to Track Number of Hours of RDOs Accrued and Owed to Employee

Now we need to set up the employees’ pay templates to accrue RDOs. Go to Payroll > Employees and select the relevant employee(s). Now click on the Leave tab and click on Assign Leave Type. Choose RDO from the Leave drop-down menu. In the Leave Calculation Method field, select Manually Recorded Rate. If your employee already has an opening balance, enter it here. Where it says

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 95


Tutorial

How to Set Up Accruals for Time in Lieu / RDOs in Xero

@otmbookkeeping

Carmen Morris, founder and Director, On The Money Bookkeeping

In some industries, employees frequently work additional, unpaid hours that accumulate as a form of leave. This can be added to Xero payroll so that both employer and employee have a transparent method of tracking and monitoring the entitlements for this leave type...

I

n the Australian version of Xero, accruals for employees leave such as annual leave, personal/carer’s leave and long service leave are built into the system. Additional leave types, such as Rostered Days Off (RDOs) or Time in Lieu need to be added manually. This article explains the process for settings up this leave type, how to record hours accrued and also how to reduce the balance when this leave type is taken.

don’t type a space after the word. • Enter 0 (zero) as the Rate per Unit.

Setting up Tracking of Hours Worked Toward RDOs

Finally, click the Add button.

Although you can’t see it in the screenshot, there are more fields underneath. Where it says Expense Account, select the wages and salaries expense account you’d like to link this to. You don’t need to tick any of the check boxes as we won’t be paying any employees using this pay item.

Pay Item to Track Hours Worked towards RDOs First you need to set up the pay item that you want to use to track the hours worked that the employees aren’t being paid for, (in the short term at least). Go to Settings > General Settings > Payroll Settings > Pay Items > Earnings > Add > Ordinary Times Earnings.

Carmen is the founder and Director of On The Money Bookkeeping, based in Melbourne, Australia specialising in Xero. She is passionate about technology and accounting, and her organisation offers business keeping, not just bookkeeping.

Now click on Leave in the menu on the left of the screen you’re already on and click Add > Paid Leave. If you’re not sure where I mean, this is accessible from Settings > General Settings > Payroll Settings > Pay Items > Leave > Add > Paid Leave. A few things are important as follows: • Enter Hours in the Type of Units field and make sure that you don’t type a space after the word. • There is an alternative method you can use to accrue RDOs based on the Normal Entitlement field, but if you want to track RDO hours accurately via the timesheet method that I’m guiding you through here, then it’s best to leave this blank. • There’s a tickbox when you scroll further down, which gives you the option to display the balance of the RDOs on the employees’ payslips. Whether you display this or not is entirely up to you. Set up Employee to Accrue RDOs

Fill out the fields like the screenshot below. You want to make sure that your Earnings Name makes it clear that it’s not hours taken for RDOs, as someone new who doesn’t understand a lot about payroll may easily confuse the two. A few things are important here: • Select Rate per Unit for the Rate Type field. • Type Hours in the Type of Units field and make sure that you 94 / Issue 11

Fig. 1

Leave Item to Track Number of Hours of RDOs Accrued and Owed to Employee

Now we need to set up the employees’ pay templates to accrue RDOs. Go to Payroll > Employees and select the relevant employee(s). Now click on the Leave tab and click on Assign Leave Type. Choose RDO from the Leave drop-down menu. In the Leave Calculation Method field, select Manually Recorded Rate. If your employee already has an opening balance, enter it here. Where it says

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 95


Tutorial

Just one word of caution here. RDOs paid out on termination often form part of an Eligible Termination Payment (ETP), which attracts different tax treatment as well as needing to be reported separately from the rest of the earnings reported on the Payment Summary (formerly Group Certificate). Entering Timesheets Now that the setup is complete, you can go ahead and enter your employees’ timesheets. Go to Payroll > Timesheets > Add Timesheet. Select the relevant employee and pay period and click Save. You will need to enter the hours worked that the employee is being paid for. Select the earnings rate required for each line and add additional lines as needed. Enter ordinary hours, overtime hours and whatever else is being paid on an hourly basis. Then select the hourly rate you created earlier, which we called Hours worked towards RDOs. Enter the amount of hours that the employee worked towards their RDOs but is not getting paid for and needs to contribute to their RDO balance. When you’re done, click the green Approve button. You can revert back to a draft if you need to correct anything. Another option that you have is that you can save it as a template to use again next pay period. This will make it quicker next time around and you will only need to enter the variations.

Fig. 2

See the screenshot (fig. 2). We’ve

used a scenario of an employee, James Lebron, being paid on a weekly pay cycle. He’s working a 40-hour week but is being paid for 38 hours and the remaining 2 unpaid hours are being added to his RDO balance. Entering a Pay Run So now we’re ready to enter a pay run using the timesheet data entered earlier. Go to Payroll > Pay Runs > Add Pay Run and select the relevant pay period and click the green Next button. Let’s click into James’ pay to see what’s happening. As there is a lot of information in the pay run that we don’t need to look at for this example, I’ve only pasted two screenshots showing the top and bottom sections of the pay run. Figure 3 shows the hours that the pay run has pulled from the timesheet. Notice how the Hours worked towards RDOs shows the 2 hours, but at a $0 hourly rate. You’ll also notice that the hours are locked. You can’t edit them from this view. If you’ve made a mistake, you’ll need to unlock the timesheet and make the corrections there.

and post the pay run. Now click here to have a look at the pay slip to see what the employee sees. You’ll notice that the 2 hours that you can see at the top of the pay run as the payroll administrator are not visible to the employee. The employee will only see the hours they’ve accrued, (and taken), in that particular pay period at the bottom of the pay slip.

Asset.Guru – More than a fixed asset register

Taking RDOs Putting in a Leave Request for RDOs

Find out why Australian customers from Brisbane to Perth are choosing Asset.Guru Perfect for:

Now take a look at the bottom section of the pay run for James. The RDO leave type has a blank field. You need to enter the 2 hours from the top section of the pay run into this section at the bottom. Remember to save the changes you’ve made to the employee’s pay

So now we need to look at how to process a day off and an employee using up some of their RDO hours. You’ll need to create an application for leave. As the RDO is effectively being treated as a leave type in Xero, we need to follow the same process as we would if the employee was taking annual leave or personal/carer’s leave. There are a couple of different screens that you can enter this from, but it doesn’t matter which one you choose. Here are your options: • Payroll > Leave > New Leave Request • Payroll > Employees > [Employee Name] > Leave > New Leave Request

96 / Issue 11

Elegant Asset Management

The reason why we use this method of entering the hours into a timesheet first is so that the payroll administrator is less likely to make errors. By entering the timesheets a day at a time and making sure that the total number of hours match for each day and each week, and that the hours are correctly allocated to each pay item, accuracy is increased. It’s easy to get confused when you’ve got a lot of different pay items and you’re relying on your brain power. If you’re having a bad day or working late at night, errors are just too easy to make.

Fig. 3

On termination used balance is select Paid Out. When you’re done, click the green Save button.

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Not For Profits

Landscaping firms

Volunteer organisations

Farming

Engineering firms

Entertainment

Schools

Clubs

“I like Asset.Guru – it’s straightforward and does what it says it does with an intuitive UI, and that’s saying a lot in this business” Vice President Finance – emyth

Book a demo today

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

sales@asset.guru www.asset.guru/xero Issue 11 / 97

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine


Tutorial

Just one word of caution here. RDOs paid out on termination often form part of an Eligible Termination Payment (ETP), which attracts different tax treatment as well as needing to be reported separately from the rest of the earnings reported on the Payment Summary (formerly Group Certificate). Entering Timesheets Now that the setup is complete, you can go ahead and enter your employees’ timesheets. Go to Payroll > Timesheets > Add Timesheet. Select the relevant employee and pay period and click Save. You will need to enter the hours worked that the employee is being paid for. Select the earnings rate required for each line and add additional lines as needed. Enter ordinary hours, overtime hours and whatever else is being paid on an hourly basis. Then select the hourly rate you created earlier, which we called Hours worked towards RDOs. Enter the amount of hours that the employee worked towards their RDOs but is not getting paid for and needs to contribute to their RDO balance. When you’re done, click the green Approve button. You can revert back to a draft if you need to correct anything. Another option that you have is that you can save it as a template to use again next pay period. This will make it quicker next time around and you will only need to enter the variations.

Fig. 2

See the screenshot (fig. 2). We’ve

used a scenario of an employee, James Lebron, being paid on a weekly pay cycle. He’s working a 40-hour week but is being paid for 38 hours and the remaining 2 unpaid hours are being added to his RDO balance. Entering a Pay Run So now we’re ready to enter a pay run using the timesheet data entered earlier. Go to Payroll > Pay Runs > Add Pay Run and select the relevant pay period and click the green Next button. Let’s click into James’ pay to see what’s happening. As there is a lot of information in the pay run that we don’t need to look at for this example, I’ve only pasted two screenshots showing the top and bottom sections of the pay run. Figure 3 shows the hours that the pay run has pulled from the timesheet. Notice how the Hours worked towards RDOs shows the 2 hours, but at a $0 hourly rate. You’ll also notice that the hours are locked. You can’t edit them from this view. If you’ve made a mistake, you’ll need to unlock the timesheet and make the corrections there.

and post the pay run. Now click here to have a look at the pay slip to see what the employee sees. You’ll notice that the 2 hours that you can see at the top of the pay run as the payroll administrator are not visible to the employee. The employee will only see the hours they’ve accrued, (and taken), in that particular pay period at the bottom of the pay slip.

Asset.Guru – More than a fixed asset register

Taking RDOs Putting in a Leave Request for RDOs

Find out why Australian customers from Brisbane to Perth are choosing Asset.Guru Perfect for:

Now take a look at the bottom section of the pay run for James. The RDO leave type has a blank field. You need to enter the 2 hours from the top section of the pay run into this section at the bottom. Remember to save the changes you’ve made to the employee’s pay

So now we need to look at how to process a day off and an employee using up some of their RDO hours. You’ll need to create an application for leave. As the RDO is effectively being treated as a leave type in Xero, we need to follow the same process as we would if the employee was taking annual leave or personal/carer’s leave. There are a couple of different screens that you can enter this from, but it doesn’t matter which one you choose. Here are your options: • Payroll > Leave > New Leave Request • Payroll > Employees > [Employee Name] > Leave > New Leave Request

96 / Issue 11

Elegant Asset Management

The reason why we use this method of entering the hours into a timesheet first is so that the payroll administrator is less likely to make errors. By entering the timesheets a day at a time and making sure that the total number of hours match for each day and each week, and that the hours are correctly allocated to each pay item, accuracy is increased. It’s easy to get confused when you’ve got a lot of different pay items and you’re relying on your brain power. If you’re having a bad day or working late at night, errors are just too easy to make.

Fig. 3

On termination used balance is select Paid Out. When you’re done, click the green Save button.

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Not For Profits

Landscaping firms

Volunteer organisations

Farming

Engineering firms

Entertainment

Schools

Clubs

“I like Asset.Guru – it’s straightforward and does what it says it does with an intuitive UI, and that’s saying a lot in this business” Vice President Finance – emyth

Book a demo today

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

sales@asset.guru www.asset.guru/xero Issue 11 / 97

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine


You’ll then need to select the employee (option 1 only), leave type taken, description, start and end dates and confirm the total hours. Figure 4 shows you what this step looks like. You’ll notice that the number of RDO hours currently available shows up here. You can then decide whether or not to let an employee have a negative RDO balance after you’ve entered the leave request.

Fig. 5

Tutorial

A till that just works…

unpaid hours that they are accruing towards their RDO balance, this should be zero. Remember that the pay run only shows hours accrued, not hours used, or taken.

The Good Till is one of the UK’s most intuitive, stylish and affordable iPad point-of-sale systems. It gives you the power to manage and grow your business with ease. To make the lives of our clients (and their accountants) as easy as possible, we integrate our POS systems with the world’s leading accounting platforms. Key accounting fields synchronise automatically from our EPOS app, saving you time, hassle and reducing the risk of human error.

Pay Slip Showing RDOs Taken Fig. 4

THE ACCOUNTANT-FRIENDLY TILL SYSTEM

Fig. 6

Figure 7 shows what the pay slip looks like to the employee on a week we’re they’ve taken an RDO.

When you enter the timesheets for the week that the employee is taking an RDO, enter only the hours worked. In this example I’ve entered 4 days at 7.6 hours each for James. I’ve kept it simple and haven’t bothered with 0.4 unpaid hours for the four days that were worked. The fifth day of 7.6 hours will get added via the approved leave application when you enter the pay run. Let’s have a look at a pay run now, broken down into the top and bottom sections again across two screenshots. Entering a Pay Run that Includes a Week with RDOs You can see in figure 5 that the hours are locked again. The pay run has drawn the ordinary hours from the timesheet and the RDO from the approved leave application. If you compare it to the screen shot earlier, you’ll see that the dollar value is exactly the same, as we’re still paying 38 hours. In figure 6 you’ll see that the hours for RDOs are zero this pay cycle. Unless the employee has worked 98 / Issue 11

PAID BY Demo Company (AU) 23 Main Street

Fig. 7

Entering Timesheets For a Week Including RDOs

The bottom section shows that 7.6 hours of leave have been taken and that the employee has a balance of 0.4 RDO hours remaining.

Marineville NSW 2000 ABN 11 111 111 138

EMPLOYMENT DETAILS Pay Frequency: Weekly Annual Salary: $40,000.00

James Lebron 123 Main St St. Kilda VIC 3182

Pay Period: 15/11/2016 - 21/11/2016

Total Earnings: $767.12

Payment Date: 22/11/2016

SALARY & WAGES Ordinary Hours RDO

THIS PAY

YTD

$5,216.44

O U R PA R T N E R S

RATE 30.4000

$20.1875

$613.70

7.6000

$20.1875

$153.42

$153.42

TOTAL

$767.12

$5,369.86

$10.00

$50.00

TOTAL

$10.00

$50.00

$84.00

$608.00

$0.00

$0.00

$84.00

$608.00

$69.04

$483.28

DEDUCTIONS Union Fees/Subscriptions

TAX PAYG Tax HELP Component TOTAL

SUPERANNUATION SGC - HESTA Super Fund - 1234 Salary Sacrifice - HESTA Super Fund - 1234

$50.00

$250.00

$119.04

$733.28

ACCRUED

USED

BALANCE

2.9151

0.0000

120.4055

0.0000

7.6000

0.4000

TOTAL

LEAVE Annual Leave in Hours RDO in Hours

PAYMENT DETAILS (122-344)***678 (123-443)***5678

Net Pay: $623.12

James Lebron Savings James Lebron

REFERENCE

AMOUNT

Salary Salary

$200.00 $423.12

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

WWW.THEGOODTILL.COM

• Low cost iPad-based POS system • Industry leading hardware and software solution • Fully customisable for individual businesses • Intelligent reporting and management information • Integrated with major accountancy platforms for maximum efficiency • UK-based tech support • FREE 30 day trial

0203 764 0800

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

HELLO@THEGOODTILL.COM

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 99


You’ll then need to select the employee (option 1 only), leave type taken, description, start and end dates and confirm the total hours. Figure 4 shows you what this step looks like. You’ll notice that the number of RDO hours currently available shows up here. You can then decide whether or not to let an employee have a negative RDO balance after you’ve entered the leave request.

Fig. 5

Tutorial

A till that just works…

unpaid hours that they are accruing towards their RDO balance, this should be zero. Remember that the pay run only shows hours accrued, not hours used, or taken.

The Good Till is one of the UK’s most intuitive, stylish and affordable iPad point-of-sale systems. It gives you the power to manage and grow your business with ease. To make the lives of our clients (and their accountants) as easy as possible, we integrate our POS systems with the world’s leading accounting platforms. Key accounting fields synchronise automatically from our EPOS app, saving you time, hassle and reducing the risk of human error.

Pay Slip Showing RDOs Taken Fig. 4

THE ACCOUNTANT-FRIENDLY TILL SYSTEM

Fig. 6

Figure 7 shows what the pay slip looks like to the employee on a week we’re they’ve taken an RDO.

When you enter the timesheets for the week that the employee is taking an RDO, enter only the hours worked. In this example I’ve entered 4 days at 7.6 hours each for James. I’ve kept it simple and haven’t bothered with 0.4 unpaid hours for the four days that were worked. The fifth day of 7.6 hours will get added via the approved leave application when you enter the pay run. Let’s have a look at a pay run now, broken down into the top and bottom sections again across two screenshots. Entering a Pay Run that Includes a Week with RDOs You can see in figure 5 that the hours are locked again. The pay run has drawn the ordinary hours from the timesheet and the RDO from the approved leave application. If you compare it to the screen shot earlier, you’ll see that the dollar value is exactly the same, as we’re still paying 38 hours. In figure 6 you’ll see that the hours for RDOs are zero this pay cycle. Unless the employee has worked 98 / Issue 11

PAID BY Demo Company (AU) 23 Main Street

Fig. 7

Entering Timesheets For a Week Including RDOs

The bottom section shows that 7.6 hours of leave have been taken and that the employee has a balance of 0.4 RDO hours remaining.

Marineville NSW 2000 ABN 11 111 111 138

EMPLOYMENT DETAILS Pay Frequency: Weekly Annual Salary: $40,000.00

James Lebron 123 Main St St. Kilda VIC 3182

Pay Period: 15/11/2016 - 21/11/2016

Total Earnings: $767.12

Payment Date: 22/11/2016

SALARY & WAGES Ordinary Hours RDO

THIS PAY

YTD

$5,216.44

O U R PA R T N E R S

RATE 30.4000

$20.1875

$613.70

7.6000

$20.1875

$153.42

$153.42

TOTAL

$767.12

$5,369.86

$10.00

$50.00

TOTAL

$10.00

$50.00

$84.00

$608.00

$0.00

$0.00

$84.00

$608.00

$69.04

$483.28

DEDUCTIONS Union Fees/Subscriptions

TAX PAYG Tax HELP Component TOTAL

SUPERANNUATION SGC - HESTA Super Fund - 1234 Salary Sacrifice - HESTA Super Fund - 1234

$50.00

$250.00

$119.04

$733.28

ACCRUED

USED

BALANCE

2.9151

0.0000

120.4055

0.0000

7.6000

0.4000

TOTAL

LEAVE Annual Leave in Hours RDO in Hours

PAYMENT DETAILS (122-344)***678 (123-443)***5678

Net Pay: $623.12

James Lebron Savings James Lebron

REFERENCE

AMOUNT

Salary Salary

$200.00 $423.12

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

WWW.THEGOODTILL.COM

• Low cost iPad-based POS system • Industry leading hardware and software solution • Fully customisable for individual businesses • Intelligent reporting and management information • Integrated with major accountancy platforms for maximum efficiency • UK-based tech support • FREE 30 day trial

0203 764 0800

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

HELLO@THEGOODTILL.COM

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 99


3 habits share investors should break today Why it’s time for investors to start embracing technology...

O

ld habits die hard. When it comes to share investing, investors either spend too much, or too little time on “portfolio admin”. Thankfully there are new solutions that make it much easier to let go. Investing is hard enough. Picking the right investments, setting an asset allocation strategy, and knowing when to buy and sell

compare to alternative options is difficult. What about dividends? Last year the ASX 200 generated almost 7% in dividend income. How do you track the dividend impact on your return, let alone if you’ve opted in to a dividend reinvestment plan? Accounting for corporate actions is not something that lends itself well

Relying on online brokers

@Sharesight

Doug Morris, CEO, Sharesight As CEO of Sharesight, Doug is focused on building the best cloud-based investment portfolio tracking system that automates portfolio administration and makes tax-time a breeze for DIY investors and the financial professionals who support them.

those bought and sold over a longer period. Dividend income from trusts is treated differently than listed companies to say nothing of tax breaks like franking credits. To track and report on these things, investors and finance professionals have traditionally relied on a handful of methods. Unfortunately many of them have led to some bad habits that should be broken once and for all. Hanging on to spreadsheets

are all fraught with risks -– and unique to one’s circumstances. But, whether you’re an individual investor, accountant, bookkeeper or financial advisor, the administration side of investing can be even worse. True performance metrics and on-demand tax reports elude most investors, and lead to poor returns. Price to price calculations are simple, and charting tools ubiquitous, but annualising returns to add real-life context and to 100 / Issue 11

to manual tracking either. Takeovers and demergers have a significant impact on an investment’s cost base and may force an investor to rethink their exposure. All of this has an impact on a portfolio’s tax obligations. It’s not just a matter of knowing which shares were bought and sold, and at what price. Holding periods have a significant impact. Short-term gains (income made by buying and selling holdings within the same year) are taxed differently than

Maybe it’s due to their DIY nature, but 70% of our customers come to Sharesight having previously tracked their portfolio in a spreadsheet. We can’t blame them – until we built Sharesight, we did the same thing. But manually tracking all those holdings, trades, and dividends in a spreadsheet is a laborious and error-prone methodology. We’ve met clients who spent years perfecting the “perfect” portfolio spreadsheet, only to realise that their calculations had been off the whole time - leading them to believe that they were doing much better than they actually were. An awkward (if not heartbreaking) conversation to say the least! Even if an investor’s spreadsheet is technically sound, it’s important to have an honest look at the actual time spent manually tracking all those data points. This is valuable time that could be better spent on things things like research, education and tax planning.

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Many investors rely on their online broker to calculate their portfolio performance or capital gains. But because online broker don’t take corporate actions into account, their performance numbers can mislead them into thinking they’re doing better (or worse) than they actually are. One of our own team members realised this recently when her first share split resulted in her broker completely misreporting her performance (down 48% when she was actually up nearly 5%). This can be especially difficult for investors who have used multiple online brokers. How do they calculate their overall performance, across their various portfolios? The short answer is that they usually don’t bother, or end-up pulling everything into a spreadsheet resulting in the same issues we’ve already discussed. Online brokers should be relied on to do what they do best: trade execution. Dividend, performance and tax reporting should be entrusted to a dedicated (and ideally, independent) application. Waiting until tax time to talk about tax As a reader of this publication, I don’t have to sell you on the power of the cloud. Yet the reality is that many investors and finance professionals still take a very “old school” approach to tracking share portfolios. We still hear of accountants chasing after mounds of investor-related paperwork at tax time, and frantically reconstructing share portfolios in order to sort-out their clients’ investing positions and tax obligations. This is especially time-consuming for larger portfolios or those dependant on incomegenerating stocks.

surprises, but can lead to better data-driven investing decisions throughout the year. Investors get peace of mind knowing exactly how their portfolio is performing, and that they won’t be scrambling come tax time, and finance professionals can focus on building a stronger professional relationship instead of always looking backwards. How technology can help investors While it can be difficult to break old habits, thankfully there are new technology solutions that make it much easier to let go. Using a cloud-based portfolio tracking solution such as Sharesight is a great start. It automatically tracks share prices, buy/sell dates, dividends, brokerage fees and currency fluctuations — and then leverages this information to produce powerful performance and tax reports. This provides unmatched tracking and insight into investment portfolios. With everything in one place, there’s no need for tedious portfolio reconstruction at tax time. And it provides accountants everything they need to prepare and file tax returns. Tasks that normally took hours or even days can now be done in minutes, in just a few clicks. So rather than spending copious amounts of time looking back over the year’s activities and preparing tax returns, they can can spend their time having forward-looking

tax discussions instead. Taking it a step further, when investors sync their investment portfolios to Xero, details of share purchases, sales, and dividends flow into Xero automatically so they can be easily reconciled against bank statements and incorporated into personal wealth and budgeting pictures. With portfolio data flowing into Xero in real-time, both investor and accountant are on the same page — so there’s no paper-chasing and repetitive data entry work required. It’s a seamless investment portfolio management and accounting solution made possible by an ecosystem of connected bestof-breed applications. When it comes to investing, understanding a portfolio’s true returns and the resulting tax implications is key to making informed investing decisions. When investors and their trusted finance professionals have access to this information at any time, and from anywhere, they’re able to focus on the big picture instead of always trying to fill the gaps. With investment-related data automated and organised, professional relationships increase in value, and conversations become far more interesting. Encouraging these habits to be broken and adopting a technology-based solution is the first step.

Encouraging investors to stay on top of their “portfolio admin” ensures everyone is on the same page – not just at tax time but throughout the year. For example, checking-in on capital gains tax implications every now and then can not only minimise EOFY Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 101


3 habits share investors should break today Why it’s time for investors to start embracing technology...

O

ld habits die hard. When it comes to share investing, investors either spend too much, or too little time on “portfolio admin”. Thankfully there are new solutions that make it much easier to let go. Investing is hard enough. Picking the right investments, setting an asset allocation strategy, and knowing when to buy and sell

compare to alternative options is difficult. What about dividends? Last year the ASX 200 generated almost 7% in dividend income. How do you track the dividend impact on your return, let alone if you’ve opted in to a dividend reinvestment plan? Accounting for corporate actions is not something that lends itself well

Relying on online brokers

@Sharesight

Doug Morris, CEO, Sharesight As CEO of Sharesight, Doug is focused on building the best cloud-based investment portfolio tracking system that automates portfolio administration and makes tax-time a breeze for DIY investors and the financial professionals who support them.

those bought and sold over a longer period. Dividend income from trusts is treated differently than listed companies to say nothing of tax breaks like franking credits. To track and report on these things, investors and finance professionals have traditionally relied on a handful of methods. Unfortunately many of them have led to some bad habits that should be broken once and for all. Hanging on to spreadsheets

are all fraught with risks -– and unique to one’s circumstances. But, whether you’re an individual investor, accountant, bookkeeper or financial advisor, the administration side of investing can be even worse. True performance metrics and on-demand tax reports elude most investors, and lead to poor returns. Price to price calculations are simple, and charting tools ubiquitous, but annualising returns to add real-life context and to 100 / Issue 11

to manual tracking either. Takeovers and demergers have a significant impact on an investment’s cost base and may force an investor to rethink their exposure. All of this has an impact on a portfolio’s tax obligations. It’s not just a matter of knowing which shares were bought and sold, and at what price. Holding periods have a significant impact. Short-term gains (income made by buying and selling holdings within the same year) are taxed differently than

Maybe it’s due to their DIY nature, but 70% of our customers come to Sharesight having previously tracked their portfolio in a spreadsheet. We can’t blame them – until we built Sharesight, we did the same thing. But manually tracking all those holdings, trades, and dividends in a spreadsheet is a laborious and error-prone methodology. We’ve met clients who spent years perfecting the “perfect” portfolio spreadsheet, only to realise that their calculations had been off the whole time - leading them to believe that they were doing much better than they actually were. An awkward (if not heartbreaking) conversation to say the least! Even if an investor’s spreadsheet is technically sound, it’s important to have an honest look at the actual time spent manually tracking all those data points. This is valuable time that could be better spent on things things like research, education and tax planning.

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Many investors rely on their online broker to calculate their portfolio performance or capital gains. But because online broker don’t take corporate actions into account, their performance numbers can mislead them into thinking they’re doing better (or worse) than they actually are. One of our own team members realised this recently when her first share split resulted in her broker completely misreporting her performance (down 48% when she was actually up nearly 5%). This can be especially difficult for investors who have used multiple online brokers. How do they calculate their overall performance, across their various portfolios? The short answer is that they usually don’t bother, or end-up pulling everything into a spreadsheet resulting in the same issues we’ve already discussed. Online brokers should be relied on to do what they do best: trade execution. Dividend, performance and tax reporting should be entrusted to a dedicated (and ideally, independent) application. Waiting until tax time to talk about tax As a reader of this publication, I don’t have to sell you on the power of the cloud. Yet the reality is that many investors and finance professionals still take a very “old school” approach to tracking share portfolios. We still hear of accountants chasing after mounds of investor-related paperwork at tax time, and frantically reconstructing share portfolios in order to sort-out their clients’ investing positions and tax obligations. This is especially time-consuming for larger portfolios or those dependant on incomegenerating stocks.

surprises, but can lead to better data-driven investing decisions throughout the year. Investors get peace of mind knowing exactly how their portfolio is performing, and that they won’t be scrambling come tax time, and finance professionals can focus on building a stronger professional relationship instead of always looking backwards. How technology can help investors While it can be difficult to break old habits, thankfully there are new technology solutions that make it much easier to let go. Using a cloud-based portfolio tracking solution such as Sharesight is a great start. It automatically tracks share prices, buy/sell dates, dividends, brokerage fees and currency fluctuations — and then leverages this information to produce powerful performance and tax reports. This provides unmatched tracking and insight into investment portfolios. With everything in one place, there’s no need for tedious portfolio reconstruction at tax time. And it provides accountants everything they need to prepare and file tax returns. Tasks that normally took hours or even days can now be done in minutes, in just a few clicks. So rather than spending copious amounts of time looking back over the year’s activities and preparing tax returns, they can can spend their time having forward-looking

tax discussions instead. Taking it a step further, when investors sync their investment portfolios to Xero, details of share purchases, sales, and dividends flow into Xero automatically so they can be easily reconciled against bank statements and incorporated into personal wealth and budgeting pictures. With portfolio data flowing into Xero in real-time, both investor and accountant are on the same page — so there’s no paper-chasing and repetitive data entry work required. It’s a seamless investment portfolio management and accounting solution made possible by an ecosystem of connected bestof-breed applications. When it comes to investing, understanding a portfolio’s true returns and the resulting tax implications is key to making informed investing decisions. When investors and their trusted finance professionals have access to this information at any time, and from anywhere, they’re able to focus on the big picture instead of always trying to fill the gaps. With investment-related data automated and organised, professional relationships increase in value, and conversations become far more interesting. Encouraging these habits to be broken and adopting a technology-based solution is the first step.

Encouraging investors to stay on top of their “portfolio admin” ensures everyone is on the same page – not just at tax time but throughout the year. For example, checking-in on capital gains tax implications every now and then can not only minimise EOFY Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 101


This POS software Xero link helps indie retailer win online sales Online LayBy made easy... n

ewsXpress Southland is a card, gift and collectibles shop in the sprawling Westfield Southland shopping centre in South East Melbourne.

provided the time-saving solution the business was looking for.

With rent increasing faster than foot traffic to the 300+ store shopping centre, the manager of the business needed to connect with shoppers outside.

“In the first six month, online revenue passed A$75,000”, commented Jayden Norton, Manager of the store. “This is a direct bottom line benefit for the business as there is no additional labour cost and no capital expenditure.”

Online was the obvious choice but time was limited. The goal was to find a solution that enabled the business to get online without any additional management or accounting time involved.

“We could not have done this without the Xero link as that enabled us to effectively open a second outlet without what in the past was additional accounting or bookkeeping cost.”

Xero partner Tower Systems provided an integrated Point of Sale solution for in-store and well as online. This seamless link, coupled with complete Xero integration,

As the business has become more familiar with the Tower Systems and Xero solutions it has evolved the online offering to be more competitive against big retailers

a tangible business benefit.

@TowerSystems

Mark Fletcher, CEO, Tower Systems International Founded in 1981 by Mark Fletcher, Tower Systems is a leading Point of Sale software company in Australia with over 3,500 clients. The goal has always been and is to help independent small business in various vertical marketplaces, unlock greater success from their business. Mark Fletcher is a passionate businessman who has been a part of retail for 35 + years.

in the online space. This has seen click and collect and online LayBy launched. It is with online LayBy where the business has benefited from the Xero integration in that the shopper is able to pay over time, interest free, and the retailer is paid immediately. There is no additional accounting or bookkeeping work involved as the data flows from the website to the POS to Xero without being touched by human hands.

“Control and transparency of data at each step in the line is key for our business because like any small business every cent of margin is important,” commented Jayden Norton. “The solution needed to be easy and neat for us and for our customers. Xero was a key part of achieving this.” In addition to the Xero integration, Tower Systems POS software integrates with Shopify, Magento and WooCommerce – the three leading e-commerce platforms in the world. The web development team at Tower has enhanced these to offer a multi-store solution whereby independent retailers can trade under a single branded website rather than needing their own website. “The Xero integration is the backoffice piece where real labour costs are reduced,” commented Gavin Williams, Tower Systems COO.

business retailers in selected retail niches such as bike shops, jewellers and garden centres. Having the Xero integration is vital as they are all competing with big business and every saving, no matter how small, is loved.”

Tower Systems is an Australian based POS software company currently serving in excess of 3,500 small and independent business retailers.

“We only sell to independent small

A shopper adds items to their shopping cart, they select online LayBy, provide basic instant credit check data and find the application approved or otherwise in seconds. The retailer is paid less a small handling fee with the finance company taking full responsibility for collecting payment. With click and collect, the payment is handled online. This works best as it commits the shopper and turns the in-store visit to an easy collection. Experience has shown this is what shoppers prefer rather than having to worry about payment in-store. It also means one person can purchase while another can collect, with appropriate secure authority. Doing this, flowing data from shopper through to Xero in this way eliminates mistakes that can be made when data is re-keyed. It also saves considerable time and this is

102 / Issue 11

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

WWW.PAYSPACE.COM

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 103


This POS software Xero link helps indie retailer win online sales Online LayBy made easy... n

ewsXpress Southland is a card, gift and collectibles shop in the sprawling Westfield Southland shopping centre in South East Melbourne.

provided the time-saving solution the business was looking for.

With rent increasing faster than foot traffic to the 300+ store shopping centre, the manager of the business needed to connect with shoppers outside.

“In the first six month, online revenue passed A$75,000”, commented Jayden Norton, Manager of the store. “This is a direct bottom line benefit for the business as there is no additional labour cost and no capital expenditure.”

Online was the obvious choice but time was limited. The goal was to find a solution that enabled the business to get online without any additional management or accounting time involved.

“We could not have done this without the Xero link as that enabled us to effectively open a second outlet without what in the past was additional accounting or bookkeeping cost.”

Xero partner Tower Systems provided an integrated Point of Sale solution for in-store and well as online. This seamless link, coupled with complete Xero integration,

As the business has become more familiar with the Tower Systems and Xero solutions it has evolved the online offering to be more competitive against big retailers

a tangible business benefit.

@TowerSystems

Mark Fletcher, CEO, Tower Systems International Founded in 1981 by Mark Fletcher, Tower Systems is a leading Point of Sale software company in Australia with over 3,500 clients. The goal has always been and is to help independent small business in various vertical marketplaces, unlock greater success from their business. Mark Fletcher is a passionate businessman who has been a part of retail for 35 + years.

in the online space. This has seen click and collect and online LayBy launched. It is with online LayBy where the business has benefited from the Xero integration in that the shopper is able to pay over time, interest free, and the retailer is paid immediately. There is no additional accounting or bookkeeping work involved as the data flows from the website to the POS to Xero without being touched by human hands.

“Control and transparency of data at each step in the line is key for our business because like any small business every cent of margin is important,” commented Jayden Norton. “The solution needed to be easy and neat for us and for our customers. Xero was a key part of achieving this.” In addition to the Xero integration, Tower Systems POS software integrates with Shopify, Magento and WooCommerce – the three leading e-commerce platforms in the world. The web development team at Tower has enhanced these to offer a multi-store solution whereby independent retailers can trade under a single branded website rather than needing their own website. “The Xero integration is the backoffice piece where real labour costs are reduced,” commented Gavin Williams, Tower Systems COO.

business retailers in selected retail niches such as bike shops, jewellers and garden centres. Having the Xero integration is vital as they are all competing with big business and every saving, no matter how small, is loved.”

Tower Systems is an Australian based POS software company currently serving in excess of 3,500 small and independent business retailers.

“We only sell to independent small

A shopper adds items to their shopping cart, they select online LayBy, provide basic instant credit check data and find the application approved or otherwise in seconds. The retailer is paid less a small handling fee with the finance company taking full responsibility for collecting payment. With click and collect, the payment is handled online. This works best as it commits the shopper and turns the in-store visit to an easy collection. Experience has shown this is what shoppers prefer rather than having to worry about payment in-store. It also means one person can purchase while another can collect, with appropriate secure authority. Doing this, flowing data from shopper through to Xero in this way eliminates mistakes that can be made when data is re-keyed. It also saves considerable time and this is

102 / Issue 11

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

WWW.PAYSPACE.COM

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 103


TradeGecko, the cloud-based inventory management system to power up your business For business owners, inventory management is crucial for maximizing profit, reducing storage costs, and keeping track of all your stock, orders and customers in one place...

I

n 2012, three entrepreneurs from New Zealand brothers Cameron and Bradley Priest, along with Carl Thompson - planned to create a tool to help fix the inventory headaches Carl had experienced while running his own clothing label. Seeing an opportunity in Southeast Asia, they relocated to Singapore and joined JFDI, a prominent technology accelerator. It was here that they created the foundation of what would become their inventory and order management platform: TradeGecko. Today, TradeGecko is a growing company with one simple aim:

helping small and medium sized companies to build the businesses of their dreams by bringing simplicity, efficiency and control to the complex world of inventory management. We currently serve a global customer base in over 100 countries and have offices in Singapore, Canada and the Philippines. What does TradeGecko do? Traditionally, businesses once relied on ledgers and spreadsheets to help them keep track of their stock - an inefficient and outdated method which is highly prone to human error. Modern businesses

make it our recommended app to businesses that need inventory management.” - SMB Consultants, Xero Cloud Integrator.

Cameron Vernest, Director Strategic Partnerships, TradeGecko Cameron Vernest is a CPA, CMA and holds a MBA in Finance & Accounting residing in Toronto, Canada. Accounting became the foundation of his career with Johnson and Johnson. Excited by what he was seeing in the eCommerce and mobile space he jumped to Shopify. From there it was a short hop, skip and jump to TradeGecko where he is Director, Strategic Partnerships leading TradeGecko’s global partnerships and business development.

that customers can buy from you anywhere, anytime. TradeGecko also works for businesses and brands that need to easily manage their products, customers and orders even while they’re on the go - thanks to our iPhone and iPad app, TradeGecko Mobile. The app allows wholesalers and eCommerce business owners to keep their entire product catalog in their mobile device, enabling them to sell anywhere, from trade shows to customer meetings. On top of that, it also doubles up as a customer relationship management (CRM) system so that our customers can reach their contacts directly through the app. Integration with Xero: how it works Our team here at TradeGecko has created a first-class integration with Xero, and we’re proud to say that feedback so far has been extremely positive. Last year, we made some major improvements to our Xero integration, to make life even easier for the small business owners we serve. The platform now has support for tracking categories and improved error logs, making it even easier to sort financial transactions coming from TradeGecko.

104 / Issue 11

We’re always ready to welcome more Partners who share our vision.

@tradegecko

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

What the future looks like For the rest of 2017 and beyond, our company will be focusing on two key areas:

have learned that as their business grows, their inventory becomes larger and more diverse. Further adding to the complexity, they also have to deal with multiple sales channels, warehouses and stakeholders.

Sales and purchase orders are now automatically created in Xero as invoices. You can also track the cost of goods sold, stock on hand, and stock adjustments, which are automatically created and updated in your Xero account.

TradeGecko’s goal is to keep things simple, empowering eCommerce and wholesale merchants by helping them to save time, work smarter, sell more and gain access to enterprise-level tools. Our platform combines inventory management operations, critical business applications and online commerce into one - which frees our customers to spend less time on running their business and more time growing it.

How we help our customers

Which businesses will benefit the most from using TradeGecko? TradeGecko is perfect for businesses that have most of their growth and/or revenue coming from wholesale or online sales. Our software has been specifically designed to help these businesses scale up, streamline their inventory management, and integrate with their eCommerce operations. Our B2B eCommerce Store allows merchants to create a private online store for their wholesale customers. You can customize the look and feel for brand consistency, control which products buyers will see and build custom price lists. If customers already have an existing B2C eCommerce store on Shopify, WooCommerce or Magento, TradeGecko can automatically pull those products and publish them on the B2B eCommerce Store, so

Many of the merchants that come to TradeGecko have either run their business through spreadsheets, or are from an eCommerce platform. These businesses are growing, and have realized that they need new solutions to support that growth. While exciting, it can also be overwhelming, and there can be some hesitation in making the transition - which is why we have an amazing Sales and Success team to help ensure that our customers can get up and running on TradeGecko as quickly and seamlessly as possible. Additionally, we have an active partner community to help with more sophisticated setups. TradeGecko’s global partner program Our global partner program is an incredible opportunity that makes it even simpler for individuals and businesses to refer clients to TradeGecko, provide resources and support for those clients, and get paid for their efforts. Partners get access to industryleading tools, world-class support from a dedicated Partner Manager, and strong financial incentives. “TradeGecko’s powerful integrations and ease of use

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

1. Introducing more merchants to the TradeGecko solution and showcasing how we can help them run their business 2. Supporting existing merchants on TradeGecko to ensure we cater all key aspects of running their business as they continue to grow and scale up Our customers are our priority, and we want to work together with them as a strong partner in their entrepreneurial journey. New and emerging trends for SMEs We’ve recently launched TradeGecko Payments for the SME wholesale industry, which we’re really excited about. Previously, wholesale merchants might spend well over five hours per week processing payments manually, due to the challenges of integrating multiple payment systems into their business processes. Now, wholesalers in the United States, UK, Australia and Singapore can bill their customers in a single click - without leaving TradeGecko. TradeGecko Payments will give wholesalers better operational control of their cash flow from a single dashboard that summarizes the account balance, payments and payouts history. Every invoice from TradeGecko also comes with a “Pay Invoice” function to facilitate a faster payment experience. We are currently working to add advanced functionality to TradeGecko Payments, and make it available to more countries around the world.

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 105


TradeGecko, the cloud-based inventory management system to power up your business For business owners, inventory management is crucial for maximizing profit, reducing storage costs, and keeping track of all your stock, orders and customers in one place...

I

n 2012, three entrepreneurs from New Zealand brothers Cameron and Bradley Priest, along with Carl Thompson - planned to create a tool to help fix the inventory headaches Carl had experienced while running his own clothing label. Seeing an opportunity in Southeast Asia, they relocated to Singapore and joined JFDI, a prominent technology accelerator. It was here that they created the foundation of what would become their inventory and order management platform: TradeGecko. Today, TradeGecko is a growing company with one simple aim:

helping small and medium sized companies to build the businesses of their dreams by bringing simplicity, efficiency and control to the complex world of inventory management. We currently serve a global customer base in over 100 countries and have offices in Singapore, Canada and the Philippines. What does TradeGecko do? Traditionally, businesses once relied on ledgers and spreadsheets to help them keep track of their stock - an inefficient and outdated method which is highly prone to human error. Modern businesses

make it our recommended app to businesses that need inventory management.” - SMB Consultants, Xero Cloud Integrator.

Cameron Vernest, Director Strategic Partnerships, TradeGecko Cameron Vernest is a CPA, CMA and holds a MBA in Finance & Accounting residing in Toronto, Canada. Accounting became the foundation of his career with Johnson and Johnson. Excited by what he was seeing in the eCommerce and mobile space he jumped to Shopify. From there it was a short hop, skip and jump to TradeGecko where he is Director, Strategic Partnerships leading TradeGecko’s global partnerships and business development.

that customers can buy from you anywhere, anytime. TradeGecko also works for businesses and brands that need to easily manage their products, customers and orders even while they’re on the go - thanks to our iPhone and iPad app, TradeGecko Mobile. The app allows wholesalers and eCommerce business owners to keep their entire product catalog in their mobile device, enabling them to sell anywhere, from trade shows to customer meetings. On top of that, it also doubles up as a customer relationship management (CRM) system so that our customers can reach their contacts directly through the app. Integration with Xero: how it works Our team here at TradeGecko has created a first-class integration with Xero, and we’re proud to say that feedback so far has been extremely positive. Last year, we made some major improvements to our Xero integration, to make life even easier for the small business owners we serve. The platform now has support for tracking categories and improved error logs, making it even easier to sort financial transactions coming from TradeGecko.

104 / Issue 11

We’re always ready to welcome more Partners who share our vision.

@tradegecko

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

What the future looks like For the rest of 2017 and beyond, our company will be focusing on two key areas:

have learned that as their business grows, their inventory becomes larger and more diverse. Further adding to the complexity, they also have to deal with multiple sales channels, warehouses and stakeholders.

Sales and purchase orders are now automatically created in Xero as invoices. You can also track the cost of goods sold, stock on hand, and stock adjustments, which are automatically created and updated in your Xero account.

TradeGecko’s goal is to keep things simple, empowering eCommerce and wholesale merchants by helping them to save time, work smarter, sell more and gain access to enterprise-level tools. Our platform combines inventory management operations, critical business applications and online commerce into one - which frees our customers to spend less time on running their business and more time growing it.

How we help our customers

Which businesses will benefit the most from using TradeGecko? TradeGecko is perfect for businesses that have most of their growth and/or revenue coming from wholesale or online sales. Our software has been specifically designed to help these businesses scale up, streamline their inventory management, and integrate with their eCommerce operations. Our B2B eCommerce Store allows merchants to create a private online store for their wholesale customers. You can customize the look and feel for brand consistency, control which products buyers will see and build custom price lists. If customers already have an existing B2C eCommerce store on Shopify, WooCommerce or Magento, TradeGecko can automatically pull those products and publish them on the B2B eCommerce Store, so

Many of the merchants that come to TradeGecko have either run their business through spreadsheets, or are from an eCommerce platform. These businesses are growing, and have realized that they need new solutions to support that growth. While exciting, it can also be overwhelming, and there can be some hesitation in making the transition - which is why we have an amazing Sales and Success team to help ensure that our customers can get up and running on TradeGecko as quickly and seamlessly as possible. Additionally, we have an active partner community to help with more sophisticated setups. TradeGecko’s global partner program Our global partner program is an incredible opportunity that makes it even simpler for individuals and businesses to refer clients to TradeGecko, provide resources and support for those clients, and get paid for their efforts. Partners get access to industryleading tools, world-class support from a dedicated Partner Manager, and strong financial incentives. “TradeGecko’s powerful integrations and ease of use

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

1. Introducing more merchants to the TradeGecko solution and showcasing how we can help them run their business 2. Supporting existing merchants on TradeGecko to ensure we cater all key aspects of running their business as they continue to grow and scale up Our customers are our priority, and we want to work together with them as a strong partner in their entrepreneurial journey. New and emerging trends for SMEs We’ve recently launched TradeGecko Payments for the SME wholesale industry, which we’re really excited about. Previously, wholesale merchants might spend well over five hours per week processing payments manually, due to the challenges of integrating multiple payment systems into their business processes. Now, wholesalers in the United States, UK, Australia and Singapore can bill their customers in a single click - without leaving TradeGecko. TradeGecko Payments will give wholesalers better operational control of their cash flow from a single dashboard that summarizes the account balance, payments and payouts history. Every invoice from TradeGecko also comes with a “Pay Invoice” function to facilitate a faster payment experience. We are currently working to add advanced functionality to TradeGecko Payments, and make it available to more countries around the world.

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 105


Planning a marketing campaign for your accountancy firm There are two elements to marketing that will deliver results for accountancy firms - two branches of the same tree...

A

nd for true success, you need both.

The first is a foundational content plan: a calendar of consistent reach that will happen day in and day out, month in and month out. This ensures that your marketing is not sporadic, or random. (It also helps prevent Shiny Object Syndrome, which all business owners are

subject to when it comes to marketing. Having no clear target audience and being easily distracted are two errors which will deliver poor results every time.) The second is one that most accountants get a bit more excited about: the campaign plan. A campaign could be as small as a few emails and social media posts,

It could begin with encouraging people to follow you on Facebook, and end with everyone watching a Facebook live session in which the call to action is to register for an event.

@ProfitableFirm

Karen Rayburn, Managing Director and & Owner, The Profitable Firm

2. Create a landing page on your own website

Karen Reyburn - The qualified accountant with a creative heart. Karen is a British-American citizen who fell in love with Scotland and stayed.

Your website is your marketing hub: and this landing page you create will be your campaign hub. A few things to consider for your landing page are:

All her life, Karen had people tell her that she was too creative to be an accountant, and too organised to be a creative. Turns out the combination of those two skills is exactly why her creative agency, The Profitable Firm, has been such a success with accountants. She is a defender of accountants - to themselves and to the world - that they too are creative.

or it could be as complex as a full event plan for hundreds of people, or an exhibition you’re a part of. Accountants tend to get more excited about a one-off marketing campaign, more so than the foundational content planning. That’s because a campaign is focused. There is one solid goal,

and you know if you’ve achieved it or not. It feels easier to evaluate the results - whether Twitter was worth using, whether your emails got a response, whether people signed up for your event or service or product straight away. But the foundational content - the blogs, videos, social posts, events, emails - are what keep you top of mind in front of your prospective audience. You’re keeping these potential clients ‘warm leads’, instead of cold ones. Yes, sharing the registration link for an event on social media could cause one or two people to register. But sharing it with people who have been connecting with you for months (or more likely years) drives bigger results, every time. I’ve spoken to many accountants recently who want to “push” something like Making Tax Digital, or auto enrolment, or payroll services, or management accounts, or a Xero training event. And that requires a campaign plan. Now, before you get all excited about your campaign, please make sure you’re doing these things first: Have one central database for all your contacts. It is remarkable to me how many accountants still don’t have this. I don’t care if you use Mailchimp or a Gsheet or Infusionsoft: have a big list of everyone you know - clients, prospects, strategic partners, even friends and family. It’s critical for your marketing success particularly your campaign. Segment your list. The more segments you have, the better marketing you can do. It’s complex.

106 / Issue 11

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

It takes time. It’s detail work. No one has time to do it. And that’s why doing it is going to make your campaign so much more valuable. You can send a targeted, focused email about payroll services to the 42 people who are doing their own payroll. That’s far more effective than one big email to 420 people, most of whom will delete it (and then be more likely to delete future communications from you). Make sure you have access to everything: editing capability for your website, logins to all your social media, a YouTube or Vimeo account, an email marketing system, the works. Be ready. You’ll need it. Keep the foundational content coming. Before you even begin your campaign - or your plan - make sure you are consistently delivering helpful, relevant content to your audience. Now it’s time to build your smaller campaign plan. In a way, once you’ve done the foundational items, it really is quite simple. Here’s how to do it: 1. Decide on one clear call to action Choose a call to action that is simple, and doesn’t feel like you’re pressuring them. “Call us today” infers that there is a solid relationship already. Most people are not ready for that. What else can you ask them to do? Register for a webinar? Send a message? Book a discovery call online? Fill in a questionnaire? Your call to action can change at different points in your campaign.

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

• One key message. What’s the story in three or four words? • Minimum supporting wording. A sentence or two, a few bullet points. • One clear call to action. Not twelve different buttons or links or contact details. • Good graphic design, or high quality stock imagery. • Video. Explain why you’re running this campaign, and what’s in it for them. 3. Provide a helpful item or free download Not everyone will sign up for your paid event, or buy your services straight away. Create a specific helpful item that relates directly to the topic you’re discussing. Exhibiting at a not-for-profit exhibition? Create a guide that will help charitable organisations use cloud accounting better. Promoting your new financial dashboards? Offer a benchmarking summary for their industry. Whatever your item is, link to it on your website page, add it to your marketing materials, share it on social, and make use of it everywhere! 4. Write blog posts about the campaign topic Start writing blogs on the topics related to your campaign. If you really do want a campaign around Making Tax Digital, stop and think for a moment. What do your clients care about? What will really appeal to them? Is the root issue cloud accounting, or online tech software, Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 107


Planning a marketing campaign for your accountancy firm There are two elements to marketing that will deliver results for accountancy firms - two branches of the same tree...

A

nd for true success, you need both.

The first is a foundational content plan: a calendar of consistent reach that will happen day in and day out, month in and month out. This ensures that your marketing is not sporadic, or random. (It also helps prevent Shiny Object Syndrome, which all business owners are

subject to when it comes to marketing. Having no clear target audience and being easily distracted are two errors which will deliver poor results every time.) The second is one that most accountants get a bit more excited about: the campaign plan. A campaign could be as small as a few emails and social media posts,

It could begin with encouraging people to follow you on Facebook, and end with everyone watching a Facebook live session in which the call to action is to register for an event.

@ProfitableFirm

Karen Rayburn, Managing Director and & Owner, The Profitable Firm

2. Create a landing page on your own website

Karen Reyburn - The qualified accountant with a creative heart. Karen is a British-American citizen who fell in love with Scotland and stayed.

Your website is your marketing hub: and this landing page you create will be your campaign hub. A few things to consider for your landing page are:

All her life, Karen had people tell her that she was too creative to be an accountant, and too organised to be a creative. Turns out the combination of those two skills is exactly why her creative agency, The Profitable Firm, has been such a success with accountants. She is a defender of accountants - to themselves and to the world - that they too are creative.

or it could be as complex as a full event plan for hundreds of people, or an exhibition you’re a part of. Accountants tend to get more excited about a one-off marketing campaign, more so than the foundational content planning. That’s because a campaign is focused. There is one solid goal,

and you know if you’ve achieved it or not. It feels easier to evaluate the results - whether Twitter was worth using, whether your emails got a response, whether people signed up for your event or service or product straight away. But the foundational content - the blogs, videos, social posts, events, emails - are what keep you top of mind in front of your prospective audience. You’re keeping these potential clients ‘warm leads’, instead of cold ones. Yes, sharing the registration link for an event on social media could cause one or two people to register. But sharing it with people who have been connecting with you for months (or more likely years) drives bigger results, every time. I’ve spoken to many accountants recently who want to “push” something like Making Tax Digital, or auto enrolment, or payroll services, or management accounts, or a Xero training event. And that requires a campaign plan. Now, before you get all excited about your campaign, please make sure you’re doing these things first: Have one central database for all your contacts. It is remarkable to me how many accountants still don’t have this. I don’t care if you use Mailchimp or a Gsheet or Infusionsoft: have a big list of everyone you know - clients, prospects, strategic partners, even friends and family. It’s critical for your marketing success particularly your campaign. Segment your list. The more segments you have, the better marketing you can do. It’s complex.

106 / Issue 11

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

It takes time. It’s detail work. No one has time to do it. And that’s why doing it is going to make your campaign so much more valuable. You can send a targeted, focused email about payroll services to the 42 people who are doing their own payroll. That’s far more effective than one big email to 420 people, most of whom will delete it (and then be more likely to delete future communications from you). Make sure you have access to everything: editing capability for your website, logins to all your social media, a YouTube or Vimeo account, an email marketing system, the works. Be ready. You’ll need it. Keep the foundational content coming. Before you even begin your campaign - or your plan - make sure you are consistently delivering helpful, relevant content to your audience. Now it’s time to build your smaller campaign plan. In a way, once you’ve done the foundational items, it really is quite simple. Here’s how to do it: 1. Decide on one clear call to action Choose a call to action that is simple, and doesn’t feel like you’re pressuring them. “Call us today” infers that there is a solid relationship already. Most people are not ready for that. What else can you ask them to do? Register for a webinar? Send a message? Book a discovery call online? Fill in a questionnaire? Your call to action can change at different points in your campaign.

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

• One key message. What’s the story in three or four words? • Minimum supporting wording. A sentence or two, a few bullet points. • One clear call to action. Not twelve different buttons or links or contact details. • Good graphic design, or high quality stock imagery. • Video. Explain why you’re running this campaign, and what’s in it for them. 3. Provide a helpful item or free download Not everyone will sign up for your paid event, or buy your services straight away. Create a specific helpful item that relates directly to the topic you’re discussing. Exhibiting at a not-for-profit exhibition? Create a guide that will help charitable organisations use cloud accounting better. Promoting your new financial dashboards? Offer a benchmarking summary for their industry. Whatever your item is, link to it on your website page, add it to your marketing materials, share it on social, and make use of it everywhere! 4. Write blog posts about the campaign topic Start writing blogs on the topics related to your campaign. If you really do want a campaign around Making Tax Digital, stop and think for a moment. What do your clients care about? What will really appeal to them? Is the root issue cloud accounting, or online tech software, Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 107


Q&A

Interview

or having an accountant who really helps with profit and growth? Write about those things. And now all your content begins to come together: you can embed your intro video into your blog post. Link the post to your landing page. Share the blog post on social, so that those who read the blog will then go to the event landing page and then back to social, full circle. 5. Send emails Email is still very much alive. This is where your database and segments come in handy: you can send targeted emails to the right people. Make sure to: • Keep the wording to a minimum. Get to the point, and direct them to your website page, blog post, registration page, whatever. Make it clear what you want them to do. • Write like a real human being. The more “professional” you try to sound, the more boring it usually is. • Include video. That way they can read the email, or watch the

video, or both, and you get the chance to engage with them more closely. • Send a series of emails, rather than only one. If you’re sending follow up to an event, you could send an email the day after the event, then a week after, then two or three weeks after, and even a few months after. • Send personal emails now and then. The group emails can be really effective: but nothing has more power than a simple email to someone who already knows and trusts you. They’ll take action faster. 6. Engage on social media specifically surrounding your campaign Social is particularly useful for events (because of the community element), but it’s of great use no matter what your campaign is. Here are a few things you can do: • Create a hashtag, or use an existing one. Use it in every post relating to the campaign. It will help people find what they are looking for.

• Actually talk to people about stuff. So many accountants expect social to “deliver new leads” without actually using it like human beings. Reply to comments. Thank people. Ask questions. Re-share their content. • Get your team involved: the more people with their own accounts who are sharing, posting, and engaging, the more you’ll get from it. (It needs to be real, by the way. Requiring the team to retweet and share your stuff will be obvious, and not helpful.) • Train your team on social: Make sure everyone knows what to post (and not), and how to connect with people well. • Use platforms that match your target audience. If all the creatives are on Instagram, use that. If the plumbers use Facebook, get on there. No matter how many campaigns you run, keep them integrated with your overall content plan. These two branches of the one tree deliver the best results.

Laura Venables from Accounting Business Expo (ABE)

XU:

108 / Issue 11

Independently run, free-to-attend and vendor neutral, Accounting Business Expo is unlike any other event on the accounting industry calendar.

XU partnered with the brand new Accounting Business Expo (ABE) in Australia this year. With the event such a massive success, it’s our pleasure to have the chance to speak to Laura Venables, the Event Director, about all things ABE and their future plans.

Bringing together the people, products, companies and information that can help you work smarter, grow your business and boost your profits.

Laura, thank you for your time. Can

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com Get your invite at AccountingBusiness.com.au

you start by telling me where the idea of the ABE came from?

LV:

Always a pleasure! The event was born as a direct response to the various challenges witnessed by the accounting profession today, coupled with the multitude of game-changing business solutions constantly entering the market. It

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

was a conversation with a rather frustrated accountant that led us to really unearth and develop the big idea that would later become Accounting Business Expo.

XU:

This is the first event of its kind in Australia, an independent look at the Accounting and Business world. What was the biggest challenge you

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 109


Q&A

Interview

or having an accountant who really helps with profit and growth? Write about those things. And now all your content begins to come together: you can embed your intro video into your blog post. Link the post to your landing page. Share the blog post on social, so that those who read the blog will then go to the event landing page and then back to social, full circle. 5. Send emails Email is still very much alive. This is where your database and segments come in handy: you can send targeted emails to the right people. Make sure to: • Keep the wording to a minimum. Get to the point, and direct them to your website page, blog post, registration page, whatever. Make it clear what you want them to do. • Write like a real human being. The more “professional” you try to sound, the more boring it usually is. • Include video. That way they can read the email, or watch the

video, or both, and you get the chance to engage with them more closely. • Send a series of emails, rather than only one. If you’re sending follow up to an event, you could send an email the day after the event, then a week after, then two or three weeks after, and even a few months after. • Send personal emails now and then. The group emails can be really effective: but nothing has more power than a simple email to someone who already knows and trusts you. They’ll take action faster. 6. Engage on social media specifically surrounding your campaign Social is particularly useful for events (because of the community element), but it’s of great use no matter what your campaign is. Here are a few things you can do: • Create a hashtag, or use an existing one. Use it in every post relating to the campaign. It will help people find what they are looking for.

• Actually talk to people about stuff. So many accountants expect social to “deliver new leads” without actually using it like human beings. Reply to comments. Thank people. Ask questions. Re-share their content. • Get your team involved: the more people with their own accounts who are sharing, posting, and engaging, the more you’ll get from it. (It needs to be real, by the way. Requiring the team to retweet and share your stuff will be obvious, and not helpful.) • Train your team on social: Make sure everyone knows what to post (and not), and how to connect with people well. • Use platforms that match your target audience. If all the creatives are on Instagram, use that. If the plumbers use Facebook, get on there. No matter how many campaigns you run, keep them integrated with your overall content plan. These two branches of the one tree deliver the best results.

Laura Venables from Accounting Business Expo (ABE)

XU:

108 / Issue 11

Independently run, free-to-attend and vendor neutral, Accounting Business Expo is unlike any other event on the accounting industry calendar.

XU partnered with the brand new Accounting Business Expo (ABE) in Australia this year. With the event such a massive success, it’s our pleasure to have the chance to speak to Laura Venables, the Event Director, about all things ABE and their future plans.

Bringing together the people, products, companies and information that can help you work smarter, grow your business and boost your profits.

Laura, thank you for your time. Can

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com Get your invite at AccountingBusiness.com.au

you start by telling me where the idea of the ABE came from?

LV:

Always a pleasure! The event was born as a direct response to the various challenges witnessed by the accounting profession today, coupled with the multitude of game-changing business solutions constantly entering the market. It

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

was a conversation with a rather frustrated accountant that led us to really unearth and develop the big idea that would later become Accounting Business Expo.

XU:

This is the first event of its kind in Australia, an independent look at the Accounting and Business world. What was the biggest challenge you

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 109


Interview faced running this event?

compared to the rest of the world?

LV:

LV:

Of course any new business launch presents challenges, but our biggest challenge really proved to be our biggest opportunity. You see, there are so many different types of events and conferences that exist for accountants nationally - was there really room for another? Absolutely there was! By creating a totally fresh approach for the whole sector to come together to network, learn and do business in a totally open forum, one that is free-toattend, really gave us that instant advantage and unique positioning in the event space.

XU:

What do you consider to be your biggest achievement regarding ABE?

LV:

There have been many great moments along the way, but ultimately facilitating the largest gathering of accounting and finance professionals Australia has ever experienced - curated in under 12 months – that’s something we feel pretty proud of!

XU: LV:

What have you learnt from ABE this year?

XU:

How is ABE different to anything else in the

We’ve learned so much. But ultimately, by continuing to listen to the industry and ensuring everything we do is led by an audience-first approach is what will allow ABE will continue to grow and develop in exactly the way the industry wants and needs it to.

market?

LV:

Quite simply because it is free-to-attend, independently run, and totally vendor neutral. This means there is now one place you can visit to receive a truly impartial perspective on the industry today. This is an entirely new standard of event for the accounting profession, and is delivered at unprecedented scale.

XU:

How do you think the cloud accounting industry is different in Australia 110 / Issue 11

In my opinion, Australia, and of course New Zealand have really shown themselves to be global innovators and thought leaders in this space. Being a Brit myself, I can of course say this with complete unbiasedness!

XU:

What are some of your personal highlights from ABE this year?

LV:

There have been so many awesome moments on this journey but personally, I’ve absolutely loved getting to know so many great people within what has to be the most community-spirited sector I have ever worked with! Delivering over 3,500 business professionals to a launch event was also a real highlight!

XU:

Are events still relevant to the Accounting community? Why should people take time away from their desk to be at a conference?

LV:

However fast the digital world moves, there really is nothing more valuable than making those all important, personal connections. Live events are the most effective platform to achieve this - we must not lose sight of the power of faceto-face and this is true for all business communities. To miss an opportunity to benefit from other human experiences in any business sector is a big mistake - you don’t know, what you don’t know as they say! Just ask any entrepreneur and they will tell you their best ideas never happened at their desk.

Educational Content, Operations and Logistics. Also, being based on the sunny Gold Coast, Queensland means we also make regular trips to Sydney - the home of ABE.

XU:

Do you have any plans to take ABE on a global level? If so, how?

LV:

Accounting Business Expo’s home is firmly in Australia right now, but it has already gained global interest from the community worldwide! Watch this space...

XU:

Why do you feel ABE was such a huge

success?

LV:

Firstly, the scale at which ABE was delivered was game-changing. But to have received such brilliant support and feedback from our visitors and sponsors alike demonstrates the real success of this event.

XU:

What can we expect from ABE in the future? What will be new and exciting?

LV:

You can expect bigger and better! Every year ABE will grow and develop by continuing to build on new partnerships to ensure we stay fresh and at the forefront of innovation. We’re lucky to work with such a highly engaged bunch of professionals, so many of whom have taken the time to share with us their suggestions and improvements for next year already. Stay tuned!

XU:

What does a typical day at work look like for you to run and organise ABE?

LV:

Luckily for us, no day is ever the same! What many people probably don’t realise is that it takes a whole year to produce ABE and everything is managed by our small and dedicated team. From Sponsorship Sales, Marketing and Audience Development - right through to the

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 111


Interview faced running this event?

compared to the rest of the world?

LV:

LV:

Of course any new business launch presents challenges, but our biggest challenge really proved to be our biggest opportunity. You see, there are so many different types of events and conferences that exist for accountants nationally - was there really room for another? Absolutely there was! By creating a totally fresh approach for the whole sector to come together to network, learn and do business in a totally open forum, one that is free-toattend, really gave us that instant advantage and unique positioning in the event space.

XU:

What do you consider to be your biggest achievement regarding ABE?

LV:

There have been many great moments along the way, but ultimately facilitating the largest gathering of accounting and finance professionals Australia has ever experienced - curated in under 12 months – that’s something we feel pretty proud of!

XU: LV:

What have you learnt from ABE this year?

XU:

How is ABE different to anything else in the

We’ve learned so much. But ultimately, by continuing to listen to the industry and ensuring everything we do is led by an audience-first approach is what will allow ABE will continue to grow and develop in exactly the way the industry wants and needs it to.

market?

LV:

Quite simply because it is free-to-attend, independently run, and totally vendor neutral. This means there is now one place you can visit to receive a truly impartial perspective on the industry today. This is an entirely new standard of event for the accounting profession, and is delivered at unprecedented scale.

XU:

How do you think the cloud accounting industry is different in Australia 110 / Issue 11

In my opinion, Australia, and of course New Zealand have really shown themselves to be global innovators and thought leaders in this space. Being a Brit myself, I can of course say this with complete unbiasedness!

XU:

What are some of your personal highlights from ABE this year?

LV:

There have been so many awesome moments on this journey but personally, I’ve absolutely loved getting to know so many great people within what has to be the most community-spirited sector I have ever worked with! Delivering over 3,500 business professionals to a launch event was also a real highlight!

XU:

Are events still relevant to the Accounting community? Why should people take time away from their desk to be at a conference?

LV:

However fast the digital world moves, there really is nothing more valuable than making those all important, personal connections. Live events are the most effective platform to achieve this - we must not lose sight of the power of faceto-face and this is true for all business communities. To miss an opportunity to benefit from other human experiences in any business sector is a big mistake - you don’t know, what you don’t know as they say! Just ask any entrepreneur and they will tell you their best ideas never happened at their desk.

Educational Content, Operations and Logistics. Also, being based on the sunny Gold Coast, Queensland means we also make regular trips to Sydney - the home of ABE.

XU:

Do you have any plans to take ABE on a global level? If so, how?

LV:

Accounting Business Expo’s home is firmly in Australia right now, but it has already gained global interest from the community worldwide! Watch this space...

XU:

Why do you feel ABE was such a huge

success?

LV:

Firstly, the scale at which ABE was delivered was game-changing. But to have received such brilliant support and feedback from our visitors and sponsors alike demonstrates the real success of this event.

XU:

What can we expect from ABE in the future? What will be new and exciting?

LV:

You can expect bigger and better! Every year ABE will grow and develop by continuing to build on new partnerships to ensure we stay fresh and at the forefront of innovation. We’re lucky to work with such a highly engaged bunch of professionals, so many of whom have taken the time to share with us their suggestions and improvements for next year already. Stay tuned!

XU:

What does a typical day at work look like for you to run and organise ABE?

LV:

Luckily for us, no day is ever the same! What many people probably don’t realise is that it takes a whole year to produce ABE and everything is managed by our small and dedicated team. From Sponsorship Sales, Marketing and Audience Development - right through to the

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 111


Power your business with Xero and AroFlo

Tax time is done… but are you ready for Audit time? Probably the single biggest benefit that cloud accounting has brought to the industry is clarity. Once a dark art, the process of consolidation of the right data in a single source of accounting truth has now come to anyone with a Xero subscription. Hooray!

D

oes anyone remember their first accounting class – and the explanation of where the term general ledger came from? I do (images of leather bound books and all those columns…). So, with the rise of cloud accounting, are we now seeing the accounting field embrace true monthly reconciliation and therefore monthly clarity as a result? Is this an unwanted overhead for small businesses? If you are anything like some small business owners I know personally they are lucky to be able to tell you their current bank balance – and even then, they wouldn’t know their true cash flow position without a great deal of guess work. Unfortunately, they’ve sometimes “outsourced” their responsibility due to overwork, stress and pressure. It’s a recipe for a tax and cash flow disaster. For all the enlightened folk reading this article (thank you!) I am guessing this proposition of business owner not being 112 / Issue 11

@Asset_Guru

Chris Petersen, Founder, Asset.Guru After many years of software experience, Chris launched Asset.Guru to disrupt the billion-dollar Fixed Asset Management industry. Petersen is a believer that SMBs can leverage technology to innovate much faster than the titans of the industry – that speed becomes a unique value proposition against much larger established players.

connected to their own business is both laughable – and scary – and too common. The answer rests of course in engagement and ownership by the business owner, mirroring the advice that someone once said to me: “Chris, you are the one that signs the tax return, remember what that means…”. So, with June 30th behind us, I’d like to challenge the good readers of XU Magazine, to challenge their clients to talk about clarity and ownership.

However, what we here at Asset. Guru have empowered many to do is an “Asset Audit”.

Justin Morris Precision Electrical and Plumbing

What is an Asset Audit? As Asset Audit is the process of discovering if the organisation has a real (i.e. factual and complete) statement of their assets that reflects what an auditor would actually see, even in a quick visit to one of the sites or office locations. “What do you own?” is a great place to start, and not taking the dreaded asset spreadsheet at face value. Two verticals with a huge return on investment in this activity have been Not for Profits and Farming clients.

Why does clarity really matter? No one likes to say it but an audit can occur at any time. For external auditors finding the business in disarray becomes a challenge…even if nothing wrong has been done. (At this point I’m assuming receipts are against invoices and super has been paid on time).

I used to be up all night doing paperwork. I’ve got four young kids and they’re growing up fast – I’ll never get that time back. Xero and AroFlo have given more time for the family, and even more time to grow my business.

Asset.Guru becomes the onsite and HQ validation and capture tool to then help the finance and business teams to work together. The minimal training requirements and global access then complete the offering. The result is a house in order, potentially higher tax deductions and even more importantly, a lower chance of “rolling forward” mistakes. Oh – and far fewer emails to you sending around an asset spreadsheet. Follow up your great Hooray (again!). Happy “auditing”!

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

EVERYTHING A BUSINESS NEEDS IN ONE SIMPLE PACKAGE Job Scheduling

Payments

Quotes & Estimates

Accounting Integration

Purchase Orders

Customised Reports

Timesheets

Inventory Management

Invoices

Document Management

Electricians | Plumbers | HVAC | Construction | Field Service | Solar | Service Maintenance

SIGN UP FOR A FREE DEMO www.aroflo.com Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 113


Power your business with Xero and AroFlo

Tax time is done… but are you ready for Audit time? Probably the single biggest benefit that cloud accounting has brought to the industry is clarity. Once a dark art, the process of consolidation of the right data in a single source of accounting truth has now come to anyone with a Xero subscription. Hooray!

D

oes anyone remember their first accounting class – and the explanation of where the term general ledger came from? I do (images of leather bound books and all those columns…). So, with the rise of cloud accounting, are we now seeing the accounting field embrace true monthly reconciliation and therefore monthly clarity as a result? Is this an unwanted overhead for small businesses? If you are anything like some small business owners I know personally they are lucky to be able to tell you their current bank balance – and even then, they wouldn’t know their true cash flow position without a great deal of guess work. Unfortunately, they’ve sometimes “outsourced” their responsibility due to overwork, stress and pressure. It’s a recipe for a tax and cash flow disaster. For all the enlightened folk reading this article (thank you!) I am guessing this proposition of business owner not being 112 / Issue 11

@Asset_Guru

Chris Petersen, Founder, Asset.Guru After many years of software experience, Chris launched Asset.Guru to disrupt the billion-dollar Fixed Asset Management industry. Petersen is a believer that SMBs can leverage technology to innovate much faster than the titans of the industry – that speed becomes a unique value proposition against much larger established players.

connected to their own business is both laughable – and scary – and too common. The answer rests of course in engagement and ownership by the business owner, mirroring the advice that someone once said to me: “Chris, you are the one that signs the tax return, remember what that means…”. So, with June 30th behind us, I’d like to challenge the good readers of XU Magazine, to challenge their clients to talk about clarity and ownership.

However, what we here at Asset. Guru have empowered many to do is an “Asset Audit”.

Justin Morris Precision Electrical and Plumbing

What is an Asset Audit? As Asset Audit is the process of discovering if the organisation has a real (i.e. factual and complete) statement of their assets that reflects what an auditor would actually see, even in a quick visit to one of the sites or office locations. “What do you own?” is a great place to start, and not taking the dreaded asset spreadsheet at face value. Two verticals with a huge return on investment in this activity have been Not for Profits and Farming clients.

Why does clarity really matter? No one likes to say it but an audit can occur at any time. For external auditors finding the business in disarray becomes a challenge…even if nothing wrong has been done. (At this point I’m assuming receipts are against invoices and super has been paid on time).

I used to be up all night doing paperwork. I’ve got four young kids and they’re growing up fast – I’ll never get that time back. Xero and AroFlo have given more time for the family, and even more time to grow my business.

Asset.Guru becomes the onsite and HQ validation and capture tool to then help the finance and business teams to work together. The minimal training requirements and global access then complete the offering. The result is a house in order, potentially higher tax deductions and even more importantly, a lower chance of “rolling forward” mistakes. Oh – and far fewer emails to you sending around an asset spreadsheet. Follow up your great Hooray (again!). Happy “auditing”!

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

EVERYTHING A BUSINESS NEEDS IN ONE SIMPLE PACKAGE Job Scheduling

Payments

Quotes & Estimates

Accounting Integration

Purchase Orders

Customised Reports

Timesheets

Inventory Management

Invoices

Document Management

Electricians | Plumbers | HVAC | Construction | Field Service | Solar | Service Maintenance

SIGN UP FOR A FREE DEMO www.aroflo.com Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 113


Why the right till system could be your clients’ (and your!) best friend

efficiency, and make the lives of their accountants much easier. Convenience is the new loyalty @TheGoodTillco

Oliver Rowbory, Co-Founder, The Good Till Co. Oliver Rowbory is co-founder of The Good Till Co., a cloudbased POS system that gives independent retailers, bars and cafes access to powerful data intelligence. The Good Till Co.’s iPad-based till systems are fully customisable to each business and are integrated with Xero, enabling accountants and their clients to work with maximum efficiency.

Choosing the right till system is a big decision for any small business. Whether they are just starting out or are already well-established, a Point-of-Sale (POS) system will play a vital role in the interaction between a retail or hospitality business and their customers, so it is important to get the choice right...

F

or such vital financial considerations, business owners will often turn to their trusted accountants and financial advisors for input. It is important to understand, therefore, not only the benefits till systems offer in the relationship between businesses and their customers, but also the invaluable bridge they create between clients and accountants through a Xero integration.

What’s in the till? A till, or POS system, has been an essential piece of kit for retail and hospitality businesses of all sizes for decades. The first cash register was invented in the USA in the late 1800s, and until relatively recently, most till systems have changed surprisingly little, basically just acting as a calculator and a secure cash drawer. In today’s digital world, however,

an EPOS system can become the beating heart of a small business. A till can now pull in and use data in a way that allows a business owner to manage stock and staff, understand and engage customers better, manage tables and food orders and generally make smarter business decisions. What’s more, by integrating with accountancy platforms like Xero, a till can enable business owners to work with more accuracy and

One of the consequences of the mainstream adoption of digital technology is that levels of customer loyalty are declining. With the world literally at their fingertips, it has never been easier for consumers to find what they want, at the right price, and that poses a significant challenge for both online and offline businesses. Convenience has become the key to competing in today’s connected world. Businesses of all sizes, from retail giants like Amazon to small independent coffee shops, are investing in initiatives to remove barriers from the customer journey and make their experience as hassle-free as possible, and the right till system has a vital role to play in this. Payment methods like contactless and mobile are growing rapidly in popularity, and the more they are promoted by major retailers like supermarkets and high street giants, the more customer expectations shift. Being able to take payments in this way will quickly become the expected standard, so don’t allow your clients’ businesses to get left behind. Power to the people Managing staff can be one of the challenges that takes small business owners by surprise, as it involves not only coordinating resources, but also managing personalities and dynamics. The data collected by a smart POS can be hugely beneficial when it comes to staff management, particularly as it separates the facts from any emotion to make more informed decisions. With the right data points, businesses can look at whether they’re getting the ratio of staff to activity right at different times, how staff are working or even who the best salesperson is. Crucially, by integrating with a platform like Xero, a POS system

114 / Issue 11

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

not only removes the need for people to spend time manually inputting data, but also eliminates the risk of human error. In today’s increasingly anonymous digital world, genuine human interaction is scarcer than ever before, which only makes a human connection more valuable. It therefore pays to use technology to automate data-driven tasks, and free up the people in a team to add value through their human emotion and creativity. Future-proofing business Technology has always been one of the key factors transforming the way different businesses and industries work, and the rate that technology develops continues to increase. The rise of smart devices, sensors and the Internet of Things means more data is being collected than ever before – in fact, more data has been collected in the past 18 months than in the rest of human history combined.

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Data is quickly becoming the factor that makes and breaks business. Using data intelligently is already underpinning the success of the world’s fastest growing businesses, so investing in technology, like POS systems, that enable businesses to gather and utilise data effectively is vital to prevent them being left behind. By recommending the right till system to your clients, you can enable them to use data to spot problems before they occur. It can allow them to access real-time reporting of exactly what is selling, who is making the sales and even keep on top of the numberone killer of small businesses – cashflow. You will no doubt have come across small business owners saying that they’re “not a numbers person.” However, once they are equipped with a till system that is integrated with Xero, they really have no excuse. Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 115


Why the right till system could be your clients’ (and your!) best friend

efficiency, and make the lives of their accountants much easier. Convenience is the new loyalty @TheGoodTillco

Oliver Rowbory, Co-Founder, The Good Till Co. Oliver Rowbory is co-founder of The Good Till Co., a cloudbased POS system that gives independent retailers, bars and cafes access to powerful data intelligence. The Good Till Co.’s iPad-based till systems are fully customisable to each business and are integrated with Xero, enabling accountants and their clients to work with maximum efficiency.

Choosing the right till system is a big decision for any small business. Whether they are just starting out or are already well-established, a Point-of-Sale (POS) system will play a vital role in the interaction between a retail or hospitality business and their customers, so it is important to get the choice right...

F

or such vital financial considerations, business owners will often turn to their trusted accountants and financial advisors for input. It is important to understand, therefore, not only the benefits till systems offer in the relationship between businesses and their customers, but also the invaluable bridge they create between clients and accountants through a Xero integration.

What’s in the till? A till, or POS system, has been an essential piece of kit for retail and hospitality businesses of all sizes for decades. The first cash register was invented in the USA in the late 1800s, and until relatively recently, most till systems have changed surprisingly little, basically just acting as a calculator and a secure cash drawer. In today’s digital world, however,

an EPOS system can become the beating heart of a small business. A till can now pull in and use data in a way that allows a business owner to manage stock and staff, understand and engage customers better, manage tables and food orders and generally make smarter business decisions. What’s more, by integrating with accountancy platforms like Xero, a till can enable business owners to work with more accuracy and

One of the consequences of the mainstream adoption of digital technology is that levels of customer loyalty are declining. With the world literally at their fingertips, it has never been easier for consumers to find what they want, at the right price, and that poses a significant challenge for both online and offline businesses. Convenience has become the key to competing in today’s connected world. Businesses of all sizes, from retail giants like Amazon to small independent coffee shops, are investing in initiatives to remove barriers from the customer journey and make their experience as hassle-free as possible, and the right till system has a vital role to play in this. Payment methods like contactless and mobile are growing rapidly in popularity, and the more they are promoted by major retailers like supermarkets and high street giants, the more customer expectations shift. Being able to take payments in this way will quickly become the expected standard, so don’t allow your clients’ businesses to get left behind. Power to the people Managing staff can be one of the challenges that takes small business owners by surprise, as it involves not only coordinating resources, but also managing personalities and dynamics. The data collected by a smart POS can be hugely beneficial when it comes to staff management, particularly as it separates the facts from any emotion to make more informed decisions. With the right data points, businesses can look at whether they’re getting the ratio of staff to activity right at different times, how staff are working or even who the best salesperson is. Crucially, by integrating with a platform like Xero, a POS system

114 / Issue 11

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

not only removes the need for people to spend time manually inputting data, but also eliminates the risk of human error. In today’s increasingly anonymous digital world, genuine human interaction is scarcer than ever before, which only makes a human connection more valuable. It therefore pays to use technology to automate data-driven tasks, and free up the people in a team to add value through their human emotion and creativity. Future-proofing business Technology has always been one of the key factors transforming the way different businesses and industries work, and the rate that technology develops continues to increase. The rise of smart devices, sensors and the Internet of Things means more data is being collected than ever before – in fact, more data has been collected in the past 18 months than in the rest of human history combined.

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Data is quickly becoming the factor that makes and breaks business. Using data intelligently is already underpinning the success of the world’s fastest growing businesses, so investing in technology, like POS systems, that enable businesses to gather and utilise data effectively is vital to prevent them being left behind. By recommending the right till system to your clients, you can enable them to use data to spot problems before they occur. It can allow them to access real-time reporting of exactly what is selling, who is making the sales and even keep on top of the numberone killer of small businesses – cashflow. You will no doubt have come across small business owners saying that they’re “not a numbers person.” However, once they are equipped with a till system that is integrated with Xero, they really have no excuse. Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 115


Plumber on a mission: How this tradie spends more time on his passion and less in his business

@aro_flo

Katrina Miller, Marketing Manager, AroFlo Katrina is a marketing professional with more than two decades’ experience working with established global brands and ambitious start-ups. She joined AroFlo in 2015 and has spent the past two years cementing AroFlo’s reputation as the most trusted and reliable job management solution on the market. With a strong customer-centric focus, Katrina loves discovering the unique and varied ways cloud technology can transform the businesses and lives of AroFlo clients.

Ever dreamed of spending more time on your passions and less on your business? Meet a Melbourne tradie reaping the rewards from a powerful combination of beautiful accounting and full featured job management software. Xero and AroFlo not only transformed his business, but allowed him to follow his heart to India helping young schoolgirls in need...

T

ime – along with money or love – it’s the one thing we all crave more of. Time to spend with family and friends. Time to do the things you love. Time to give back to your community. Time to work ‘on’ your business, not ‘in’ your business. It’s a lament many small business owners face. Justin Morris of Precision Electrical and Plumbing knew that pain all too well. Justin is a rarity in tradie terms – where most tradespeople are singularly qualified, he is both a plumber and an electrician. It’s a

winning combination and huge drawcard for Justin’s clients. But as his business skyrocketed, Justin found himself drowning under an avalanche of paperwork, wasting hours each evening keeping up with the administrative demands of running a successful business. By day, he was on the tools servicing clients in and around the eastern suburbs of Melbourne. By night he was invoicing clients, reconciling purchase orders, chasing missing payments and piecing together handwritten job cards and timesheets retrieved from

the back of utes. It was a chaotic situation; one that meant Justin wasn’t spending time doing what he loved, let alone focusing on his business goals.

of ‘beautiful’ accounting that was super easy to use, Justin made the decision to switch. Industry mates had also mentioned AroFlo, a job management software with powerful features that helps tradies whip their business into shape. The two cloud-based systems integrate, giving Justin the solution he needs to effectively run his business. He was hooked. But Justin had a hard time convincing his bookkeeper that Xero and AroFlo would be the right fit for his business. Still very much entrenched in the legacy accounting system she knew so well, she had concerns about this flashy ‘new kid

on the block’. But Xero’s ease of use, mobility and constant updates eventually won her over – and neither of them have looked back since.

link in AroFlo, Justin’s client data, purchase order and invoice information gets instantly updated across both systems. It means he stays on top of his financials at all times.

A match made in tradie heaven Being cloud-based solutions, Xero and AroFlo can ‘talk’ to each other, allowing for the seamless flow of client data and financial information between both systems. In the field, Justin uses AroFlo to schedule jobs, track his staff, order materials, invoice clients and more. It means he can do once-deskbound tasks on the run, from his phone. With a simple click of his Xero integration

Small business owners often get bogged down using multiple systems to meet various business requirements. From job scheduling, timesheets, invoicing, inventory management, accounting and document storage, bouncing around from one system to the next creates more work. AroFlo gives Justin everything he needs in one succinct package. His bookkeeper reconciles his monthly bank

“The end goal for my business is to make money, but not so I can live in a big house and drive a flashy car,” says Justin. “My passion lies in using my trade skills to help those who are less fortunate in the community.” To find more time to do the charity work he loves, something had to give. Justin knew he had to get smarter in how he operated his business, finding the right tools to do the grunt work, so he could work on his business at a higher level rather than getting bogged down in day-to-day administrative tasks. Shifting systems (and opinions) Justin was struggling with the limitations of his existing desktop accounting system – it was inflexible, onerous to use and didn’t integrate with any other programs. Drawn by Xero’s promise

116 / Issue 11

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 117


Plumber on a mission: How this tradie spends more time on his passion and less in his business

@aro_flo

Katrina Miller, Marketing Manager, AroFlo Katrina is a marketing professional with more than two decades’ experience working with established global brands and ambitious start-ups. She joined AroFlo in 2015 and has spent the past two years cementing AroFlo’s reputation as the most trusted and reliable job management solution on the market. With a strong customer-centric focus, Katrina loves discovering the unique and varied ways cloud technology can transform the businesses and lives of AroFlo clients.

Ever dreamed of spending more time on your passions and less on your business? Meet a Melbourne tradie reaping the rewards from a powerful combination of beautiful accounting and full featured job management software. Xero and AroFlo not only transformed his business, but allowed him to follow his heart to India helping young schoolgirls in need...

T

ime – along with money or love – it’s the one thing we all crave more of. Time to spend with family and friends. Time to do the things you love. Time to give back to your community. Time to work ‘on’ your business, not ‘in’ your business. It’s a lament many small business owners face. Justin Morris of Precision Electrical and Plumbing knew that pain all too well. Justin is a rarity in tradie terms – where most tradespeople are singularly qualified, he is both a plumber and an electrician. It’s a

winning combination and huge drawcard for Justin’s clients. But as his business skyrocketed, Justin found himself drowning under an avalanche of paperwork, wasting hours each evening keeping up with the administrative demands of running a successful business. By day, he was on the tools servicing clients in and around the eastern suburbs of Melbourne. By night he was invoicing clients, reconciling purchase orders, chasing missing payments and piecing together handwritten job cards and timesheets retrieved from

the back of utes. It was a chaotic situation; one that meant Justin wasn’t spending time doing what he loved, let alone focusing on his business goals.

of ‘beautiful’ accounting that was super easy to use, Justin made the decision to switch. Industry mates had also mentioned AroFlo, a job management software with powerful features that helps tradies whip their business into shape. The two cloud-based systems integrate, giving Justin the solution he needs to effectively run his business. He was hooked. But Justin had a hard time convincing his bookkeeper that Xero and AroFlo would be the right fit for his business. Still very much entrenched in the legacy accounting system she knew so well, she had concerns about this flashy ‘new kid

on the block’. But Xero’s ease of use, mobility and constant updates eventually won her over – and neither of them have looked back since.

link in AroFlo, Justin’s client data, purchase order and invoice information gets instantly updated across both systems. It means he stays on top of his financials at all times.

A match made in tradie heaven Being cloud-based solutions, Xero and AroFlo can ‘talk’ to each other, allowing for the seamless flow of client data and financial information between both systems. In the field, Justin uses AroFlo to schedule jobs, track his staff, order materials, invoice clients and more. It means he can do once-deskbound tasks on the run, from his phone. With a simple click of his Xero integration

Small business owners often get bogged down using multiple systems to meet various business requirements. From job scheduling, timesheets, invoicing, inventory management, accounting and document storage, bouncing around from one system to the next creates more work. AroFlo gives Justin everything he needs in one succinct package. His bookkeeper reconciles his monthly bank

“The end goal for my business is to make money, but not so I can live in a big house and drive a flashy car,” says Justin. “My passion lies in using my trade skills to help those who are less fortunate in the community.” To find more time to do the charity work he loves, something had to give. Justin knew he had to get smarter in how he operated his business, finding the right tools to do the grunt work, so he could work on his business at a higher level rather than getting bogged down in day-to-day administrative tasks. Shifting systems (and opinions) Justin was struggling with the limitations of his existing desktop accounting system – it was inflexible, onerous to use and didn’t integrate with any other programs. Drawn by Xero’s promise

116 / Issue 11

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 117


Justin’s philanthropic pursuits and business vision, he has full confidence he can continue kicking both personal and professional goals for the years ahead. So what advice does Justin have for the young guns, the sole traders just starting out? “You have to be online, and your business systems need to be cloudbased,” Justin says. “New business owners might think they’re saving money on technology if they stick to a paper-based system, especially in the beginning as they struggle with cash flow. But in the long run they’re going to end up wasting a lot of time and money. I know guys who are just using Xero for their standard business operations but I tell them they need to get a job management system, too. My decision to integrate both Xero and AroFlo into Precision Electrical and Plumbing transformed not only my business, but also my life.”

passion for helping people by doing what he does best shows no signs of abating. As to next steps, his ultimate goal is to get off the tools entirely and move into more of a strategic managerial role within

his business, freeing him up to do more charity work. And with Xero and AroFlo working hand-in-hand behind the scenes that dream looks like becoming a reality.

Job Management Checklist Need some tips on what to look for when researching job management solutions for your clients? Look no further. • In the cloud: Tradies need to run their business from any location, on any device. Choose a software for busy businesses on-the-go. • All-in-one system: Small businesses eventually outgrow basic, entry level programs. Look for a full-featured system at a reasonable cost that can grow with a business. • Accounting integration: Upto-date financials are crucial.

Keep ahead of the game with a solution that integrates with leading accounting packages. • Supportive customer service: When a business critical issue pops up, business owners need an expert at the other end of the line to help them through. • Word-of-mouth endorsement: Tradies trust the advice of their mates more than flashy marketing spin. Ask around, or jump on to tradie forums. • Partner Program. Choose a strong program that both supports and rewards you as you assist your clients reach their business goals.

From India to Melbourne, Justin’s

statements in Xero, which then pushes all client payment details back into AroFlo. There’s no jumping from one program to another to get simple tasks done. And we all know cash flow is the life blood of any small business. Justin’s Xero-AroFlo integration helps him quickly identify clients who owe him money, even when he’s out on the road. In one classic scenario Justin was called out to a vet clinic for an emergency blocked drain. He arrived early to the job and logged into Xero to fill in time reconciling bank statements while waiting in his car. Justin soon realised the client hadn’t paid for a job from a few months prior. A conversation with the vet manager ensued and prompt payment was arranged as Justin cleared the blockage. It’s a perfect example of agility – getting things done fast, with minimum hassle. The biggest benefit of the Xero/ AroFlo integration, however? The savings in time. “Being a business owner you’re never not thinking 118 / Issue 11

about work, so it frees me up to spend more time with the family,” says Justin. “I’ve got four kids and they’re growing up fast – you never get that time back. Now, instead of me spending hours and hours doing bookwork every evening, it’s now an hour or so a day.” Off to India: Finding more time to do charity work With his business running smoothly, Justin was able to redirect his energy towards his other passion – charity work. In a twist of fate, a chance meeting with a client drew Justin to India, as part of a special project close to his heart. The client had started a charity, We Can’t Wait (wecannotwait.org), which installs toilets for schools in India and aims to build awareness of the sanitation crisis affecting billions of people in the developing world. A regrettable outcome of puberty for Indian schoolgirls is that it negatively impacts on their education. They stop attending school for one week each month, or

drop out of the education system altogether; purely because they lack access to basic toilet facilities. According to the charity, more than 100 million children across the globe go to schools without toilets. Utilising his electrical and plumbing expertise and a generous grant from plumbing supplier Reece, Justin travelled to India to lend a hand to rural communities, providing simple, adequate sanitary facilities to local schools. It was an eyeopening and rewarding experience – for both Justin and his 14-year-old daughter, who accompanied him on his second trip – and one that gave them greater awareness to the plight of young people striving for a better education in third world conditions. And thanks to Xero and AroFlo’s cloud capabilities, Justin was able to keep on top of his business even while he was working half way across the globe.

AUTHORISED CLOUD INTEGRATOR fOR BOOKKEEPERS, ACCOUNTANTS AND THEIR CLIENTS

INVISIBLE BUSINESS SOLUTIONS • 0416 101 422 • INfO@IBSGC.COm.AU • www.AUTHORISEDCLOUDINTEGRATOR.COm.AU

Get it right from the start With AroFlo and Xero supporting

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 119


Justin’s philanthropic pursuits and business vision, he has full confidence he can continue kicking both personal and professional goals for the years ahead. So what advice does Justin have for the young guns, the sole traders just starting out? “You have to be online, and your business systems need to be cloudbased,” Justin says. “New business owners might think they’re saving money on technology if they stick to a paper-based system, especially in the beginning as they struggle with cash flow. But in the long run they’re going to end up wasting a lot of time and money. I know guys who are just using Xero for their standard business operations but I tell them they need to get a job management system, too. My decision to integrate both Xero and AroFlo into Precision Electrical and Plumbing transformed not only my business, but also my life.”

passion for helping people by doing what he does best shows no signs of abating. As to next steps, his ultimate goal is to get off the tools entirely and move into more of a strategic managerial role within

his business, freeing him up to do more charity work. And with Xero and AroFlo working hand-in-hand behind the scenes that dream looks like becoming a reality.

Job Management Checklist Need some tips on what to look for when researching job management solutions for your clients? Look no further. • In the cloud: Tradies need to run their business from any location, on any device. Choose a software for busy businesses on-the-go. • All-in-one system: Small businesses eventually outgrow basic, entry level programs. Look for a full-featured system at a reasonable cost that can grow with a business. • Accounting integration: Upto-date financials are crucial.

Keep ahead of the game with a solution that integrates with leading accounting packages. • Supportive customer service: When a business critical issue pops up, business owners need an expert at the other end of the line to help them through. • Word-of-mouth endorsement: Tradies trust the advice of their mates more than flashy marketing spin. Ask around, or jump on to tradie forums. • Partner Program. Choose a strong program that both supports and rewards you as you assist your clients reach their business goals.

From India to Melbourne, Justin’s

statements in Xero, which then pushes all client payment details back into AroFlo. There’s no jumping from one program to another to get simple tasks done. And we all know cash flow is the life blood of any small business. Justin’s Xero-AroFlo integration helps him quickly identify clients who owe him money, even when he’s out on the road. In one classic scenario Justin was called out to a vet clinic for an emergency blocked drain. He arrived early to the job and logged into Xero to fill in time reconciling bank statements while waiting in his car. Justin soon realised the client hadn’t paid for a job from a few months prior. A conversation with the vet manager ensued and prompt payment was arranged as Justin cleared the blockage. It’s a perfect example of agility – getting things done fast, with minimum hassle. The biggest benefit of the Xero/ AroFlo integration, however? The savings in time. “Being a business owner you’re never not thinking 118 / Issue 11

about work, so it frees me up to spend more time with the family,” says Justin. “I’ve got four kids and they’re growing up fast – you never get that time back. Now, instead of me spending hours and hours doing bookwork every evening, it’s now an hour or so a day.” Off to India: Finding more time to do charity work With his business running smoothly, Justin was able to redirect his energy towards his other passion – charity work. In a twist of fate, a chance meeting with a client drew Justin to India, as part of a special project close to his heart. The client had started a charity, We Can’t Wait (wecannotwait.org), which installs toilets for schools in India and aims to build awareness of the sanitation crisis affecting billions of people in the developing world. A regrettable outcome of puberty for Indian schoolgirls is that it negatively impacts on their education. They stop attending school for one week each month, or

drop out of the education system altogether; purely because they lack access to basic toilet facilities. According to the charity, more than 100 million children across the globe go to schools without toilets. Utilising his electrical and plumbing expertise and a generous grant from plumbing supplier Reece, Justin travelled to India to lend a hand to rural communities, providing simple, adequate sanitary facilities to local schools. It was an eyeopening and rewarding experience – for both Justin and his 14-year-old daughter, who accompanied him on his second trip – and one that gave them greater awareness to the plight of young people striving for a better education in third world conditions. And thanks to Xero and AroFlo’s cloud capabilities, Justin was able to keep on top of his business even while he was working half way across the globe.

AUTHORISED CLOUD INTEGRATOR fOR BOOKKEEPERS, ACCOUNTANTS AND THEIR CLIENTS

INVISIBLE BUSINESS SOLUTIONS • 0416 101 422 • INfO@IBSGC.COm.AU • www.AUTHORISEDCLOUDINTEGRATOR.COm.AU

Get it right from the start With AroFlo and Xero supporting

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 119


A best practice guide to employee management How to attract and retain the best employees ever... Y

our approach to employee management can position your staff as either the greatest asset, or the greatest liability to your business. Following best practice allows you to cultivate a culture of positivity, create a better work environment, increase motivation amongst employees, all with the follow on effect of attracting and retaining better staff. Growing a solid and loyal team behind your business is the key to securing its long-term and ongoing success, providing an invaluable advantage over your competitors. Neglecting to follow correct employee management however, leads to higher rates of employee churn – which means precious time is wasted in rehiring and retraining new employees at the cost of employee morale and the quality of customer service. To start building your best team ever, we’ve put together this easy to follow 5-step checklist for best practice employee management. 1. Create fair schedules The notion of achieving ‘work-life balance’ is not the latest idealistic business buzzwords; it’s a real and important practice that you should be implementing. Any employee that feels they can’t adequately manage the number of hours they are being rostered on to work is inevitably going to be unable to 120 / Issue 11

perform to the best of their ability. Fatigue in the workplace is an important issue and it is vital to recognize and appreciate the difference between the legal maximum hours an employee is allowed to work and the maximum hours that the employee can realistically manage.

@DeputyPartners

Kristin Harris, General Manager, Deputy Kristin has been with Deputy since 2008. She has been involved in nearly all areas of the business, developing a firm understanding of all facets of Deputy with a keen eye on future global growth for the business. Growing up with a strong work ethic has equipped Kristin with a determined attitude and a firm belief that success results from hard work and a positive attitude.

As somebody managing employee pay obligations, you should by now be aware that the same rate of pay can’t be arbitrarily applied to all employees, regardless of how similar their circumstances appear from the outer. Factors such as skill level, relevant qualifications, experience and age can all affect your employees’ level of pay even within the same industry and job description. Things can get more complicated when penalty rates, overtime, leave and other pay allowances need to be accounted for – as this is something that can vary regionally and by industry.

To consistently create fair schedules, it helps to be aware of the number of hours your employees have requested, in addition to keeping track of any requests for leave, unavailability or other factors that can If you or one of your reasonably restrict ...your employees employees believe their number of want to be paid a mistake has been hours on the clock. fairly for the made, it is helpful to It also pays to be work they are have references of conscious that the completing. all your payment and availability of your timekeeping records employees is subject to readily accessible to change at different times quickly and easily resolve any throughout the year such as dispute. It is here that we strongly school holidays, exam periods or recommend letting somebody else due to personal circumstances, and do all the heavy lifting in keeping be prepared to adjust your rosters you compliant – but we’ll get to that accordingly. in step 5. 2. Check your payroll 3. Keep your team balanced Accurately paying your employees With varying rates of pay come is not just best practice; it’s a varying levels of capability. You legal obligation. It’s a no brainer should be wary of the false that your employees want to be economy that comes with stacking paid fairly for the work they are completing, yet inadequate pay still your teams with the cheapest available combination of employees continues as a key issue leading to without considering the realistic employee turnover indiscriminately needs of your business. across most industries.

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Inadequately accounting for the different skill levels and experience of your staff only leads to longer wait times for service, dissatisfied customers that are less likely to repeat business, and overworked, stressed employees that are lacking the support and efficiency that would ideally be provided by senior and more experienced co-workers. By rostering a balanced team of mixed experience, skill level and ages, not only will employee morale and the customer experience greatly improve, but through a faster and more efficient service allowing for a greater number of customer transactions, so too will the bottom line of your business. 4. Communicate Encouraging open, two-way communication with employees should be considered an absolute priority. When your business is considering any aspect of change, whether it is a major change to the company structure or a minor adjustment to the weekly roster, the wider benefits that come from implementing and maintaining a strong culture of consultation and cooperation are far-reaching and plentiful. You should be striving to seek opinions and views from your employees through ongoing consultations with individual employees, employee groups, unions or a mixture of all three. When employees feel aware and involved in the decision-making processes in the workplace, you can benefit from an increase in

productivity, an increased ability of staff members to cope with change in a positive way, and a proven minimization of disputes and employee claims against you or your business. 5. Phone a friend Don’t worry, we saved the best til last – Xero and Deputy have joined forces to make effortless best practice employee management a reality. Through one-click integration between Xero and Deputy you can be enjoying the benefits of having all of your employee records correctly managed for you before you can say, ‘Who or what is Deputy?’ To answer your question though, Deputy is your ultimate tool in employee management, providing you with balanced and optimized rosters that stick to budget while also guaranteeing an adequate distribution of skill level across your rostered team, designed to maximize the efficiency of your business across every shift. Our intuitive cloud-based solution simplifies employee scheduling, time and attendance, tasking and communication as well as providing you with fantastic features such as Award Interpretation, that can guarantee an accurate payroll every time.

unavailable staff being accidentally included in the roster, while employees reaching their maximum hour allocation will be flagged in real-time to avoid unnecessary employee fatigue. Deputy puts best practice employee management into automatic, so you can focus on the things you love most about running your business.

Through seamlessly syncing employee details across your Xero and Deputy accounts, employee leave requests that are entered into Xero or Deputy will be automatically considered when creating your rosters with Deputy, which prevents

W W

E NE N CRM & Donor Management for Charities Manage Donations, receipts, volunteers, rosters Store Names, address, notes Connect People, groups, communicate Track Assets, donor profile, attendance Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

GIFT

AID

w w w. i n f o o d l e . c o m Telephone NZ +64 7 579 3085 USA +1 415 231 0023

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 121


A best practice guide to employee management How to attract and retain the best employees ever... Y

our approach to employee management can position your staff as either the greatest asset, or the greatest liability to your business. Following best practice allows you to cultivate a culture of positivity, create a better work environment, increase motivation amongst employees, all with the follow on effect of attracting and retaining better staff. Growing a solid and loyal team behind your business is the key to securing its long-term and ongoing success, providing an invaluable advantage over your competitors. Neglecting to follow correct employee management however, leads to higher rates of employee churn – which means precious time is wasted in rehiring and retraining new employees at the cost of employee morale and the quality of customer service. To start building your best team ever, we’ve put together this easy to follow 5-step checklist for best practice employee management. 1. Create fair schedules The notion of achieving ‘work-life balance’ is not the latest idealistic business buzzwords; it’s a real and important practice that you should be implementing. Any employee that feels they can’t adequately manage the number of hours they are being rostered on to work is inevitably going to be unable to 120 / Issue 11

perform to the best of their ability. Fatigue in the workplace is an important issue and it is vital to recognize and appreciate the difference between the legal maximum hours an employee is allowed to work and the maximum hours that the employee can realistically manage.

@DeputyPartners

Kristin Harris, General Manager, Deputy Kristin has been with Deputy since 2008. She has been involved in nearly all areas of the business, developing a firm understanding of all facets of Deputy with a keen eye on future global growth for the business. Growing up with a strong work ethic has equipped Kristin with a determined attitude and a firm belief that success results from hard work and a positive attitude.

As somebody managing employee pay obligations, you should by now be aware that the same rate of pay can’t be arbitrarily applied to all employees, regardless of how similar their circumstances appear from the outer. Factors such as skill level, relevant qualifications, experience and age can all affect your employees’ level of pay even within the same industry and job description. Things can get more complicated when penalty rates, overtime, leave and other pay allowances need to be accounted for – as this is something that can vary regionally and by industry.

To consistently create fair schedules, it helps to be aware of the number of hours your employees have requested, in addition to keeping track of any requests for leave, unavailability or other factors that can If you or one of your reasonably restrict ...your employees employees believe their number of want to be paid a mistake has been hours on the clock. fairly for the made, it is helpful to It also pays to be work they are have references of conscious that the completing. all your payment and availability of your timekeeping records employees is subject to readily accessible to change at different times quickly and easily resolve any throughout the year such as dispute. It is here that we strongly school holidays, exam periods or recommend letting somebody else due to personal circumstances, and do all the heavy lifting in keeping be prepared to adjust your rosters you compliant – but we’ll get to that accordingly. in step 5. 2. Check your payroll 3. Keep your team balanced Accurately paying your employees With varying rates of pay come is not just best practice; it’s a varying levels of capability. You legal obligation. It’s a no brainer should be wary of the false that your employees want to be economy that comes with stacking paid fairly for the work they are completing, yet inadequate pay still your teams with the cheapest available combination of employees continues as a key issue leading to without considering the realistic employee turnover indiscriminately needs of your business. across most industries.

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Inadequately accounting for the different skill levels and experience of your staff only leads to longer wait times for service, dissatisfied customers that are less likely to repeat business, and overworked, stressed employees that are lacking the support and efficiency that would ideally be provided by senior and more experienced co-workers. By rostering a balanced team of mixed experience, skill level and ages, not only will employee morale and the customer experience greatly improve, but through a faster and more efficient service allowing for a greater number of customer transactions, so too will the bottom line of your business. 4. Communicate Encouraging open, two-way communication with employees should be considered an absolute priority. When your business is considering any aspect of change, whether it is a major change to the company structure or a minor adjustment to the weekly roster, the wider benefits that come from implementing and maintaining a strong culture of consultation and cooperation are far-reaching and plentiful. You should be striving to seek opinions and views from your employees through ongoing consultations with individual employees, employee groups, unions or a mixture of all three. When employees feel aware and involved in the decision-making processes in the workplace, you can benefit from an increase in

productivity, an increased ability of staff members to cope with change in a positive way, and a proven minimization of disputes and employee claims against you or your business. 5. Phone a friend Don’t worry, we saved the best til last – Xero and Deputy have joined forces to make effortless best practice employee management a reality. Through one-click integration between Xero and Deputy you can be enjoying the benefits of having all of your employee records correctly managed for you before you can say, ‘Who or what is Deputy?’ To answer your question though, Deputy is your ultimate tool in employee management, providing you with balanced and optimized rosters that stick to budget while also guaranteeing an adequate distribution of skill level across your rostered team, designed to maximize the efficiency of your business across every shift. Our intuitive cloud-based solution simplifies employee scheduling, time and attendance, tasking and communication as well as providing you with fantastic features such as Award Interpretation, that can guarantee an accurate payroll every time.

unavailable staff being accidentally included in the roster, while employees reaching their maximum hour allocation will be flagged in real-time to avoid unnecessary employee fatigue. Deputy puts best practice employee management into automatic, so you can focus on the things you love most about running your business.

Through seamlessly syncing employee details across your Xero and Deputy accounts, employee leave requests that are entered into Xero or Deputy will be automatically considered when creating your rosters with Deputy, which prevents

W W

E NE N CRM & Donor Management for Charities Manage Donations, receipts, volunteers, rosters Store Names, address, notes Connect People, groups, communicate Track Assets, donor profile, attendance Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

GIFT

AID

w w w. i n f o o d l e . c o m Telephone NZ +64 7 579 3085 USA +1 415 231 0023

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 121


Keeping up with your digital customers ‘Millennial’ or ‘Generation Y’; they are the children of the dot com boom and the dawn of mobile. They have significantly different priorities on how, where and when they work compared to their predecessors. They’re likely to already be a significant portion of your customers - and if you’re still adapting to the change, you’ll need to work faster, as the next even more digitally absorbed generation is just around the corner. Born in the mid 90’s ‘Generation Z’, are set to turn 21 this year. As defined by Goldman Sachs, a ‘device in hand’ generation, these ‘Digital Natives’ will account for a fifth of the workforce in just a few years time.

T

he future is digital and your clients will be too. It’s critical to engage with customers on their terms in order to further business relationships. So how must your accounting practice evolve and tailor its services in order to keep up with these valuable customers? Update your IT infrastructure Digital Natives are the most web savvy and app friendly generation yet, and believe that technology enables them to be more productive and mobile. Digital natives value those businesses which offer them access to the right tools and services to allow them to work how and when they choose. These clients will want to work with technologically-savvy, digital-first firms. So to win their business, it will be critical for accountancy firms to leverage automated, mobile, and cloud-based technologies. As a first step, accountancy firms will need to restrategise their core IT offering to demonstrate to the client that they have the technological agility to keep pace with their business and flex with their demands.

122 / Issue 11

Engage via the small screen + social media

supplier account, nominal account and tax code without ever creating duplicate supplier accounts or posting duplicate invoices in Xero. AutoEntry even matches invoices to purchase orders.

@OCRexSoftware

Brendan Woods, Founder and CEO of OCREX - the company that developed AutoEntry Originally a software developer in the hedge fund space, he quit his job and started AutoEntry. AutoEntry supplies to over 2000 accounting firms and automates data entry of purchase and sales invoices, receipts, bank statements and more, providing significant time and cost savings.

experiences from their service providers.

As you might expect, Digital Natives Therefore it will be important to understand how you can deliver will be increasingly reliant on excellent service in your accounting mobile devices and using several practice. For instance, make screens at one time. Ensure your sure emails and phone calls are website is mobile optimised and responded to in the same day, consider running a targeted mobile and offer free WiFi in your waiting advertising, or video marketing rooms. Be transparent about fees campaign. Open new avenues of and offer flexible communication with clients pricing plans if such as Skype or Google possible. Strive to Hangouts, allowing Digital Natives expect overachieve - if you them to contact you quick, easy and need to deliver a at their convenience. flawless customer document, have experiences from their it ready ahead of Social media service providers. time. Personalise will continue to your service to each be a prime way to and every customer and promote your business advise on how they could and market your services. take their business to the next Reviews matter, so tweet links level - from available tax reliefs, to customer case studies, join to managing new hires and office business networks on LinkedIn and openings. grow a community via a Facebook page. Offer automated accounting Focus on customer experience Using automated cloud-based data management software will be key Growing up in the ‘on-demand’ in order to enable clients to access economy, with 24 hour service and their financial records remotely, and mobile apps to organise your day, upload paper documents such as from delivering lunch to cleaning bills, invoices and receipts at their your house, Digital Natives expect convenience and via a mobile app. quick, easy and flawless customer

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

This type of software also provides the accountant with valuable operational efficiencies. For instance AutoEntry, a Xero add-on App, captures and analyses scanned and photographed purchase and sales invoices, receipts, bank and card statements, automating your data entry to Xero. Clearly popular with over 10,000 companies using it just a year after

its release, many accountants and bookkeepers find its flexible pricing structure, ease of use and quality of features outshine other solutions in this space. For example, AutoEntry captures tax summaries by default and if requested, full line item details including description, quantity and unit price. AutoEntry also remembers how you categorise your expenses such as the relevant

The app for tradies ServiceM8 helps trades and services businesses run their operations from anywhere. ServiceM8 keeps track of jobs from a client’s first call through to quoting, scheduling, job completion, invoicing and payment.

To remain competitive, it will be critical for accounting practices to consider how they can engage with and serve these digital generations. Updating their IT infrastructure and leaning on smart technology must be at the heart of this strategy. Now is the time to push out unnecessary practices, such as manual data entry, using cloud-based and automated solutions like Xero and AutoEntry to take care of the grunt work, and allowing you to focus on diversifying services. This will increasingly be the priority of savvy accountancy practices, and in so doing, will enable them to catch the eye of these customers and win their business in the long-term.

“What a fantastic product! Since starting to use ServiceM8, I feel I provide so much better service to my customers.” Nerge Agusi

“Going paperless has been a breeze! Could not recommend ServiceM8 enough!!” Ryan Stewart

“I absolutely love ServiceM8 and Xero. They both work together so well it makes my life that much easier.” Lauren Howie

XU Magazine Special 50% off your first 3 months www.servicem8.com/special/xu-promo

XERO ADD-ON OF THE YEAR

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 123


Keeping up with your digital customers ‘Millennial’ or ‘Generation Y’; they are the children of the dot com boom and the dawn of mobile. They have significantly different priorities on how, where and when they work compared to their predecessors. They’re likely to already be a significant portion of your customers - and if you’re still adapting to the change, you’ll need to work faster, as the next even more digitally absorbed generation is just around the corner. Born in the mid 90’s ‘Generation Z’, are set to turn 21 this year. As defined by Goldman Sachs, a ‘device in hand’ generation, these ‘Digital Natives’ will account for a fifth of the workforce in just a few years time.

T

he future is digital and your clients will be too. It’s critical to engage with customers on their terms in order to further business relationships. So how must your accounting practice evolve and tailor its services in order to keep up with these valuable customers? Update your IT infrastructure Digital Natives are the most web savvy and app friendly generation yet, and believe that technology enables them to be more productive and mobile. Digital natives value those businesses which offer them access to the right tools and services to allow them to work how and when they choose. These clients will want to work with technologically-savvy, digital-first firms. So to win their business, it will be critical for accountancy firms to leverage automated, mobile, and cloud-based technologies. As a first step, accountancy firms will need to restrategise their core IT offering to demonstrate to the client that they have the technological agility to keep pace with their business and flex with their demands.

122 / Issue 11

Engage via the small screen + social media

supplier account, nominal account and tax code without ever creating duplicate supplier accounts or posting duplicate invoices in Xero. AutoEntry even matches invoices to purchase orders.

@OCRexSoftware

Brendan Woods, Founder and CEO of OCREX - the company that developed AutoEntry Originally a software developer in the hedge fund space, he quit his job and started AutoEntry. AutoEntry supplies to over 2000 accounting firms and automates data entry of purchase and sales invoices, receipts, bank statements and more, providing significant time and cost savings.

experiences from their service providers.

As you might expect, Digital Natives Therefore it will be important to understand how you can deliver will be increasingly reliant on excellent service in your accounting mobile devices and using several practice. For instance, make screens at one time. Ensure your sure emails and phone calls are website is mobile optimised and responded to in the same day, consider running a targeted mobile and offer free WiFi in your waiting advertising, or video marketing rooms. Be transparent about fees campaign. Open new avenues of and offer flexible communication with clients pricing plans if such as Skype or Google possible. Strive to Hangouts, allowing Digital Natives expect overachieve - if you them to contact you quick, easy and need to deliver a at their convenience. flawless customer document, have experiences from their it ready ahead of Social media service providers. time. Personalise will continue to your service to each be a prime way to and every customer and promote your business advise on how they could and market your services. take their business to the next Reviews matter, so tweet links level - from available tax reliefs, to customer case studies, join to managing new hires and office business networks on LinkedIn and openings. grow a community via a Facebook page. Offer automated accounting Focus on customer experience Using automated cloud-based data management software will be key Growing up in the ‘on-demand’ in order to enable clients to access economy, with 24 hour service and their financial records remotely, and mobile apps to organise your day, upload paper documents such as from delivering lunch to cleaning bills, invoices and receipts at their your house, Digital Natives expect convenience and via a mobile app. quick, easy and flawless customer

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

This type of software also provides the accountant with valuable operational efficiencies. For instance AutoEntry, a Xero add-on App, captures and analyses scanned and photographed purchase and sales invoices, receipts, bank and card statements, automating your data entry to Xero. Clearly popular with over 10,000 companies using it just a year after

its release, many accountants and bookkeepers find its flexible pricing structure, ease of use and quality of features outshine other solutions in this space. For example, AutoEntry captures tax summaries by default and if requested, full line item details including description, quantity and unit price. AutoEntry also remembers how you categorise your expenses such as the relevant

The app for tradies ServiceM8 helps trades and services businesses run their operations from anywhere. ServiceM8 keeps track of jobs from a client’s first call through to quoting, scheduling, job completion, invoicing and payment.

To remain competitive, it will be critical for accounting practices to consider how they can engage with and serve these digital generations. Updating their IT infrastructure and leaning on smart technology must be at the heart of this strategy. Now is the time to push out unnecessary practices, such as manual data entry, using cloud-based and automated solutions like Xero and AutoEntry to take care of the grunt work, and allowing you to focus on diversifying services. This will increasingly be the priority of savvy accountancy practices, and in so doing, will enable them to catch the eye of these customers and win their business in the long-term.

“What a fantastic product! Since starting to use ServiceM8, I feel I provide so much better service to my customers.” Nerge Agusi

“Going paperless has been a breeze! Could not recommend ServiceM8 enough!!” Ryan Stewart

“I absolutely love ServiceM8 and Xero. They both work together so well it makes my life that much easier.” Lauren Howie

XU Magazine Special 50% off your first 3 months www.servicem8.com/special/xu-promo

XERO ADD-ON OF THE YEAR

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 123


New Xero Connected Apps

New Xero Connected Apps

New to the Xero App Marketplace New App shout-out Are you a new Xero-connected App? Let other Xero users know... email alex@ xumagazine.com

Accounting Instafile instafile.co.uk Instafile lets Xero users file Limited Company Accounts and Corporation Tax Returns directly with Companies House and HMRC. Xero users designed Instafile because they wanted a better way to do their company’s statutory year end filings. Members of the Xero user community supported Instafile’s development by providing invaluable feedback and expertise. Small businesses with straightforward tax affairs can complete their filings in a matter of minutes. This will save them time and money and help them to focus on the important things.

Back-up Software LedgerLocker ledgerlocker.com The LedgerLocker integration provides accountants and small businesses with a simple way to control and own a local copy of their Xero data. Backing-up is easy, and can be scheduled on a daily, weekly or monthly basis (or do it manually whenever you want).

Bills + Expenses ExcluServ Connect excluserv.com

Please note: this is not an exhaustive list of new Apps in the Xero App Marketplace. You can see all Xeroconnected Apps at www.xero.com/ marketplace

124 / Issue 11

ExcluServ brings together the power of Concur with the simplicity of Xero. Concur provides expense, travel and invoice management all within one platform, meaning you only need one application to control all expenditure within your business. ExcluServ provides the seamless integration of Concur

and Xero, with support for smartly managing billable expenses and viewing all your invoices and expense receipts as attached images to Purchase Invoices in Xero. ExpenseTron expensetron.com Expensetron is an intelligent expense tracker Slackbot built to simplify filing expense claims directly into Xero. It helps small business owners and their employees input expense claims where they work and communicate already – Slack. Input your expenses or just drop your receipts and ExpenseTron will categorise, file them and send for approval.

Construction and Trades OKappy okappy.com OKappy is an innovative communications platform which rethinks the way businesses manage their day-to-day jobs. It applies social networking technology to a real business need – the need to communicate and collaborate when working with multiple subcontractors, sites or clients. It streamlines processes, reduces paperwork and increases efficiency, making a significant difference to bottom-line profits, and giving you complete control of every job, every step of the way.

E-commerce Ecwid ecwid.com Ecwid is an omni-channel, cloudbased e-commerce platform for SMBs. It makes it easy for merchants to sell anywhere, on

any device and in 50 languages. Over one million merchants in 175 countries sell their products using Ecwid’s unique channels, including on the web, Facebook, mobile, POS, marketplaces like eBay, and onthe-go. Syncing with Xero enables easy management of accounting processes and saves time by avoiding manually entering data from one system to another.

Education Administrate getadministrate.com Administrate is training management software delivered from the cloud. It helps training companies and training departments manage their entire business. Our integrated online system focuses on making your training administration easier, helping you deliver outstanding eLearning, and assisting you in keeping your website up-to-date and taking online course bookings. Capital Pitch (Financial Services) Capital Pitch is a lead investor in tech-enabled startups that helps Australian businesses get investor ready. You can apply for funding and then connect Xero to the CapitalPitch platform for a fasttracked investment assessment. Use the platform to lead the investment round via the Capital Pitch venture fund and syndicate the round with smart and strategic follow-on investors. You can also manage your investor relations more efficiently with instant reporting.

Financial Services

the new financial services category in the Xero App marketplace. With MarketInvoice, you can turn your unpaid invoices into cash for your businesses, quickly and easily. Connecting your Xero account enables you to apply in minutes no need to upload any documents manually.

Health Dentally dentally.co Dentally is a healthcare technology company, offering cloud-based dental software that helps manage your dental practice and provide patient care. It is fully integrated with Xero to help further improve the workflow of your sales data. Patient payments in Dentally are automatically imported into Xero. At the end of each day, Dentally will take all of the payments that have been recorded in Dentally and create an invoice in Xero.

Invoicing i2B i2b-online.com

i2B Supplier Portal is designed to manage and share the flow of Xero purchasing information (from order to shipment to invoice) with your suppliers. When integrated with Xero , everything moves faster and more simply within the cloud. You no longer need to constantly email suppliers, pick up the phone, check on orders and delivery timelines – i2B does all of that for you.

booking software for any venue, school, function space, caterer, pub or club. When you connect and integrate your Function Tracker and Xero accounts, you will have a seamless accounting process. Any invoices created in Function Tracker will flow right through to Xero, and changes/payments made in either system are reflected in both. In addition, any contacts created and invoiced in Function Tracker will update or add customer details in Xero.

Membership Software MembershipWorks membershipworks.com MembershipWorks allows membership organisations to automate day-to-day administration. It makes it much easier to process new member signups, renewals, event registrations, donations and e-commerce purchases, straight from an organisation’s website.

Payments

Point of Sale Intelligentpos intelligentpos.com When integrated with Xero, Intelligentpos gives bar, hospitality businesses, retailers and their accountants the ability to see exactly what is going on in the business at any given moment. Ultimately, informed businesses are better businesses and our Xero integration allows decisions to be made in an accurate and timely manner, giving your business a real edge.

BPAY by DEFT Operated by Macquarie Bank for over 20 years, DEFT processes millions of payments each year. DEFT is an automated payment collection, receipting and bank reconciliation service. It frees your business from the burden of manual processing and gives you back the time to focus on other things, such as growing your business. BPAY® with DEFT makes it easy for your customers to pay their Xero online invoices with BPAY – and easy for you to reconcile in Xero. You don’t need to set up a separate BPAY Biller code you just need a Macquarie Bank account. The online application takes about 20 minutes.

Nobly Point of Sale noblypos.com Nobly is a complete POS system for hospitality businesses. It is now the #1 rated EPOS provider in the UK on TrustPilot! Nobly’s mission is to deliver the highest quality to POS system to shop owners around the world! It’s perfect for coffee shops, quick service retail, bars, delis, food trucks and much more. The Good Till Co thegoodtill.com

the accountant-friendly till system

Payroll + HR

MarketInvoice marketinvoice.com

Function Tracker functiontracker.com

HR Central hrcentral.com.au

MarketInvoice is pleased to join

Function Tracker is a calendar based

HR Central offers cloud-based

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

software for HR compliance. It helps you manage your policies, leave, employee qualifications, procedures, and documentation. It also makes it easy to retrieve your employees’ leave entitlements and allows your employees to make better decisions about leave. The integrations with Xero means changes to your employees’ personal details will synchronise to HR Central. Therefore this allows your employees to view their Xero payslips through HR Central’s document storage.

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

INTEGRATED WITH

WWW.THEGOODTILL.COM HELLO@THEGOODTILL.COM 0203 764 0800

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 125


New Xero Connected Apps

New Xero Connected Apps

New to the Xero App Marketplace New App shout-out Are you a new Xero-connected App? Let other Xero users know... email alex@ xumagazine.com

Accounting Instafile instafile.co.uk Instafile lets Xero users file Limited Company Accounts and Corporation Tax Returns directly with Companies House and HMRC. Xero users designed Instafile because they wanted a better way to do their company’s statutory year end filings. Members of the Xero user community supported Instafile’s development by providing invaluable feedback and expertise. Small businesses with straightforward tax affairs can complete their filings in a matter of minutes. This will save them time and money and help them to focus on the important things.

Back-up Software LedgerLocker ledgerlocker.com The LedgerLocker integration provides accountants and small businesses with a simple way to control and own a local copy of their Xero data. Backing-up is easy, and can be scheduled on a daily, weekly or monthly basis (or do it manually whenever you want).

Bills + Expenses ExcluServ Connect excluserv.com

Please note: this is not an exhaustive list of new Apps in the Xero App Marketplace. You can see all Xeroconnected Apps at www.xero.com/ marketplace

124 / Issue 11

ExcluServ brings together the power of Concur with the simplicity of Xero. Concur provides expense, travel and invoice management all within one platform, meaning you only need one application to control all expenditure within your business. ExcluServ provides the seamless integration of Concur

and Xero, with support for smartly managing billable expenses and viewing all your invoices and expense receipts as attached images to Purchase Invoices in Xero. ExpenseTron expensetron.com Expensetron is an intelligent expense tracker Slackbot built to simplify filing expense claims directly into Xero. It helps small business owners and their employees input expense claims where they work and communicate already – Slack. Input your expenses or just drop your receipts and ExpenseTron will categorise, file them and send for approval.

Construction and Trades OKappy okappy.com OKappy is an innovative communications platform which rethinks the way businesses manage their day-to-day jobs. It applies social networking technology to a real business need – the need to communicate and collaborate when working with multiple subcontractors, sites or clients. It streamlines processes, reduces paperwork and increases efficiency, making a significant difference to bottom-line profits, and giving you complete control of every job, every step of the way.

E-commerce Ecwid ecwid.com Ecwid is an omni-channel, cloudbased e-commerce platform for SMBs. It makes it easy for merchants to sell anywhere, on

any device and in 50 languages. Over one million merchants in 175 countries sell their products using Ecwid’s unique channels, including on the web, Facebook, mobile, POS, marketplaces like eBay, and onthe-go. Syncing with Xero enables easy management of accounting processes and saves time by avoiding manually entering data from one system to another.

Education Administrate getadministrate.com Administrate is training management software delivered from the cloud. It helps training companies and training departments manage their entire business. Our integrated online system focuses on making your training administration easier, helping you deliver outstanding eLearning, and assisting you in keeping your website up-to-date and taking online course bookings. Capital Pitch (Financial Services) Capital Pitch is a lead investor in tech-enabled startups that helps Australian businesses get investor ready. You can apply for funding and then connect Xero to the CapitalPitch platform for a fasttracked investment assessment. Use the platform to lead the investment round via the Capital Pitch venture fund and syndicate the round with smart and strategic follow-on investors. You can also manage your investor relations more efficiently with instant reporting.

Financial Services

the new financial services category in the Xero App marketplace. With MarketInvoice, you can turn your unpaid invoices into cash for your businesses, quickly and easily. Connecting your Xero account enables you to apply in minutes no need to upload any documents manually.

Health Dentally dentally.co Dentally is a healthcare technology company, offering cloud-based dental software that helps manage your dental practice and provide patient care. It is fully integrated with Xero to help further improve the workflow of your sales data. Patient payments in Dentally are automatically imported into Xero. At the end of each day, Dentally will take all of the payments that have been recorded in Dentally and create an invoice in Xero.

Invoicing i2B i2b-online.com

i2B Supplier Portal is designed to manage and share the flow of Xero purchasing information (from order to shipment to invoice) with your suppliers. When integrated with Xero , everything moves faster and more simply within the cloud. You no longer need to constantly email suppliers, pick up the phone, check on orders and delivery timelines – i2B does all of that for you.

booking software for any venue, school, function space, caterer, pub or club. When you connect and integrate your Function Tracker and Xero accounts, you will have a seamless accounting process. Any invoices created in Function Tracker will flow right through to Xero, and changes/payments made in either system are reflected in both. In addition, any contacts created and invoiced in Function Tracker will update or add customer details in Xero.

Membership Software MembershipWorks membershipworks.com MembershipWorks allows membership organisations to automate day-to-day administration. It makes it much easier to process new member signups, renewals, event registrations, donations and e-commerce purchases, straight from an organisation’s website.

Payments

Point of Sale Intelligentpos intelligentpos.com When integrated with Xero, Intelligentpos gives bar, hospitality businesses, retailers and their accountants the ability to see exactly what is going on in the business at any given moment. Ultimately, informed businesses are better businesses and our Xero integration allows decisions to be made in an accurate and timely manner, giving your business a real edge.

BPAY by DEFT Operated by Macquarie Bank for over 20 years, DEFT processes millions of payments each year. DEFT is an automated payment collection, receipting and bank reconciliation service. It frees your business from the burden of manual processing and gives you back the time to focus on other things, such as growing your business. BPAY® with DEFT makes it easy for your customers to pay their Xero online invoices with BPAY – and easy for you to reconcile in Xero. You don’t need to set up a separate BPAY Biller code you just need a Macquarie Bank account. The online application takes about 20 minutes.

Nobly Point of Sale noblypos.com Nobly is a complete POS system for hospitality businesses. It is now the #1 rated EPOS provider in the UK on TrustPilot! Nobly’s mission is to deliver the highest quality to POS system to shop owners around the world! It’s perfect for coffee shops, quick service retail, bars, delis, food trucks and much more. The Good Till Co thegoodtill.com

the accountant-friendly till system

Payroll + HR

MarketInvoice marketinvoice.com

Function Tracker functiontracker.com

HR Central hrcentral.com.au

MarketInvoice is pleased to join

Function Tracker is a calendar based

HR Central offers cloud-based

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

software for HR compliance. It helps you manage your policies, leave, employee qualifications, procedures, and documentation. It also makes it easy to retrieve your employees’ leave entitlements and allows your employees to make better decisions about leave. The integrations with Xero means changes to your employees’ personal details will synchronise to HR Central. Therefore this allows your employees to view their Xero payslips through HR Central’s document storage.

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

INTEGRATED WITH

WWW.THEGOODTILL.COM HELLO@THEGOODTILL.COM 0203 764 0800

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 125


New Xero Connected Apps The Good Till Co is an intuitive and affordable iPad POS system that gives you detailed information on everything happening in your business, helping you make the most of your time and money. It is designed to help independent businesses in the retail and hospitality industries to better compete against the big names in the industry.

Reporting CaFE cashflowcafe.co.uk CaFE stands for cash flow engine, and that’s exactly what it is – an essential app for small businesses accountants and bookkeepers to help them or their clients better manage their cash flow. Once integrated with Xero, it predicts looming cash shortfalls so that accountants and bookkeepers can take avoiding action. There is no complex forecasting and no need to enter any budgets. The application is always on and automatically syncs, meaning the data is there when you need it. CaFE also produces clear and easy to understand reports that you will love! Grow grow.com Grow is easy-to-use business intelligence software to help small businesses accelerate growth. With Grow, you can compare data from different sources on one fully customised dashboard. You can also see your entire company at a glance and get insights tailored to your business. Furthermore you can blend, customise, and monitor data from Xero alongside other essential business data in real-time. You can also strategically visualise your data to focus your team on the goals and objectives that matter most. Recount recount.com Recount provides AI Financial Analytics to tell you what’s going on in your business and how you 126 / Issue 11

can improve it – whenever you want. Using artificial intelligence technology, it can create insightful reports with relevant details, in plain language – in seconds. ReportAmigo reportamigo.com With ReportAmigo, teams can interact and collaborate with minimal effort. ReportAmigo automates your financial reporting by engaging stakeholders with interactive reports, sent over email and text messaging. It also helps you build contact groups and send financial reports that include charts conveying key highlights with interactive features; for example, comments and notifications. StatX statx.io StatX provides a simple and visual way to see your Xero financials on your smartphone (iOS and Android). It offers small businesses and accountants alike a place to view beautiful mobile dashboards that give insight into cash flow, A/R, A/P, and other key metrics to help drive critical business decisions.

Tax Nifty Forms niftyforms.com Nifty Forms is owned by our accounting partner PwC. If you’re an Australian startup or small business conducting research and development activities, you may be eligible to get a cash refund through the Government’s R&D Tax Incentive. Best of all, Nifty Forms can help you claim back up to 45% of your R&D expenses.

Time Tracking Active Collab activecollab.com Active Collab is a project management tool that lets you collaborate with your team, vendors and clients, track time on tasks and issue invoices. You can quickly

issue invoices in Xero based on tracked time in Active Collab. The two systems are always in sync – if an invoice is marked as paid in Xero, it is also marked as paid in Active Collab. You can manage your projects and track time with Active Collab while continuing to use Xero for invoice management. Magnetic magnetichq.com Magnetic is all-in-one agency management software built to help companies operating in the marketing, advertising, and software development increase productivity and profits. It gives you a holistic view of a job’s profitability, allowing you to see both time spent and profit. And invoices and bills paid in Xero are automatically marked as paid in Magnetic.

Xero Practice Manager 2Shakes 2shakes.co.nz 2Shakes helps Bookkeepers, Accountants, Lawyers and Financial Advisors by automating management of client authorities. They make it easy to sign up new or existing clients and get authority to act for them (IRD, ACC, Companies & more). Documents can be e-signed – then clicked to upload to Xero Practice Manager/ WorkflowMax. Nimbus Portals nimbusportals.com Nimbus Portals is a true Cloud Document Management system with built in Secure Client Portal. The Secure Client Portal provides a rich set of features such as digital signatures, email marketing and smart checklists. Additionally, Nimbus Professional automatically pushes your Client and Contact data directly from Xero Practice Manager to your Nimbus Portal. This saves you time and eliminates manual double-entry.

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Discover everything you need to you work smarter, grow your business, develop your career, and make more money at Accounting Business Expo - Australia’s BIGGEST and BOLDEST business event for the world of accountancy and finance management.

4000+ ATTENDEES

2500+ PARTNERS

2700+ BUSINESSES

150+ EXHIBITORS

100+ SPEAKERS

Get your FREE invitation now at AccountingBusiness.com.au For exhibitor information, contact Matthew Shelton +61-7-5510-5102 or matt@nationalmedia.com.au Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine Issue 11 / 127


New Xero Connected Apps The Good Till Co is an intuitive and affordable iPad POS system that gives you detailed information on everything happening in your business, helping you make the most of your time and money. It is designed to help independent businesses in the retail and hospitality industries to better compete against the big names in the industry.

Reporting CaFE cashflowcafe.co.uk CaFE stands for cash flow engine, and that’s exactly what it is – an essential app for small businesses accountants and bookkeepers to help them or their clients better manage their cash flow. Once integrated with Xero, it predicts looming cash shortfalls so that accountants and bookkeepers can take avoiding action. There is no complex forecasting and no need to enter any budgets. The application is always on and automatically syncs, meaning the data is there when you need it. CaFE also produces clear and easy to understand reports that you will love! Grow grow.com Grow is easy-to-use business intelligence software to help small businesses accelerate growth. With Grow, you can compare data from different sources on one fully customised dashboard. You can also see your entire company at a glance and get insights tailored to your business. Furthermore you can blend, customise, and monitor data from Xero alongside other essential business data in real-time. You can also strategically visualise your data to focus your team on the goals and objectives that matter most. Recount recount.com Recount provides AI Financial Analytics to tell you what’s going on in your business and how you 126 / Issue 11

can improve it – whenever you want. Using artificial intelligence technology, it can create insightful reports with relevant details, in plain language – in seconds. ReportAmigo reportamigo.com With ReportAmigo, teams can interact and collaborate with minimal effort. ReportAmigo automates your financial reporting by engaging stakeholders with interactive reports, sent over email and text messaging. It also helps you build contact groups and send financial reports that include charts conveying key highlights with interactive features; for example, comments and notifications. StatX statx.io StatX provides a simple and visual way to see your Xero financials on your smartphone (iOS and Android). It offers small businesses and accountants alike a place to view beautiful mobile dashboards that give insight into cash flow, A/R, A/P, and other key metrics to help drive critical business decisions.

Tax Nifty Forms niftyforms.com Nifty Forms is owned by our accounting partner PwC. If you’re an Australian startup or small business conducting research and development activities, you may be eligible to get a cash refund through the Government’s R&D Tax Incentive. Best of all, Nifty Forms can help you claim back up to 45% of your R&D expenses.

Time Tracking Active Collab activecollab.com Active Collab is a project management tool that lets you collaborate with your team, vendors and clients, track time on tasks and issue invoices. You can quickly

issue invoices in Xero based on tracked time in Active Collab. The two systems are always in sync – if an invoice is marked as paid in Xero, it is also marked as paid in Active Collab. You can manage your projects and track time with Active Collab while continuing to use Xero for invoice management. Magnetic magnetichq.com Magnetic is all-in-one agency management software built to help companies operating in the marketing, advertising, and software development increase productivity and profits. It gives you a holistic view of a job’s profitability, allowing you to see both time spent and profit. And invoices and bills paid in Xero are automatically marked as paid in Magnetic.

Xero Practice Manager 2Shakes 2shakes.co.nz 2Shakes helps Bookkeepers, Accountants, Lawyers and Financial Advisors by automating management of client authorities. They make it easy to sign up new or existing clients and get authority to act for them (IRD, ACC, Companies & more). Documents can be e-signed – then clicked to upload to Xero Practice Manager/ WorkflowMax. Nimbus Portals nimbusportals.com Nimbus Portals is a true Cloud Document Management system with built in Secure Client Portal. The Secure Client Portal provides a rich set of features such as digital signatures, email marketing and smart checklists. Additionally, Nimbus Professional automatically pushes your Client and Contact data directly from Xero Practice Manager to your Nimbus Portal. This saves you time and eliminates manual double-entry.

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Discover everything you need to you work smarter, grow your business, develop your career, and make more money at Accounting Business Expo - Australia’s BIGGEST and BOLDEST business event for the world of accountancy and finance management.

4000+ ATTENDEES

2500+ PARTNERS

2700+ BUSINESSES

150+ EXHIBITORS

100+ SPEAKERS

Get your FREE invitation now at AccountingBusiness.com.au For exhibitor information, contact Matthew Shelton +61-7-5510-5102 or matt@nationalmedia.com.au Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine Issue 11 / 127


New Releases

New Releases

Updates and new releases: from the Xero App Marketplace New feature shout-out Are you a Xeroconnected App? Got a new feature or update you’d like to share with the Xero User community? Email alex@ xumagazine.com

2Shakes 2shakes.co.nz 2Shakes lets you easily sign up new or existing clients, get authority to act for them (IRD, ACC, Companies & more) - e-signed - then click to upload to Xero XPM/WFM. We have recently updated our application to allow bookkeepers and accountants to sign up multiple entities on the same agreement! We have also recently released our FREE 10 plan, which allows small bookkeepers and accountants to sign up 10 entities each year for free. AccountKit account-kit.com • New franking account register • Various additions to the Client Map (Business Structure Diagram) - Capturing historical and proposed versions of diagram - Sandbox mode for quick structure diagrams - Ability to add free text and shapes to the diagram • New and improved Inter-Entity Loan tool (by Xerocon) • Integration with cloud based document management systems – Dropbox & Suitefiles (by Xerocon) ApprovalMax approvalmax.com ApprovalMax has released a major enhancement to its Purchasing Solution, the Bill to Purchase Order Matching capability. Before, automatic matching of Purchase Orders and Bills was possible. However, that required keeping the Bill reference the same as the PO number, which didn’t work when Bills had been captured by an OCR system. The new feature enables Approvers

128 / Issue 11

to manually match incoming Bills with the original POs before making the Bill approval decision. Limitations for approvals can be set: for example, the total amount of an incoming Bill must not exceed the amount stated in the original PO, or a Bill can only be approved if there is a corresponding PO. Bill to PO Matching also facilitates running PO accrual reports based on the calculated PO balance. AppsForOps appsforops.com AppsForOps Scheduler: • Use the AppsForOps Scheduler app to schedule resources on projects. • Seamlessly integrated into the AppsForOps platform including AppsForOps Time Off and AppsForOps Timesheet. AppsForOps Bot: • Interact with and use AppsForOps by having a conversation with AppsForOps Bot. • AppsForOps Bot is a service, powered by rules and artificial intelligence, that you interact with via a chat interface. • Use AppsForOps Bot in Facebook Messenger, Microsoft Teams or Skype. AppsForOps for Microsoft Outlook: • Action your tasks, track your processes or create new Task+ items straight from Outlook. AppsForOps for Microsoft Teams: • Action your tasks, track your processes or interact with your business applications straight from Microsoft Teams. Chargebee chargebee.com Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue Reporting: For a recurring revenue subscription

business, revenue recognition is tricky, especially when a customer decides to go through a subscription change, such as an upgrade or a downgrade. Or a plan cycle shift. Or an abrupt cancellation. With the Revenue Recognition Reporting feature in Chargebee, you can save yourself the trouble of calculating the recognised revenue on spreadsheets or your fingers. The Deferred Revenue Reporting calculates the pending revenue to be recognised for the rest of the subscription period. Chargify Charify.com Chargify’s recently released Finance Report provides subscription businesses a comprehensive view into all things revenue and collections, eliminating the need for time-intensive ad hoc reporting to consolidate total revenue, define the granular subcategories of revenue, and reconcile all transactions at the end of the month. Whether you are a member of the finance and accounting team closing the books or the executive responsible for growing your business, this report provides valuable insights into the health of your business. Cin7 cin7.com Cin7 debuted its upgraded and redesigned Supply Chain App Store in May. It’s an “integration hub” for customers to set up and scale inventory management to match their business needs, with little or no technical expertise required. The App Store allows customers to connect Cin7 with any of the online marketplaces, eCommerce platforms, big retailers, 3PL providers and other solutions and channels they already use to

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

move stock from production to customers’ hands. Customers can search for a desired integration or browse the apps by integration type and geographic location. Each app includes detailed information on how Cin7 works with the integration and an individual dashboard providing real-time insight of orders, sales, continuity, and other information specific to that integration. Cloud Payroll Online timelogs (timesheets): Employees can log in their hours and allocate to an activity or job and add notes to this, then submit for approval. The timelog approver will then review and can also add notes and then approve. Payroll administrator then only needs to accept timelogs and all hours will be included in current payroll. It is also possible to track hours for salary employees and not transfer to payroll. Two factor authentication: For extra Security a Two-Step Authentication can be enabled and you will then need to use a second method to login to CloudPayroll or iPayroll. In addition to your CloudPayroll or iPayroll username and password, you also have to enter a six-digit code provided by a separate app on your smartphone, Google Authenticator. DataDear datadear.com DataDear’s features targeting customers and groups of companies with complex reporting requirements, keep evolving. DataDear has recently introduced the ability to filter the Profit & Loss and Balance Sheet reports by multiple tracking categories. This functionality was also extended to allow tracking to work within a group of companies. This new feature complements nicely the existing functionality of generating multiple period reports for a multicurrency group of companies. Another super feature accountants will love involves the maintenance

of the chart of accounts - another first for the Xero marketplace. Checking and updating your chart of account codes and descriptions is a painful exercise especially when several organisations need to be updated… so DataDear introduced a simple method to carry out this task directly from Excel. Using the DataDear template, click refresh to download the accounts on the sheet, change the codes, account names or descriptions and click POST to update in Xero directly from Excel! You can also create new accounts or archive any old ones from the same template. Debtor Daddy debtordaddy.com The noteworthy update is the introduction of our phone call service. This kicks in once all the email reminders have been sent. The new feature is called “CALL”. It’s friendly, professional reminder phone calls - done for you. Pay from $2.50 per call on a subscription or prepaid option. Calls are made by our New Zealand based team. CALL is available in NZ, AU, UK and USA. “It can be awkward phoning up customers, chasing invoices. With CALL, Debtor Daddy calls your customers for you, keeping a relationship buffer between you and them.” Note the service is currently called CONTROL... but it will be renamed to CALL by the end of this month: debtordaddy.com/call Deputy deputy.com The Future is here! Deputy’s latest feature Facial Recognition will eliminate time theft and increase security in the workplace. It works by comparing each photo taken when an employee clocks in and out, with their profile photo. If the match is lower than the photo matching rate, managers will receive a notification. Float floatapp.com

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Float cash flow forecasting offers live, accurate and easy-tounderstand operational cash flow forecasts that dynamically update each day with invoices and bills from Xero, eliminating the need for data entry. Taking on feedback from hundreds of customers, Float recently launched a faster, more intuitive interface. In addition, Float has added a quick budget editor for easy copying and pasting from spreadsheets as well as a brand new reporting section with a range of expanded reporting options. Flowrev flowrev.com Flowrev has extended its reporting to include a customer revenue waterfall report, metrics such as Monthly Recurring Revenue (MRR), Annual Run Rate (ARR), etc. Visit the Reports page to access these new reports. Additionally, the advanced mapping capability, which originally enabled the use of multiple deferral accounts, has also been enhanced to give users full Dr/Cr account control in the cost and revenue recognition schedules they create. Fooman fooman.co.nz Moving to Magento 2? Fooman’s popular Magento-Xero integration is now available on Magento 2, with monthly pricing of NZ$35/month. This integration will automatically export your Magento 2 orders, customer data, items and credit notes to Xero every 10 minutes. You can also automatically mark exported invoices as paid in your Xero account. Infoodle infoodle.com Infoodle now has the ability to file Gift Aid with IRD. With Xero integration, Infoodle enables you to auto reconcile transactions, issue receipts and file Gift Aid all with minimal handling. This new package is seriously cost effective, quick and easy to use.

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 129


New Releases

New Releases

Updates and new releases: from the Xero App Marketplace New feature shout-out Are you a Xeroconnected App? Got a new feature or update you’d like to share with the Xero User community? Email alex@ xumagazine.com

2Shakes 2shakes.co.nz 2Shakes lets you easily sign up new or existing clients, get authority to act for them (IRD, ACC, Companies & more) - e-signed - then click to upload to Xero XPM/WFM. We have recently updated our application to allow bookkeepers and accountants to sign up multiple entities on the same agreement! We have also recently released our FREE 10 plan, which allows small bookkeepers and accountants to sign up 10 entities each year for free. AccountKit account-kit.com • New franking account register • Various additions to the Client Map (Business Structure Diagram) - Capturing historical and proposed versions of diagram - Sandbox mode for quick structure diagrams - Ability to add free text and shapes to the diagram • New and improved Inter-Entity Loan tool (by Xerocon) • Integration with cloud based document management systems – Dropbox & Suitefiles (by Xerocon) ApprovalMax approvalmax.com ApprovalMax has released a major enhancement to its Purchasing Solution, the Bill to Purchase Order Matching capability. Before, automatic matching of Purchase Orders and Bills was possible. However, that required keeping the Bill reference the same as the PO number, which didn’t work when Bills had been captured by an OCR system. The new feature enables Approvers

128 / Issue 11

to manually match incoming Bills with the original POs before making the Bill approval decision. Limitations for approvals can be set: for example, the total amount of an incoming Bill must not exceed the amount stated in the original PO, or a Bill can only be approved if there is a corresponding PO. Bill to PO Matching also facilitates running PO accrual reports based on the calculated PO balance. AppsForOps appsforops.com AppsForOps Scheduler: • Use the AppsForOps Scheduler app to schedule resources on projects. • Seamlessly integrated into the AppsForOps platform including AppsForOps Time Off and AppsForOps Timesheet. AppsForOps Bot: • Interact with and use AppsForOps by having a conversation with AppsForOps Bot. • AppsForOps Bot is a service, powered by rules and artificial intelligence, that you interact with via a chat interface. • Use AppsForOps Bot in Facebook Messenger, Microsoft Teams or Skype. AppsForOps for Microsoft Outlook: • Action your tasks, track your processes or create new Task+ items straight from Outlook. AppsForOps for Microsoft Teams: • Action your tasks, track your processes or interact with your business applications straight from Microsoft Teams. Chargebee chargebee.com Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue Reporting: For a recurring revenue subscription

business, revenue recognition is tricky, especially when a customer decides to go through a subscription change, such as an upgrade or a downgrade. Or a plan cycle shift. Or an abrupt cancellation. With the Revenue Recognition Reporting feature in Chargebee, you can save yourself the trouble of calculating the recognised revenue on spreadsheets or your fingers. The Deferred Revenue Reporting calculates the pending revenue to be recognised for the rest of the subscription period. Chargify Charify.com Chargify’s recently released Finance Report provides subscription businesses a comprehensive view into all things revenue and collections, eliminating the need for time-intensive ad hoc reporting to consolidate total revenue, define the granular subcategories of revenue, and reconcile all transactions at the end of the month. Whether you are a member of the finance and accounting team closing the books or the executive responsible for growing your business, this report provides valuable insights into the health of your business. Cin7 cin7.com Cin7 debuted its upgraded and redesigned Supply Chain App Store in May. It’s an “integration hub” for customers to set up and scale inventory management to match their business needs, with little or no technical expertise required. The App Store allows customers to connect Cin7 with any of the online marketplaces, eCommerce platforms, big retailers, 3PL providers and other solutions and channels they already use to

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

move stock from production to customers’ hands. Customers can search for a desired integration or browse the apps by integration type and geographic location. Each app includes detailed information on how Cin7 works with the integration and an individual dashboard providing real-time insight of orders, sales, continuity, and other information specific to that integration. Cloud Payroll Online timelogs (timesheets): Employees can log in their hours and allocate to an activity or job and add notes to this, then submit for approval. The timelog approver will then review and can also add notes and then approve. Payroll administrator then only needs to accept timelogs and all hours will be included in current payroll. It is also possible to track hours for salary employees and not transfer to payroll. Two factor authentication: For extra Security a Two-Step Authentication can be enabled and you will then need to use a second method to login to CloudPayroll or iPayroll. In addition to your CloudPayroll or iPayroll username and password, you also have to enter a six-digit code provided by a separate app on your smartphone, Google Authenticator. DataDear datadear.com DataDear’s features targeting customers and groups of companies with complex reporting requirements, keep evolving. DataDear has recently introduced the ability to filter the Profit & Loss and Balance Sheet reports by multiple tracking categories. This functionality was also extended to allow tracking to work within a group of companies. This new feature complements nicely the existing functionality of generating multiple period reports for a multicurrency group of companies. Another super feature accountants will love involves the maintenance

of the chart of accounts - another first for the Xero marketplace. Checking and updating your chart of account codes and descriptions is a painful exercise especially when several organisations need to be updated… so DataDear introduced a simple method to carry out this task directly from Excel. Using the DataDear template, click refresh to download the accounts on the sheet, change the codes, account names or descriptions and click POST to update in Xero directly from Excel! You can also create new accounts or archive any old ones from the same template. Debtor Daddy debtordaddy.com The noteworthy update is the introduction of our phone call service. This kicks in once all the email reminders have been sent. The new feature is called “CALL”. It’s friendly, professional reminder phone calls - done for you. Pay from $2.50 per call on a subscription or prepaid option. Calls are made by our New Zealand based team. CALL is available in NZ, AU, UK and USA. “It can be awkward phoning up customers, chasing invoices. With CALL, Debtor Daddy calls your customers for you, keeping a relationship buffer between you and them.” Note the service is currently called CONTROL... but it will be renamed to CALL by the end of this month: debtordaddy.com/call Deputy deputy.com The Future is here! Deputy’s latest feature Facial Recognition will eliminate time theft and increase security in the workplace. It works by comparing each photo taken when an employee clocks in and out, with their profile photo. If the match is lower than the photo matching rate, managers will receive a notification. Float floatapp.com

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Float cash flow forecasting offers live, accurate and easy-tounderstand operational cash flow forecasts that dynamically update each day with invoices and bills from Xero, eliminating the need for data entry. Taking on feedback from hundreds of customers, Float recently launched a faster, more intuitive interface. In addition, Float has added a quick budget editor for easy copying and pasting from spreadsheets as well as a brand new reporting section with a range of expanded reporting options. Flowrev flowrev.com Flowrev has extended its reporting to include a customer revenue waterfall report, metrics such as Monthly Recurring Revenue (MRR), Annual Run Rate (ARR), etc. Visit the Reports page to access these new reports. Additionally, the advanced mapping capability, which originally enabled the use of multiple deferral accounts, has also been enhanced to give users full Dr/Cr account control in the cost and revenue recognition schedules they create. Fooman fooman.co.nz Moving to Magento 2? Fooman’s popular Magento-Xero integration is now available on Magento 2, with monthly pricing of NZ$35/month. This integration will automatically export your Magento 2 orders, customer data, items and credit notes to Xero every 10 minutes. You can also automatically mark exported invoices as paid in your Xero account. Infoodle infoodle.com Infoodle now has the ability to file Gift Aid with IRD. With Xero integration, Infoodle enables you to auto reconcile transactions, issue receipts and file Gift Aid all with minimal handling. This new package is seriously cost effective, quick and easy to use.

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 129


New Releases MinuteDock minutedock.com

to its platform to ensure they run just as fast as your practice does!

Our latest feature means you can now configure a Reference for your clients and projects in MinuteDock, which automatically sync to Xero when you generate invoices. Use this feature for Purchase Order numbers, Quote numbers, Job codes and save time when it comes to invoicing.

Their latest addition to the platform was the introduction of Trust Register, a market-first cloud solution for managing trusts online in one simple, easy to use platform; better yet, it’s integrated to XPM! Think removal of disconnected databases, spreadsheets and all of those hard copy files.

mTrio mtrio.io

Other examples of feature enhancements NowInfinity have recently added to their platform include warning messages to notify users of incomplete tasks, comparison buttons to detect changes outside of the NowInfinity platform and debt checking to stay one step ahead of company debt management.

Introducing eSequencer. This new feature within mTrio, will run a process for work and jobs within your practice to send automatic emails, and chase them. eSequencer will continue in the background, sending a different reminder email from your sequence at intervals specified by you. Once engaged, you can rest assured that your clients are getting regular reminders. eSequencer can be used for many applications in your practice, from chasing information, to sending out nurturing emails to prospects as part of a campaign for increasing your client base. Neto neto.com.au Help your clients turn their stores into apps: With the release of Neto 6.10, your clients can now turn their retail store into a functional iOS and Android app in under 5 minutes. No coding experience required! They can then manage orders, update products and send push notifications to their customers’ devices all from within their Neto control panel. With Neto’s all-in-one solution, they can sell through their app as well as on a web store, eBay store, and a point-of-sale solution for in-person sales. Help your retail clients go further by partnering with Neto. NowInfinity nowinfinity.com.au The NowInfinity platform is teeming with new products and features to help you run and scale your firm efficiently. Every fortnight, NowInfinity rolls out new features 130 / Issue 11

New Releases

Payoneer Payoneer.com Are you a Payoneer user? Are you an international service provider invoicing clients in USD, GBP or EUR? The Payoneer integration with Xero is now available worldwide, and with higher limits supporting those currencies. With just a click of the mouse, clients are able to collect on invoices sent from Xero using Payoneer with 3 convenient options: eCheck, credit card or bank transfer. Upon making the payment, your invoice will automatically be marked in Xero as paid. To improve cash flow, if your client forgets to pay, Payoneer will automatically send a reminder.

descriptions comes across. The GST is checked in real-time. And you can pay bills with a single click, freeing your time for more important tasks. Automation rules allow you to go completely hands-free as you specify which future bills to have automatically paid on the due date. As a supplier, your sales invoices are provided to your clients in the same way. Making it more convenient for them to pay you means you get paid more quickly. And Promis handles all the reconciliation for you automatically. Developed by the Jet Convert team, Promis is now available in Australia and will expand to other countries. Quote Stock Sell quotestocksell.com Minor release for a bulk pricing update by importing an Excel spreadsheet for inventory repricing, and the ability to change price of the inc tax sell price in the POS system instead of just the ex tax price. Receivabl receivabl.es Businesses in the U.S. that accept credit card payments on their Xero invoices can now choose to have a surcharge automatically applied to help offset processing fees via receivabl.es, a drop-in replacement for the Stripe payment service in Xero. For more information about surcharging and alternative payment methods like ACH see https://www.receivabl.es/about/ xero

Promis promis.co

Rocket Spark rocketspark.com/uk

Promising a faster, easier, and more cost-effective way to receive and process invoices: Promis gives you the ability to receive purchase bills in a mobile app. You get reminders before bills are due to never get a late fee again. Even better, you don’t have to enter details into your bank portal or accounting software – bills will automatically flow into Xero with no room for data entry errors or other time-consuming problems. Every line item with all

We’ve got two key updates specifically for the XU audience:

Rocketspark has been working closely with bookkeepers, and to make things even more beautifully simple we’ve created bookkeeper specific templates. https://www. rocketspark.com/bookkeepers Service M8 servicem8.com/au

Sharesight the 2017 “Finnies” award winner for Excellence in Industry Collaboration and Partnerships (Australia). Our commitment to building an open set of APIs and partnering with industry leaders such as CMC Stockbroking, PwC and Xero allowed us to win this award.

ServiceM8 Franchise Solution: ServiceM8, the app for field service businesses, has released a powerful solution for franchise businesses. The new solution allows franchisors to easily manage and maintain high service and quality standards across hundreds of locations. • Provides a superior customer experience from the call centre to quoting, scheduling, invoicing and payment. • Offers real-time visibility into franchisee performance. • Ensures professional brand representation across the entire franchise network.

Timelio timelio.com.au

Sharesight sharesight.com

Tower Systems towersystems.com.au

• Public portfolios — This new feature lets clients create an investment portfolio and publish it to the web, for anyone to access. It’s a handy way to share a portfolio (such as a watchlist or stock picking competition) with the public at large. • Mobile App update — The latest Sharesight Mobile App update includes the ability to sign-in via Google, as well as 20 minute delayed pricing for ASX and NZX listed shares. • 2017 Finnies Award winner — FinTech Australia has named

Repair Receipts & Job Cards: This new feature brings our Repair Payment & Invoice Receipts as well as all of the Job Cards printed from the Repairs module into line with the revamped System Receipts. The new format contains clearer and more discernible information as well as the ability to customise.

Timelio have a new feature that now enables businesses to access early payment for their customer invoices even faster! Timelio will instantly pull in your outstanding invoices from Xero, so that you can select which invoices you want to drawdown funding on, directly from the Timelio platform. Once you’ve selected the invoices, in just a few clicks you can have access to funds in your bank account the same day.

Gift Vouchers: This feature has be re-written from the ground up. The new changes now treat a Gift Voucher just like any other payment type, including allowing a Gift Voucher to make

payments such as Laybys, Account Payments, etc. There are also all new reports as well as a report that gives you a clear understanding of the Gift Voucher liability to the business. Quote & Invoice Management (Previously Customer Invoice Maintenance): As a result of customer feedback and Software Ideas submissions we have made extensive improvements and additions to this module to provide a cleaner and more coherent approach. Some of the new features include 1-step application of a discount to the entire quote, setting individual prices right in the grid without showing any discount, seamless integration with Special Customer Orders and the ability to import a POS Invoice for Stock Ordering Purposes. WooCommerce Web Store Integration: This new feature gives users a tight link between Retailer and their WooCommerce-based Web Store. Including integration of Stock, Customers, Sales and Product Images. The key feature is the time saving of not having to double entry in multiple platforms. WorkflowMax workflowmax.com • The ability to assign staff to jobs and allocate them to tasks in the WorkflowMax for Android. This feature is already available in the iOS app since March. • Enhancements to the Recurring Jobs feature in WorkflowMax

1. Xero Training Content Add the Xero Stack to your Rocketspark website with two clicks and you’ll always have the latest Xero training videos and information for your clients on how to use Xero. https://www. rocketspark.com/xero-training/ 2. Bookkeeper templates

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 131


New Releases MinuteDock minutedock.com

to its platform to ensure they run just as fast as your practice does!

Our latest feature means you can now configure a Reference for your clients and projects in MinuteDock, which automatically sync to Xero when you generate invoices. Use this feature for Purchase Order numbers, Quote numbers, Job codes and save time when it comes to invoicing.

Their latest addition to the platform was the introduction of Trust Register, a market-first cloud solution for managing trusts online in one simple, easy to use platform; better yet, it’s integrated to XPM! Think removal of disconnected databases, spreadsheets and all of those hard copy files.

mTrio mtrio.io

Other examples of feature enhancements NowInfinity have recently added to their platform include warning messages to notify users of incomplete tasks, comparison buttons to detect changes outside of the NowInfinity platform and debt checking to stay one step ahead of company debt management.

Introducing eSequencer. This new feature within mTrio, will run a process for work and jobs within your practice to send automatic emails, and chase them. eSequencer will continue in the background, sending a different reminder email from your sequence at intervals specified by you. Once engaged, you can rest assured that your clients are getting regular reminders. eSequencer can be used for many applications in your practice, from chasing information, to sending out nurturing emails to prospects as part of a campaign for increasing your client base. Neto neto.com.au Help your clients turn their stores into apps: With the release of Neto 6.10, your clients can now turn their retail store into a functional iOS and Android app in under 5 minutes. No coding experience required! They can then manage orders, update products and send push notifications to their customers’ devices all from within their Neto control panel. With Neto’s all-in-one solution, they can sell through their app as well as on a web store, eBay store, and a point-of-sale solution for in-person sales. Help your retail clients go further by partnering with Neto. NowInfinity nowinfinity.com.au The NowInfinity platform is teeming with new products and features to help you run and scale your firm efficiently. Every fortnight, NowInfinity rolls out new features 130 / Issue 11

New Releases

Payoneer Payoneer.com Are you a Payoneer user? Are you an international service provider invoicing clients in USD, GBP or EUR? The Payoneer integration with Xero is now available worldwide, and with higher limits supporting those currencies. With just a click of the mouse, clients are able to collect on invoices sent from Xero using Payoneer with 3 convenient options: eCheck, credit card or bank transfer. Upon making the payment, your invoice will automatically be marked in Xero as paid. To improve cash flow, if your client forgets to pay, Payoneer will automatically send a reminder.

descriptions comes across. The GST is checked in real-time. And you can pay bills with a single click, freeing your time for more important tasks. Automation rules allow you to go completely hands-free as you specify which future bills to have automatically paid on the due date. As a supplier, your sales invoices are provided to your clients in the same way. Making it more convenient for them to pay you means you get paid more quickly. And Promis handles all the reconciliation for you automatically. Developed by the Jet Convert team, Promis is now available in Australia and will expand to other countries. Quote Stock Sell quotestocksell.com Minor release for a bulk pricing update by importing an Excel spreadsheet for inventory repricing, and the ability to change price of the inc tax sell price in the POS system instead of just the ex tax price. Receivabl receivabl.es Businesses in the U.S. that accept credit card payments on their Xero invoices can now choose to have a surcharge automatically applied to help offset processing fees via receivabl.es, a drop-in replacement for the Stripe payment service in Xero. For more information about surcharging and alternative payment methods like ACH see https://www.receivabl.es/about/ xero

Promis promis.co

Rocket Spark rocketspark.com/uk

Promising a faster, easier, and more cost-effective way to receive and process invoices: Promis gives you the ability to receive purchase bills in a mobile app. You get reminders before bills are due to never get a late fee again. Even better, you don’t have to enter details into your bank portal or accounting software – bills will automatically flow into Xero with no room for data entry errors or other time-consuming problems. Every line item with all

We’ve got two key updates specifically for the XU audience:

Rocketspark has been working closely with bookkeepers, and to make things even more beautifully simple we’ve created bookkeeper specific templates. https://www. rocketspark.com/bookkeepers Service M8 servicem8.com/au

Sharesight the 2017 “Finnies” award winner for Excellence in Industry Collaboration and Partnerships (Australia). Our commitment to building an open set of APIs and partnering with industry leaders such as CMC Stockbroking, PwC and Xero allowed us to win this award.

ServiceM8 Franchise Solution: ServiceM8, the app for field service businesses, has released a powerful solution for franchise businesses. The new solution allows franchisors to easily manage and maintain high service and quality standards across hundreds of locations. • Provides a superior customer experience from the call centre to quoting, scheduling, invoicing and payment. • Offers real-time visibility into franchisee performance. • Ensures professional brand representation across the entire franchise network.

Timelio timelio.com.au

Sharesight sharesight.com

Tower Systems towersystems.com.au

• Public portfolios — This new feature lets clients create an investment portfolio and publish it to the web, for anyone to access. It’s a handy way to share a portfolio (such as a watchlist or stock picking competition) with the public at large. • Mobile App update — The latest Sharesight Mobile App update includes the ability to sign-in via Google, as well as 20 minute delayed pricing for ASX and NZX listed shares. • 2017 Finnies Award winner — FinTech Australia has named

Repair Receipts & Job Cards: This new feature brings our Repair Payment & Invoice Receipts as well as all of the Job Cards printed from the Repairs module into line with the revamped System Receipts. The new format contains clearer and more discernible information as well as the ability to customise.

Timelio have a new feature that now enables businesses to access early payment for their customer invoices even faster! Timelio will instantly pull in your outstanding invoices from Xero, so that you can select which invoices you want to drawdown funding on, directly from the Timelio platform. Once you’ve selected the invoices, in just a few clicks you can have access to funds in your bank account the same day.

Gift Vouchers: This feature has be re-written from the ground up. The new changes now treat a Gift Voucher just like any other payment type, including allowing a Gift Voucher to make

payments such as Laybys, Account Payments, etc. There are also all new reports as well as a report that gives you a clear understanding of the Gift Voucher liability to the business. Quote & Invoice Management (Previously Customer Invoice Maintenance): As a result of customer feedback and Software Ideas submissions we have made extensive improvements and additions to this module to provide a cleaner and more coherent approach. Some of the new features include 1-step application of a discount to the entire quote, setting individual prices right in the grid without showing any discount, seamless integration with Special Customer Orders and the ability to import a POS Invoice for Stock Ordering Purposes. WooCommerce Web Store Integration: This new feature gives users a tight link between Retailer and their WooCommerce-based Web Store. Including integration of Stock, Customers, Sales and Product Images. The key feature is the time saving of not having to double entry in multiple platforms. WorkflowMax workflowmax.com • The ability to assign staff to jobs and allocate them to tasks in the WorkflowMax for Android. This feature is already available in the iOS app since March. • Enhancements to the Recurring Jobs feature in WorkflowMax

1. Xero Training Content Add the Xero Stack to your Rocketspark website with two clicks and you’ll always have the latest Xero training videos and information for your clients on how to use Xero. https://www. rocketspark.com/xero-training/ 2. Bookkeeper templates

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 131


5 Awesome Ways a Dashboard Helps Kick Your Financial Goals

@notchabovebas

Jac Gallagher, Xero Certified Advisor & Accountant, Notch Above Bookkeeping Jac uses her Xero expertise to build systems that simplify workflows and the lives of small business owners. As a wife, a mum to three kids, and also a business owner, she knows how busy life can get and understands the pressures of small business. In her spare time you will find Jac outdoors enjoying the beach or a bush walk.

Studying financial reports or an excel spreadsheet can be a chore. It is, however, necessary for your business if you want to do more than just survive. To thrive in business, it’s important to understand your numbers...

S

ome of us are visual creatures and it’s true when they say a picture paints a thousand words. Our brain loves colours and tends to grasp concepts easily when we see the full picture. If your eyes tend to glaze over numbers, you need a financial dashboard. Imagine if you could see a colourful visual representation of your financial numbers instead of trying to decipher a profit and loss report. What exactly does a financial dashboard do? It works just like your car’s dashboard, giving you vital information about your business. Is your business running low on fuel (cash)? Will you arrive at your target destination in record speed? Or will your business break down before that? Do you have a spare tyre (backup plan) handy? At any point in time, you have these data at your fingertips so you can concentrate on driving the business to where it needs to go. Kick your goals with a dashboard You can set goals and monitor them closely with a financial dashboard, 132 / Issue 11

such as hitting your sales target or reducing costs to a certain level. You’re more likely to make the best decision once you have a full picture of what’s going on. You can also fix an issue before it gets worse or foresee a problem before it blows up. Translate your company goals easily to your staff so everyone is on the same page. This also promotes accountability as everyone is responsible for a portion of the target. Here are just a few awesome ways a dashboard helps you get kick your business goals: 1. Keep an eye on your revenue, cost and profit These are the lifeblood of any business. A dashboard will tell you exactly how you are faring. It can also forecast whether you will hit your target. 2. Monitor cash flow and budget Keep track of your cash in hand and see whether you are sticking to your budget. Monitor direct costs and overheads so you won’t run out of cash. Tracking your cash is equivalent to tracking the health of your business. After all,

The road in business is always bumpy but a dashboard helps you get there in one piece.

As you compare your performance over the years, you will get a rough idea whether your business needs help, a cash injection, extra resources or a product overhaul. You will see inflection points when your business started to lift off or

when it started to slide and figure out what triggered them. Xero offers these advanced features for tracking metrics in its Executive Summary and Business Performance reports. If you are using Xero be sure to visit these

handy reports and set them up in a way which is meaningful for your business. So, what will be your financial goals next financial year?

cash is king. 3. Find out your average debtor days Do you know how many days you have to wait for a payment on average? Revenue is vanity but cash flow is reality. I’ve seen too many good businesses go under because they fail to sustain a positive cash flow. Getting paid quickly is one way to take care of your business. Track bad debts so you can recoup your losses or write it off quickly. 4. Stay ahead of creditors Need I say more? You never want to get on the bad side of your creditors, especially banks. Monitor loan accounts and see how much interest you are paying or when they are due. Build a good credit score for your business, which will help in the future when you plan to expand. 5. Compare your performance over time It’s one thing to achieve your target. But how does your achievement compare to last year? Did you improve, decline or stagnate? These are key signs of the longevity of a business.

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 133


5 Awesome Ways a Dashboard Helps Kick Your Financial Goals

@notchabovebas

Jac Gallagher, Xero Certified Advisor & Accountant, Notch Above Bookkeeping Jac uses her Xero expertise to build systems that simplify workflows and the lives of small business owners. As a wife, a mum to three kids, and also a business owner, she knows how busy life can get and understands the pressures of small business. In her spare time you will find Jac outdoors enjoying the beach or a bush walk.

Studying financial reports or an excel spreadsheet can be a chore. It is, however, necessary for your business if you want to do more than just survive. To thrive in business, it’s important to understand your numbers...

S

ome of us are visual creatures and it’s true when they say a picture paints a thousand words. Our brain loves colours and tends to grasp concepts easily when we see the full picture. If your eyes tend to glaze over numbers, you need a financial dashboard. Imagine if you could see a colourful visual representation of your financial numbers instead of trying to decipher a profit and loss report. What exactly does a financial dashboard do? It works just like your car’s dashboard, giving you vital information about your business. Is your business running low on fuel (cash)? Will you arrive at your target destination in record speed? Or will your business break down before that? Do you have a spare tyre (backup plan) handy? At any point in time, you have these data at your fingertips so you can concentrate on driving the business to where it needs to go. Kick your goals with a dashboard You can set goals and monitor them closely with a financial dashboard, 132 / Issue 11

such as hitting your sales target or reducing costs to a certain level. You’re more likely to make the best decision once you have a full picture of what’s going on. You can also fix an issue before it gets worse or foresee a problem before it blows up. Translate your company goals easily to your staff so everyone is on the same page. This also promotes accountability as everyone is responsible for a portion of the target. Here are just a few awesome ways a dashboard helps you get kick your business goals: 1. Keep an eye on your revenue, cost and profit These are the lifeblood of any business. A dashboard will tell you exactly how you are faring. It can also forecast whether you will hit your target. 2. Monitor cash flow and budget Keep track of your cash in hand and see whether you are sticking to your budget. Monitor direct costs and overheads so you won’t run out of cash. Tracking your cash is equivalent to tracking the health of your business. After all,

The road in business is always bumpy but a dashboard helps you get there in one piece.

As you compare your performance over the years, you will get a rough idea whether your business needs help, a cash injection, extra resources or a product overhaul. You will see inflection points when your business started to lift off or

when it started to slide and figure out what triggered them. Xero offers these advanced features for tracking metrics in its Executive Summary and Business Performance reports. If you are using Xero be sure to visit these

handy reports and set them up in a way which is meaningful for your business. So, what will be your financial goals next financial year?

cash is king. 3. Find out your average debtor days Do you know how many days you have to wait for a payment on average? Revenue is vanity but cash flow is reality. I’ve seen too many good businesses go under because they fail to sustain a positive cash flow. Getting paid quickly is one way to take care of your business. Track bad debts so you can recoup your losses or write it off quickly. 4. Stay ahead of creditors Need I say more? You never want to get on the bad side of your creditors, especially banks. Monitor loan accounts and see how much interest you are paying or when they are due. Build a good credit score for your business, which will help in the future when you plan to expand. 5. Compare your performance over time It’s one thing to achieve your target. But how does your achievement compare to last year? Did you improve, decline or stagnate? These are key signs of the longevity of a business.

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 133


Tutorial

Tutorial

How to: Set up a seamless expense management and approval solution

Setting Up the Workflow

@ApprovalMax

Konstantin Bredyuk, CEO and Co-Founder, ApprovalMax

Effectively managing the expenses of your growing business can bring with it two major difficulties. First, dealing with a higher volume of items will require more processing and input time. And second, multiple levels of management can make it harder to track the approval workflow. Here, we look at a solution.

T

o overcome the challenges of scaling your business and managing an ever-growing amount of transactions, the right systems and processes must be put in place. What’s more, by digitising and automating these processes in an

end-to-end workflow, you will not only minimise human error, but also ensure full transparency with regards to approval decisions. In order to achieve that, these are the main components required: A cloud accounting platform, such as Xero, that serves as a

As an experienced BPM expert, Konstantin has a strong focus on design and development of Business Applications which support Human Workflows. He is Co-Founder and CEO at ApprovalMax, known for simple and easy to configure approval workflows in finance.

Connecting Xero with a data entry system and ApprovalMax is incredibly straightforward, and can be done by a non-technical user. 1. First, connect your data entry system to Xero. 2. Next, set up the data entry system to publish Bills to Xero with the “Awaiting approval” status. 3. Now connect ApprovalMax to Xero. Bills will be pulled from Xero to ApprovalMax every 30 minutes.

4. Finally, as soon as the Bill is approved in ApprovalMax, it will be marked as “Authorised” in Xero. An approval log will be created for audit purposes

Set up the Data Entry system to publish Bills to Xero with the “Awaiting approval” status

An End-to-end Solution With the ‘Review and Coding’ milestone defined and the systems connected, you can then start using the end-to-end solution to improve expense management and approvals. system of records; a data entry tool that extracts data from invoices and receipts; and a cloud approval workflow system, such as ApprovalMax, that manages approvals throughout all levels of your business.

How it works

Here’s what it looks like: 1. First, paper and digital receipts and invoices are submitted using a data entry system, and the key information is extracted (such as supplier, line items, amount, etc.). 2. Next, the digital bills are published to Xero. It’s important that bills are published to Xero in the “Awaiting approval” status – this way ApprovalMax will be able to extract them for approval. 3. Electronic items marked “Awaiting approval” are then pulled to ApprovalMax. This is usually the best time to undertake ‘Review and Coding’, in case the Approvers have the required business knowledge and authority to assign the account and the tracking category parameters to the bills.

Review and Coding First, you must define the process milestones. This might include editing a bill once it has been processed by the data entry system, but before it’s approved by a business manager. This stage is called ‘Review and Coding’.

4. A multi-step approval workflow is subsequently initiated by ApprovalMax, and approval requests get routed to the

designated approvers. Approval routing rules are captured in the Approval Matrix by the Administrator. Approvers get notified of pending approval requests by email and push notifications. Approval requests can be completed directly from within the email, the web platform, and the smartphone apps. 5. Once the approval workflow is completed, an audit report is created, capturing data on the time and date of the approval as well as the approver’s name. 6. Finally, the approved document receives the “Authorised” status in Xero, with a clear history which can be checked at any time.

Edits typically include splitting line items, changing accounts, or adding tracking categories. You need to decide where ‘Review and Coding’ will take place, and there are three options available to you: 1) in the data entry system itself, 2) in Xero, or 3) in ApprovalMax. The main benefit of using ApprovalMax for the ‘Review and Coding’ stage is that, more often than not, the reviewer will also be the first approver (in other words, the business manager with the knowledge of the transaction to be reviewed and authorised). This means the review and approval steps can be combined and performed in the same system in a fully secure manner, without the need to access the accounting system, or any other systems. 134 / Issue 11

The main benefit of using ApprovalMax for the ‘Review and Coding’ stage is that, more often than not, the reviewer will also be the first approver.

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

With the ‘Review and Coding’ milestone defined and the systems integrated, you can then start using the end-to-end solution to improve expense management and approvals.

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 135


Tutorial

Tutorial

How to: Set up a seamless expense management and approval solution

Setting Up the Workflow

@ApprovalMax

Konstantin Bredyuk, CEO and Co-Founder, ApprovalMax

Effectively managing the expenses of your growing business can bring with it two major difficulties. First, dealing with a higher volume of items will require more processing and input time. And second, multiple levels of management can make it harder to track the approval workflow. Here, we look at a solution.

T

o overcome the challenges of scaling your business and managing an ever-growing amount of transactions, the right systems and processes must be put in place. What’s more, by digitising and automating these processes in an

end-to-end workflow, you will not only minimise human error, but also ensure full transparency with regards to approval decisions. In order to achieve that, these are the main components required: A cloud accounting platform, such as Xero, that serves as a

As an experienced BPM expert, Konstantin has a strong focus on design and development of Business Applications which support Human Workflows. He is Co-Founder and CEO at ApprovalMax, known for simple and easy to configure approval workflows in finance.

Connecting Xero with a data entry system and ApprovalMax is incredibly straightforward, and can be done by a non-technical user. 1. First, connect your data entry system to Xero. 2. Next, set up the data entry system to publish Bills to Xero with the “Awaiting approval” status. 3. Now connect ApprovalMax to Xero. Bills will be pulled from Xero to ApprovalMax every 30 minutes.

4. Finally, as soon as the Bill is approved in ApprovalMax, it will be marked as “Authorised” in Xero. An approval log will be created for audit purposes

Set up the Data Entry system to publish Bills to Xero with the “Awaiting approval” status

An End-to-end Solution With the ‘Review and Coding’ milestone defined and the systems connected, you can then start using the end-to-end solution to improve expense management and approvals. system of records; a data entry tool that extracts data from invoices and receipts; and a cloud approval workflow system, such as ApprovalMax, that manages approvals throughout all levels of your business.

How it works

Here’s what it looks like: 1. First, paper and digital receipts and invoices are submitted using a data entry system, and the key information is extracted (such as supplier, line items, amount, etc.). 2. Next, the digital bills are published to Xero. It’s important that bills are published to Xero in the “Awaiting approval” status – this way ApprovalMax will be able to extract them for approval. 3. Electronic items marked “Awaiting approval” are then pulled to ApprovalMax. This is usually the best time to undertake ‘Review and Coding’, in case the Approvers have the required business knowledge and authority to assign the account and the tracking category parameters to the bills.

Review and Coding First, you must define the process milestones. This might include editing a bill once it has been processed by the data entry system, but before it’s approved by a business manager. This stage is called ‘Review and Coding’.

4. A multi-step approval workflow is subsequently initiated by ApprovalMax, and approval requests get routed to the

designated approvers. Approval routing rules are captured in the Approval Matrix by the Administrator. Approvers get notified of pending approval requests by email and push notifications. Approval requests can be completed directly from within the email, the web platform, and the smartphone apps. 5. Once the approval workflow is completed, an audit report is created, capturing data on the time and date of the approval as well as the approver’s name. 6. Finally, the approved document receives the “Authorised” status in Xero, with a clear history which can be checked at any time.

Edits typically include splitting line items, changing accounts, or adding tracking categories. You need to decide where ‘Review and Coding’ will take place, and there are three options available to you: 1) in the data entry system itself, 2) in Xero, or 3) in ApprovalMax. The main benefit of using ApprovalMax for the ‘Review and Coding’ stage is that, more often than not, the reviewer will also be the first approver (in other words, the business manager with the knowledge of the transaction to be reviewed and authorised). This means the review and approval steps can be combined and performed in the same system in a fully secure manner, without the need to access the accounting system, or any other systems. 134 / Issue 11

The main benefit of using ApprovalMax for the ‘Review and Coding’ stage is that, more often than not, the reviewer will also be the first approver.

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

With the ‘Review and Coding’ milestone defined and the systems integrated, you can then start using the end-to-end solution to improve expense management and approvals.

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 135


What’s needed to take the first step to becoming an Advisory-led practice?

getting started on the journey to becoming an advisory-led firm.

@HeatherTowns

Heather Townsend, Speaker and Author, The Excedia Group Ltd Heather Townsend is the author of the forthcoming book, The Profitable Advisory Firm. Along with Jon Baker she runs the Advisor Academy and helps small accountancy firms typically double or triple their profits within 2-3 years.

In this article, Heather Townsend, author of the forthcoming book ‘The Profitable Advisory Firm’, examines what’s stopping you from getting started with building advisory revenue...

G

iven the unprecedented amount of change to the accountancy industry you’d be forgiven for thinking that most firms would be actively changing to remain profitable and sustainable in the future. The stark reality for most firms is business as usual. Talk with any accountancy firm owner and they will typically tell you that practice needs to evolve beyond offering Xero to their clients… but they have not quite managed to find the time to start evolving. That’s the issue with industry disruption. The typical pattern is the disruption happens slowly and takes a while to properly gather pace before suddenly making a massive impact on an industry. Accountants can learn the lessons from the world of book retailing Let’s take the world of publishing as an example of disruption. When Amazon sold its first book online in 1995, the American bookstore chain Borders Books and Music had a thriving retail empire with a top line revenue of about $1.6 billion a year in sales. At the 136 / Issue 11

time Amazon started, people were more worried about the big bookstore chains such as Barnes and Noble, Waterstones, HMV and Borders squeezing out the small independent book retailers, than Amazon’s influence on the marketplace. Many analysts were predicting that Amazon would go bust like many of the early dot com companies.

“Nothing is more exhausting than the task that’s never started, and strangely, starting is often far harder than continuing.” Gretchen Rubin, Author of Better Than Before

Be honest with yourself, how long have you been telling yourself that your firm needs to adapt for the future? But you’ve not managed to take the first step in adapting your firm. All those urgent AND important tasks keep on stopping you from starting. Perhaps you are tricking yourself into waiting for a quiet period to then get started. But when was your last real quiet period? Or enough of a quiet period to do more than take a break and recharge your batteries? That’s the problem, when we subscribe to the illusion of tomorrow, we never quite manage to take the first step and get started.

What’s needed to take the first step to winning advisory work? Leadership is often what’s missing. The leadership to prioritise adapting for the future. The leadership to take the tough decisions. The leadership to go outside of your comfort zone and take the first step in the process to becoming an advisory-led firm. But most importantly, the leadership to stop, take a pause and allocate the

time to evolve to remain profitable and sustainable for the future. If you want to have a profitable and sustainable firm both now and the immediate future, it’s now the time to step up and start the journey to becoming an advisory-led practice.

bankruptcy, Amazon sold more ebooks than print books for the first time. Borders’ ebook device, Kobo, was introduced too late to save the retailer. Borders and HMV paid the price for not changing quickly enough

Borders ultimately paid the price for not adapting quickly enough to the e-commerce and ebook revolution. Amazon changed What Amazon did, which its the way we shopped. Cloud and competitors didn’t, was lead digital technology the e-commerce and ebook is changing the revolution. This resulted way clients want to in them changing the “... it’s now the interact with their way we shopped and time to step up and accountant. If you put consumed books, start the journey your head in the sand music and films. Like to becoming and refuse to change other major industry an advisory-led how your firm works disruptions, this practice” and services clients, the disruption took time. It very same fate as Borders didn’t happen overnight. could be awaiting your firm. Although Amazon started in 1995, it didn’t cause a massive impact Lack of time is normally the on the book retailing sector for biggest barrier to getting started at least 10 years. In 2005, ten years later after Amazon sold its The question is, what’s stopping first book, Borders, the second you from starting to introduce largest US book retailer, still had advisory services to your firm? 15,000 employers, 1200 domestic Time, or more accurately, lack of and international stores. In 2011, time is often the biggest barrier to the year when Borders declared

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 137


What’s needed to take the first step to becoming an Advisory-led practice?

getting started on the journey to becoming an advisory-led firm.

@HeatherTowns

Heather Townsend, Speaker and Author, The Excedia Group Ltd Heather Townsend is the author of the forthcoming book, The Profitable Advisory Firm. Along with Jon Baker she runs the Advisor Academy and helps small accountancy firms typically double or triple their profits within 2-3 years.

In this article, Heather Townsend, author of the forthcoming book ‘The Profitable Advisory Firm’, examines what’s stopping you from getting started with building advisory revenue...

G

iven the unprecedented amount of change to the accountancy industry you’d be forgiven for thinking that most firms would be actively changing to remain profitable and sustainable in the future. The stark reality for most firms is business as usual. Talk with any accountancy firm owner and they will typically tell you that practice needs to evolve beyond offering Xero to their clients… but they have not quite managed to find the time to start evolving. That’s the issue with industry disruption. The typical pattern is the disruption happens slowly and takes a while to properly gather pace before suddenly making a massive impact on an industry. Accountants can learn the lessons from the world of book retailing Let’s take the world of publishing as an example of disruption. When Amazon sold its first book online in 1995, the American bookstore chain Borders Books and Music had a thriving retail empire with a top line revenue of about $1.6 billion a year in sales. At the 136 / Issue 11

time Amazon started, people were more worried about the big bookstore chains such as Barnes and Noble, Waterstones, HMV and Borders squeezing out the small independent book retailers, than Amazon’s influence on the marketplace. Many analysts were predicting that Amazon would go bust like many of the early dot com companies.

“Nothing is more exhausting than the task that’s never started, and strangely, starting is often far harder than continuing.” Gretchen Rubin, Author of Better Than Before

Be honest with yourself, how long have you been telling yourself that your firm needs to adapt for the future? But you’ve not managed to take the first step in adapting your firm. All those urgent AND important tasks keep on stopping you from starting. Perhaps you are tricking yourself into waiting for a quiet period to then get started. But when was your last real quiet period? Or enough of a quiet period to do more than take a break and recharge your batteries? That’s the problem, when we subscribe to the illusion of tomorrow, we never quite manage to take the first step and get started.

What’s needed to take the first step to winning advisory work? Leadership is often what’s missing. The leadership to prioritise adapting for the future. The leadership to take the tough decisions. The leadership to go outside of your comfort zone and take the first step in the process to becoming an advisory-led firm. But most importantly, the leadership to stop, take a pause and allocate the

time to evolve to remain profitable and sustainable for the future. If you want to have a profitable and sustainable firm both now and the immediate future, it’s now the time to step up and start the journey to becoming an advisory-led practice.

bankruptcy, Amazon sold more ebooks than print books for the first time. Borders’ ebook device, Kobo, was introduced too late to save the retailer. Borders and HMV paid the price for not changing quickly enough

Borders ultimately paid the price for not adapting quickly enough to the e-commerce and ebook revolution. Amazon changed What Amazon did, which its the way we shopped. Cloud and competitors didn’t, was lead digital technology the e-commerce and ebook is changing the revolution. This resulted way clients want to in them changing the “... it’s now the interact with their way we shopped and time to step up and accountant. If you put consumed books, start the journey your head in the sand music and films. Like to becoming and refuse to change other major industry an advisory-led how your firm works disruptions, this practice” and services clients, the disruption took time. It very same fate as Borders didn’t happen overnight. could be awaiting your firm. Although Amazon started in 1995, it didn’t cause a massive impact Lack of time is normally the on the book retailing sector for biggest barrier to getting started at least 10 years. In 2005, ten years later after Amazon sold its The question is, what’s stopping first book, Borders, the second you from starting to introduce largest US book retailer, still had advisory services to your firm? 15,000 employers, 1200 domestic Time, or more accurately, lack of and international stores. In 2011, time is often the biggest barrier to the year when Borders declared

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 137


App Directory

OVER

5AP0PS0

App/Service Directory To advertise, please email the team at: advertising@xumagazine.com

ExcluServ | @ExcluServ excluserv.co.uk Foundation Data foundationdata.co.nz Harmonic New Media harmonicnewmedia.com

Bills & Expenses AutoEntry | @OCRexSoftware

Nexonia | @nexonia nexonia.com PocketSmith | @PocketSmith pocketsmith.com

autoentry.com

Receipt Bank | @ReceiptBank receipt-bank.com

ACT! Link by Xact Software | @Xactsoftware xactsoftware.co.nz AffinityLive | @affinitylive affinitylive.com Agile CRM | @agilecrm agilecrm.com Arlo arlo.co Base CRM | @getbase

Intelligently Capture Invoices and Receipts straight into Xero

getbase.com Batchbook | @batchbook batchbook.com Breadwinner breadwinnerhq.com

.com

CallPro CRM | @callprocrm callprocrm.com/eur

Abacus | @abacus

CapsuleCRM | @CapsuleCRM

abacus.com ABUKAI Expenses | @abukai_news abukai.com ApprovalMax | @ApprovalMax approvalmax.com

Scan2Invoice scan2invoice.com senddr | @senddirect senddr.com Shoeboxed | @Shoeboxed shoeboxed.com Tallie | @UseTallie tallie.com Tripcatcher | @Tripcatcher tripcatcherapp.com Trippeo | @trippeo trippeo.com webexpenses | @webexpenses webexpenses.com Webrecs | @Webrecs

Automatic Mileage Expensing | @automatic

webrecs.com.au Xpenditure | @Xpenditure

automatic.com

xpenditure.com/en

Bill.com | @billcom

Conversions

bill.com Datamolino | @datamolino datamolino.com Entryless | @Entryless entryless.com ExpenseMagic | @ExpenseMagic expensemagic.com Expensify | @expensify use.expensify.com/xero Hubdoc | @Hubdoc hubdoc.com inSTREAM | @celaton celaton.com/instream InvoiceSmash | @invoicesmash invoicesmash.com iqBoxy Receipts | @IQBoxy iqboxy.com Keebo | @KeeboUK keebo.com MP Travel | @MPTravelPtyLtd mptravel.com.au

138 / Issue 11

Click 2 Convert | @C2Convert c2convert.com cloudconvert | @CloudconvertSa cloudconvert.co.za ConvertworX | @ConvertworX convertworx.com.au FITmyBooks fitmybooks.co.za JetConvert | @JetConvert jetconvert.com.au Movemybooks | @movemybooks movemybooks.co.uk MMC Convert | @mmcconvert mmcconvert.com XpressConvert xpressconvert.com.au

CRM 24SevenOffice | @24SOSupport 24sevenoffice.com/uk

capsulecrm.com Carry The One For Salesforce carrytheone.co.uk ClickDesk Live Chat | @ClickDesk clickdesk.com Collabspot | @collabspot collabspot.com Client Heartbeat | @ClientHeartbeat clientheartbeat.com ClubHub | @ClubHubSSL clubhub.co.nz/ commonsku | @commonsku commonsku.com Communigator communigator.co.nz ConstantContact | @ConstantContact constantcontact.com CRM Online crmonline.com.au CustomerSure | @CustomerSure customersure.com Exsalerate | @exsalerate exsalerate.com Fuseboard fuseboardapp.com Highrise Connector By Xero help.xero.com/Network_Highrise Infoodle | @infoodle infoodle.com Infusionsoft By Zapier | @zapier zapier.com Insightly For Xero | @insightlyapp insightly.com JunariCRM+ | @JunariCRMplus junaricrmplus.com Legrand CRM | @Legrand legrandcloudcrm.com/home Magnetism magnetismsolutions.com

Mailchimp by OneSaas | @onesaas onesaas.com/integrate MailSync | @MailSync mailsyncapp.com Ninjodo | @Ninjodo ninjodo.com OnePage CRM | @OnePageCRM welcome.onepagecrm.com OneSaas for Salesforce | @onesaas onesaas.com OneSaas for Zoho CRM | @onesaas onesaas.com/integrate Pepperi pepperi.com PropertySuite | @PropertySuite propertysuite.co.nz QikBizCRM | @QikBizNZ qikbizcrm.com Quick Win Development | @quickwindev quickwindevelopment.com Really Simple Systems | @ReallySimpleSys reallysimplesystems.com/uk SalesSeek | @SalesSeek salesseek.net Solve CRM | @solve360 solve360.com SugarCRM Klix Connector | @klix_media webdatadesign.com.au SyncApps by Cazoomi | @Cazoomi cazoomi.com Vision6 | @vision6 vision6.com.au WORK[etc] CRM | @WORKetc_support worketc.com Xploite | @xploiteapp xploite.com Zendesk by Cloud Elements | @CloudElements cloud-elements.com

Hashbang | @hashbangnz hashbang.co.nz Infopower customintegration.co.nz Interlockit.com interlockit.com iSOS isos.com NetEngine | @Net_Engine netengine.com.au Numernet | @numernet numernet.com nuSoftware | @nu_Software nusoftware.com Open Sauce Systems | @OpenSauceSystem opensauce.systems Red Arc Systems redarc.systems Red Jungle Limited | @redjungle redjungle.com Sixtree | @sixtreeau sixtree.com.au Smudge | @smudgeio smudge.io Southgate Labs | @SouthgateLabs southgatelabs.com The Logic Studio logicstudio.nz Trineo | @trineoltd trineo.co.nz Trio Technology | @Trio_Tech triotech.co.nz Web Industries webindustries.co.nz

Debtor Tracking Chaser | @chaser_io chaser.io

Zendesk by Zapier

Axis Direct | @NZAxisDirect axisdirect.nz Custom D | @customdhq customd.com Databuzz | @databuzz databuzz.com.au Digital Fusion teamdf.com Dynamic Solutions Ltd dynamic-solutions.co.nz EndGame | @GoEndGame

EzyCollect | @ezyCollect ezycollect.com.au Funding Gates | @fundinggates fundinggates.com InvoiceSherpa | @invoicesherpa invoicesherpa.com IODM | @IODM_Software iodm.com.au Late Fee Manager | @LateFeeManager1 latefeemanager.com LedgerLive ledgerlive.com Mentio | @mentiohq mentio.ca ONECLICK Cash Collection | @ONECLICK_Apps oneclickcashcollection.co.uk Promptly | @Paid_Promptly paidpromptly.com Satago | @SatagoHQ satago.com Sky Collect | @SkyCollect skycollect.com smartAR | @getpaidontime smartar.co.nz SMS My Debtors | @smsmydebtors smsmydebtors.com Vision6 | @vision6 vision6.com.au XO Cashflow | @xocashflow xocashflow.com

Documents Boxkite | @getboxkite

onesaas.com Bigcommerce by Stitch Labs | @StitchLabs stitchlabs.com Carry The One carrytheone.co.uk Checkfront | @Checkfront checkfront.com CS Cart by 4Sprung | @cscart marketplace.cs-cart.com Dremus | @dremus dremus.com eBay by OneSaas | @onesaas onesaas.com eBay by Stitch Labs | @StitchLabs stitchlabs.com eCC Cloud | @webgility webgility.com ecwid by Stitch Labs | @StitchLabs stitchlabs.com Expandly | @expandly expandly.com ezimerchant | @ezimerchant ezimerchant.com Intellibook | @intellibookapp intellibook.co Loaded Commerce by Carry The One carrytheone.co.uk Magento by OneSaas | @onesaas onesaas.com

check-business.co.uk CreditorWatch | @creditorwatch creditorwatch.com.au Debtograph | @Debtograph debtograph.com

carrytheone.co.uk Rocketspark | @Rocketspark rocketspark.com Sendle | @sendle sendle.com Shopify | @Shopify shopify.com Shopify by Carry The One carrytheone.co.uk Shopify by Pipemonk | @pipe_monk pipemonk.com Shopify By Stitch Labs | @StitchLabs stitchlabs.com Shopify By Tradevine | @TradevineTeam tradevine.com Squarespace | @squarespace squarespace.com Stitch Labs | @StitchLabs stitchlabs.com Storbie | @storbiecommerce storbie.com Synergy 8 | @SynergyEight synergy8.com TaxJar | @TaxJar taxjar.com

TradeGecko |tradegecko_xerouser_directory. @tradegecko tradegecko.com

unleashedsoftware.com Magento by Zapier | @zapier zapier.com Magento Integration (Fooman) | @foomanNZ xero.fooman.co.nz

Powerful inventory and order management ď„… tradegecko.com

@BiznizBackbone businessbackbone.co.uk Evernote by Zapier | @zapier zapier.com

Tradevine | @TradevineTeam

Formitize | @Formitize

tradevine.com

formitize.com/en

Veeqo | @Veeqo

Google Docs by Zapier | @zapier

Qwilr | @Qwilr

Check Business

pepperi.com PrestaShop by Carry The One

DiGA - Xero Excel Reporting |

hubdoc.com

STOP WASTING TIME CHASING INVOICES www.chaser.io/xu

Pepperi

Magento by Unleashed | @unleashedteam

getboxkite.com

qwilr.com Webrecs | @Webrecs webrecs.com.au

eCommerce A2X Accounting | @a2xaccounting a2xaccounting.com Airsquare | @airsquare airsquare.com Amazon.com by Stitch Labs | @StitchLabs stitchlabs.com Bigcommerce by Carry The One carrytheone.co.uk

veeqo.com Vextras - Kiwi | @vextras vextras.com Magento by Carry The One carrytheone.co.uk MINDBODY | @mindbodyonline partner.mindbodyonline.com Neto | @netoecommerce neto.com.au OneSaas for Opencart | @onesaas onesaas.com OneSaas for WooCommerce | @onesaas onesaas.com Opencart by Carry The One carrytheone.co.uk osCommerce by Carry The One carrytheone.co.uk PayPal by Zapier | @zapier zapier.com

end-game.com/xero

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Bigcommerce by OneSaas | @onesaas

Hubdoc | @Hubdoc

Bespoke Integration 3bit.com

debtordaddy.com

zapier.com

zapier.com/zapbook/xero/zendesk

3Bit Solutions

Debtor Daddy | @debtordaddy

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Volusion by Vextras | @vextras vextras.com Web Widgets websitebuilder.nz Zeald | @zeald zeald.com Zen Cart by Carry The One carrytheone.co.uk

Financial Services BizFi | @Bizfinyc bizfi.com BlueVine | @BluevineCapital bluevine.com BodeTree | @BodeTree bodetree.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 139


App Directory

OVER

5AP0PS0

App/Service Directory To advertise, please email the team at: advertising@xumagazine.com

ExcluServ | @ExcluServ excluserv.co.uk Foundation Data foundationdata.co.nz Harmonic New Media harmonicnewmedia.com

Bills & Expenses AutoEntry | @OCRexSoftware

Nexonia | @nexonia nexonia.com PocketSmith | @PocketSmith pocketsmith.com

autoentry.com

Receipt Bank | @ReceiptBank receipt-bank.com

ACT! Link by Xact Software | @Xactsoftware xactsoftware.co.nz AffinityLive | @affinitylive affinitylive.com Agile CRM | @agilecrm agilecrm.com Arlo arlo.co Base CRM | @getbase

Intelligently Capture Invoices and Receipts straight into Xero

getbase.com Batchbook | @batchbook batchbook.com Breadwinner breadwinnerhq.com

.com

CallPro CRM | @callprocrm callprocrm.com/eur

Abacus | @abacus

CapsuleCRM | @CapsuleCRM

abacus.com ABUKAI Expenses | @abukai_news abukai.com ApprovalMax | @ApprovalMax approvalmax.com

Scan2Invoice scan2invoice.com senddr | @senddirect senddr.com Shoeboxed | @Shoeboxed shoeboxed.com Tallie | @UseTallie tallie.com Tripcatcher | @Tripcatcher tripcatcherapp.com Trippeo | @trippeo trippeo.com webexpenses | @webexpenses webexpenses.com Webrecs | @Webrecs

Automatic Mileage Expensing | @automatic

webrecs.com.au Xpenditure | @Xpenditure

automatic.com

xpenditure.com/en

Bill.com | @billcom

Conversions

bill.com Datamolino | @datamolino datamolino.com Entryless | @Entryless entryless.com ExpenseMagic | @ExpenseMagic expensemagic.com Expensify | @expensify use.expensify.com/xero Hubdoc | @Hubdoc hubdoc.com inSTREAM | @celaton celaton.com/instream InvoiceSmash | @invoicesmash invoicesmash.com iqBoxy Receipts | @IQBoxy iqboxy.com Keebo | @KeeboUK keebo.com MP Travel | @MPTravelPtyLtd mptravel.com.au

138 / Issue 11

Click 2 Convert | @C2Convert c2convert.com cloudconvert | @CloudconvertSa cloudconvert.co.za ConvertworX | @ConvertworX convertworx.com.au FITmyBooks fitmybooks.co.za JetConvert | @JetConvert jetconvert.com.au Movemybooks | @movemybooks movemybooks.co.uk MMC Convert | @mmcconvert mmcconvert.com XpressConvert xpressconvert.com.au

CRM 24SevenOffice | @24SOSupport 24sevenoffice.com/uk

capsulecrm.com Carry The One For Salesforce carrytheone.co.uk ClickDesk Live Chat | @ClickDesk clickdesk.com Collabspot | @collabspot collabspot.com Client Heartbeat | @ClientHeartbeat clientheartbeat.com ClubHub | @ClubHubSSL clubhub.co.nz/ commonsku | @commonsku commonsku.com Communigator communigator.co.nz ConstantContact | @ConstantContact constantcontact.com CRM Online crmonline.com.au CustomerSure | @CustomerSure customersure.com Exsalerate | @exsalerate exsalerate.com Fuseboard fuseboardapp.com Highrise Connector By Xero help.xero.com/Network_Highrise Infoodle | @infoodle infoodle.com Infusionsoft By Zapier | @zapier zapier.com Insightly For Xero | @insightlyapp insightly.com JunariCRM+ | @JunariCRMplus junaricrmplus.com Legrand CRM | @Legrand legrandcloudcrm.com/home Magnetism magnetismsolutions.com

Mailchimp by OneSaas | @onesaas onesaas.com/integrate MailSync | @MailSync mailsyncapp.com Ninjodo | @Ninjodo ninjodo.com OnePage CRM | @OnePageCRM welcome.onepagecrm.com OneSaas for Salesforce | @onesaas onesaas.com OneSaas for Zoho CRM | @onesaas onesaas.com/integrate Pepperi pepperi.com PropertySuite | @PropertySuite propertysuite.co.nz QikBizCRM | @QikBizNZ qikbizcrm.com Quick Win Development | @quickwindev quickwindevelopment.com Really Simple Systems | @ReallySimpleSys reallysimplesystems.com/uk SalesSeek | @SalesSeek salesseek.net Solve CRM | @solve360 solve360.com SugarCRM Klix Connector | @klix_media webdatadesign.com.au SyncApps by Cazoomi | @Cazoomi cazoomi.com Vision6 | @vision6 vision6.com.au WORK[etc] CRM | @WORKetc_support worketc.com Xploite | @xploiteapp xploite.com Zendesk by Cloud Elements | @CloudElements cloud-elements.com

Hashbang | @hashbangnz hashbang.co.nz Infopower customintegration.co.nz Interlockit.com interlockit.com iSOS isos.com NetEngine | @Net_Engine netengine.com.au Numernet | @numernet numernet.com nuSoftware | @nu_Software nusoftware.com Open Sauce Systems | @OpenSauceSystem opensauce.systems Red Arc Systems redarc.systems Red Jungle Limited | @redjungle redjungle.com Sixtree | @sixtreeau sixtree.com.au Smudge | @smudgeio smudge.io Southgate Labs | @SouthgateLabs southgatelabs.com The Logic Studio logicstudio.nz Trineo | @trineoltd trineo.co.nz Trio Technology | @Trio_Tech triotech.co.nz Web Industries webindustries.co.nz

Debtor Tracking Chaser | @chaser_io chaser.io

Zendesk by Zapier

Axis Direct | @NZAxisDirect axisdirect.nz Custom D | @customdhq customd.com Databuzz | @databuzz databuzz.com.au Digital Fusion teamdf.com Dynamic Solutions Ltd dynamic-solutions.co.nz EndGame | @GoEndGame

EzyCollect | @ezyCollect ezycollect.com.au Funding Gates | @fundinggates fundinggates.com InvoiceSherpa | @invoicesherpa invoicesherpa.com IODM | @IODM_Software iodm.com.au Late Fee Manager | @LateFeeManager1 latefeemanager.com LedgerLive ledgerlive.com Mentio | @mentiohq mentio.ca ONECLICK Cash Collection | @ONECLICK_Apps oneclickcashcollection.co.uk Promptly | @Paid_Promptly paidpromptly.com Satago | @SatagoHQ satago.com Sky Collect | @SkyCollect skycollect.com smartAR | @getpaidontime smartar.co.nz SMS My Debtors | @smsmydebtors smsmydebtors.com Vision6 | @vision6 vision6.com.au XO Cashflow | @xocashflow xocashflow.com

Documents Boxkite | @getboxkite

onesaas.com Bigcommerce by Stitch Labs | @StitchLabs stitchlabs.com Carry The One carrytheone.co.uk Checkfront | @Checkfront checkfront.com CS Cart by 4Sprung | @cscart marketplace.cs-cart.com Dremus | @dremus dremus.com eBay by OneSaas | @onesaas onesaas.com eBay by Stitch Labs | @StitchLabs stitchlabs.com eCC Cloud | @webgility webgility.com ecwid by Stitch Labs | @StitchLabs stitchlabs.com Expandly | @expandly expandly.com ezimerchant | @ezimerchant ezimerchant.com Intellibook | @intellibookapp intellibook.co Loaded Commerce by Carry The One carrytheone.co.uk Magento by OneSaas | @onesaas onesaas.com

check-business.co.uk CreditorWatch | @creditorwatch creditorwatch.com.au Debtograph | @Debtograph debtograph.com

carrytheone.co.uk Rocketspark | @Rocketspark rocketspark.com Sendle | @sendle sendle.com Shopify | @Shopify shopify.com Shopify by Carry The One carrytheone.co.uk Shopify by Pipemonk | @pipe_monk pipemonk.com Shopify By Stitch Labs | @StitchLabs stitchlabs.com Shopify By Tradevine | @TradevineTeam tradevine.com Squarespace | @squarespace squarespace.com Stitch Labs | @StitchLabs stitchlabs.com Storbie | @storbiecommerce storbie.com Synergy 8 | @SynergyEight synergy8.com TaxJar | @TaxJar taxjar.com

TradeGecko |tradegecko_xerouser_directory. @tradegecko tradegecko.com

unleashedsoftware.com Magento by Zapier | @zapier zapier.com Magento Integration (Fooman) | @foomanNZ xero.fooman.co.nz

Powerful inventory and order management ď„… tradegecko.com

@BiznizBackbone businessbackbone.co.uk Evernote by Zapier | @zapier zapier.com

Tradevine | @TradevineTeam

Formitize | @Formitize

tradevine.com

formitize.com/en

Veeqo | @Veeqo

Google Docs by Zapier | @zapier

Qwilr | @Qwilr

Check Business

pepperi.com PrestaShop by Carry The One

DiGA - Xero Excel Reporting |

hubdoc.com

STOP WASTING TIME CHASING INVOICES www.chaser.io/xu

Pepperi

Magento by Unleashed | @unleashedteam

getboxkite.com

qwilr.com Webrecs | @Webrecs webrecs.com.au

eCommerce A2X Accounting | @a2xaccounting a2xaccounting.com Airsquare | @airsquare airsquare.com Amazon.com by Stitch Labs | @StitchLabs stitchlabs.com Bigcommerce by Carry The One carrytheone.co.uk

veeqo.com Vextras - Kiwi | @vextras vextras.com Magento by Carry The One carrytheone.co.uk MINDBODY | @mindbodyonline partner.mindbodyonline.com Neto | @netoecommerce neto.com.au OneSaas for Opencart | @onesaas onesaas.com OneSaas for WooCommerce | @onesaas onesaas.com Opencart by Carry The One carrytheone.co.uk osCommerce by Carry The One carrytheone.co.uk PayPal by Zapier | @zapier zapier.com

end-game.com/xero

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

Bigcommerce by OneSaas | @onesaas

Hubdoc | @Hubdoc

Bespoke Integration 3bit.com

debtordaddy.com

zapier.com

zapier.com/zapbook/xero/zendesk

3Bit Solutions

Debtor Daddy | @debtordaddy

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Volusion by Vextras | @vextras vextras.com Web Widgets websitebuilder.nz Zeald | @zeald zeald.com Zen Cart by Carry The One carrytheone.co.uk

Financial Services BizFi | @Bizfinyc bizfi.com BlueVine | @BluevineCapital bluevine.com BodeTree | @BodeTree bodetree.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 139


App Directory

App Directory Manu Online Ltd | @ManuOnlineLtd

Equifax | @equifax

manuonline.com

equifax.com

MRPEasy | @mrpeasy mrpeasy.com orderharmony.com RentalSaaS.com | @rentalsasa rentalsaas.com RepairShopr | @RepairShopr repairshopr.com simPRO | @simprosoftware simprogroup.com StarShipIt | @ShipITclick starshipit.com Stitch Labs | @StitchLabs

everline.com

stitchlabs.com

Financiery | @financiery

TidyBuild | @TidyBuild

financiery.com

tidybuild.com

Fundbox | @fundbox

tidystock.com

Fundera | @fundera

STOCK MANAGEMENT tidystock com tradegecko.com

checkvault.com.au

iCOS LIVE | @iCOSLIVE

Clarizen by Sixtree | @sixtreeau sixtree.com.au

getinform.com Intellibook | @intellibookapp

Clio | @goclio

intellibook.co

goclio.com

invoiceASAP | @invoiceASAP manage.invoiceasap.com

veeqo.com

Corecon | @Corecon

jobready.com.au

corecon.com

Jobsheet | @jobsheet jobsheetapp.com 14:16

CurrentRMS | @currentrms

eprintmis.com EService | @ECONZNewZealand econz.co.nz

24SevenOffice | @24SOSupport

vinsight.net

24sevenoffice.com CIN7 | @Cin7online

Invoicing & Jobs

cin7.com Current RMS | @currentrms

ActionStep | @Actionstep

current-rms.com

actionstep.com

DEAR Inventory | @DearInventory

Active Collab By Trio | @Trio_Tech

dearsystems.com

triotech.co.nz

Expandly | @expandly

Acuity Scheduling | @AcuitySchedulin

expandly.com

acuityscheduling.com

Farmflo | @farmflo

AffinityLive | @affinitylive

farmflo.com

formitize.com help.xero.com GeoOp | @GeoOp geoop.com Harvest | @harvest getharvest.com Houston Medical houstonmedical.net

Senddr | @senddirect senddr.com ServiceM8 | @ServiceM8 servicem8.com

zapier.com

leap.co.uk Manu Online Ltd | @ManuOnlineLtd manuonline.com MechanicDesk | @mechanicdesk mechanicdesk.com.au Mindbody by QSSConnect | @QuoteStockSell quotestocksell.com MinuteDock | @minutedock minutedock.com Mobileezy | @MobileezyAust mobileezy.com MyTrucking | @MyTrucking mytrucking.co.nz NextMinute | @NextMinuteApp nextminute.com Ninjodo | @Ninjodo ninjodo.com Nucleus Logic | @NucleusLogic nucleuslogic.com pay RIGHT AWAY | @PayRIGHTAWAY payrightaway.com.au Progressclaim.com | @progressclaim progressclaim.com Proposify | @proposify proposify.biz

aroflo.com

TidyEnterprise | @TidyInt TidyWork | @TidyWork tidywork.com

Tidy Enterprise | @TidyInt tidyenterprise.com

LEAP | @LEAP4SmallFirms

ebillity.com

leap.co.uk

TimeCamp | @timecamp

LedgerBackup

timecamp.com

ledgerbackup.com MailSync | @MailSync

tomahawk.co.nz

mailsyncapp.com

Total Synergy | @totalsynergy

The app for tradies

Tradify | @tradifyhq

MANUFACTURING tidyenterprise com

tradifyhq.com

50% off your first 3 months servicem8.com/special/xu-promo

Union Square | @unionsquareltd unionsquaresoftware.com Vinosmith | @thevinosmith

Simple Salon | @SimpleSalon simplesalon.com simPRO | @simprosoftware simprogroup.com Smart Reports smartreports.com.au SmartTrade | @SmartTradeSW smarttrade.biz SmartBiller | @smartbiller smartbiller.co.nz Socket | @socketapp socketapp.com Sohnar Limited / TrafficLive | @TrafficLIVE trafficlive.com SpannerPlanner | @spannerplanner

vinosmith.com Vinsight | @VinsightSW vinsight.net VINx2 | @vinx2 vinx2.com vWork | @vWorkApp vworkapp.com Web EDI | @webedi webedi.co.uk WHMCS for Xero | @edgehosting edgehosting.co.uk Work[etc] CRM | @WORKetc_support worketc.com WorkflowMax | @WorkflowMax workflowmax.com

Other A2X Accounting | @a2xaccounting a2xaccounting.com Ag Profit | @AgProfitAus agprofit.com.au

AroFlo | @aro_flo aroflo.com

trustfile.avalara.com Boxkite | @getboxkite

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

myfirmsapp.com OneSaas | @onesaas onesaas.com Onsight | @Onsight_App onsightapp.com

getboxkite.com

PennyPipe | @PennyPipe pennypipe.com pensionsync | @pensionsync pensionsync.com

Business Oxygen Lite businessoxygen.com.au ClubHub | @ClubHubSSL clubhub.co.nz CoverKit by NZI nzi.co.nz

at the heart of autoenrolment connecting payroll to pensions

EntryRocket | @csv2cloud entryrocket.com

spannerplanner.com

www.pensionsync.com

It’s a match made in heaven.

Synchroteam | @synchroteam synchroteam.com

PocketRent | @PocketRent

Synergist | @Synerg1st

pocketrent.com

synergist.co.uk

PocketSmith | @PocketSmith

The Service Manager | @theservicemgr theservicemanager.com

pocketsmith.com

Start your FREE trial: workflowmax.com/xero

Podio by Phases xepod.net Podio by Zapier | @zapier zapier.com

Workshop Software | @workshoponline workshopsoftware.com.au ZeroTime zerotime.io

ePrint MIS | @eprintmis eprintmis.com Eventbrite by OneSaas | @onesaas onesaas.com

140 / Issue 11

MyFirmsApp | @MyFirmsApp

ozbizsolutions.com.au

arlo.co Avalara | @avalara

ProWorkflow | @ProWorkflow proworkflow.com

mrpeasy.com MyDesktop | @MyDesktopAPI

OzBiz Solutions | @OzBizSolutions

Arlo

Streamtime | @streamtime streamtime.net

MRPEasy | @mrpeasy

mydesktop.com.au

TriggerApp | @triggerapp triggerapp.com

jobready.com.au JobSync | @jobsyncapp jobsync.com.au

Time Tracker by eBillity | @eBillity

totalsynergy.com

imporex.com.au JobReady | @JobReadyNSW

tidyenterprise.com

Tomahawk / Resbook | @TomahawkNZ

LEAP | @LEAP4SmallFirms

affinitylive.com

Fishbowl Manufacturing and Warehouse @fishbowl | fishbowlinventory.com

Fleetmatics WORK | @fleetmatics

FreshBooks | @freshbooks

jobadder.com

JobReady | @JobReadyNSW

fergusapp.com

Vinsight | @VinsightSW

repairshopr.com

jobprocentral.com

etztec.com

Inventory

RepairShopr | @RepairShopr

itrade.net

JobPro Central

copperproject.com

fleetmatics.com.au

qwilr.com

JobAdder | @jobadder

Copper | @copperproject

Formitize | @Formitize

Qwilr | @Qwilr

iTrade

Fergus | @FergusApp

unleashedsoftware.com

icoslive.com inForm | @getinformapp

Cliniko | @Cliniko

etz Technologies | @etzTechnologies

Veeqo | @Veeqo

flowrev.com

Imporex

emac.com.au

Unleashed Software | @unleashedteam

ezyvet.com Farmflo | @farmflo

Google Calender By Zapier | @zapier

tidybuild com

buildxact.com.au

ePrint MIS | @eprintmis

Powerful inventory and order management  tradegecko.com

ezyVet | @ezyvet

Flowrev | @flowrev

CheckVault | @CheckVault

EMAC | @EMACsoftware

waddle.com.au

expensecheck.com.au

CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT

buildXACT

current-rms.com

Waddle | @getwaddle

zapier.com

farmflo.com

buildertrend.com

5 4/7/17 coreplus.com.au TradeGecko |tradegecko_xerouser_directory.pdf @tradegecko

Eventbrite by Zapier | @zapier Expense Check | @expensecheck

getbriefcase.net

coreplus | @Intracore

moula.com.au

Manufacturing

DISCOVER THE HIDDEN SECRET BEHIND SUCCESSFUL TRADIES

BuilderTREND | @BuilderTREND

wise-sync.com

Kabbage | @KabbageInc

smartbizloans.com

tidybuild.com

bookingbug.com

ConnectWise by Wise-Sync | @wisesync

getcapital.com.au

SmartBiz Loans | @SmartBizLoans

TidyBuild | @Build

briefcase

commonsku.com

GetCapital | @Get_Capital

Moula | @MoulaMoney

quotientapp.com

aroflo.com

commonsku | @commonsku

fundingoptions.com

marketinvoice.com

Quotient | @QuotientApp

BookingBug | @bookingbug

global.co-construct.com

Funding Options | @FundingOptions

MarketInvoice | @MarketInvoice

i2b-online.com

AroFlo | @aro_flo

Co-construct

fundera.com

kabbage.com

i2B | @i2B_Limited

aXcelerate | @aXcelerate

cliniko.com

TidyStock | @TidyStock

fundbox.com

myaccountingtoolbox.com axcelerate.com

OrderHarmony | @orderharmony

Everline | @everline

Autotask by My Accounting Toolbox

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Progressclaim.com | @progressclaim progressclaim.com PropertyTree | @PropertyTree propertytree.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 141


App Directory

App Directory Manu Online Ltd | @ManuOnlineLtd

Equifax | @equifax

manuonline.com

equifax.com

MRPEasy | @mrpeasy mrpeasy.com orderharmony.com RentalSaaS.com | @rentalsasa rentalsaas.com RepairShopr | @RepairShopr repairshopr.com simPRO | @simprosoftware simprogroup.com StarShipIt | @ShipITclick starshipit.com Stitch Labs | @StitchLabs

everline.com

stitchlabs.com

Financiery | @financiery

TidyBuild | @TidyBuild

financiery.com

tidybuild.com

Fundbox | @fundbox

tidystock.com

Fundera | @fundera

STOCK MANAGEMENT tidystock com tradegecko.com

checkvault.com.au

iCOS LIVE | @iCOSLIVE

Clarizen by Sixtree | @sixtreeau sixtree.com.au

getinform.com Intellibook | @intellibookapp

Clio | @goclio

intellibook.co

goclio.com

invoiceASAP | @invoiceASAP manage.invoiceasap.com

veeqo.com

Corecon | @Corecon

jobready.com.au

corecon.com

Jobsheet | @jobsheet jobsheetapp.com 14:16

CurrentRMS | @currentrms

eprintmis.com EService | @ECONZNewZealand econz.co.nz

24SevenOffice | @24SOSupport

vinsight.net

24sevenoffice.com CIN7 | @Cin7online

Invoicing & Jobs

cin7.com Current RMS | @currentrms

ActionStep | @Actionstep

current-rms.com

actionstep.com

DEAR Inventory | @DearInventory

Active Collab By Trio | @Trio_Tech

dearsystems.com

triotech.co.nz

Expandly | @expandly

Acuity Scheduling | @AcuitySchedulin

expandly.com

acuityscheduling.com

Farmflo | @farmflo

AffinityLive | @affinitylive

farmflo.com

formitize.com help.xero.com GeoOp | @GeoOp geoop.com Harvest | @harvest getharvest.com Houston Medical houstonmedical.net

Senddr | @senddirect senddr.com ServiceM8 | @ServiceM8 servicem8.com

zapier.com

leap.co.uk Manu Online Ltd | @ManuOnlineLtd manuonline.com MechanicDesk | @mechanicdesk mechanicdesk.com.au Mindbody by QSSConnect | @QuoteStockSell quotestocksell.com MinuteDock | @minutedock minutedock.com Mobileezy | @MobileezyAust mobileezy.com MyTrucking | @MyTrucking mytrucking.co.nz NextMinute | @NextMinuteApp nextminute.com Ninjodo | @Ninjodo ninjodo.com Nucleus Logic | @NucleusLogic nucleuslogic.com pay RIGHT AWAY | @PayRIGHTAWAY payrightaway.com.au Progressclaim.com | @progressclaim progressclaim.com Proposify | @proposify proposify.biz

aroflo.com

TidyEnterprise | @TidyInt TidyWork | @TidyWork tidywork.com

Tidy Enterprise | @TidyInt tidyenterprise.com

LEAP | @LEAP4SmallFirms

ebillity.com

leap.co.uk

TimeCamp | @timecamp

LedgerBackup

timecamp.com

ledgerbackup.com MailSync | @MailSync

tomahawk.co.nz

mailsyncapp.com

Total Synergy | @totalsynergy

The app for tradies

Tradify | @tradifyhq

MANUFACTURING tidyenterprise com

tradifyhq.com

50% off your first 3 months servicem8.com/special/xu-promo

Union Square | @unionsquareltd unionsquaresoftware.com Vinosmith | @thevinosmith

Simple Salon | @SimpleSalon simplesalon.com simPRO | @simprosoftware simprogroup.com Smart Reports smartreports.com.au SmartTrade | @SmartTradeSW smarttrade.biz SmartBiller | @smartbiller smartbiller.co.nz Socket | @socketapp socketapp.com Sohnar Limited / TrafficLive | @TrafficLIVE trafficlive.com SpannerPlanner | @spannerplanner

vinosmith.com Vinsight | @VinsightSW vinsight.net VINx2 | @vinx2 vinx2.com vWork | @vWorkApp vworkapp.com Web EDI | @webedi webedi.co.uk WHMCS for Xero | @edgehosting edgehosting.co.uk Work[etc] CRM | @WORKetc_support worketc.com WorkflowMax | @WorkflowMax workflowmax.com

Other A2X Accounting | @a2xaccounting a2xaccounting.com Ag Profit | @AgProfitAus agprofit.com.au

AroFlo | @aro_flo aroflo.com

trustfile.avalara.com Boxkite | @getboxkite

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

myfirmsapp.com OneSaas | @onesaas onesaas.com Onsight | @Onsight_App onsightapp.com

getboxkite.com

PennyPipe | @PennyPipe pennypipe.com pensionsync | @pensionsync pensionsync.com

Business Oxygen Lite businessoxygen.com.au ClubHub | @ClubHubSSL clubhub.co.nz CoverKit by NZI nzi.co.nz

at the heart of autoenrolment connecting payroll to pensions

EntryRocket | @csv2cloud entryrocket.com

spannerplanner.com

www.pensionsync.com

It’s a match made in heaven.

Synchroteam | @synchroteam synchroteam.com

PocketRent | @PocketRent

Synergist | @Synerg1st

pocketrent.com

synergist.co.uk

PocketSmith | @PocketSmith

The Service Manager | @theservicemgr theservicemanager.com

pocketsmith.com

Start your FREE trial: workflowmax.com/xero

Podio by Phases xepod.net Podio by Zapier | @zapier zapier.com

Workshop Software | @workshoponline workshopsoftware.com.au ZeroTime zerotime.io

ePrint MIS | @eprintmis eprintmis.com Eventbrite by OneSaas | @onesaas onesaas.com

140 / Issue 11

MyFirmsApp | @MyFirmsApp

ozbizsolutions.com.au

arlo.co Avalara | @avalara

ProWorkflow | @ProWorkflow proworkflow.com

mrpeasy.com MyDesktop | @MyDesktopAPI

OzBiz Solutions | @OzBizSolutions

Arlo

Streamtime | @streamtime streamtime.net

MRPEasy | @mrpeasy

mydesktop.com.au

TriggerApp | @triggerapp triggerapp.com

jobready.com.au JobSync | @jobsyncapp jobsync.com.au

Time Tracker by eBillity | @eBillity

totalsynergy.com

imporex.com.au JobReady | @JobReadyNSW

tidyenterprise.com

Tomahawk / Resbook | @TomahawkNZ

LEAP | @LEAP4SmallFirms

affinitylive.com

Fishbowl Manufacturing and Warehouse @fishbowl | fishbowlinventory.com

Fleetmatics WORK | @fleetmatics

FreshBooks | @freshbooks

jobadder.com

JobReady | @JobReadyNSW

fergusapp.com

Vinsight | @VinsightSW

repairshopr.com

jobprocentral.com

etztec.com

Inventory

RepairShopr | @RepairShopr

itrade.net

JobPro Central

copperproject.com

fleetmatics.com.au

qwilr.com

JobAdder | @jobadder

Copper | @copperproject

Formitize | @Formitize

Qwilr | @Qwilr

iTrade

Fergus | @FergusApp

unleashedsoftware.com

icoslive.com inForm | @getinformapp

Cliniko | @Cliniko

etz Technologies | @etzTechnologies

Veeqo | @Veeqo

flowrev.com

Imporex

emac.com.au

Unleashed Software | @unleashedteam

ezyvet.com Farmflo | @farmflo

Google Calender By Zapier | @zapier

tidybuild com

buildxact.com.au

ePrint MIS | @eprintmis

Powerful inventory and order management  tradegecko.com

ezyVet | @ezyvet

Flowrev | @flowrev

CheckVault | @CheckVault

EMAC | @EMACsoftware

waddle.com.au

expensecheck.com.au

CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT

buildXACT

current-rms.com

Waddle | @getwaddle

zapier.com

farmflo.com

buildertrend.com

5 4/7/17 coreplus.com.au TradeGecko |tradegecko_xerouser_directory.pdf @tradegecko

Eventbrite by Zapier | @zapier Expense Check | @expensecheck

getbriefcase.net

coreplus | @Intracore

moula.com.au

Manufacturing

DISCOVER THE HIDDEN SECRET BEHIND SUCCESSFUL TRADIES

BuilderTREND | @BuilderTREND

wise-sync.com

Kabbage | @KabbageInc

smartbizloans.com

tidybuild.com

bookingbug.com

ConnectWise by Wise-Sync | @wisesync

getcapital.com.au

SmartBiz Loans | @SmartBizLoans

TidyBuild | @Build

briefcase

commonsku.com

GetCapital | @Get_Capital

Moula | @MoulaMoney

quotientapp.com

aroflo.com

commonsku | @commonsku

fundingoptions.com

marketinvoice.com

Quotient | @QuotientApp

BookingBug | @bookingbug

global.co-construct.com

Funding Options | @FundingOptions

MarketInvoice | @MarketInvoice

i2b-online.com

AroFlo | @aro_flo

Co-construct

fundera.com

kabbage.com

i2B | @i2B_Limited

aXcelerate | @aXcelerate

cliniko.com

TidyStock | @TidyStock

fundbox.com

myaccountingtoolbox.com axcelerate.com

OrderHarmony | @orderharmony

Everline | @everline

Autotask by My Accounting Toolbox

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Progressclaim.com | @progressclaim progressclaim.com PropertyTree | @PropertyTree propertytree.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 141


App Directory

App Directory Authorize.Net | @AuthorizeNet

Re-leased | @re_leased

reseller.authorize.net

re-leased.com

Bill and Pay | @BillandPay

Re-View | @Re_viewsoftware

billandpay.com

re-view.com

Bill.com | @billcom

Real Estate Investar | @reiaustraila

bill.com

realestateinvestar.com.au

Chargify | @Chargify

Rerun | @Rerunapp

chargify.com

rerunapp.com

Checkeeper | @Checkeeper

RightSignature | @RightSignature

checkeeper.com/xero

rightsignature.com

CheckVault | @CheckVault

SafeGuard My | @safeguardmy

checkvault.com.au

safeguardmy.com

Directli | @Directli

SAT FXOnline | @satworldwide

directli.co.uk

satfxonline.co.uk

DPS Payment Express | @PaymentExpress

Sendle | @sendle sendle.com Sharesight | @Sharesight sharesight.com

ezidebit.com.au gocardless.com

Make sure you get paid on time, every time with the GoCardless for Xero app

gocardless.com/xero

Synergy 8 | @SynergyEight synergy8.com

IntegraPay | @IntegraPay

tax1099.com

iZettle | @iZettle

transfermateonline.com

izettle.com

Trustworks | @trustworksnz

Kwanji | @KwanjiX

trustworks.co.nz

Sush.io | @sushio sush.io

evopos.com

ipayroll.co.nz KeyPay | @KeyPayApp keypay.com.au

iZettle | @iZettle

Swipe HQ | @SwipeNZ

payescape.com

Possboss | @posbosshq posbosshq.com

paysonline.com.au

retailexpress.com.au

payspace.com

rPOS by RPG | @RobotPubGroup robotpubgroup.com Shogo

cloudpayroll.com.au

vinosmith.com

midpoint.com OzForex | @ozforex

vinx2.com

ozforex.com.au

Wise.NET | @WisenetLRM

Pay RIGHT AWAY | @PayRIGHTAWAY

wisenet.co

payrightaway.com.au

Workshop Software | @workshoponline

Payment Express | @PaymentExpress paymentexpress.com PayPal | @PayPal paypal.com PayPal by Zapier | @zapier zapier.com PennyPipe | @PennyPipe pennypipe.com Pin Payments | @PinPayments pin.net.au Plooto | @PlootoInc app.plooto.co POLi Payments | @POLiPayments polipayments.com

Square | @Square

thegoodtill.com

crystalpayroll.com deputy.com Employment Hero | @EmploymentHero employmenthero.com enableHR | @enableHR

SimplePay.co.za

flexitime.co.nz

Calxa | @calxa

Moxy Cloud Reporting moxyreports.com My Own CFO | @myown_cfo myown-cfo.com

Cash Flow Story

Neatly | @go_neatly

checkmybooks.co.uk Cyfe | @Cyfe

neatly.io Panalitix | @panalitix panalitix.com ProfitSee | @MyProfitSee myprofitsee.com

lps.surepayroll.com

WWW.THEGOODTILL.COM HELLO@THEGOODTILL.COM 0203 764 0800

thankyoupayroll.co.nz The Payroll Site | @ThePayrollSite thepayrollsite.co.uk

Workforce Guardian | @workforceguard workforceguardian.com.au ZUUS Workforce | @zuusworkforce

CIN7 | @Cin7online cin7.com ClickPOS | @ClickPOS_Online clickpos.com

Gusto | @GustoHQ zenpayroll.com

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

deputy.com Ento | @entohq ento.com Everhour | @everhour everhour.com etz Technologies | @etzTechnologies etztec.com Flexitime | @FlexiTimeTeam flexitime.co.nz Freshdesk | @freshdesk freshdesk.com GeoOp | @GeoOp geoop.com Google Calender by Zapier | @zapier zapier.com Harvest | @harvest

icoslive.com IMS Service Track

Dryrun | @Mydryrun

i-man.com.au

dryrun.com

Intertec TimePro timesheets.com.au

Tower Systems | @TowerSystems

JobPro Central | @JobProCentral

towersystems.com.au

jobprocentral.com C

KeyPay | @KeyPayApp

M

QVinci | @Qvinci qvinci.com

Y

Forecast your cash flow, budget & sales in the cloud

CM

Web Payroll | @WEB_Payroll webpayroll.com.au

copperproject.com Deputy | @deputyapp

Management | @iCOSLIVE

businessbackbone.co.uk

tanda.co Thankyou Payroll | @ThankyouPayroll

sixtree.com.au Copper | @copperproject

getharvest.com

DiGA | @BiznizBackbone INTEGRATED WITH

Clarizen by Sixtree | @sixtreeau

iCOS LIVE - Online Transport

Talenox | @Talenox

Point of Sale

Flexitime | @FlexiTimeTeam

atsora.com

datadear.com

SurePayroll | @SurePayroll

Ento | @entohq

epayroll.com.au

Momentum

DataDear | @DataDearApp

SimplePay.com.sg

zuusworkforce.com

ePayroll | @ePayrollAus

mentio.ca

cyfe.com

simplepay.co.za

enablehr.com.au ento.com

Mentio: Business Mentor | @mentiohq

Checkmybooks | @checkmybooks

the accountant-friendly till system

simplepay.ca

LivePlan | @liveplan scoreboard.liveplan.com

cashflowstory.com

Simplepay.ca | @simplepaycanada

talenox.com

Deputy | @deputyapp

bodetree.com

co2analytics.com

The Good Till Company | @TheGoodTillco

Tanda | @TandaHQ

Crystal Payroll

Bode Tree | @BodeTree

Carbon Analytics | @co2analytics

squareup.com

smartpayroll.com.au

Australia www.cloudpayroll.com.au sales@cloudpayroll.com.au

klipfolio.com

calxa.com

Smart Payroll | @smartpayroll

Midpoint | @MidpointLtd

VINx2 | @vinx2

simplesalon.com

simplepay.com.sg

New Zealand www.ipayroll.co.nz sales@ipayroll.co.nz

Klipfolio Dashboard | @klipfolio

blinkreports.com

bstar.com.au

Simple Salon | @SimpleSalon

adp.com

Blink Reports

Bstar | @BstarAustralia

shopify.com

Automated Data Processing Inc. | @ADP

www.infoodle.com

bpmglobal.com

Shopify | @Shopify

Payroll & HR

CHARITIES CHURCHES COMMUNITY GROUPS

Bizeo | @bizeo

BPM

shogo.io

TransferWise | @TransferWise

benchmarking.com.au

casefox.com Chrometa | @Chrometa chrometa.com

Benchmarking.com.au

bizeo.com.au

Retail Express | @RetailExpress01

transfermateonline.com

boomr.com

CRM & Donor Management Software

partner.mindbodyonline.com

Transfer Mate | @TransferMate

@BoomrApps

www.asset.guru

MINDBODY | @mindbodyonline

swipehq.co.nz

Boomr - Employee Time Clock |

getbriefcase.net

kounta.com

Payment Evolution | @payevo

Time Tracking

CaseFox | @CaseFoxOnline

Kounta | @kounta

Payescape

winkreports.com

briefcase

sales@asset.guru

izettle.com

mypaye.co.uk

vistr.co Wink Reports ;) | @WinkReports

actionstep.com

Fixed Asset Management made simple

infinityrms.com

MyPAYE | @MyPAYE

Vistr | @VistrTeam

ActionStep | @Actionstep

Infinity RMS | @InfinityRMS

PaySpace | @PaySpace

kwanji.com

Vinosmith | @thevinosmith

142 / Issue 11

stripe.com

invoicesherpa.com

TransferMate | @TransferMate

acuityscheduling.com

Stripe (IE) | @stripe

InvoiceSherpa | @invoicesherpa

track1099.com

Acuity Scheduling | @AcuitySchedulin

stripe.com

integrapay.com.au

Track1099 | @Track_1099

Payments

Stripe (Canada) | @stripe

CloudPayroll

Tax1099 | @efile1099

zenoti.com

commercesync.com

iPayroll

ucollect.biz

stryke.com.au

Zenoti | @ZenotiSoftware

@commercesync

infoodle.com

Evopos | @evoposdms

uCollect | @ucollect_biz

Stryke Tax | @stryketax

zapier.com

Stripe by Commerce Sync |

grappster.com Infoodle | @infoodle

eposnow.com

transferwise.com

pro.sharesight.com.au

Zendesk by Zapier | @zapier

stripe.com

Grappster | @grappster

Epos Now | @EposNow

timesheets.com.au

PaysOnline | @paysonline

GoCardless | @GoCardless

Sharesight Pro | @Sharesight

zapier.com

Stripe | @stripe

imspayroll.co.nz

Futrli | @Futrli futrli.com

commercesync.com

Intertec TimePro

squareup.com

eazycollect.co.uk

sharesight.com/pro

Zapier | @zapier

satfxonline.co.uk

Asset Guru | @Asset_Guru asset.guru

@commercesync

IMS Payroll

Eazycollect | @eazycollect

5-star Xero business community rating

zapier.com

rerunapp.com SAT FXOnline | @satworldwide

Clover by Commerce Sync |

hrpartner.io

paymentevolution.com

eway.io

Wufoo by Zapier | @zapier

Rerun | @Rerunapp

HR Partner | @HRPartnerApp

Square | @Square

Ezidebit | @Ezidebit

workshopsoftware.com.au

paidpromptly.com

paymentexpress.co.uk

eWay | @eWAY_

Award-winning investment portfolio Add-on

Promptly | @Paid_Promptly

MY

dryrun.com

CY

keypay.com.au MinuteDock | @minutedock minutedock.com

Ranqx ranqx.com RESULTS.com | @RESULTSdotcom results.com

Excel Int. Tools - QWD | @quickwindev

CMY

quickwindevelopment.com

K

Fathom | @fathomhq Vend | @vendhq vendhq.com Zilch Consulting | @zilchconsulting zilchconsulting.com

Reporting Ag Profit | @AgProfitAus

fathomhq.com Figured | @figuredapp figured.com Financial Driver | @FinancialDriver financialdriver.com Float | @FloatApp floatapp.com

Saasabi | @Saasabi saasabi.com SeederBoard | @seederboard seederboard.com Simply Cashflow | @simplycashflow simplycashflow.com Spotlight Reporting | @spotlightrep spotlightreporting.com Unleash

Nexonia | @nexonia

unleash.us

nexonia.com

agprofit.com.au

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 143


App Directory

App Directory Authorize.Net | @AuthorizeNet

Re-leased | @re_leased

reseller.authorize.net

re-leased.com

Bill and Pay | @BillandPay

Re-View | @Re_viewsoftware

billandpay.com

re-view.com

Bill.com | @billcom

Real Estate Investar | @reiaustraila

bill.com

realestateinvestar.com.au

Chargify | @Chargify

Rerun | @Rerunapp

chargify.com

rerunapp.com

Checkeeper | @Checkeeper

RightSignature | @RightSignature

checkeeper.com/xero

rightsignature.com

CheckVault | @CheckVault

SafeGuard My | @safeguardmy

checkvault.com.au

safeguardmy.com

Directli | @Directli

SAT FXOnline | @satworldwide

directli.co.uk

satfxonline.co.uk

DPS Payment Express | @PaymentExpress

Sendle | @sendle sendle.com Sharesight | @Sharesight sharesight.com

ezidebit.com.au gocardless.com

Make sure you get paid on time, every time with the GoCardless for Xero app

gocardless.com/xero

Synergy 8 | @SynergyEight synergy8.com

IntegraPay | @IntegraPay

tax1099.com

iZettle | @iZettle

transfermateonline.com

izettle.com

Trustworks | @trustworksnz

Kwanji | @KwanjiX

trustworks.co.nz

Sush.io | @sushio sush.io

evopos.com

ipayroll.co.nz KeyPay | @KeyPayApp keypay.com.au

iZettle | @iZettle

Swipe HQ | @SwipeNZ

payescape.com

Possboss | @posbosshq posbosshq.com

paysonline.com.au

retailexpress.com.au

payspace.com

rPOS by RPG | @RobotPubGroup robotpubgroup.com Shogo

cloudpayroll.com.au

vinosmith.com

midpoint.com OzForex | @ozforex

vinx2.com

ozforex.com.au

Wise.NET | @WisenetLRM

Pay RIGHT AWAY | @PayRIGHTAWAY

wisenet.co

payrightaway.com.au

Workshop Software | @workshoponline

Payment Express | @PaymentExpress paymentexpress.com PayPal | @PayPal paypal.com PayPal by Zapier | @zapier zapier.com PennyPipe | @PennyPipe pennypipe.com Pin Payments | @PinPayments pin.net.au Plooto | @PlootoInc app.plooto.co POLi Payments | @POLiPayments polipayments.com

Square | @Square

thegoodtill.com

crystalpayroll.com deputy.com Employment Hero | @EmploymentHero employmenthero.com enableHR | @enableHR

SimplePay.co.za

flexitime.co.nz

Calxa | @calxa

Moxy Cloud Reporting moxyreports.com My Own CFO | @myown_cfo myown-cfo.com

Cash Flow Story

Neatly | @go_neatly

checkmybooks.co.uk Cyfe | @Cyfe

neatly.io Panalitix | @panalitix panalitix.com ProfitSee | @MyProfitSee myprofitsee.com

lps.surepayroll.com

WWW.THEGOODTILL.COM HELLO@THEGOODTILL.COM 0203 764 0800

thankyoupayroll.co.nz The Payroll Site | @ThePayrollSite thepayrollsite.co.uk

Workforce Guardian | @workforceguard workforceguardian.com.au ZUUS Workforce | @zuusworkforce

CIN7 | @Cin7online cin7.com ClickPOS | @ClickPOS_Online clickpos.com

Gusto | @GustoHQ zenpayroll.com

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

deputy.com Ento | @entohq ento.com Everhour | @everhour everhour.com etz Technologies | @etzTechnologies etztec.com Flexitime | @FlexiTimeTeam flexitime.co.nz Freshdesk | @freshdesk freshdesk.com GeoOp | @GeoOp geoop.com Google Calender by Zapier | @zapier zapier.com Harvest | @harvest

icoslive.com IMS Service Track

Dryrun | @Mydryrun

i-man.com.au

dryrun.com

Intertec TimePro timesheets.com.au

Tower Systems | @TowerSystems

JobPro Central | @JobProCentral

towersystems.com.au

jobprocentral.com C

KeyPay | @KeyPayApp

M

QVinci | @Qvinci qvinci.com

Y

Forecast your cash flow, budget & sales in the cloud

CM

Web Payroll | @WEB_Payroll webpayroll.com.au

copperproject.com Deputy | @deputyapp

Management | @iCOSLIVE

businessbackbone.co.uk

tanda.co Thankyou Payroll | @ThankyouPayroll

sixtree.com.au Copper | @copperproject

getharvest.com

DiGA | @BiznizBackbone INTEGRATED WITH

Clarizen by Sixtree | @sixtreeau

iCOS LIVE - Online Transport

Talenox | @Talenox

Point of Sale

Flexitime | @FlexiTimeTeam

atsora.com

datadear.com

SurePayroll | @SurePayroll

Ento | @entohq

epayroll.com.au

Momentum

DataDear | @DataDearApp

SimplePay.com.sg

zuusworkforce.com

ePayroll | @ePayrollAus

mentio.ca

cyfe.com

simplepay.co.za

enablehr.com.au ento.com

Mentio: Business Mentor | @mentiohq

Checkmybooks | @checkmybooks

the accountant-friendly till system

simplepay.ca

LivePlan | @liveplan scoreboard.liveplan.com

cashflowstory.com

Simplepay.ca | @simplepaycanada

talenox.com

Deputy | @deputyapp

bodetree.com

co2analytics.com

The Good Till Company | @TheGoodTillco

Tanda | @TandaHQ

Crystal Payroll

Bode Tree | @BodeTree

Carbon Analytics | @co2analytics

squareup.com

smartpayroll.com.au

Australia www.cloudpayroll.com.au sales@cloudpayroll.com.au

klipfolio.com

calxa.com

Smart Payroll | @smartpayroll

Midpoint | @MidpointLtd

VINx2 | @vinx2

simplesalon.com

simplepay.com.sg

New Zealand www.ipayroll.co.nz sales@ipayroll.co.nz

Klipfolio Dashboard | @klipfolio

blinkreports.com

bstar.com.au

Simple Salon | @SimpleSalon

adp.com

Blink Reports

Bstar | @BstarAustralia

shopify.com

Automated Data Processing Inc. | @ADP

www.infoodle.com

bpmglobal.com

Shopify | @Shopify

Payroll & HR

CHARITIES CHURCHES COMMUNITY GROUPS

Bizeo | @bizeo

BPM

shogo.io

TransferWise | @TransferWise

benchmarking.com.au

casefox.com Chrometa | @Chrometa chrometa.com

Benchmarking.com.au

bizeo.com.au

Retail Express | @RetailExpress01

transfermateonline.com

boomr.com

CRM & Donor Management Software

partner.mindbodyonline.com

Transfer Mate | @TransferMate

@BoomrApps

www.asset.guru

MINDBODY | @mindbodyonline

swipehq.co.nz

Boomr - Employee Time Clock |

getbriefcase.net

kounta.com

Payment Evolution | @payevo

Time Tracking

CaseFox | @CaseFoxOnline

Kounta | @kounta

Payescape

winkreports.com

briefcase

sales@asset.guru

izettle.com

mypaye.co.uk

vistr.co Wink Reports ;) | @WinkReports

actionstep.com

Fixed Asset Management made simple

infinityrms.com

MyPAYE | @MyPAYE

Vistr | @VistrTeam

ActionStep | @Actionstep

Infinity RMS | @InfinityRMS

PaySpace | @PaySpace

kwanji.com

Vinosmith | @thevinosmith

142 / Issue 11

stripe.com

invoicesherpa.com

TransferMate | @TransferMate

acuityscheduling.com

Stripe (IE) | @stripe

InvoiceSherpa | @invoicesherpa

track1099.com

Acuity Scheduling | @AcuitySchedulin

stripe.com

integrapay.com.au

Track1099 | @Track_1099

Payments

Stripe (Canada) | @stripe

CloudPayroll

Tax1099 | @efile1099

zenoti.com

commercesync.com

iPayroll

ucollect.biz

stryke.com.au

Zenoti | @ZenotiSoftware

@commercesync

infoodle.com

Evopos | @evoposdms

uCollect | @ucollect_biz

Stryke Tax | @stryketax

zapier.com

Stripe by Commerce Sync |

grappster.com Infoodle | @infoodle

eposnow.com

transferwise.com

pro.sharesight.com.au

Zendesk by Zapier | @zapier

stripe.com

Grappster | @grappster

Epos Now | @EposNow

timesheets.com.au

PaysOnline | @paysonline

GoCardless | @GoCardless

Sharesight Pro | @Sharesight

zapier.com

Stripe | @stripe

imspayroll.co.nz

Futrli | @Futrli futrli.com

commercesync.com

Intertec TimePro

squareup.com

eazycollect.co.uk

sharesight.com/pro

Zapier | @zapier

satfxonline.co.uk

Asset Guru | @Asset_Guru asset.guru

@commercesync

IMS Payroll

Eazycollect | @eazycollect

5-star Xero business community rating

zapier.com

rerunapp.com SAT FXOnline | @satworldwide

Clover by Commerce Sync |

hrpartner.io

paymentevolution.com

eway.io

Wufoo by Zapier | @zapier

Rerun | @Rerunapp

HR Partner | @HRPartnerApp

Square | @Square

Ezidebit | @Ezidebit

workshopsoftware.com.au

paidpromptly.com

paymentexpress.co.uk

eWay | @eWAY_

Award-winning investment portfolio Add-on

Promptly | @Paid_Promptly

MY

dryrun.com

CY

keypay.com.au MinuteDock | @minutedock minutedock.com

Ranqx ranqx.com RESULTS.com | @RESULTSdotcom results.com

Excel Int. Tools - QWD | @quickwindev

CMY

quickwindevelopment.com

K

Fathom | @fathomhq Vend | @vendhq vendhq.com Zilch Consulting | @zilchconsulting zilchconsulting.com

Reporting Ag Profit | @AgProfitAus

fathomhq.com Figured | @figuredapp figured.com Financial Driver | @FinancialDriver financialdriver.com Float | @FloatApp floatapp.com

Saasabi | @Saasabi saasabi.com SeederBoard | @seederboard seederboard.com Simply Cashflow | @simplycashflow simplycashflow.com Spotlight Reporting | @spotlightrep spotlightreporting.com Unleash

Nexonia | @nexonia

unleash.us

nexonia.com

agprofit.com.au

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 143


App Directory vWork | @vWorkApp

NextMinute | @NextMinuteApp

vworkapp.com

nextminute.com Outlook Int.Tools - QWD | @quickwindev

WorkflowMax | @WorkflowMax workflowmax.com

quickwindevelopment.com

ZeroTime

ProWorkflow | @ProWorkflow

zerotime.io

proworkflow.com

ZUUS Workforce | @zuusworkforce

Roll | @rollhq

zuusworkforce.com

rollhq.com SmartBiller | @smartbiller

Xero Practice Manager

smartbiller.co.nz Sohnar Limited / TrafficLive | @TrafficLIVE trafficlive.com

AccountKit | @AccountKit account-kit.com

Streamtime | @streamtime

Spotlight Reporting | @spotlightrep spotlightreporting.com Stryke Tax | @stryketax stryke.com.au

informdirect.co.uk Smart Assistant smartassistant.co.nz

Time Tracker by EndGame | @GoEndGame end-game.com Trustworks | @trustworksnz trustworks.co.nz Xero Workpapers | @Xero xero.com

Professional Services AppsForOps | @AppsForOps

streamtime.net

Inform Direct | @InformDirect

Contact us today to find out more about our virtual assistant services. victoria@smartassistant.co.nz smartassistant.co.nz | 021 441 787

Job + project + stock management

appsforops.com

Synergist | @Synerg1st synergist.co.uk

POWERFUL SOFTWARE

Cloud Integration/Outsourcing

Tanda | @TandaHQ tanda.co

Advance Track | @AdvanceTrack

Temponia | @temponia

DELIGHTFULLY SIMPLE

advancetrack.com

temponia.com TidyWork | @TidyWork tidywork.com

The Toolkit made for accountants Class Super | @ClassSuper

Tidy helps streamline manufacturing:

class.com.au DataDear | @DataDearApp datadear.com

BGL Corporate Solutions | @BGLdot bglcorp.com

Excel Int. Tools - QWD | @quickwindev

JOB MANAGEMENT tidywork com

quickwindevelopment.com Exsalerate | @exsalerate exsalerate.com

BlueHub | @Blue_Hub

FORMbasic | @formbasic

bluehub.co.uk

formbasic.com.au Time Tracker by eBillity | @eBillity

Ocius Digital | @OciusDigital

Mogul

ociusdigital.com.au

TidyEnterprise is an integrated system in our company. We can easily assess the hours and components that make up a project. We use TidyEnterprise to create every invoice and purchase and this is sent seamlessly into Xero.

mogul.nz

ebillity.com TimeCamp | @timecamp timecamp.com

Practice Ignition | @ignitionapp

Unlock the full potential of your business with the best of today’s cloud technologies.

practiceignition.com

Timely | @Timely gettimely.com

BGL Corporate Solutions | @BGLdot

Timestamp | @timestamphq

bglcorp.com

timestamphq.com Total Synergy | @totalsynergy

SimpleFund 360

totalsynergy.com.au

Australia's leading cloud SMSF administration software solution

Tradify | @tradifyhq tradifyhq.com

For a free consultation visit

We have recently purchased another company and it has been simple to integrate this new entity into our system. TidyEnterprise is an essential part of the day to day management in our company. We would be lost without the level of transparency that TidyEnterprise provides.

www.ociusdigital.com

Matthew Fisher, Managing Director, Autoline New Zealand

TriggerApp | @triggerapp triggerapp.com TSheets | @tsheets tsheets.com Tymwise | @kapaitymwise

Users of

www.bglcorp.com Receipt Bank | @ReceiptBank receipt-bank.com

CONTACT BGL TODAY! 1300 654 401

tymwise.com

What CFOs wonder about TOP WONDERS: 6 OF 6

Check out approvalmax.com

144 / Issue 11

How to get reports on the Bill and Purchase Order approval progress

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

JOB MANAGEMENT

Try free

STOCK MANAGEMENT

CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT

INVENTORY AND PROJECT MANAGEMENT

tidyinternational.com/xu

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 145


App Directory vWork | @vWorkApp

NextMinute | @NextMinuteApp

vworkapp.com

nextminute.com Outlook Int.Tools - QWD | @quickwindev

WorkflowMax | @WorkflowMax workflowmax.com

quickwindevelopment.com

ZeroTime

ProWorkflow | @ProWorkflow

zerotime.io

proworkflow.com

ZUUS Workforce | @zuusworkforce

Roll | @rollhq

zuusworkforce.com

rollhq.com SmartBiller | @smartbiller

Xero Practice Manager

smartbiller.co.nz Sohnar Limited / TrafficLive | @TrafficLIVE trafficlive.com

AccountKit | @AccountKit account-kit.com

Streamtime | @streamtime

Spotlight Reporting | @spotlightrep spotlightreporting.com Stryke Tax | @stryketax stryke.com.au

informdirect.co.uk Smart Assistant smartassistant.co.nz

Time Tracker by EndGame | @GoEndGame end-game.com Trustworks | @trustworksnz trustworks.co.nz Xero Workpapers | @Xero xero.com

Professional Services AppsForOps | @AppsForOps

streamtime.net

Inform Direct | @InformDirect

Contact us today to find out more about our virtual assistant services. victoria@smartassistant.co.nz smartassistant.co.nz | 021 441 787

Job + project + stock management

appsforops.com

Synergist | @Synerg1st synergist.co.uk

POWERFUL SOFTWARE

Cloud Integration/Outsourcing

Tanda | @TandaHQ tanda.co

Advance Track | @AdvanceTrack

Temponia | @temponia

DELIGHTFULLY SIMPLE

advancetrack.com

temponia.com TidyWork | @TidyWork tidywork.com

The Toolkit made for accountants Class Super | @ClassSuper

Tidy helps streamline manufacturing:

class.com.au DataDear | @DataDearApp datadear.com

BGL Corporate Solutions | @BGLdot bglcorp.com

Excel Int. Tools - QWD | @quickwindev

JOB MANAGEMENT tidywork com

quickwindevelopment.com Exsalerate | @exsalerate exsalerate.com

BlueHub | @Blue_Hub

FORMbasic | @formbasic

bluehub.co.uk

formbasic.com.au Time Tracker by eBillity | @eBillity

Ocius Digital | @OciusDigital

Mogul

ociusdigital.com.au

TidyEnterprise is an integrated system in our company. We can easily assess the hours and components that make up a project. We use TidyEnterprise to create every invoice and purchase and this is sent seamlessly into Xero.

mogul.nz

ebillity.com TimeCamp | @timecamp timecamp.com

Practice Ignition | @ignitionapp

Unlock the full potential of your business with the best of today’s cloud technologies.

practiceignition.com

Timely | @Timely gettimely.com

BGL Corporate Solutions | @BGLdot

Timestamp | @timestamphq

bglcorp.com

timestamphq.com Total Synergy | @totalsynergy

SimpleFund 360

totalsynergy.com.au

Australia's leading cloud SMSF administration software solution

Tradify | @tradifyhq tradifyhq.com

For a free consultation visit

We have recently purchased another company and it has been simple to integrate this new entity into our system. TidyEnterprise is an essential part of the day to day management in our company. We would be lost without the level of transparency that TidyEnterprise provides.

www.ociusdigital.com

Matthew Fisher, Managing Director, Autoline New Zealand

TriggerApp | @triggerapp triggerapp.com TSheets | @tsheets tsheets.com Tymwise | @kapaitymwise

Users of

www.bglcorp.com Receipt Bank | @ReceiptBank receipt-bank.com

CONTACT BGL TODAY! 1300 654 401

tymwise.com

What CFOs wonder about TOP WONDERS: 6 OF 6

Check out approvalmax.com

144 / Issue 11

How to get reports on the Bill and Purchase Order approval progress

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

JOB MANAGEMENT

Try free

STOCK MANAGEMENT

CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT

INVENTORY AND PROJECT MANAGEMENT

tidyinternational.com/xu

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 145


...and Finally

Announcing the XU App!

Apps to automate your business operations. Run a better business today. One platform. One login. Multiple apps. Powerful workflow enabled apps that are smart alone, or brilliant together.

From the team that brought you XU Magazine...

W

hen we launched XU Magazine back in 2013, we couldn’t have anticipated how powerful it would become in bringing the Xero user community together. Four years later, and we’re still going strong, bringing Xero users together who represent the biggest and brightest of businesses across the globe! It’s time for the next level... Now, you may think that we’ve designed an app that simply allows you to view content from the magazine on the go, which couldn’t be further from the truth! The XU app will be four tools rolled into one easily accessible app! We’ve reached out to accountants and bookkeepers and heard that you want a secure channel to communicate with your client base. Not only that, but your client base wants an easy way to respond and request support. Small business owners, we’ve got you covered too! We know you want a trading platform to showcase your services to likeminded business owners. The XU app does all of this and more! With 4 areas - XU Notify, XU Local, XU Marketplace and XU connect, you’ll be able to make the most of the Xero community, get to know those in it and connect everything ‘Xero’ all in one central place. We’re crowd funding in September 146 / Issue 11

and need your help in raising $100,000 USD to build and deploy this app. With your support, we can make this happen.

AppsForOps Mobile App

XU Notify - A real-time notifications centre The heart and core of the app. Receive instant alerts on overdue invoices, unreconciled bank lines, and potential problem areas. XU Notify will bring in feeds directly into your timeline from Xero and other Xero connected apps. Your accountant can also directly message and request information from you. XU Local - Explore the latest promotions from nearby restaurants, salons, bars etc... XU Local is an interactive map that will let you see discounts and promotions from other small businesses using Xero in your immediate area. The smart way to save money, whilst also supporting local fellow Xero users.

AppsForOps For Microsoft Outlook

XU Marketplace - Showcase your products and services to the global Xero community A trading platform to promote your products and services to likeminded Xero users. Fully integrated and synced with Xero of course! So you’ll be able to request quotes, raise purchase orders and send invoices.

AppsForOps Web

AppsForOps For

AppsForOps Bot

Voice Assistant

Microsoft Teams

BETTER TEAM

BETTER WORK

BETTER MONEY

KNOW YOUR TEAM

WHAT TO DO

TRACK TIME & EXPENSE

PROJECT LANDSCAPE

SETTLE THE BILLS

XU Connect - Make some powerful new connections Enabling Xero Users to list and search for sales prospects, job opportunities and network within the Xero Community. You can get involved!

KNOW WHAT’S HAPPENING

We’re launching the crowdfunding campaign in September and need your help in raising $100,000 USD to build and deploy this app.

GET PAID

GET IT DONE

ACCOUNTING MADE EASY

Pledging your support during the crowdfunding campaign gives you membership for life, meaning you’ll be able to promote your business, share discounts and offers, and make connections without having to spend another penny. Even after the launch of the app, you won’t have to pay the monthly subscription fee! Head over to the website to find out more about the app and how you can get involved! We’ll also be attending both Xerocon Melbourne and Xerocon London to answer your questions! CLOUD PLATFORM

To learn more and register your interest...

www.xerousers.com

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

#RunABetterBusinessToday www.AppsForOps.com

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 147


...and Finally

Announcing the XU App!

Apps to automate your business operations. Run a better business today. One platform. One login. Multiple apps. Powerful workflow enabled apps that are smart alone, or brilliant together.

From the team that brought you XU Magazine...

W

hen we launched XU Magazine back in 2013, we couldn’t have anticipated how powerful it would become in bringing the Xero user community together. Four years later, and we’re still going strong, bringing Xero users together who represent the biggest and brightest of businesses across the globe! It’s time for the next level... Now, you may think that we’ve designed an app that simply allows you to view content from the magazine on the go, which couldn’t be further from the truth! The XU app will be four tools rolled into one easily accessible app! We’ve reached out to accountants and bookkeepers and heard that you want a secure channel to communicate with your client base. Not only that, but your client base wants an easy way to respond and request support. Small business owners, we’ve got you covered too! We know you want a trading platform to showcase your services to likeminded business owners. The XU app does all of this and more! With 4 areas - XU Notify, XU Local, XU Marketplace and XU connect, you’ll be able to make the most of the Xero community, get to know those in it and connect everything ‘Xero’ all in one central place. We’re crowd funding in September 146 / Issue 11

and need your help in raising $100,000 USD to build and deploy this app. With your support, we can make this happen.

AppsForOps Mobile App

XU Notify - A real-time notifications centre The heart and core of the app. Receive instant alerts on overdue invoices, unreconciled bank lines, and potential problem areas. XU Notify will bring in feeds directly into your timeline from Xero and other Xero connected apps. Your accountant can also directly message and request information from you. XU Local - Explore the latest promotions from nearby restaurants, salons, bars etc... XU Local is an interactive map that will let you see discounts and promotions from other small businesses using Xero in your immediate area. The smart way to save money, whilst also supporting local fellow Xero users.

AppsForOps For Microsoft Outlook

XU Marketplace - Showcase your products and services to the global Xero community A trading platform to promote your products and services to likeminded Xero users. Fully integrated and synced with Xero of course! So you’ll be able to request quotes, raise purchase orders and send invoices.

AppsForOps Web

AppsForOps For

AppsForOps Bot

Voice Assistant

Microsoft Teams

BETTER TEAM

BETTER WORK

BETTER MONEY

KNOW YOUR TEAM

WHAT TO DO

TRACK TIME & EXPENSE

PROJECT LANDSCAPE

SETTLE THE BILLS

XU Connect - Make some powerful new connections Enabling Xero Users to list and search for sales prospects, job opportunities and network within the Xero Community. You can get involved!

KNOW WHAT’S HAPPENING

We’re launching the crowdfunding campaign in September and need your help in raising $100,000 USD to build and deploy this app.

GET PAID

GET IT DONE

ACCOUNTING MADE EASY

Pledging your support during the crowdfunding campaign gives you membership for life, meaning you’ll be able to promote your business, share discounts and offers, and make connections without having to spend another penny. Even after the launch of the app, you won’t have to pay the monthly subscription fee! Head over to the website to find out more about the app and how you can get involved! We’ll also be attending both Xerocon Melbourne and Xerocon London to answer your questions! CLOUD PLATFORM

To learn more and register your interest...

www.xerousers.com

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com

#RunABetterBusinessToday www.AppsForOps.com

Have you subscribed? Go to subscriptions.xumagazine.com

Follow us on Twitter: @xumagazine

Issue 11 / 147


There’s never been a better time to offer bookkeeping. And Receipt Bank Extract makes it easier than ever. Receipt Bank Extract lets you automate all the time consuming aspects of bookkeeping. Extract the documents from your clients Extract the data from the documents That means no more chasing clients for items and no more data entry. Just profitable, effortless bookkeeping. All with simple fixed-fee pricing for as many clients and documents as you need.

Find out more at receipt-bank.com/extract

Receipt Bank Extract One Price. Unlimited clients, unlimited submissions, unlimited potential. www.receipt-bank.com/extract 148 / Issue 11

XU Magazine - the independent magazine for Xero users, by Xero users. Find us online at: xumagazine.com


Turn static files into dynamic content formats.

Create a flipbook

Articles inside

What’s needed to take the

4min
pages 136-137

5 Awesome Ways a Dashboard

3min
pages 132-133

TUTORIAL - How to: Set up

4min
pages 134-135

NEW XERO CONNECTED APPS

9min
pages 124-127

NEW RELEASES - Updates

13min
pages 128-131

A best practice guide to

5min
pages 120-121

Keeping up with your digital

5min
pages 122-123

Why the right till system could

4min
pages 114-115

Plumber on a mission: How

8min
pages 116-119

TradeGecko, the cloud-based

5min
pages 104-105

INTERVIEW - Q&A with Laura

7min
pages 109-113

3 habits share investors

6min
pages 100-101

How the right technology can

5min
pages 90-91

This POS software Xero link

3min
pages 102-103

TUTORIAL - Running a till

2min
pages 92-93

The vertical power of a Xero

7min
pages 82-83

Connecting apps with Xero to

5min
pages 88-89

How a video game designer

5min
pages 78-79

Phrase of the day - Purchase

4min
pages 80-81

Xero place for Cloud

4min
pages 76-77

INTERVIEW - Q&A with Guy

9min
pages 72-75

Letting Go: 5 signs it’s time for

6min
pages 66-67

How to Manage All a Client’s

4min
pages 68-69

Communities of passion

3min
pages 64-65

Confusion everywhere! How

7min
pages 60-63

BITE 2017

5min
pages 56-57

The overlooked credit control

4min
pages 58-59

Growth Mindset and SaaS

4min
pages 42-43

EVENT REPORT - Even bigger

3min
pages 50-51

7 Smarts Steps: To give your

4min
pages 48-49

Should we be scared of the

9min
pages 44-47

SME managing projects

5min
pages 40-41

Making payroll processing a

4min
pages 38-39

Xero and Equifax team up to

3min
pages 14-15

Gender diversity in the

7min
pages 26-29

Automatic for the People

4min
pages 20-23

TUTORIAL How to enjoy

3min
pages 32-33

How cloud POS systems can

4min
pages 24-25

INTERVIEW - Q&A with Alex

7min
pages 16-19

Helping 1 million Xero

4min
pages 6-7

Xero partners with Capital One

3min
pages 8-9
Issuu converts static files into: digital portfolios, online yearbooks, online catalogs, digital photo albums and more. Sign up and create your flipbook.